Axis vs Allies R-word (Map Game)

Axis vs Allies R-word is the sixth and latest installment is the latest AvA game to date! It will have new rules for old time's sake. We respect the almighty Pita and his almighty legacy in this game, so no one shall have Korea! Except Japan!

The year is 1933. Hitler has just taken power in Germany. The world is still in a depression. Unemployment is high. Choose a nation, and command it to success and glory. Will your nation become a superpower? Or will it be crushed? Make no mistake; war is coming ... with all its glory ... and all its horror.

It is never too late to join, as Pita would say.

''' GUYS. MAKE YOUR OWN ALGOS; THE MODS WILL FIX THEM UP LATER. '''

''' Great news guys! We have ten more editors than the next page, the almighty Principia Moderni II. We have shot guys! '''

Rules

 * 1) We are going to limit the nations count to one because when a person gets two countries, they usually neglect the other one.
 * 2) The Golden Rule: Treat others as you want to be treated... IS NOT IT! But you must be plausible.
 * 3) Nuclear programs may start in 1940. The mods will decide who finishes through the chance algorithm and then common sense (which is not so common).
 * 4) One half year per day.
 * 5) We will have resolutions/stuff when the UN is created.
 * 6) For now, Scraw is the mapmaker.
 * 7) New turns start at 22:00:00 UTC or 5:00 EST.
 * 8) Game is archived every 15 years.
 * 9) A new image file is created for every new map, which is created every two years.
 * 10) After a nation has been inactive for two years, Plausibility Points will be taken away. After five years, the user will be removed from the game.
 * 11) You may create proxies and use them in turns.

Mod Rules

 * 1) The number of mods is set and the mods are handpicked for their reputation as sane and plausible map gamers.
 * 2) In the case that a mod leaves, the other mods will pick a replacement.
 * 3) Mods must be plausible in their mod events and must not target any particular nation.
 * 4) Carving large empires is NOT a cause for mod targeting, unless it is implausible.
 * 5) Mods are moderated by me, Scraw (Pita's name actually belongs here).
 * 6) Mods can make up their own fancy title!

Vassal Rules

 * 1) You cannot make stupid vassals. This means that if you are France, you cannot make a puny vassal to help in an algorithm.
 * 2) No carving vassals from your main nation, unless it is a location of great dispute (ex: Catalonia from Spain is OK).
 * 3) Main nations can declare war on a nation that border a vassal.

Organization Rules

 * 1) Anyone can create a terrorist organization, but anyone who is less than a primary power cannot use terrorism to destroy heads of government or state, or to blow up seats of government.
 * 2) Organizations are not allowed in algorithms (The US player cannot use the KKK when invading Canada).

Mods

 * 1) Pita, because it's his game.
 * 2) He who dareth take Pita's spot  Pita's back. Dare to take some other spot, perhaps? =)
 * 3) THE MIGHTY GUNS THE GLORIOUS!
 * 4) "This is not your grave  but you are welcome in it. "
 * 5) Enclave
 * 6) Imp shall take his rightful spot [[Image:1.png|23px]] Imp (Say Hi?!)
 * Fed, of course.
 * 1) I have been given permission by Scraw and Guns.
 * 2) The Unchallenged Conqueror #FP (Talk to Me) (Permission Granted by MP)

Map


Whenever putting a new map in, put alignment at center otherwise page layout is ruined. Thank you!

Map Rules

 * Each map must be labelled "AvARw X.Y.png" where X is the year and Y is only used in the half turn.
 * Any file type except .png is not accepted.

Nations
Bold means that you must have over 1000 edits and a good reputation to play as this nation.

Italicized bold over 3000 edits and a good reputation.

North America

 * Flag_of_Canada_1921.png Canada - LightningLynx89
 * US flag 48 stars.svg United States - Enclavehunter (talk)
 * Flag of Mexico.svg Mexico - Enclavehunter (talk)

Central America/Caribbean

 * Flag of Costa Rica (state).svg Costa Rica
 * Flag of Cuba.svg Cuba
 * Flag of the Dominican Republic.svg Dominican Republic
 * Flag of Haiti.svg Haiti
 * Flag of Honduras.svg Honduras
 * Flag of Nicaragua.svg Nicaragua
 * Flag of Panama.svg Panama

South America

 * Flag of Argentina.svg Argentina - The Unchallenged Conqueror #FP (Talk to Me)  (Vassal of Brazil)
 * Flag of Brazil.svg Brazil - The Unchallenged Conqueror #FP (Talk to Me)


 * Flag of Chile.svg Chile -
 * Flag of Colombia.svg Colombia - Fed (talk) 23:15, December 5, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of Ecuador.svg Ecuador -
 * Flag of Bolivia.svg Bolivia - (under Brazilian/Argentine influence)
 * Flag of Paraguay.svg Paraguay - The Unchallenged Conqueror #FP (Talk to Me) (Vassal of Brazil)
 * Flag of Peru.svg Peru - Ratc3333 Here, Prepare for Combat (talk) 00:04, December 19, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of Uruguay.svg Uruguay - The Unchallenged Conqueror #FP (Talk to Me) (Vassal of Brazil
 * Flag of Venezuela.svg Venezuela - The Unchallenged Conqueror #FP (Talk to Me) (Vassal of Brazil)

Europe

 * Flag of France.png France - CourageousLife (talk)
 * Flag_of_the_United_Kingdom.svg Great Britain - THE MIGHTY GUNS HAS ARRIVED AND NOW WILL PROCEED TO BE AWESOME AND KICK ASS AND STUFF.
 * Flag of Portugal.svg Portugal -
 * Flag of Spain 1931 1939.svg Spain
 * Flag of Austria.svg Austria - annexed by Germany
 * Flag of Czechoslovakia.png Czechoslovakia -
 * Flag of the Kingdom of Yugoslavia.svg Yugoslavia -
 * Flag of Germany (AvA R-word).png Germany - "This is not your grave  but you are welcome in it. "
 * Flag of Denmark.svg Denmark - "This is not your grave  but you are welcome in it. "
 * Flag of the Netherlands.svg Netherlands - "This is not your grave  but you are welcome in it. "
 * Flag of Hungary (1920–1946).svg Hungary - "This is not your grave  but you are welcome in it. "
 * Flag of Poland.svg Poland - "This is not your grave   but you are welcome in it. "
 * Flag of Italy.png Italy - Wegscuba (talk) 19:46, November 24, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of Belgium.svg Belgium -
 * Flag of Switzerland.png Switzerland - Daeseunglim (talk) 11:41, November 23, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of Liechtenstein.svg Liechtenstein- Daeseunglim (talk) 02:53, December 18, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of the Soviet Union (1923-1955).svg USSR - 00:55, November 19, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of Romania.svg Romania -
 * Flag of Albania (1939).png Albania -
 * Flag of Bulgaria.png Bulgaria -
 * Flag of Greece (1822-1978).svg Greece - Sine dei gloriem &#34;Ex Initio Terrae&#34; (talk) 18:39, November 19, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of Sweden.svg Sweden - [[Image:Flag of Russian Alaska (HR).svg |40px|link=User talk:Octivian Marius]] OCT MARIUS, HAIL HIM  [[Image: Flag of Italy (Federalist Italy).svg|40px|User talk:Octavian Marius]] 19:27, November 19, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of Norway.svg Norway - ShadowKnights1234 (talk) December 5, 2013 4:47 PM (EST)
 * Flag of Andorra.svg Andorra -
 * Flag of Monaco.svg Monaco -
 * Flag of the Vatican City.png Vatican City -
 * Flag of San Marino.svg San Marino -
 * Flag of Ireland.png Ireland-   Annexed

Africa

 * Flag of Liberia.svg Liberia -
 * Flag of Ethiopia (1897-1936; 1941-1974).svg Ethiopia - Flag of the Hurian Federation.png Vivaporius: "I don't need a slogan" 22:19, November 19, 2013 (UTC)
 * Union of South Africa: (As African National Party in 1947.5) This is UglyTurtle, Signing off. 23:42, December 20, 2013 (UTC)

Asia

 * War flag of the Imperial Japanese Army.svg Japanese Empire -- Nkbeeching (talk) 00:56, November 19, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of Manchukuo.svg  Empire of Manchukuo (Japanese puppet) - Nkbeeching (talk) 00:56, November 19, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of South Korea.svg Korea (Colony of Japan) - Pita
 * Reformed Republic of China (Japanese puppet state not fully under Japanese control and won't be for years to come.) Nkbeeching (talk) 21:18, November 30, 2013 (UTC)
 * Kingdom of Indonesia (Japanese puppet) Nkbeeching (talk) 00:48, December 7, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of the Republic of China.svg Free China
 * Flag of Thailand.svg Siam -- Kogasa
 * Flag of Nepal.svg Nepal --
 * Flag of Bhutan.svg Bhutan --
 * Flag of Tibet.svg Tibet --
 * 1921 India flag.svg-- Mine! [[Image:1.png|23px]] Imp (Say Hi?!)
 * Communist Party of China- IstocnoSarajevo (talk)
 * 750px-People's_Liberation_Army_Flag_of_the_People's_Republic_of_China_svg.png People's Liberation Army- IstocnoSarajevo (talk) 04:42, December 14, 2013 (UTC)

Oceania

 * Flag of Australia.svg Australia -
 * Flag of New Zealand.svg New Zealand -

Middle East

 * Flag of Nejd (1926).svg Saudi Arabia - Edgeofnight 21:30, December 13, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of Iran.svg Iran -
 * Flag of Turkey.svg Turkey -Warman555 (talk) 22:11, November 20, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of Iraq (1924–1959).svg Iraq -
 * Flag of Egypt 1922.svg Egypt - 21:25, December 13, 2013 (UTC)
 * Flag of Oman.svg Oman -

Archives List
=Game=

1933
' HAIL THE GAME! IT BEGINS! TRY TO SURVIVE! '

''' FDR is inaugurated as President of Murka. He promises to help America recover from the Depression. '''

''' Also in Murka, construction of the Golden Gate Bridge begins. '''

''' Adolf Hitler becomes Chancellor of Germany. (SIEG HEIL!) '''

''' The Twentieth Amendment goes into effect. '''

''' Reichstag fire. Prohibition is over! King Kong! '''

''' The Philippines fate vote occurs! (open ended; Enc, feel free to change the results.  Greenland belongs to Denmark. Foo. '''

''' El Gestapo is created. Gleichschaltung! '''

''' Other unimportant stuff. '''

' You gotta ask yourself one question. "Do I feel lucky?" Well, do ya, punk? '

'''Yes. Let's be practical here; Clint Eastwood is not cool, regardless.'''

But the quote is.
 * Thailand: Thailand begins to build up the military and asks Japan for an alliance.
 * Brazil: With the government just barely recovering issues just three years ago Getúlio Dornelles Vargas, continues his push toward a more repressive Fascist government. Along with this, Vargas orders for the resources of Brazil to be more readily exploited deficit spending attempting to recover the economy and move the country away from its import and other foreign reliance. Along with this, the focus on resource and industrial expansion as well as the new infrastructural work programs begin pushing for the construction of new highway systems and roads as well. The build up of the military industrial complex begins as well. Brazil requests Japan, and Germany to invest in Brazilian resource and industry to help bring back an influx of well-to-do available resources on the global market. Influence on Venezuela begins. Brazil looks to reaffirm their trade and relationship with Argentina. The Brazilian navy with Vargas' emphasis on new security and more influence, Begins construction of one new battleship, the Dom Pedro, with the Saõ Paulo, and Minas Gerais being Heavily modernized. A New Carrier is designed as well with construction to begin soon.
 * Japanese Diplomacy: Japan agrees to invest in the Brazilian economy for a free trade agreement with favorable prices for both parties.
 * Japan: Japan agrees to the Thai request fro an alliance and offers to help modernize the Thai army. A new industrialization program begins aimed at increasing Japan's industrial capacity. The military development of the Pacific mandate is expanded, while the navy undergoes the start of an expansion and upgrade, with research into subs and sonar beginning. plans to build modernized aircraft carriers are started. Political instability in the Empire continues as the military continues to subjugate the civilian government which tries to hold onto power as much as possible. More troops are sent to the continent to help control Korea, and Manchuria which is declared the Empire of Manchukuo. Japanization of Chosun and Taihoku continue, and settlement by Japanese grow. Research into biological weapons begins. And efforts to develop new firearms are made, and to a lesser extent tanks. expansion of infrastructure and education is started.


 * Thai Diplomacy: Thailand accepts Japan's help to modernise the army.
 * The Soviet Union begins the Second Five Year Plan. Stalin orders mass increases in industrial productivity and faster advancement of the military. He also wants new weapons for the Soviets. Something something, no purges! The Soviets have a better economy than the rest of the world because we didn't fall into the Depression. #Communism
 * This was when the Soviets caught up ... They managed to push high up when it came to industrial development but they were still not the world's best economy. They were extremely isolated.
 * I know, but the Soviets didn't have a giant depression like the rest of the world.
 * Ethiopia: Haile Selassie I acknowledges the fact that his military is technologically inferior to his enemies, and orders the re-organization of his forces as well as the creation of a dedicated military-industrial complex to support. He also orders the start of a nation-wide literacy campaign to bring information to all of his subjects, and modernize his empire. Ethiopia contracts numerous Western corporations to build railways in the country, as the one rail it has is a simply, narrow-gauge rail line that does little to promote industrial growth in the country. Centralization of the government into Imperial hands has long been completed, but it is understood that a constitution is required by the nation to show it is a modern power. Elsewhere, the search for oil in the Ogaden begins with Imperial sponsoring, as it has been suggested by many sources that Ethiopia may possess a small reserve of petroleum in the eastern half of the empire beyond the highlands.
 * United States: President Franklin D. Roosevelt begins recruiting members - both Democratic and Republic - of Congress to help pass the bills related to his planned New Deal. Meanwhile, construction on the Golden Gate Bridge continues in San Francisco and construction on the Hoover Dam continues (It was completed in 1935). In terms of the Philippines, the vote to determine its fate has a slim majority in favor of remaining in the United States. However, another vote is planned to determine if they wants to become a state or remain an American territory. Research on all technology at the time continues, while the DoW has plans to expand the Atlantic and Pacific fleets.
 * My bad.
 * The UK responds to the growing cries for home rule from India with an Act to grant Home Rule. After several votes on it, the bill passes by a narrow margin (here you go Imp; I still expect loads of troops). Meanwhile, Britain invests in Ethiopia, offering to implement their military overhaul. To further this we send over trainers, to help instruct their men in the latest battlefield tactics. Anthony Eden makes a speech in the House of Commons railing at the 'sorry state of the air force'. As a result, a large amount of money is funneled into improving the air force, and the Corsairs and Swordfishes that are the mass of the Air Force are slowly replaced by the new Hurricane, so far the best aircraft ever designed; best in speed, ceiling, and armament (It was later superseded). After an accident in Cornwall involving the collapse of a Coal Mine, the government decides to step up the infrastructure in these mines. #KeepCalmAndKillHitler
 * Germany: Hitler and the Nazi party quickly seize control of the government. As chancellor, Hitler begins to issue a series of acts that marginalize both minority groups and other political parties. President Hindenburg does what he can to limit the power of the Nazis, but he is old and can only do so much. Industry is expanded in Bavaria, Silesia, and the demilitarized Rhineland to strengthen the economy. The unemployed are put to work rebuilding Germany's roads and infrastructure. The government does what it can to provide for the unemployed, but it can only do so much because of the Entente. Hitler approves of the trade deals with Brazil and Estonia, and offers trade agreements to Finland as well. The military is expanded and research into better airplanes begins. The small German navy is also expanded by a few small ships. Some German businessmen are encouraged by the government to invest in Brazil. A diplomatic overture is made to Italy to make a Fascist alliance for all Fascist nations worldwide. #Uniteallyeoppressed
 * France reminds Germany that under the Treaty of Versailles, it is not allowed to have more than six battleships, six cruisers, 12 destroyers, and 12 torpedo boats.
 * Germany reminds France that Germany is well aware of the restrictions.
 * Italian Diplomacy: We agree to a military alliance with Germany.
 * France, still seething from the war, builds up its military. The navy and the army are expanded. Rebuilding continues as the French economy is still reeling from the depression. Public works projects are started to help improve the economy by hiring the unemployed. Much activity in the country is just 'getting back up on its feet'.
 * Yugoslavia: Begins to build up the military to a larger degree, with a slight emphasis on navy. We begin to station soldiers along the border of Albania but no moves have been made yet. Attempts at creating a perfect nation-state continue, with the emphasis on Yugoslavian nationalism and propaganda against separatists. The military begins looking into Zeppelin technology.
 * Yugoslav. D: We offer an alliance to Greece, and a trade deal to Brazil and Germany.
 * Greek D: We agree on the Yugoslavian alliance and will aid the Yugoslavians in any upcoming conflict.
 * German Diplomacy: Yeah, trade and stuff.
 * Iceland: We begin to build up our military just in case we get attacked. We also ask for an alliance and trade agreement with Sweden to form a Scandinavian League.
 * Vatican City:  We ask Italy to have more guards in the city. We also ask Brazil if we could build a second Vatican. #hailthepope


 * Brazil Dip: B razil will agree to this, our highest ranking church officials will help set it up in Rio de Janeiro and we will vote on the leader of the Catholic Church in the Americas and set it up within a full year's time.
 * You know better than this, feud. -_-
 * Hungary: Starts to modernize the country to increase the production of goods and improve the economy. The far right movements start to plot against the government and start to recruit for a coup among the military. We ask for a trade deal with Romania and Austria.
 * This is the problem with us as mods, guys. We're all too lazy to start new turns. Maybe we should invite Collie over?


 * Netherlands: Lucky me with the lazy mods:) Military begins to build up and so does our industry. With this, we upgrade it with 0.25. Forts are built around important strategic points. We ask for a trade agreement with Germany, Belgium, France and the UK. The focus on tech lies on industry - improvement techs and better mass production of modern weapons. The Fascist party grows slightly in popularity especially in the south.
 * Turkey: The Turkish government SECRETLY begins searching for ways to unite the Islamic world under their leadership, and expel the European invaders in the Middle East. The expansion of the Turkish military begins with the modernization of the army and the development of the air force. The government SECRETLY begins to supply Arab and Muslim rebels in British Palestine and French Syria, and the mobilization for a military invasion of Persia is taken.
 * Portugal: The Estado Novo is established. António de Oliveira Salazar, the most popular man in Portugal at the time reaches a new peak in his popularity. The government continues to promote the accepted ideals of Roman Catholicism and right-wing corporatism. PIDE, the secret police, is organized and created. We begin to promulgate the expansion of similar ideologies throughout southern Europe. We begin to work closely with Mussolini and Hitler, seeing as they are largely styled after our system.
 * Iceland: Asks all Benelux states and Scandinavian states for an alliance.
 * Austria: Germany is offered an alliance. We begin influencing Hungary, and we build up our military as well as begin research into new tanks and bombers. A Fascist party known as the Rezzurrection Party begins to gain followers. Its goal is to reform Austria-Hungary, only as federal state. We work on economy and infrastructure.

1933.5
''' OTL stuff.   A meteor hits and kills Hitler. Some people notice that the meteor is blue ... a box ... with strange resemblance to a British police telephone box ... from the future ... '''

''' NO! I will kill Hitler myself, but it is to be the next YEAR! 1934! '''

''' METEOR. '''

''' CAR CRASH. '''

''' TARDIS. '''

COMMUNIST ASSASSIN.

'''COMMUNIST METEOR TARDIS CAR CRASH. ASSASSIN. IDK LOL.'''

'''TARDIS WITH WORKING CHAMELEON CIRCUIT WITH A COMMUNIST ASSASSIN TIME LORD INSIDE. (NAILED IT.)'''

''' GUNS APPROVES. '''
 * Turkey:  Fearing British ambitions in Persia, Turkish forces invade the nation to secure it from the European colonial power. The Turks SECRETLY continue to provide aid to the pro-Turkish and Arab rebels, hoping to see the overthrow of the Europeans there. A trade pact is extended to the Soviet Union and Yugoslavia, and troops are promised to the Yugoslavians if the promise to leave Bulgaria and Romania to Turkey is accepted. Also, the Turks ask that the Yugoslavs not align themselves with the British or the French. The air force is expanded along with the army in light of the recent invasion of Persia.
 * Umm - I don't think you can just say someone accepts something ...


 * And make a bloody algo. I'll fix it up later, but you lay down the basics.
 * Turkey, what are you smoking?
 * The Soviet Union is not interested.
 * Germany: The military continues to expand and rearm, but the Rhineland is still demilitarized. The Nazi government continues to marginalize other political parties. Widespread persecution of Communists occurs after the Reichstag is attacked by a Dutch Communist. Hindenberg is still trying to limit the power of the Nazi party, and he begins to draft legislation to do so, while also supporting more moderate members of the party. Industry and infrastructure is still expanding across the country, but Bavaria, Silesia, and the Rhineland continue to be the main areas of industrial production. New tank designs are drafted by Krupp Industries, but none are made yet. Due to the alliance with Fascist Italy, the Nazi government becomes more bold and considers re-militarizing the Rhineland within a year. The government continues to do what it can to help the poor and unemployed find work and food. All proposed trade agreements are signed into law.
 * Brazil secret D: We offer to help in the manufacture of German war equipment if it is done through the newly emerging Brazilian military industrial complex.
 * Portugal: Salazar sends special envoys to Berlin to consider the possibilities of creating an extensive alliance between Portugal, Germany, and Italy.
 * Germany: The German government is pleased on Portugal's proposition, and declares support for such an alliance. We also agree to import weapons from Brazil, provided that they follow the regulations of the Treaty.
 * Turkey D: asks to buy 150 panzer 1's from Germany
 * He can't build them yet ... are you seriously that bad at map games.
 * Greek D: We ask the Germans for an alliance or a non-aggression pact.
 * Germany: Something something something, done.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: We offer Germany an alliance.
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved.
 * Jap Dip: Japan offers Thailand a free trade agreement and a treaty granting free movement of Japanese in Thailand, and Thai in Japan, along with favorable conditions for Japanese investment in Thailand.
 * Thai Diplomacy: Thailand agrees to all of Japan's offers.
 * Greece: Seeing the newly and growing rampancy of the Turkish republic, the Yugoslavs and hopefully to bring Bulgaria into an alliance against a possible Turkish invasion on the Balkans. While this, the military expands as well as the navy to protect the Insular regions of Greece and an offer to France to buy their colony in Djibouti or some territory in North Africa if they agree. an alliance is asked to the British and the Greek nation continues growing.
 * Greece can in no way afford to purchase a colony during the Great Depression ... or ever for that matter ... The Unchallenged Conqueror #FP (Talk to Me) 
 * Germans or British, pick one. 
 * K, Germans then.
 * Japan: The Japanese military continues to exert influence over the civilian government and ultra-nationalists attempt to seize power in a coup. However, they are dissuaded by more level headed thinkers who hope to control the civilian government from behind the scenes. Military influence over Emperor Showa also increases permitting much greater legal freedom for the military in Korea and in Manchukuo. Pujie the brother of Emperor Puyi of Manchuria is married to Lady Hiro Saga a distant relative of the Japanese Emperor with the intention of introducing Japanese blood into the Manchu Dynasty and solidifying Japan's control over the puppet state. The training of a Manchurian military begins to serve as a supporting force for the Japanese military. It is, however, largely made up of ethnic Manchu and of Han collaborators to secure the loyalty of the forces. Anti-guerrilla activities begin throughout Manchuria aimed at suppressing all anti-Japanese sentiment, these efforts include military operations and an extensive propaganda campaign built around Manchu-Japanese friendship. Mild settlement of Japanese and Koreans is also initiated to help expand the local economy. Industry and railways in Manchuria and Korea undergo an expansion program to help develop local manufacturing and resource exploitation to stimulate Home Island growth and integrate the continental economies to that of the Home Islands. Industrial expansion in the Home islands continues. The Japanization of Formosa continues with a plan to incorporate Taihoku and the whole of the island into the Home Islands within 15 years as a prefecture. Naval expansion continues as the new aircraft carriers undergo construction as do the new imperial subs. Education and health in Japan continue to undergo improvements. Designs for new firearms and tanks continue. A chemical and biological weapons program is set up in Manchuria and in Japanese Micronesia well away from media centres. funding into advanced physics is also started in the imperial universities of Tokyo and Osaka. Japan requests that the United States leave the Philippines as a territory and warns against expanding into the Orient. Influence over Southern China begins. Economic adventures by Japanese businessmen in South East Asia expand (this happened OTL as well). Japan requests free economic access to the French and British Colonies in East Asia, in exchange for preferential treatment of British and French merchants in Manchuria and the Japanese Sphere.
 * Yugoslavia: Continues to build up the military and support national and ethnic unity across the nation, and some progress is made as more and more people begin to consider themselves Yugoslavian rather than other things (e.g. Croatian). The nation continues in research of Zeppelin technology, and also begins a submarine program. We begin a new series of economic policies to help recover from the Depression. Soldiers are stationed along the Yugoslav-Albanian border and an invasion of Albania begins (ALGO).
 * The Soviet Union continues to expand the military and industry. The Second Five Year Plan continues. Georgy Zhukov encourages Stalin to retrain his generals, rather than purge. Stalin decides to give the generals whom he does not trust a mission. Their job is to invade and conquer Finland. As such, war is declared on Finland in the name of regaining all lost lands. Stalin also has his eye set on Poland.
 * ALGO. ALGO. NOW>
 * Done.
 * Brazil: The Modernization of the Minar Gerais, and the Sao Paulo battleships continue with the Dom Pedro being put under intense construction alongside a carrier. Various destroyers and cruisers are also planned. The military industrial complex while geared toward weapons development, in order to create more jobs some of the complexes that are not necessary are devoted to civilian manufacturing with more money being spent to help the economy right itself. The nation also begins the usage of resources to continue industrial bolstering and buildup. The military is expanded to a ripe number of 550,000. The Weaponry of Brazil is semi-updated but with Germany fronting weapons production to Brazil we begin producing those weapons. The Brazilian industries especially resource extraction, now with foreign backing begin to expand exponentially. Influence on Venezuela continues with good relations being capitalized on. German investment begins manufacturing ship parts for sale to them by request, and various weaponry of German origin with which we have the designs, too. With certain exports being almost wholly unprofitable many people are turned to work at various developing national industries which begin a push toward bringing the Brazilian currency back in check. With certain monetary surpluses the government begins buying gold bullion again. Coffee is also bought and burned to prevent the total bankruptcy of farmers.
 * Sweden:    We invade Finland. Steel production continues at full force with new mines and refineries, particularly in Kalmer are built. A new rising party is founded, the Fascist Party. Their main job is to unify the Scandinavians and promote FASCISM. The military is mobilized as construction on a few top secret "Super ships" are made. In the far north lots of land is set aside for the army for training. Influence of Norway, Denmark, Estonia, Lithuania, and Latvia begins. Also, alliances are requested of Italy and Germany. 
 * Sorry, USSR already did that. Also, where is this Swenden you speak of? 
 * United States: President Roosevelt passes the first bills of the New Deal, which he hopes would bring the US out of economic recession. The vote to determine whether the Philippines would become an American state or remain a territory is held. Meanwhile, construction on Hoover Dam and the Golden Gate Bridge continues. Research into all modern technology at the time continues, while the Department of War orders the laying down and commissioning of two aircraft carrier. Two battleships, the USS Arizona and USS Nevada - along with four destroyers and two submarines - are deployed to the Philippines to protect the American people. The Department of Transportation begins to design a transcontinental road system to connect every major city and town with each other.
 * I know this is a weird and out of the blue request ... keep the Arizona alive: (what happened to her OTL is sad and I kinda don't want a repeat of that.
 * France increases its navy and sends some of the newer ships to patrol the waters around French colonies. The government continues its economic projects, attempting to jump start the economy again. The economic crisis is hitting hard, and the government is doing all in its power to reverse the depression.
 * France didn't have an alliance with the US then. It wasn't until they actually got involved in WW2 that the US aligned itself with France. The Unchallenged Conqueror #FP (Talk to Me) 
 * Meh. I assumed it carried over from WWI. CourageousLife (talk)
 * Hungary: The nationalism continues to recruit among the military and the people tired of the weak governments as the economy is very bad. Meanwhile, the government continues to modernize the country to western standards while trying to keep friendly relations with the countries around. A far right party talk about claiming some area around to bring all the Hungarian under the same flag while the Communists support a Communist regime. While the modernization continues, a rumor that the government will increase taxes cause a short panic.
 * Iceland: We build one factory and increase army to 10,000 men. Asks Sweden and Netherlands and Belgium for alliance. Asks to buy guns from Britain.
 * No. (IC, as Britain, and OOC, as your mod.)
 * Netherlands: We accept Iceland's alliance offer and also send them a trade agreement. All research continues and industry also grows. German ships raise the Swastika flag on Queens Day in the Amsterdam harbor (happened in OTL) and we are insulted by this brutal demonstration. Because of this 'incident' a Fascist radical fires a gun on the "Gouden Koets" (that's what the queen rides in). Nobody gets hit and the attacker is shot dead immediately. With this, a large protest march against Fascist parties in the Netherlands. Secret: We begin supporting Flemish nationalists in Belgium and supply them with goods to get them more supporters.
 * Jap Diplomacy: Japan requests free trade access to the East Indies in exchange for similar preference to Dutch merchants in Japan's sphere.
 * Ned Dip: We accept your offer.
 * Ethiopia: Modernization continues with Emperor's backing, and the literacy program moves forward with much progress. many children are learning to read as are adults, who have come to utilize the information of books to help to farm their lands better, which results in healthier and more abundant crops. The military continues to reorganize and modernize, with new khaki uniforms entering service with the Imperial Army. The Emperor makes an order of tanks from any Western nation willing to sell to them, and teach his soldiers how to operate them. The military expanded by 80,000 men to 150,000 men, as the empire's borders continue to tighten under the weight of the European colonial empires. The industrialization of Ethiopia continues with a major industrial park built outside of Addis Ababa, where the Imperial family plans to tour the area to see the fruits of their labor.
 * Austria: The Rezzurrection Party continues to grow stronger with support. It now has the backing of 14% of the population, while the Austrian Nazi Party has 36%. Still, many begin leaving the Nazis and joining the Rezzurrection Party. The military is built up, and military research continues. Austria offers Italy an alliance, as well as continuing to influence Hungary. A non-aggression pact is offered to Yugoslavia. We work on our economy and infrastructure.
 * The UK strongly dislikes the actions of the USSR and lodges an objection that will of course be ignored. Meanwhile, the Prince of Wales is killed in an accident involving a bucket of dung, a match, a piece of cake, some oil, and a tissue (we will not go any further into this). The nation goes into mourning, though some do believe that he was a bit too reckless to become King. His position is succeeded by his brother, the Duke of York, who suffers from a speech problem but works on it with the help of Geoffrey Rush  some speech doctor from Australia. The first Spitfire, now the fastest plan on Earth, with a possible speed of over 250 mph, is released, along with an updated Tempest, the Mk IV, capable of advanced dogfights as well as massive ground attack capability (I know, I'm rushing it a bit, but ...). The nation also performs an overhaul on factories, boosting production by nearly 3%.
 * Vatican City: With a second Vatican being erected in Rio, the Pope appoints a leader of that land - under him, of course.
 * Are you high?
 * DRUGS ARE BAD, MR POPE.
 * Congratulations, Dean, you just made mod xDDD
 * I accept this nomination. Later I will select my running mate.
 * Mexico:  A pro-Nazi anarchist named Juan Sanchez secretly assassinates Abelardo L. Rodriguez and his family in the dead of night, and does reveal himself to the public for a week. When he does, he promises to lead Mexico to glory, and to retake Texas from the financially crippled United States. Immediately, Emperor Sanchez (self-proclaimed title) begins a massive draft of all able-bodied men, and even hires women into both combat and non-combat positions to show he has no gender bias. He also contacts Adolf Hitler, requesting military support in exchange for goods. Sanchez also takes it upon himself to begin modernizing the crumbling railway system and build more highways to connect its population centers. Large amounts of funding are appropriated for weapons research, namely automatic weaponry, bigger bombs, longer-range bombers (with German support), and chemical weaponry. Sanchez orders all Mexicans in the United States to return to their home country for mandatory military training, though a few remain as spies. Mexico requests a trade deal with Germany, as well as assistance in building Zeppelins so it can boost commerce with Germany.
 * BNSF, smoking is not good.
 * Let it stand. It'll be interesting.
 * China: In a small skirmish with the Rebels in the North, the Leader 'Mao' is KIA. The heart goes out of many of the rebels, and they are pushed back.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: We offer China an alliance.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: We offer China an alliance.

1934
''' Tensions begin to rise in Europe because of Hitler's activities, training troops and increasing the military. '''

''' The Pope is kicked out of office after it is found that he has been smoking Cocaine (just kidding, but Toby, get more plausible). '''

''' The USSR's attacks on Finland are strongly condemned by the British and French. The League of Nations ejects the USSR and Japan. The USSR could not care less. '''

''' The invasion of Finland causes many members of the Finnish government and populace to flee the country. Most settle in Estonia, but some also flee to Britain and America. The Finnish government sets itself up in exile in London, similar to Belarus. '''
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist Temples are built.
 * Germany: A terrible tragedy strikes the nation of Germany. This year, German Communist Josef “Beppo” Römer assassinates Adolf Hitler. Römer is quickly taken aside and shot, but the damage is done (a few protest that he is innocent, stating that a large blue meteor crashed into the Chancellor's car, but this idea is rapidly dismissed). This sparks a terrible purge of Communists and other left-leaning individuals in Germany, and left-leaning ideas become detested. Hindenburg appoints a more moderate Nazi official, Albert Speer, to take the position of the chancellor. Soon after, Hindenburg himself dies of old age. Hitler's close friend and confident Martin Bormann is elected president of Germany shortly after in a snap election. However, this election splinters the Nazi party a great deal, with many disputing the outcome of the election. Either way, Speer and Bormann try to co-operate with each other in order to maintain the stability of both the party and Germany. Following the Soviet Invasion of Finland, Bormann and Speer both agree to re-militarize the Rhineland, and 3000 soldiers are marched in. Militarization also occurs, and weapon manufacturing and design resumes in earnest. The first designs of the Panzer I is drafted, but none have been made yet. This is all done to counter the perceived threat of the Soviets. Guys, let me know if this is plausible.
 * ​France warns Germany that militarizing the Rhine is in violation of the treaty of the war where Germany got its butt kicked. France kindly asks that Germany step off.
 * Japanese Diplomacy: The Japanese government offers the German government a defence pact and a free trade agreement based on bilateral relations and offers to formally purchase the South Pacific Mandate which was ceded to the empire in 1919 to formally incorporate the islands as a colony of Japan.
 * German Diplomacy: Germany thanks Japan for its offer and promises that the funds will go to helping the German people and to further strengthen German-Japanese relations. Germany tells France not to be afraid.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: We offer Germany an alliance.
 * Why are you militarizing the Rhine? The Russians are on the other side. LOL.
 * I know, I pointed that out as well. Makes for a convenient excuse :P
 * Yes, it is legit.
 * The USSR continues to build up the military and industry. Stalin decides that his generals are capable enough to continue to their work  and begins to decommission NKVD officers who were spying on generals and other military officials . Stalin is not happy about what is happening to Communists in Germany and asks the Germans to stop. On the other hand, he is glad to be ejected from the League of Nations, for now he is free from its regulations and whatnot. He uses the re-militarization of the Rhineland as an excuse to build up the military on the western border. Zhukov convinces Stalin to not send captured Finns to gulags and whatnot, but instead to add them to the Red Army in their own units. He reluctantly agrees to this idea.
 * And in another surprising turn of events, it turns out that the Pope was smoking along with Stalin!
 * I'm trying not to have a purge ... fool.
 * I'm trying not to have an implausogasm ... fool.
 * Japanese Diplomacy: The Japanese government requests a non-aggression pact with the U.S.S.R. for a period of 20 years with the option to renew it at the end of the time lapse
 * Yugoslavia: We continue development into Zeppelin and submarine technology and manage to make good progress. Orthodox-Catholic-Sunni conflicts arise in the nation with protests common, but oddly enough, Orthodox Christianity is on the rise, converting small amounts of Catholics and larger amounts of Muslims. An assassination attempt occurs and a bullet hits King Alexander in the right shoulder, but the marksman managed to escape. The military continues to expand, and soldiers are placed along the Bulgarian border. Anti-Islamic stance is taken by most.
 * Yugoslav D: We offer to sell what was Southern Albania to Greece. We openly condemn the Soviet invasion of Finland. We accept the Austrian non-aggression pact.
 * Yugoslav D: We offer a deal to Greece to aid us in a future war against Albania, in which Greece gets the Southern half
 * The enraged Soviet government quietly sends aid to Communists in Yugoslavia.
 * Austria graciously accepts. We ask if we may buy Southern Albania, and move supplies through Yugoslavia to maintain it.
 * As the algo showed, Dax, you took about two percent of Albania. That is not by any means all of the South. get off it. And Dean, I'm slightly disappointed. Not plausible, even if he did control it. -_-
 * Not my fault you guys didn't explain all so well
 * Hungary: the nationalist continue to recruit people, a coup is stage for the next six months after that many high rank in the military are approach by the rebel, they accept due to the fact that the government make a speech in which military spending will be reduce. The number of factory increase like the production capacity.
 * Brazil: The Modernization of the Sao Paulo and Minas Gerais is complete. The construction of the new carrier and new battleship continue. Brazil with foreign investment into its natural resources and industry continues to use this to bolster is arms and ship parts production along with the production of various other materials known in the construction of vehicles. Consumer industry continues to rise as does the participation in public works. The deficit spending while many have criticized it has began to do as it promised by creating new jobs, pushing thousands back into the work force, modernizing and building new infrastructure continues as well as the notable expansion of Brazilian industry. Along with this, Vargas begins granting contracts to domestic Brazilian companies to begin the search for oil. Some companies search the deep Atlantic waters attempting to find oil but the most promising discoveries are made throughout Southern Brazil but are also throughout central and Northern Brazil. The investment into these areas begins immediately with the first expected barrels of oil to become available within a year by the first refineries. Brazilian businessmen begin to invest in Venezuelan oil companies expanding current oil operations and given these men certain stock in the company as well as the oil and profits from it. Brazil decides to keep many of its investment limited to nations its friendly with or with certain things that outweigh any other issues. Influence on Venezuela proper continues. The Brazilian government increases ties with Argentina.
 * France continues increasing its military, accelerated by the recent actions of Nazi Germany and the USSR. Consultants travel to the United Kingdom to compare notes on these recent events and the responses that they warrant.
 * Jap Diplomacy: Japan requests a free trade agreement with France and access to Indochina to access the resources of the area to help stimulate mutual growth for both Japan and the French colony. (I'm looking to access resources peacefully and in a way that benefits all parties to avoid a massive Pacific war for the moment.)
 * France will hesitantly agree for the moment.
 * The United States begins to come out of the Great Depression, but still has a long way to go. Meanwhile, construction on the Golden Gate Bridge and Hoover Dam continues, while plans to expand or improve the infrastructure in the eastern and northwest United States begins. The DoT begins to plan for a transcontinental highway network. Meanwhile, research on all modern technology continues, while the two ordered aircraft carriers are laid down at Newport News. The USAF begins to take interest into the newly-presented technology called radar and, inspired by the recently British-produced Spitfire, asks the DoW for funds to begin researching and developing a new aircraft. The Secretary of War reluctantly agrees to fund the project, but with the Great Depression still at hand, support from the federal government is limited. In the Philippines, Task Force Protector - led by the USS Arizona - arrives in Manila. Roosevelt plans to expand the the military bases at Guantanamo Bay is expanded. Roosevelt is concerned about world events, but does nothing at the moment. (Is there anything wrong with the post?)
 * Looks fine to me. -MP
 * Umm ... Good, except for the bits about the Filipino poll. Most Filipinos were against the idea of being ruled by the Americans, and anyway ... I'm not sure it would be a state ...  --Guns
 * If it had remained part of America it could definitely have been a state or even multiple states.
 * No, Dax. It was basically a colony. No cultural tie to the US. It's like having India become part of the actual nation of Britain.
 * Can I also point out that Panama becoming a US territory out of this kind of situation is also kind of weird. It directly violates a previous agreement between Panama and the US and wouldn't have happened.
 * No, I'm cool with that one. What are the Panamanians going to do?
 * Well, considering it was certain treaties that only the Canal Zone was a territory, so sorry for the misunderstanding but Panama Canal itself was already a territory, not Panama proper which wouldn't have happened. The US was isolationist and anti-imperialistic at this point, expanding its overseas territories in this way wouldn't have happened. 
 * This is just the Canal Zone. Also, Feud, please stop signing off like that,
 * My bad. I had someone mistake me for Scraw a few days ago because I didn't sign. 
 * S'all good, LOL. Just sign off like this: -- Guns
 * Would it be better that the Philippines becomes a commonwealth? Or just remain a territory? - Enclave
 * Just wait until 1935 and do it like OTL so there are no weird things that happen because they actually became a commonwealth in '35.
 * ^ Just not a state, I think that's a bit too far.
 * Okay. Thanks, guys. - Enclave
 * They could totally be a state. Hell, Hawaii used to be culturally different from Polynesians, Alaska used to be culturally different as it was Russian, Puerto Rico is still culturally different and it seems that it will be a state withing the next decade.
 * There is a difference. Both of your examples A) do actually have large white populations, even if they are minorities, and B) did not have active resistance movements at the time of Statehood.
 * I agree it couldn't be a state within two decades of 1934 but it could totally be a state later. Also, most Western states were mostly populated by Hispanics for quite a while after the American-Mexican War.
 * There is a difference; THE FILIPINOS DID NOT WANT TO BE PART OF THE UNION. They had an active insurgency and by the end were still protesting against American rule. As I said; could the UK have made India fully integrated into Britain?
 * Japan: military development continues, with the armed forces being expanded and development of new weapons and a new tank design moving forward. Japanese industry continues to expand in the home islands along with in Korea which is receiving more Japanese settlers. The military continues to exert extensive influence over the civilian government. However, it is not as brutal as before as the more level headed thinkers take control of the military and subsequently of the government, permitting the civilian government to retain formal power while the military retains control from the shadows. Influence in Southern and Coastal China continues to grow as agents of the imperial military infiltrate the levels of government. Taking advantage of the disunity within China Japanese agents begin looking for support amongst discontent leaders within China to help lead a possible puppet regime in the future, and to promote pro-Japanese, and pro-pan Asian sentiment. Economic expansion in South East Asia continues to grow, as more and more industrialists and merchants are permitted access to the vast resources of the region. Naval expansion continues, and the planned aircraft carriers continue construction, as do the subs, also several new battle cruisers and other ships are planned for construction, including two new battleships. However, naval thinkers are moving more and more toward aircraft carriers. all technological and infrastructure expansion and research  continue. Investment in Brazil and Thailand continue to grow as does the training of the Thai armed forces.
 * Manchukuo: More Japanese troops are deployed to Manchuria and infrastructure is expanded particularly industrial and military infrastructure. Puyi is formally declared Emperor of Manchukuo and his brother is proclaimed heir apparent. Pujie marries lady Saga Hiro. Japanese influence within the government is extensive. However, it is not brutal and some concessions to increase Manchu living standards and autonomy are made, with the intention  of gaining  support from the locals. The Manchu Imperial forces continue to be built from scrape as all those units considered unloyal from the former republic of China forces are disbanded and disarmed efficiently. Anti-Japanese propaganda and groups continue to face extensive suppression at the hands of the Manchu officials, the Japanese military, and the Kempatai (Japanese military police/secret police similar to the Gestapo) which has began to expand its operations within the Manchu State.
 * Sweden: Steel production continues at full force with new mines and refineries, particularly in Kalmer are built. A new rising party is founded, the Fascist Party. Their main job is to unify the Scandinavians and promote FASCISM . The military is mobilized as construction on a few top secret "Super ships" are made. In the far north lots of land is set aside for the army for training. More Catholic-Lutheran unification thought is rising. Influence of Norway, Denmark, Estonia, Lithuania, and Latvia begins. A new paratrooper division is made. Also alliances are requested of Italy and Germany. SECRET: W e propose a unification offer to Iceland where they become an AUTONOMOUS member of Scandinavia and they would get their own small military and have control of Greenland and all the Northern Islands. We ask if any nation would want our iron ore or steel.
 * I would have been justified in crossing out this entire post, but I'll be nice, Oct.
 * The super ships - honestly I plan them being finished in 1950, the unification offer plausible, the Scands want to unify.
 * Iceland was actually a colony of Denmark at the time, take it up with the Danes.
 * Um - Oct, the ideal of pan-Scandinavian all but died out in the 1860s when Sweden refused to back up Denmark against Prussia in the second Holtien war. While Scandinavian art and music continued, any momentum for political unity died out. Nkbeeching (talk) 01:17, November 22, 2013 (UTC)
 * Spain: The Spanish Republicans are in office following an election in 1933. Alejandro Lerroux has rolled back changes made by the previous government. Spain begins to draw closer to Germany, though civil war is looming in the Iberian nation.
 * Liechtenstein: We are alarmed by the actions of Hitler, and we begin to start up our military just in case of a German invasion. We ask to trade with Netherlands and Sweden. We purchase some guns and also employ ten soldiers.
 * Hitler is dead ...
 * Austria: The Rezzurrection Party continues to grow stronger with support. It now has the backing of 24% of the population, while the Austrian Nazi Party essentially collapses with the death of Hitler and its sister party collapsing in Germany. This causes large chunks of the population to move over to the Rezzurrection Party, increasing it to 31%. The military is built up, and military research continues. Austria offers Italy an alliance, as well as continuing to influence Hungary. We work on our economy and infrastructure. Several factories are built. We begin to influence Czechoslovakia.
 * Who replaced my Ressurrection Party with Rezzurrection Party? Because the double Z makes an interesting idea for a flag. Albeit similar looking to a very racist one.
 * Hitler just died, the Nazi party is very much still alive.
 * Dominion of India: Many begin to advocate complete independence and this leads to a lot of protesting on the streets as a large percentage of people are not happy with just basic home rule granted to them by the British Empire. Major cities like Delhi, Bombay, Calcutta and Bangalore are all hit in this wave of protesting - causing problems for the British authority. However, things begin to really kick off in Chittagong. After four years of small hit-and-run attacks, the small band of revolutionaries find themselves gaining a small but growing following. They quickly begin to train small numbers of revolutionaries. They convince the local police to let their leader Surya Sen go free. After much secret discussions - they agree. It quickly begins to be arranged to send him by train to Bombay or perhaps a larger city where he can gain a greater audience. Before he leaves, he promises to his followers that he will return and he makes them promise that they will go on with the uprising. They agree to do so and the stage is set for the explosion of the Chittagong Uprising into something dangerously bigger. Other less important stuff like industrialisation happens too.
 * You already got home rule. I recommend a re-post. Also, there are no British authorities cos right now all we handle for you is the foreign affairs; the rest is up to the Parliament of India, established in turn One.
 * Britain continues modernizing the air force. By now the projects are coming out much faster; a new Tornado, the tougher sister of the Tempest ground attack fighter, comes out. The nation is still in mourning after the tragic death of Prince Edward last semester; the former Duke of York is now made the Prince of Wales, and announces that he will take the name George on the throne instead of Albert, in honour of his long dead grandfather. The events in India widely shock Parliament, and Churchill gives a speech saying that "If the Indians cannot rule their own private affairs, why do they demand independence?" The vents in Finland are widely condemned in Britain, and with the recent change in power in Germany, many hope for a more moderate, democratic government there as a buffer against Soviet expansionism.
 * Greece: After the alliance with Germany, Greece states that in case of war our aid will be given to Germany only if they are the defendant of the war or if they are unjustly attacked, as we expect the Germans would do in case we were attacked, in the given case this occur we will join the German side, otherwise we will remain out of any conflict, In other news the military and navy are built up as always, and the invasion of Albania made by the Yugoslavs seems out of place. However, it is not seen as a major threat or problem between the Greek and Yugoslav government. For now, the Greeks open diplomacy with the Soviets.
 * Yugoslav D: So do you accept our deal? We plan another invasion in 1937 (since apparently we only got 2% victory)
 * Implausible. WTF are you invading them for, anyway?
 * In no way is what I said implausible. It is absolutely possible for two nations to go to war after a war shortly after another. Also, to help my nation gain more power and influence·
 * Not at all. Firstly, that little war of yours isn't even over yet. Lasts two turns? Ends next turn. Secondly, it will have cost you a lot of resources. You invade again, you'll lose - thanks to a big recent wars penalty that will get slapped on your ass. Next, it helps you gain a little bit on a map. You gain negligible power. And no influence; just piss off other nations. What fucking power do you get? You think the US invades Mexico every other effing week? No. Why not? Because more land doesn't make you more powerful anymore. Get off yourself.
 * Goddamn, you make a shitty mod.
 * Netherlands: All operations continue.

1934.5
''' Despite the British giving India home rule, a minority there still asks for full independence, though most of the mainstream accept it for now. '''

''' Europe begins to be tied up in alliances between the many nations. It is clear that war will emerge; just not who will support whom. '''

''' After the death of Hitler and the rise of the moderates, many nations consider altering their fears of Germany. '''

''' A small minority in Germany still claim, however, that it was a blue British Telephone box, and a flying one, that offed Hitler. These are mainly dismissed as conspiracy theorists and loonies. '''

''' With Mao dead, the force of Chiang-Kai pushes forward swiftly, quickly capturing Communist forces. The war is almost over - unless the Russians or Japanese step in ... '''

''' More later, possibly. LOL '''


 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist Temples are built.
 * Liechtenstein: Even though Hitler has died, the citizens are still afraid of an invasion from nearby countries. We also want to increase our economy. So we ask if any state wants to trade with us or ally with us. We expand our army to two officers, each with a group of five men, 12 men in total. We ask if anyone will sell us 15 guns and an army truck for our troops.
 * Swiss Diplomacy: We donate 40 Schmidt-Rubin rifles, and two trucks. We send officers over to help train the military.
 * Swiss Diplomacy: We agree to our brothers request, and donate two Häfeli DH-5 Reconnaissance airplanes. We announce to the world that an attack on Liechtenstein will be considered an attack on Switzerland.
 * Brazil: Brazil continues building the Dom Pedro battleship and commissions another one, the Battleship Esperanza. Along with this, a second carrier is scheduled to be built as well. Brazil also continues to manufacture weaponry and supplies for Germany building everything from Rifles, to Ship parts. Along side of this the Brazilians begin to turn some of this manufacturing for themselves building up more weaponry for their own armies usage working to develop their own rifles as well. The Brazilian armed forces also begin another rapid expansion to about 650,000. The economy continues to push on the Rise with more gold bullion being purchased. Brazil then takes larger strides in fast paces and aggressive industrialization managing to keep pace with some of the German orders. Oil shale development continues with the infrastructure and refineries being put in place. The measures taken in work corps are expanded to help out the very bad off road and train systems. This is done to help facilitate large growth and prevent mass economic issues from lack of infrastructure. Oil companies in Brazil continues to buy Venezuelans oil stock whenever they can. Influence on Venezuela continues.
 * Switzerland: The military begins to modernize, to ensure border security. The government appeals to host a peace conference in Geneva at the LoN headquarters to ensure that another world war does not occur. Another statement releases affirmed Swiss neutrality. The government continues to fund the expansion of the National Redoubt. The military has heavy fortification already in place with additional support and artillery prepared.


 * Liechtenstein: We thank the Swiss and ask them for a peace treaty. Our president makes a speech thanking the Swiss. We ask them if they can give us one or two of their outdated fighter planes since they are already replacing them.
 * Switzerland does not simply start getting involved in world affairs.
 * The Swiss were already getting involved in an attempt to remain neutral. That is all I am doing. The nation of Liechtenstein was already friendly wit Switzerland. All I am doing is helping defend him. He is neutral. I am neutral. If that changes, things will change. I am not signing alliances, I am remaining neutral in any conflict to prevent a WWII like event from occurring. I am changing my events. Daeseunglim (talk) 18:51, November 23, 2013 (UTC)
 * Germany: President Bormann, outraged at the minority that claims Hitler was killed by a Telephone box, orders the Gestapo to arrest all who believe such a lie and send them off to prison or execution. While Speer disagrees, he does little to prevent such an action. Speer and Bormann gain the support of Goering by expanding the Gestapo from just the secret police of Prussia to the secret police of all of Germany. Industry continues to develop in the Rhineland, Bavaria, and Silesia. Krupp begins to manufacture the first Panzer I tanks, and by the end of the turn the army has a total of twenty complete. Production of Kar98k carbines, Mauser C96 pistols, and MP18 submachine guns begins in homeland territory in order to give the army more firepower should the Soviets invade central Europe. Companies such as Bergmann Waffenfabrik, Mauser, and Krupp begin to receive subsidies to increase production and employment. Research into Messerschmitt Bf 109, Heinkel He 111, Junkers Ju 87 Stuka, and Dornier Do 17 airplanes begins, and some production also occurs. Several destroyers begin construction and designated as Type 1934. The government also tasks various companies to increase the nation's air and naval power. The SS is rebranded as the personal bodyguards of both the President and Chancellor, while the Brownshirts are rebranded to be the national militia, similar to the National Guard of the United States. Speer does his best to protect minorities from government persecution, and Jewish persecution is decreased but still a relevant force in Germany. Communists are still doomed due to both the Reichstag fire and Hitler's assassination, and as such either flee or are arrested/executed. Diplomatic overtures with other nations are made, and embassies are either established or refurbished in neighboring countries.
 * Switzerland: We request to purchase 24 mono wing fighter planes and 12 seaplane scout planes.
 * France calms a little when they see that the radical Nazi leader has been killed, but they remain on guard. The country continues programs to jump start the economy again.
 * China: The last of the rebels are flushed out, and we focus on improving infrastructure and the Army. The population begins to rise as a result of the fall of the Rebels, as less people are dying.
 * Japanese action: Japanese agents continue to make links with the opposition to Chiang's rule and with Japanese backing the Reform for Democracy Front is created lead by Wang Jingwei an outspoken leader of the opposition. The group officially supports a move toward true democracy in China and an end to military rule along with demilitarization of China to move toward the pan-Asian ideal. (I'm trying out this to see if it works. It's basically like a terrorist group but instead a social movement aimed at debilitating a regime either through denouncing them and gaining support or through making the government lose legitimacy if it moves against the group).
 * China: As a response to the Japanese, we have an election. We do not rig the election, just have soldiers standing, obtrusively, in front of the other candidates ballot boxes, with notepads, and pens, writing all the voters down. After a few 'accidents', no one votes against Chiang.
 * Japanese Diplomacy: The government of Japan openly calls the elections a hoax and requests that Chiang step down and allow a democratic leader to step up. Supplies are secretly sent to anti-Chiang groups.
 * Portugal: Salazar, seeking to add further legitimacy to his nation, creates a series of constitutional amendments to the constitution of 1933, which would restore the monarchy. Duarte Nuno is declared the king of Portugal in massive celebrations that take place in Lisbon. The extreme popularity of Salazar passes on to the new monarch, King Duarte II. The popularity of the Estado Novo continues as the vestiges of the Great Depression are entirely eliminated, and the economy starts functioning at a high level. A large population boom begins, with families focusing on having up to six children, as the old Roman-Catholic doctrine taught. PIDE begins working in Spain, secretly, and start to promote anti-Republican and pro-Fascist ideals. Franco and Falange officers secretly travel to Portugal, where we equip them militarily and begin training exercizes, intended to simulate combat near Barcelona and Valencia, republican strongholds.
 * Hungary: The government is overthrown in a planned coup, the Communist headquarters is stormed as well, reducing the organization of the Hungarian Communist, a nationalist dictatorship takes the country and most of the military support the new power. A purge against the soldiers and the officer of the army who are loyal to the old regime begun, another hit the Communists. We offer an alliance to Greece and Austria.
 * There were no Communists in government. The original government was fairly nationalist as well. Please explain what is going on.
 * The USSR continues to build up military and industry. The Second Five Year plan is still in effect. Aid is sent to Communists in Hungary and especially in China, via Mongolia. The militarization of the western border continues, but Vyacheslav Molotov is sent to meet with Albert Speer in order to convince him to stop the persecution of Communists. The USSR also looks into new tanks and airplanes, as well other new weapons.
 * United States: The Hoover Dam is nearing its final stages of construction; the Golden Gate Bridge also continues construction with the owners estimating it would be done by 1936. President Roosevelt's New Deal continues to pull the country out of the Great Depression, but the US still has a long way to go. The Department of Transportation announces the beginning of picking cities and towns for the Trans-Continental Roadway System to pass through upon reaching the Atlantic Ocean (Pacific Ocean in the case of the eastern states). In the Philippines, the military garrison is expanded, while propaganda is passed out across the island-chains, telling them that becoming an official part of the United States is best, citing that the economy and infrastructure will improve. Meanwhile, the Corps of Engineers begins construction on a series of roads and rails to show the Filipinos that life is better and more prosperous. Meanwhile, the aircraft carriers being constructed at Newport News are joined by the laying down of three destroyers. Meanwhile, the Pacific Fleet acquires more vessels from the Atlantic Fleet, which are then evenly divided between Pearl Harbor, San Diego and Manila. The USS Arizona is redirected back to San Diego, while the USS Oklahoma takes its place in Manila. (Arizona will be alive for the war - if there is one). The USAAC continues to design a new type of aircraft that is capable of rivaling the planes of Britain (friendly rivalry) and the planes of Germany and Japan. Meanwhile, the US Army begins looking for a new type of tank to assist its troops in military operations.
 * Japanese diplomacy: The Empire of Japan demands that the naval forces in the Philippines be diminished as what the U.S.A. is doing is a direct violation of the Washington naval agreement (look it up) and the treaty of London which prohibits the British or Americans from expanding their military in the Pacific beyond Singapore and Hawaii. To counter this, the Japanese begin direct naval units to Taihoku (Taipei) and to the South Pacific Mandate.
 * American Diplomacy: We will limit the amount of American forces in the Pacific, on the condition that Japan does not attack any part of the United States in the Pacific Ocean, including the Philippines, Wake Island and Midway Island. (I'm trying to make things interesting in the Pacific).
 * Jap Diplomacy: (Oh, I know but I can't have things interesting because if they get interesting right now I'm back to where OTL Japan is. So I'm trying to avoid that.) Japan agrees and offers a non-aggression pact and requests free economic access to the Philippines:
 * American Diplomacy: (if the mods will let me) We agree to both.
 * Japan: Japanese industrial expansion continues throughout the home islands and the colonies. Taihoku and the rest of Formosa (Taiwan) continues to be prepared for formal incorporation into the home islands, with the island being partitioned into six prefectures and incorporated into the address system.  The military control over civil government continues to solidify as the Navy takes the forefront overshadowing the army. However, the moderates within the military maintain control over the rest and begin developing military plans aimed at securing Japanese interests with minimal risks or conflict with the west. Economic expansion into South East Asia continues spearheaded by Japanese businessmen who have access to the extensive resources of the region thanks to free trade agreements with the west, deals between these Japanese individuals, colonial authorities and natives of importance help foster mutual trust between the Japanese and local leaders in the hopes of helping one another with increased Japanese investment in the region and a greater flow of resources from the south to the Japanese homeland. Efforts by the Japanese military and government to gain influence in China continues as local agents continue to undermine the authority of Chiang through third parties with influence within the Chinese opposition.  All research is continued. Naval expansion continues with the first aircraft carrier nearing completion and it is widely believed it will be ready by 1936 along with the other three aircraft carriers. The first subs are completed and more are put on the production line. A prototype semi-automatic rifle is created and testing begins with mixed results and it is decided that some adjustments will be made before it is put on the production line for mass distribution. Military reforms aimed at increasing obedience and tactics begins and military thinkers begin stepping away from the old spirit orient mentality. resettling of Japanese to Korea and Manchukuo continue.
 * Manchukuo: The empire of Manchukuo continues to industrial and modernize under the guidance of the Japanese advisors and the Kempeitai who keep the nation's politics in line with Japanese interests. Exploitation of Manchuria's vast resources begins as private investment by Japanese business expands greatly. The total population of Japanese living in Manchukuo is estimated at something like 300,000 farmers and 150,000 Japanese troops. (These numbers are very similar to OTL with the Japanese population in Manchuria being at around 500,000 immigrants by the end of 1939). Secret research into chemical and Biological weapons near harbin begin on animals. Heavy pro-Japanese propaganda and pan-Asian propaganda continue under the local administration. Meanwhile, all Communists organizations in Manchukuo are declared illegal and the Kempeitai crack down hard on leftist groups and parties along with the Manchu imperial army and police, evicting as many as they can into China to cause trouble for the Chinese government. Standardization of the Japanese and Manchu rifles is started to make all weapons of the same design to facilitate resupplying.
 * Vatican: Continues placing more guards in its locations in Rome and Rio de Janeiro.
 * You don't have a location in Rio.
 * Greece: The military and navy are built up, and Greece like previously said remains neutral on any Balkan conflict that doesn't involve an attack on Greece or a plausible threat to it. In other news, it ask British or French help to buy a colony in North Africa and be administered by them until Greece is prepared to take over their control. (Mainly to grow the Greek populations outside Europe). While this, the reaffirmation of the neutrality in any conflict between Germans, French and British continues.
 * Netherlands: Communism together with socialism is on the rise but it is still real slow. With the recent military build-up we upgrade our score by 0.25. Tensions lower between us and Germany and we ask for a trade agreement.

1935.0
''' The small cult of people who believe that Hitler was killed by a police box is eliminated after the SS arrest them all and have them shot (IT'S OVER!). '''

Now that's just mean ...

Tough.

''' After a plebecite, the Saar territory votes to rejoin Germany. The territory rejoins Germany a week later. '''

''' The Dust Bowl begins in the Midwestern United States. '''

''' The WPA is founded in the United States. '''

''' Persia is renamed Iran. '''

''' The King of Siam (Thailand) abdicates his throne for his nine-year old son. '''

''' The Chaco war between Bolivia and Paraguay is declared over. '''


 * Japan: The Japanese continue to fund anti-Chiang groups and the border between Manchukuo and China becomes increasingly militarized. However, the military adopts a defence only strategy for the time to make sure that it doesnt loss face across the globe. secretly through third parties the military begins supporting the remnants of the Chinese Communists and suppressed warlords throughout China to help destabilize China, and to further discredit Chiang's rule over China while in public Wang Jingwei continues to promote true democratic reforms with the backing of Japan who promise to support the cause of peace and co-operation between China and Japan. Industrialization of the Empire continues to expand with Heavy Industry reaching large levels unseen in previous years. New airplanes are finally designed and production of the new model begins while more designs are made for future necesity. The High Command continues to push forward the adoption of modern tactics while still promoting the cause to fight till the death for the empire. The Arisaka model 35 is designed as a semi-automatic rifle (with a mechanism similar to the Gewher 43 OTL) to eventually replace the old Arisaka Bolt action rifle, also designs for a submachine gun are put through for testing. The navay continues to expand as subs come off the production line and the first in a series of new battle cruisers is finished. The new aircraft carriers continue being built. The development of Formosa and Korea continue and assimilation continues to be the policy toward the locals. However, the colonial administrations are urged to be less brutal and a lot more systematic with acomodating policies. Anti-Japanese and anti-Imperial propaganda continues to be suppressed with large success as the Imperial rule comes hand in hand with tangible progress and with the full backing of the Imperial military. Settlement of the colonies and Manchukuo continues.
 * Manchukuo: Emperor Puyi goes on a formal visit to Japan to meet with Emperor Hirohito and with the Imperial Diet under the premise of increasing active bilateral relations between the allies and to promote Manchu friendliness toward the Empire of Japan. Greater power is delegated to the Manchu officials though the Japanese advisors retain large amounts of power and ultimately hold the right to veto or push forward any policies they see necessary. The Manchukuo Yuan is formally established as the Manchurian currency and is backed by the Imperial Yen and by the exploitation of resources in Manchuria. A formal Manchu citizenship is established and the government requests international recognition as a sovereign state. All Japanese are granted the right to live with special rights and are subject only to the Japanese embassy or ministers within the Empire of Manchukuo, all Han and Koreans living within the borders at the moment are granted citizenship while those who move after the act must gain citizenship after eight years residency. Heavy industry continues to grow in Harbin and Mukden fed by the raw materials exploited from the countryside. An emphasis on Manchu culture is started to separate Manchu roots from that of China, and to help cement nationalism within the Empire and anti-Chinese sentiments. Trade opens up thanks to the efforts of Japanese treaties with the west allowing much more flow of income thrugh trade. Crown Prince Pujie and Lady Saga Hiro have their first child a boy who helps cement Pujie's `position as crown prince.
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Liechtenstein: We declare that we will be neutral for the next ten years unless we get attacked. We give a speech thanking the Swiss and we decide to increase our army to 25 men, and three officers. We also build a tiny factory to increase our of sausage casings and fake teeth.
 * Greece: We continues asking French and British to allow a small colonial settlement in North Africa under their administration to be given to Greece, as well as economic help, military and navy are built up and neutrality is declared to most of the Balkan nations excepting Albania and Turkey.
 * Brazil: The Brazilian government manages to complete one of its year long infrastructural projects connecting some of Brazil's larger cities together and stimulating a large economic growth preventing the need to continue to deficit spend on those areas of the economy. With more infrastructure completed the City of Manaus in the state of the Amazonas begins to expand exponentially beginning a population influx to a moderate degree with some of the new jobs opening in northern and central Brazil. The resource extraction -  as well as working with the rain forest and building up new central farmland - is hurried at a breakneck pace as its industrialization of the South. Some minor industrialization occurs along the Amazon river as well. Brazilian military complex is expanded as well with large scale designs for new ships beginning to flood the Brazilian defence industry. A new repeating rifle begins to be developed as well as some machine guns deriving them from acquired designs from Germany. More parts are shipped back to Germany. The Brazilian resource and industry now booming from investments from various nations, most notably Germany, and Japan, helps spur on national development with new businesses opening up everywhere. The government also begins printing out simple charts which show Brazil's heavily recovering economy. Oil investors purchase majority stock in a few Venezuelan oil companies. Lobbyists are used to begin throwing Brazilian influence into the Venezuelan government. The Brazilian navy continues expansion commisioning almost five new destroyers and another cruiser beginning their trial runs with more ships being laid down to expand the navy. The Armed forces conduct major drills in central Brazil and along the coast beginning to train quality troops. Brazil finds volunteers who begin joining an intelligence service, as well as a special forces service. Building of the battleship continues and the carrier is completed. Brazil sets up its first radar post in Southern Brazil near Rio de Janeiro.
 * Dominion of India: Many continue to advocate for full freedom from the British Empire. Major cities like Delhi, Bombay, Calcutta and Bangalore are all hit in this wave of protesting - causing problems for the British authority. Surya Sen begins to organise small groups of volunteers who feel that Congress should pursue full independence from the British government. He quickly begins to train these groups in political speaking as well as telling them to establish contacts. This will allow him to gain greater influence so he can build a power base. Jinnah begins to grow in influence, too, after seeing how the British have not created a state for Muslims. He quickly begins to preach the fact that the Muslims need a homeland for themselves away from the Hindus who rule over them with blatant disregard for them. Many agree and he begins to talk to the Maxim of Hyderabad as well as various other leaders. Other less important stuff like industrialisation happens, too, with more railroads beginning to be constructed so that transportation of goods is made easier. Industrialists like Tata soon begin to construct more factories for the people as well as to produce greater goods. He begins to make coal mines and textile mills as well as power plants.
 * THERE IS NO BRITISH AUTHORITY. The laws may be ours, but the enforcement is entirely Indian.
 * Germany: The re-integration of the Saar territory is met with pride and happiness amongst the German population and government. Industry as well as military garrisons return to the province in order to make the integration complete. Production and research of war materiel continues. Industry continues to gain strength in Bavaria, Silesia, the Rhineland, and now Saar as well. Extra troops are stationed on the eastern border and fortifications are constructed as well. Albert Speer meets with the Soviet diplomats but is unfortunately unable to stop the persecution of Communists, citing Bormann's and the German people's demands. He does offer to deport as many of them as he can to the Soviet Union instead. Bormann meets with Salazar of Portugal, and the two discuss politics and changing trends in Europe. The meeting leaves an impression on Bormann, one that is more conservative and less reactionary in nature. Individual Freikorps are established in each individual state to enforce the rule of law and better protect the state and its people. The trade agreement with the Netherlands is agreed upon.
 * The USSR is willing to accept all German Communists.
 * Switzerland is willing to accept a quota of all minority groups from Germany that are being persecuted.
 * German Diplomacy: German authorities acting under the command of Speer begin moving small populations of Communists to the Soviet Union. No one is to be moved to Switzerland.
 * Jap/Manchu Dip: The governments of both Japan and Manchukuo request official recognition of the State of Manchukuo.
 * Switzerland: The government announces that they are opening their borders to refugees from Germany who are being persecuted. The Lakes Flotilla considers constructing eight float planes to support the ships. Ten more patrol boats are acquired to provide coverage on the lakes. The reconstruction of the National Redoubt continues.


 * Jap/Manchu Dip: The governments of both Japan and Manchukuo request official recognition of the State of Manchukuo.


 * Argentina: We begin to commission a few destroyers for our navy and we commence to build a long series of infrastructural projects and follow a similar American-style way out of the Depression called Los Actos de el Nuevo Trato Argentino. We decide to commence a military buildup along the Brazilian border and begin mass producing weapons and begin researching new technologies and we are willing to accept persecuted German people. We widely condemn both Nazi Germany and the Soviet Union for their genocide of countless innocent lives. El Partido Fascista de Argentina and El Partido Socialista Democrata de Argentina are beginning to rise in terms of influence and popularity around the nation.
 * Argentina was absolutely screwed economically. You can't fix that in six months ... could I get a mod, please?
 * Portugal sends political advisers to Argentina to support El Partido Fascista.
 * Brazilian D: We notice this troop buildup, and as the strongest nation in South America, we ask why you are doing a troop buildup along the border with the only recovering nation on the continent. In Response we put nearly 300,000 troops on the border with Argentina.
 * Jap/Manchu Dip: The governments of both Japan and Manchukuo request official recognition of the State of Manchukuo.
 * Brazil D: We recognize Manchukuo.
 * Portugal: Salazar's popular, Fascist, government continues embracing traditional Portuguese values, especially Roman Catholicism. Work begins on a brand new Portuguese navy, and propaganda is created, harkening back to when Portugal was the world's naval power. Three new battleships and an aircraft carrier are designed. The jobs created by the new navy spur the economy onward, and many people flock to urban centers along the coast. Duarte II is really popular, and many think monarchism and Fascism are a great combination. PIDe begins to operate with Franco's Falange in Spain in order to discover any potential weaknesses of the nation, which is republican. The army grows in power. We work with Italy and Germany. We also begin construction of a modern air force, with 15 bombers and 30 fighter planes being planned for.
 * The British warn that any active military or political interference in Spain by Portugal will be regarded as a violation of our agreements with Portugal. We would prefer not to go to war with our long-time allies, but if they support our enemies, then they are our enemies.
 * Jap/Manchu Dip: The governments of both Japan and Manchukuo request official recognition of the State of Manchukuo.
 * Britain continues with its development of the air force. By now almost 75% of the RAF has been replaced with newer, more modern planes. A new Corsair comes out, this time a single engined, sturdy ship-killer. We deeply resent the actions of Portugal and warn that if this behaviour continues war must surely follow. The economy is improved with a new plan that uses private factories to build governemnt planes - within restrictions, of course. The navy, too, is replaced, and the HMS Hood undergoes an overhaul, replacing its obsolete deck armor with a much stronger, thicker one.
 * Jap/Manchu Dip: The governments of both Japan and Manchukuo request official recognition of the State of Manchukuo.
 * United States: The Hoover Dam is finished in Nevada, while construction on the Golden Gate Bridge continues on schedule. In response to the beginning of the Dust Bowl, President Roosevelt hopes that the nation can get through this disaster and get a speedy recovery. Meanwhile, the military presence in the Philippines is diminished, but a small garrison is maintained as station for the US Army Corps of Engineers as they continue to construct roads, bridges and railroads. Propaganda is passed out to continue to persuade the population that joining the United States is best for the future of the island chain, their childen and grandchildren. Meanwhile, research on the new fighter to rival Britain begins, hoping to have a prototype by 1937. The same with the United States Army and Marine Corps, as they research a tank that is both fast and mobile, but also has firepower and crew protection. The first of the aircraft carriers is finished, while construction on the other carrier and other ships at Newport News continues. The USS Arizona and USS Oklahoma is transferred to the Panama Canal. President Roosevelt is concerned about recent developments in South America and Europe. Research on all modern technology continues, particularly radar, as this could prevent attacks on both warships and the mainland United States.
 * Jap/Manchu Dip: The governments of both Japan and Manchukuo request official recognition of the State of Manchukuo.
 * Italy: A new economic program begins in Italy. Jobs are to be created by the modernization of the Italian military, a feat which will take much industrial power. Specifically, production focuses on creating larger and better naval and air forces. An aircraft carrier is also being designed, and is expected to be built by 1937.
 * Jap/Manchu Dip: The governments of both Japan and Manchukuo request official recognition of the State of Manchukuo.
 * France again becomes hostile at the seizure of the Saar territory. The military is amped up and wartime production begins, as France begins to re-arm itself for what it feels is an inevitable conflict.
 * I point out that this was an OTL event, and France didn't really care or react.
 * It matters not. France was worried. Cour hasn't actually DONE anything yet.
 * That's the point. France OTL appeased Germany. In ATL it's getting mad. Change in ideology. Don't worry, I have plans *evil laugh* ~Cour
 * Jap/Manchu Dip: The governments of both Japan and Manchukuo request official recognition of the State of Manchukuo.
 * Spain: The military increases as trouble continues to brew. The nation continues to grow closer to Nazi Germany.
 * Jap/Manchu Dip: The governments of both Japan and Manchukuo request official recognition of the State of Manchukuo.
 * Ethiopia: Industrialization continues under the Imperial government, aided by the flow of Imperial funds into the industrial park outside of the capital city. The litery program has been credited with bringing education to more than half of the population, and the increase of reading and writing skills have now come to prove their worth as Ethiopians apply for jobs requiring high-end education. With an increase in education, the ability of the government to invest in Western industries at home can now commence. The Imperial Army continues to expand with modern equipment and technology, and the import of new tanks allows the military to form a new mechanized division within the organization of its forces. Work on building an air force begins, and the move to import additional airplanes and tanks by the government continues.
 * The USSR builds up military and economy. Industry is expanded. The Second Five Year Plan continues. Communists arrive from Germany and are sent to Russification programs where they learn Russian. This is mostly easy since they are willing to serve in a Communist country. Militarization on the western border continues. The Soviets begin to put pressure on the Baltic states, threatening them by using Germany as a threat to them.

1935.5
''' There is a powerful hurricane in America, killing 423 people in Florida. '''

'''FDR dedicates Hoover Dam, but the dam itself is not yet complete. '''

''' FDR signs the Social Security Act into law. '''

'''Italy invades Ethiopia in OTL. This action depends on what Italy's player does.'''

''' Senetor Huey Long is assassinated in OTL. This also depends on what America's player does. '''
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built. Thailand officially recognises Manchukuo.
 * Hungary: The Hungarian economy quickly improve itself after that the government take more power within the gestion of the industry, effectively ending all unemployement in Hungary, the rest who could not find a job were draft in the military or in the infrastructure modernization. We start to support nationalism in the Hungarian majority area of Europe except in Austria. The modernization of the army continue and we ask for an alliance with Austria and Greece.
 * Austrian Diplomacy: Austria accepts Hungary's alliance offer. We offer a trade deal.
 * Brazil: With Brazil's first fleet carrier "Infame" complete the Brazilian navy begins searching for an aircraft to serve as its major naval aerial presence. The design of the A5M from Japan is considered and research is done, with first prototypes to be completed in the next six months to be considered for carrier aircraft, other designs are also considered such as American general aircraft parts in order to construct their own fleet of naval aircraft. Along with this, the program is expanded to include aircraft for the air force and a force being pushed up to develop new aircraft continues. Research into a tank begins as well, designed to be a medium tank with mobility and firepower together. The Brazilian economy continues to jump as large oil shale deposits are now exploited and some of the oil from Venezuela starts to flood in as well. The Brazilian military continues to press its mobilization on the Argentinian border digging in and throwing up defenses. Brazil once again asks why Argentina is mobilized along the southern border. The Brazilian resources industry continues to advance now exporting Steel, Iron, and other resources to a moderate degree but using much if it itself to stimulate the economy with jobs created by infrastructural growth and the jobs stemming from the fact new infrastructure is leadign to the establishment of new businesses. Most notably the Brazilian arms industries begin to take over with prototypes for the first semi-automatic Brazilian rifle coming off the development lines and into testing. Along with this, Brazil takes some of the machine guns from other nations (some acquired illegally) and begins creating their own variants in an attempt to find a new Heavy Machine for the army. Brazilian armed forces begin a parade in Rio de Janeiro. The Navy officially launches five more destroyers, another cruiser, and the Battleship Dom Pedro is nearly done. The Brazilian Naval complexes are expanded heavily. Manuel Vargas now seeing improvements in the country also begins to allow for a more democratic process to incur seeing that many other nations with this type of government allow for a democratic process. Corporate influence on the Venezuelan government continues. Stock in more Venezuelan oil companies are expanded, and the first Brazilian owned oil rigs start to be constructed in the country. Infrastructure throughout the country continues to expand heavily with Rio Blanco and Cuiba now being included in the new highway system. With this jobs begin flooding into the area with heavy resource areas being exploited for the benefit of the Brazilian economy. With this as well, the infrastructure in the northern part of the country expands as well being the prime focus of the mass infrastructural projects. Alongside this, the coastal infrastructure while not expanded, is updated alongside the rest of the infrastructure. The Industial and military complexes of the country are also continually expanded With the Navy taking precedence in equipment and modernizing. This is especially done with the new designs for frigates and Destroyers with these classes being produced in greater numbers. Alongside the laying down of nearly 15 new destroyers and another seven frigates some even in makeshift drydocks, the Brazilian navy designs its own classes for nearly every kind of ship there is attempting to be recognized as a world class power.
 * ​Brazil Dip: We tell the United States to not worry about the situation in South America as it will not flood or spill over and cause collateral damage to any American interests if it can be helped.
 * Quick thing, Feudal. Rio was the capital of Brazil still. Brasilia wasn't contructed until the 50's Nkbeeching (talk) 17:05, November 25, 2013 (UTC)
 * Argentina: Los Actos Del Nuevo Trato Argentino continue to help sustain the economy and we begin building a massive defense perimeter around the Brazilian border. We begin a massive modernization of our military and begin to design our own craft. El Partido Fascista and El Partido Socialista Democrata continue to gain influence. The seeds of a revolution are being planted. We state our military buildup is for the reason of defenses only against an attack from Brazil.
 * How do you have the economy or industry to pull this off you have spent a grand total of six months repairing your economy considering you have gotten zero investment from foreign nations I don't get how you're planning on this being plausible. -Feud
 * Well, I need foreign investment, OK. I am waiting. Ratc3333 Here, Prepare for Combat (talk) 13:07, November 25, 2013 (UTC)
 * Then play and act like you don't have any ... you can't just say you have stuff or are able to do things when Argentina was one of the worst hit nations by the depression. -Feud
 * Liechtenstein: Thanks the Swiss again, and we give them a gift and our ruler invites theirs to come for a celebration of the first act of friendliness between us two neutral countries in Europe. We declare that we will be fully neutral for the next five years, unless attacked, which we will defend ourselves against the invading state, and we are capable of doing so with our 25 trained troops and three officers!
 * Switzerland thanks Liechenstien for the kind show of friendship and co-operation.
 * Switzerland: The government orders 24 fast interceptor planes to be built, armed with two 20 mm cannons, two 50 caliber machine guns, and a payload of up to 2000 lbs of bombs. The designs are started, with the first aircraft to be built by 1939. The army looks into newer model tanks to replace the Renulat FT tanks. Reconstruction of the Swiss National Redoubt is almost completed, with additional artillery pieces to be acquired in order to better fortify. The government requests that a meeting of the LoN is held next year to discuss global issues.
 * Switzerland puts out a bid for companies to provide blueprints and a prototype for a quick interceptor aircraft.
 * Japan: the imperial government continues to support the develpment of anti-Chiang groupsi in China with the largest recipints being the Democracy movement lead by wang Jingwei and the diverse warlords who remained against Ching's rule. Japan once more publicly demands that Ching step down and hand power over to a civil government. Industrial development across the the colonies and home islands continues with a steady ppace as more resources come in from South erast Asiia and from Brazil. The Government passes the Public Safety and Security Act granting vast freedoms to the military and police forces to protect the state against all deemed anti Japanese influences and are granted extensive official power within government policies with the hopes of maintaining order on all levels of the state. Naval expansion of the navy continues and the new ships near completion while new destroyers and battle cruisers come off the line. Using the growing economic influence in South East Asia the government makes connections through Japanese businessmen with individuals in the region to promote greater co-operation between Japanese and the locals. Military training continues to change to make sure military performance remains at its height. Research continues with strong leads in medicine and biological weaponary being made.
 * Manchukuo: to reflect the political adjustments in Japan the Manchurian government passes the Law of Order and Peace which grants large power to the Manchu military and to the Kwantang Army (the Japanese army based in Manchuria during the period). Economic development continues and the Manchu steel industry continues to grow and exploration in areas of the empire begin to see if they can find oil.
 * In the Interests of peace in the Pacific, Britain reluctantly agrees to recognize Manchukuo if Japan agrees not to Invade the rest of China.
 * Austria: The Rezzurrection Party continues to grow stronger with support. It now has the backing of 67% of the population, and the son of the last Austrian Emperor is offically given control of the party. His name is Otto von Habsburg. In his acceptance speach, Otto decalres that he doesnt want to engage in any foreign wars accept in self defense, or in the case of premptive strike. He also states that Austria will have no territorial designs on Yugoslavia, and he hopes that relations can heal between Yugoslavia and Austria. The military is built up, and military research continues. Austria offers Italy an alliance. We work on our economy and infrastructure. Several factories are built. We continue to influence Czechoslovakia. Otto von Habsburg begins to go around the country encouraging people to his party. Many people, whos fathers had fought in the Great War, and veterans still alive, flock to him, seeing it as a possible way to revive the glory of the former Austro-Hungarian empire, instead of being a small state. We celebrate the signing of allaicne with Hungary.
 * Netherlands: Communists are gaining power, both legally as illegally. More men are trained for the military and two battlecruisers are constructed in Rotterdam and the KNIL (Koniklijke Nederlandse Indische Leger, Army in Indonesia) is also extend.
 * Germany: Germany continues the rampant buildup of its military and its construction of its infrastructure. The current production rate of Germany is reaching new highs due to the remarkable skill of Chancellor Albert Speer. Kar98k carbines, MP18s, and Mauser C96 pistols continue to be made in considerable quantity. Production of the Panzer I continues and there are now several hundred of them in service. Production of the Panzer II begins as well, and designs for the future Panzer III begin to be drafted at Krupp. Several more frigates and destroyers are laid down. Aircraft designs continue to be tested and produced. Increased garrisons are placed on all borders of Germany except for Denmark, Luxembourg, Czechoslovakia, and Switzerland. Fortifications are contructed on most borders. Monarchism slowly begins to increase in the southern Catholic regions of the nation, largely due to the bleeding effect of Austria and Portugal, as well as reactionary elements reacting to the attacks of the Communists. This influence is most felt in Bavaria, which is not the Nazi stronghold that it once was. The German government declares that it recognizes the state of Manchukuo, but to be difficult it will be refered to as Manchuria instead. A Manchurian embassy is constructed in Berlin.
 * United States: Reconstruction aid is sent to Florida to help rebuild the area that was damaged by the hurricane. President Roosevelt condemns the assassination of an American politician. Work on Hoover Dam continues, as does construction on the Golden Gate Bridge. Infrastructure improvement in the Philippines continues, as does passing out propaganda. Meanwhile, President Roosevelt plans to turn Hawaii and Alaska into states by the end of his presidency. All development and research from the last turn continues, with the USAAF hoping to have the new fighter plane done by 1936.5. The USAAF also begins to work on the development of a new bomber with a greater range and larger payload. The US Army continues to develop the prototype of the tank that could go fast, have great armor and most importantly, protect its crew. The Army also begins researching into a rifle that could fire multiple shots. The Navy begins to research into radar for its ships, which the Secretary of the Navy hopes could prevent surprise attacks on American warships. The second aircraft carrier is launched, while construction on the remaining destroyers and submarines continue. In order to maintain peace in the Pacific, Congress votes with a slim majority to recognize Manchukuo as a sovereign nation. A Manchurian Embassy in Washington, while Roosevelt asks to build an American embassy in the capital city of Manchukuo.
 * Italy: The Italian government decides to recognize the state of Manchukuo. The new econmic program is showing promise, as unemployment steadily begins to drop as massive amounts of military hardware are created. New scientists are hired to design more innovative designs for tanks, aircraft and ships. Most of the research goes into a new tank design. The majority of the production over the past year has gone into the construction of aircraft, but a few medium vessels and several smaller vessels for the navy are under construction. The Italians begin moving their military into the Ogaden region of Ethiopia. They claim this is a legitimate part of the Italian Empire, due to the fact that the original treaty signed during the reign Zewditu I is null and void due to her death in 1928. Also, they increase the garrison at Fort Walwal. (an Italian fort, though well within the boundary; the fact that it was built and maintained is also cited by the Italians as a reason the the area is de jure Italian). Officially, the military maneuvers are simply to "re-inforce the garrison currently stationed in the area," and they are not given orders to attack Ethiopian troops.  A diplomat is sent to further negotiate the terms of a new treaty with the Ethiopians, and ensure that any claims the Ethiopians may have to this area is peacefully ceeded.
 * The USSR expands military and economy. Militarization of the border continues and Second Five Plan is still ongoing.
 * Ethiopia: The Imperial government of Ethiopia makes it clear that the Ogaden is sovereign Ethiopian territory, and that it will never cede any land to any European government, friendly or otherwise. The military is mobilized for combat, and Imperial troops are moved to the front to counter any hostile Italian troops they may find in the region. The government states that Zewditu I was a member of the Solomic dynasty, and any treaties signed by her are passed down to the next monarch of the royal house. The treaty remains in force, and Ethiopia will fight it it must to preserve its sovereignity. The construction of war materiale continues, and the importation of warplanes and tanks continues with the Emperor's blessing. Tens of thousands of Ethiopian men swarm to their garrison centers on the orders of their tribal leaders and local officials, and prepare themselves for a potential conflict. An appeal to the United Kingdom, United States, the Soviet Union and Japan are made, in the event Italy seeks to turn to arms to enforce it claim against Ethiopia.
 * Britain develops a new Spitfire and another Hurricane, as well as the first Lancaster heavy bomber. The economy is expanded. The actions of Italy are heavily condemned.
 * Dominion of India: Many continue to advocate for full freedom from the British Empire. Major cities like Delhi, Bombay, Calcutta and Bangalore are all hit in this wave of protesting - causing problems for Congress, who have under the advice of Gandhi have agreed on home rule currently. Surya Sen continues his endeavours in establishing a roots movement which will hopefully be able to grow in power. His cells soon infiltrate the government and begin to swing things in a different and more aggressive direction. Taking the train to Chittagong, he returns to the town and is met with rejoicing crowds. Surya Sen has returned and he personally leads the bid to hostage all policemen in the region. He is successful and surprisingly quick and with the task and using the materials gained due to the fact that the armoury now belongs to him, he equips the troops preparing to fight. Jinnah continues to grow in influence and people begin to gather on the streets to listen to him preach about his ideas and desires. Gandhi realises that he should try to incorporate Jinnah into the Indian National Congress. However to many, it seemed like he was supporting Jinnah. On the 10th of December, Mahatma Gandhi is assassinated by Hindu extremists. The hero of the nation is killed and people are completely shocked. Jinnah uses this as cannon fodder and begins to pose off a lot of Hindus. Other less important stuff like industrialisation happens, too, with more railroads beginning to be constructed so that transportation of goods is made easier. Industrialists like Tata soon begin to construct more factories for the people as well as to produce greater goods. He begins to make coal mines and textile mills as well as power plants. The government also asks the British if they could receive some tanks in return for allowing British troops to be stationed in larger numbers in the east to keep the British strategically secure in Asia. They would also like one Spitfire and are willing to pay up, too.

1936.0
''' King George V of the United Kingdom dies. He is succeeded by his second oldest son, who is coronated as George VI. '''

The Eleventh Commandmant: Thou shall not change OTL mod events without justification.

'''The Twelfth Commandment: Thou shalt read the damn edit summaries. Edward is dead.'''

'''^ What he said. Dammit Scraw!'''

There was no edit summary, they are not worth it, and that death is so bad I will disregard it anyway.

'''What? By edit summary I think he means, you know, MY POST ...'''

I disregard your logic, and substitute my own.

'''I DO have edit summaries. They're in the history. Foolish fellow mod.'''

''' Radium is the first radioactive element to be made synthetically. '''

The IV Olympic Winter Games open in Garmisch-Partenkirchen, Germany.

''' The Hoover Dam is completed. '''

''' A series of three tornados strike the southern United States, two in Georgia and one in Mississippi. 419 are killed and thousands more injured. (Wow, America is really getting nailed, isn't it?) '''

''' An Arab revolt breaks out in Palestine in opposition to British rule and Jewish immigration. '''
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Brazil: The Battleship Dom Pedro of the new Dom Pedro Class of battleships is finished with mostly the regular battleship fixing, except it mounts super heavy 16 inch guns with fire control systems that only a few countries could match. The research into aircraft for the air forces use is expanded. The Brazilian navy continues to expand as well adding another carrier to the fleet. The Brazilian military also expands to about 800,000. Seven destroyers two frigates and a cruiser are completed as the Brazilian shipyards up and down the seaboard are expanded. Infrastructure is also heavily expanded continuously with railroads and highways expediting the process of moving natural resources from the interior provinces, to the factories more of which are developing along the Amazon river as well. Research and development finishes the prototypes of two competing naval fighters, two competing fighters for the air force, and also designs for dive bombers, and Torpedo bombers for the Navy are finished. Designs for a long range bomber akin to European designs are also finished. Oil companies in Brazil and Brazilian owned companies in Venezuela begin pushing the South American and Global markets to a degree. Influence over Venezuela continues with the government thanks to lobbyists is becoming much more Pro-Brazil. Brazilian infrastructure throughout the interior while heavily expanded is also heavily planned for future developments as well attempting to prevent the overzealous costs needed in remodeling an entire areas infrastructure vs just upgrading or refitting it. The resource industry in Brazil continues to take off with raw materials, developed metals, and rubber once again flooding the market and openly replacing British goods to a large degree in some places. Brazil Secretly funds a group which is advocating staunch neutrality in Argentina beginning to galvanize the Majority of People against their government.
 * Greece D: We ask for an alliance with Brazil.
 * Swiss D: We invest 100 million Swiss Francs into Brazilian infrastructure. We send over specialists to aid them. We request to purchase 37 million barrels of oil.
 * Brazil D: We thank you for your investment. However, the amount of oil will need to be delivered periodically.
 * Hungary: The economy is fully restored except in some areas, the quality of the military is improved as more discipline is asked from the soldier. We continue to support rebel Hungarian minority movements in the countries around except Austria with whom we want to increase relations. We start to invest more heavily in the air force and start the development of a plane that could rival much of the main aircraft currently in production. We offer an alliance to Italy.
 * Italy Accepts.
 * Brazil Dip: For your nations which are requiring modern weapons and the materials to help rebuild your nation Brazil offers a trade agreement and requests some intial investment in some of the Amazons many great resources.
 * Hungary D: we are ready to invest in a small area in exchange of some modern weapons.
 * Italy and Hungary are not on good terms after WWI. They attacked each other, and Italy and the Allies caused the break-up of the Austro-Hungarian Empire.
 * Greece: The nation invests in a small military upgrade as well as in the agricultural economy of the country. While this, some tension grows on north eastern as some civilian Turks seemingly trading with Greeks began a fight between them killing three Greeks and one Turk in the process. The Greek government asks for co-operation of the Turkish government in Thrace. However, getting no response yet. While this, the navy is heavily increased in the Aegean Islands and the military is built up. We continue asking the French and the British for a colonial settlement in North Africa allowed to be given to Greece under their administration until we are prepared to do it on our own.
 * Swiss D: Due to our status as a neutral nation, we must decline a military alliance. We thank the Greeks for the kind offer, and propose exchanging embassies.
 * Liechtenstein: We continue to build up our economy and also further train our officers. Our presidents drive one of the army trucks for the first time. We also begin to build ten stun grenades and five regular grenades.
 * um - Leich, you know that your country is a monarchy right? It is headed by a prince and prime minister Nkbeeching (talk) 10:38, November 26, 2013 (UTC)
 * Argentina: Los Actos del Nuevo Trato Argentino continue to pull the country out of the Depression as we begin to wane away from German influence. We open the nation to foreign investors and ask for an alliance with the US. El Partido Fascista and El Partido Socialista Democrata continue to gain influence as more and more people become increasingly discontent with the oppressive policies of the current government, although it is glad to have the government be a little freer on the side of the Socialist Democrats but on the Fascist side, it is becoming concerned with the government's current policies and requests for even more extreme action against "undesirables".
 * I hope you realize you can't just ally with the US like that. Argentina was not very pro US and only joined WW2 in 1945    because literally everyone else did. Also, Argentina was staunchly neutral, stop being so pro U.S. It's impausible as hell and really getting on my nerves. You were also never under German influence to begin with, This is not a huge war of influences right now. Argentina isn't pro-jack all and you're just trying to be as implausibly pro-US as possible. -Feud
 *  Not happening. 
 *  Rat, I'm not even kidding, I am one implausible post away from dropping an asteroid on Argentina. 
 *  Another factor about Argentina is that you are actually making it a democratic nation. The country was borderline chaotic politically. It was either the conservative oligarchs and military in power, or the populists who would eventually be united against the conservatives under pseudo-Fascist Peron. Nkbeeching (talk) 23:04, November 26, 2013 (UTC) 
 * Switzerland: Work on the National Redoubt is almost complete . A new tank is designed and a prototype is approved by the citizens after some redraws are added. The first prototype is due in 1938. The government heavily invests in rail systems and trains due to the terrain. Another ten Oerlikon cannons are built and mounted on truck chassis. The system is called Mobile 50mm gun platform. The government purchases thirty caverns in the Alps and constructs the National Emergency Fuel Depot (NEFD).
 * Greek D: We ask for an alliance with the Swiss nation.
 * Neutrals.
 * Austria: The Rezzurrection Party continues to grow stronger with support. It now has the backing of 81% of the population. The military is built up, and military research continues. Austria offers Italy an alliance. We work on our economy and infrastructure. Several factories are built. We continue to influence Czechoslovakia. Otto von Habsburg is elected in a landslide victory in the Presidential elections, and he is sworn in as President of Austria. Upon gaining the thro- I mean presidency, his majority RP controlled legislature votes to give him dictatorial powers, although the legislature may vote to remove them if they feel the need. A constitutional convention is also voted for, and it will take palce next turn. A Hapsburg is President of Austria.
 * Swiss Diplomacy: We request to purchase 20 tanks and 40 artillery pieces as our industry is not retooled yet to construct these.
 * Italy: Accepts the alliance.
 * Read response to Hungary above.
 * Japan: The government does not officially take a stand on the Italian-Ethiopian war. However, unofficially the government promises to acknowlege all annexations as thanks for the recognition of Manchukuo. The military continues to expand its influence in society now with full legal backing and the whole of society enters a period of strong pro-imperial pro-military propaganda centred around Japan's right to a place in the Sun, and the need to secure the future of Japan and Asia, along with the divinity of the Emperor. This is largely successful and undesired influences over society begin to lose momentum, despite this the moderates continue to hold sway over the military and government setting feasible goals up from instead of the dangerious objectives of the extremists within the military. Industry continues to expand and is increasingly orient toward military production as tensions with China continue to rise. More troops are deployed to the continent. The navy continues to expand with the first aircraft carrier the IJN Kurasawa aircraft carrier being the largest aircraft carrier built to date in Japan, the other three are designated to be finished by the end of 1937, more battlecruisers and sub are built along with another destroyer. The navy also begins building of the planned Yamato class battleship aimed at being the largest battleship in the world. The so-called China policy is developed in the High Command with plans laid out to formally establish a series of puppet regimes in China within the next 15 years through diplomacy if possible and through force if necesary. funds to anti-Chiang Kai shek's rivals continues to grow, and it is organized with former warlords from the Anhui and Zhili cliques to assassinate Chiand in 1937. Meanwhile, the Wang Jingwei presses harder his pro-democracy speeches in Eastern China. Formosa isss formerly added to the home islands with the governer general being replaced by a governor and granting voting rights to those who are of Japanese ethnicity or those who have proving to be loyal to the imperial government, and creating seats for the Formosa prefectures within the Diet, effectively incorporating the island into Japan's mainstream politics and in theory making it possible for a Japanese to someday assume the position of prime minister (theoretically being the important word) plans to do this with Busan in Southern Chosun (Korea) within 15 years is put forward. The Imperial government and the Zaibatusus continue to expand their influence throughout South East Asia. All research continues and the next phase for chemical testing will be ready in the following year. The Public Knowledge act is passed allowing the military to censor all papers or communication functions it sees necessary throughout the Japanese sphere and to if it sees fit forbid the access of foreign journalists, though it is strictly forbiden to use forces against Japanese nationals or westerners. The Mitsubishi Zero 1936 is designed and put forth as the main Japanese fighter with it being produced as a carrier plane as well as the main land plane.
 * ​Manchukuo: The Government of Manchukuo agrees to establish an embassy in D.C. and permits the U.S.A to establish an embassy. However, the ambassador in Washington will be accompanied by an aid who will be chosen by the Kwantang Army and will be present in all meetings. The government continues to promote propaganda glorifying the Manchu and Japanese people and showing the necessity for mutual alignment to protect against the threats of the world. Exploration in Manchuria for oil led by a new company of mixed Manchu and Japanese capital continues. The military continues to expand at large amounts as conscription is installed in the Empire of Manchukuo to prepare for war with China. Anti-Japanese elements continue to be brutally suppressed by the Kempeitai through a mix of violence, blackmail and outright disappearance of political undesireables, something that is overlooked by the National Government at the behest of the Kwantang Army, all of these episodes are, however, kept quite due to the extension of the Censor law to Manchukuo in compliance with the Japanese government. To the world an image is displayed that Manchukuo is a proud independent nation who stands strong with their Japanese benefactors, which is becoming an increasing reality as all possible opposition is slwoly being eradicated by the Kempeitai, the Kwangtung army and the Manchu secret police. A process of Manchuriazation of the Han population begins. Exploitation of resources continues to grow. The standardization of the Manchu and Japanese armies continue with the Arisaka rifle becoming the main rifle of the Manchu Imperial army.
 * Britain continues its work on the air force, and heavily disapproves of the actions of Russia. (More to come.)
 * Germany: Military buildup and production of all materials and vehicles continues in earnest. Panzer Is, IIs, and now IIIs are produced in factories in the Rhineland, Bavaria, and Silesia. Military ships are continuously built in the northern part of the country. The base of an aircraft carrier is laid down, expected to be completed within four or five years. The new planes of the Luftwaffe enter production. Garrisons on almost all borders are increased. The situation in the Netherlands is viewed with concern. Monarchism in both Bavaria and the Nazi party itself continues to rise, but Hitler's antagonism to monarchies remains the mainstay of the party. Speer begins to try to moderate the party and its beliefs, but he does it in a slow and steady way without causing too much concern. A small part of the country's income is diverted to investigating radioactive elements and nuclear physics. More may follow ...
 * ​Brazil Dip: We request that Brazil be allowed to produce some of the German tanks in order to help make up for 1. Any production shortfalls, and 2. To solidify the German-Brazilian economic and military partnership.
 * German Diplomacy: This request is granted, provided that you sell to no one but Germany without German permission.
 * Jap Diplomacy: The Japanese request permission to purchase German tanks to nulify the need to create a new design and to avoid wasting valuable industrial capacity needed for the navy and air force.
 * German Diplomacy: Germany approves of Japan's request. Brazil is authorized to produce Panzer Is and IIs and also sell them to Japan.
 * United States: Reconstruction aid is sent to the areas effected by the recent natural disasters. Improvement of the infrastructure in the Philippines continues, while propaganda is passed out to the population, encouraging them to remain in the United States. Meanwhile, the remaining warships under construction are finished and deployed to the Atlantic, while a small amount is sent to the Pacific Fleet. Meanwhile, the prototype monoplane of the United States Army Air Force is nearly complete and a test flight is planned in 1937. The United States Army and Marine Corps continues to work on the prototype tank with the ability to protect its crew, but also have great firepower and speed. Research on radar for warships continue, hoping to develop an early-warning system for warships and American possessions in both the Atlantic and Pacific from hostile invasions or surprise attacks. Research and development of a rifle capable of firing multiple rounds continues, but is not expected to have a prototype until the 1940s. The development of radium by humans encourages the Department of War to look into more radioactive elements and nuclear physics, but most don't see the value of such elements.
 * The Soviet Union continues expand military and economy. The Second Five Year Plan continues. The actions of Italy are publicly condemned, although Stalin and his petty officers do not really care. The militarization of the border continues and more aid is sent to the Chinese Communists. A new tank design is created and it begins to be mass built.

1936.5
''' These mod events should have happened last turn, but oh well. My incompetence. '''..

''' A major heat wave strikes North America, killing thousands. (Sorry, OTL events are hurting you right now) '''

''' The Focke-Wulf Fw 61, the world's first fully controllable helicopter, makes its maiden flight in Germany. '''

''' And now for this turn's events. '''

''' The 1936 Olympic games open in Berlin, Germany. Germany sees this as an opportunity to enhance its prestige. '''

''' A major heat wave in the United States hits its peak. '''

''' The Army of Africa in Spain launches its coup against the Spanish government in OTL, this depends on Spain's player. '''

The last known  thylacine ''' dies in Tasmania. '''

''' The Crystal Palace in London is almost destroyed in a fire, but saved. '''

Butterfly.

Explain.

'''What I mean is, the butterfly effect could cause these events to not happen. The fire was random coincidence and the thylacine was randomly timed, although it was nearing extinction.'''

'''I will accept the Fire one, but no, this is the last thylacine in captivity. The species is dead, I'm afraid.'''

OH GOD NO. (jk)

'''The Tasmanian Tiger? They aren't dead. British Explorers found some in the North Recently.'''

''' The Transcaucasian Socialist Federative Soviet Republic is divided up into the Georgian, Armenian, and Azerbaijani SSRs. '''

'''There is a massive famine in western China; up to five million die. '''
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Britain continues with its development of the air force. By now almost 75% of the RAF has been replaced with newer, more modern planes. A new Swordfish comes out, this time a single wing paired, sturdy ship-killer. We deeply condemn the actions of the Spanish Africa Army and warn that if this behaviour continues war must surely follow. The economy is improved with a new plan that uses private factories to build government ships- within restrictions, of course. The navy, too, is replaced, and the HMS Ulysses, a new fast cruiser design designed to be the toughest cruiser on the seas, the Pocket-Battleship of Pocket-Battleships. 
 * Swiss Diplomacy: We request to purchase 50 Vickers Medium Mark 2 tanks and a license to manufacture them in our nation. We ask to buy 150 Rolls-Royce Armored Cars.
 * Switzerland: The government begins to look into expanding and emcouraging[[File:VBTP-MR_Guarani_is_a_6x6_armored_personnel_carrier_by_Fiat's_IVECO_Brazilian_Army_URUTU-3_UT-30BR_turret_REMAX_–_(Reparo_de_Metralhadora_automatizada_Brazilian_remote_weapon_system_CTEx_(2).jpg|thumb]] tourism with border restrictions being lifted. There are plans to scrap the Renulat RT tanks in the coming year. Some propose converting them into armored recovery vehicles or selling them to another military force. The government pumps 0.9 million gallons of gasoline, 0.4 million gallons of avgas, 0.3 million gallons of heating oil, and 0.1 million gallons of crude oil into the emergency reserve. The Air Force purchases 40 EKW C-35 reconnoissance airplanes. Work on the armored car is underway with a 50 mm cannon being mounted, and two 50 caliber machine guns. It is a 6 wheeled vehicle, and plans are to eventually refit some with 150 mm cannons as anti tank vehicles.it is named Alpine Armored Car. The Lakes Flotilla acquired the PS Stadt Zürich and the Stadt Rapperswil, converting them into gunboats and troop transport.


 * Liech Dip: Asks to buy one fighter plane and a Renulat RT tank
 * FFS. SWITZERLAND; YOU ARE NEUTRAL. NEUTRAL. LIECHENSTEIN, YOU CANNOT AFFORD A PROPER MILITARY. I WILL TUNGUSKA THE BOTH OF YOU.
 * Guns, a major part of Swiss neutrality is to be very difficult to invade, and they can't do that if you keep crossing out everything. This is fine. They are not invading anyone. I do agree with the Liechtenstein part.
 * I am selling old equipment to pay for new stuff. Otl Switzerland sells military hardware. That is all I am doing, selling obsolete military equipment to pay for newer stuff. Daeseunglim (talk) 22:54, November 27, 2013 (UTC)
 * NO. Swiss neutrality is based on the fact that any invading nation will then be invaded by all the others. If you go through with this, then that tenet will be violated. And you could still be wiped out with a Boy Scout patrol with paintball guns.
 * Oerlikon 20 mm cannons are Swiss manufactures, SIG firearms are Swiss, etc: they are ALL exported. My military is a DETERRENT, not a threat.
 * Plus, the aircraft that we purchase was already designed and was in production, so I am leaving that.
 * As head mod I am overwriting your objection and ending the conversation. I will take counterarguments on the talk page. Also, some other mod will have to start the next turn, as I will not be here for most of the day. -MP
 * DETERRENT AGAINST WHAT? The Swiss don't BUY arms, they MAKE THEM. THOSE 'tanks' OF YOURS WOULD DO JACK AGAINST ANY ACTUAL FIGHTING FORCE. Moreover, you cannot afford that many planes. It would cost well over your annual GP- and that's the Swiss MODERN DAY GDP.
 * Brazil: Unable to deal with tens of thousands of Argentinian military forces on the border, the generals bring up an attack on Argentina to Vargas who agrees. This attack on Argentina (Algo omplete) is extremely successful and Brazilian troops take huge swaths of Argentina and occupying Buenos Aires  and various other cities and beginning to debate on how to split the country on certain ways to make the area much easier to manage. It is decided that Northern Argentina will remain independent but under occupation of Brazil for its previous aggressive behaviour. Alongside this, Southern Argentina will be named the Kingdom of Patagonia with the Frenchman Antonio III invited to take the throne of the kingdom, A Naval base will also be constructed by Brazil in Tierra Del Fuego. Outside of the war, the Brazilian military industrial complex now expanded, begins construction of large numbers of Panzer I's and II's which are split along certain lines for sale to Japan, or deliverance to Germany (as per our trade) and for Brazilian military use. The Brazilian navy also expands still adding more support ships, the laying down of another battleship, which makes the current numbers of battleships under construction to two, and with major cruisers, destroyers and frigates coming off the assembly lines the Brazilian navy begins to expand its presence in the Southern Atlantic. Infrastructure throughout Brazil is also heavily expanded with the Swiss investment in the industry and resource infrastructure giving rise to the mass expansion of Interior resource extraction, and the further development of industrial factories along the Amazons contributing to Brazil's new dynamic rise in global politics. Brazil openly wishes to purchase aircraft from Japan for the Navy and its new carrier fleet. Brazilian aircraft manufacturers are put on hold for naval typed aircraft but for the air force fighters are officially put into prototype status known as the BF-12 (equivalent to the BF-109 German aircraft) with other models being considered as well with one being considered which is equivalent to the American (P-35 hawk) Other longrange bombers are officially off their designs as well with acquisition of the British lancaster or German Junker being considered options rather than develop their own planes. Brazilian influence over Venezuela continues to take hold and Brazil tells the Pro-Brazil officials in the Venezuelan government to relay that Brazil will take no hostile action toward Venezuela. Brazil gives it reasoning behind the Argentine invasion as attempting to promote a stable government of the area, as well as removing the blatant threat to Brazil's core territory. All POW's will be returned to their families. The Brazilian stock exchange begins to expand as well accomodating many of the new businesses and rising companies developing throughout the country. The Brazilian infrastructure throughout the interior now upgraded or built up has allowed for new towns and settlements to spring up based around the resource extraction.
 * Kingdom of Patagonia: The New Kingdom extends its throne to king Antonio III the rightful ruler of the kingdom. The Nation is created for the minority Mapuche in the region with a constitutional government, The First steps taken by the new government is to name an interim regent, begin elections for the parliament as well as appointment of the judges, etc. The Patagonian economy begins to take over the export of beef and takes agriculture heavily into account.
 * I apologize about what I'm about to say but where in the name of fucking hell did the Kingdom of Patagonia come from? Patagonia was already split by Chile and Argentina by the 1930s and there is no way the Mapuche would have autonomy at this point. Hell, most of them had already been butchered or assimilated. This screams implausibility and is on top of that stupid. Again I'm sorry for the outburst. Nkbeeching (talk) 17:06, November 27, 2013 (UTC)
 * I apologize for previous outbreak. I didn't read the Brazilian turn but quick thing, I think you should split things along different lines.Nkbeeching (talk) 17:09, November 27, 2013 (UTC)
 * Argentina: A new government is put into office which is decently pro-Brazil and it is made semi-democratic. The new Argentinian government also begins a more structured approach to remove itself from the Great Depression, following Brazil's example. This means more expansion of infrastructure, the usage of the manpower as jobs, the subsidization of certain industries. Argentina even receives some money from Brazilian foreign investment to help improve certain areas slowly. Argentinians, while worried about this new state to the south, and their outright loss of the war, remain vastly unsteady of Brazilian occupation. However, the infrastructural developments allow for some of the first new major businesses to open up in years.
 * Jap Dip: Japan agrees to sell Zero fighters to Brazil.
 * Feud, You won by a substantial margin. However, it will take you two turns to complete the war and reach the needed margin. Sorry.
 * No worries. I've never really done algos with the territory percentage. I'm not sure how to calculate, etc. Also, how much am I supposed to take before they collapse, because I thought it was 33% -Feud
 * It is. No worries, you set it up right. Just put it this way - if you win by a percentage of 66.6% or greater, the war need only last one year. Otherwise, the mods will have handled it by the time you need to post about having won (or lost).
 * Greece: We offer Albania an alliance stating that we will aid them in any future war with Yugoslavia if they appear to be taking steps on another plausible conflict, for now we begin to create a carrier ship, to be called Konstantinous in Athens, the military and navy is built up, and the colonial purchase to France continues to be asked. a group of Fascist based politicians from Greeks forms in Thessalonika, called the Mega hellada centered about the idealist unification of originally Greek-led lands, including Thrace and Western Anatolia.
 * Swiss Diplomacy: We offer 39 Häfeli Scout Aircraft for ten million Swiss francs. They are in excellent condition for scouting and a cheap recon plane.
 * I hope you're not talking about a fleet carrier ... you know how expensive those are to maintain. I'd say unless were talking a single light carrier for the Greek navy then its a bit farfetched. There is a reason not many of these things exist. -Feud
 * Liechtenstein: We continue to improve our economy and also state our neutrality.
 * Swiss D: We agree to sell the plane for $100,000; but we must wait to sell the tank until we begin to receive the Alpine Armored Car.
 * Iran: We are improving our economy and military. We ask an alliance with the Turkish and we ask if any countries want to trade with us!
 * German Diplomacy: We welcome trade with Iran.
 * Italy: The situation in the Ogaden intensifies, as Somalis in the area begin to attack Ethiopians. These actions are not condoned by the Italian military, but nothing is done to stop them. Development begins on a new tank for the military. The buildup of small naval vessels continues, as well as the buildup of the air force. More military elements are moved to Somalia.
 * Swiss D: We condemn the invasion into Ethiopia, and the military buildup at Somalia.
 * United States: The United States begins to deal with the thousands of deaths after the heat wave, while the government recommends people to stay indoors or carry water with them. Meanwhile, the USAAF continues to develop both a new bomber, while construction on the new prototype aircraft is nearly comple, expected to be finished by 1937 and tested in 1937.5. Meanwhile, radar development for warships and military bases continue, expected to be finished by 1940. The US Army continues to develop the tank, dubbed the X-1, and is expected to have a prototype finished by 1938 - 1939. Developement onf the automatic rifle continues, but isn't expected to be finished until the 1940s. Improvement of the infrastructure in the Philippines continues, while plans to have another vote in the near future are put into place. A small amount of people are still interested in the synthetic radioactive material and nuclear physics, but a majority of the people and the government do not see the significance of such things. Economic development and infrastructure improvement on the mainland United States continues, but still has a long way to go with all these natural disasters and the Dust Bowl.
 * Swiss D: We request to purchase 12 Curtass A-18 Shrikes for 15 million Swiss Francs. We request a license to manufacture them, too.
 * Japanese Diplomacy: The Japanese government requests that the American-Japanese non-aggression pact be respected and promises to protect American interests in China.
 * American Diplomacy: We have always respected the American-Japanese non-aggression pact since its creation.
 * Germany: The German government is concerned with the events occuring in South America, as it makes it appear as though Germany is falling behind the rest of the world. The German government does use the war in Argentina as proof that the world is inherently dangerous and as such Germany has every right to rearm. Weapons production continues in a rapid pace, so much so that the German army is ell equiped and has plenty of weapons in store. Panzer Is, IIs, and now IIIs are in full production and are adding new teeth to the army. Advanced aircraft designs are made and are now made public. The aircraft carrier continues production and two battleship hulls are laid down as well. U-boats are made as well. Research into helicopters and radioactive elements is increased, while the designs for the Panzer IV are drafted. Military forces are still being stationed at almost all borders. Monarchism continues to permeate throughout Bavarian society. Most Bavarians support the return of a Catholic monarch subservient to a degree of the Federal government. The Olympics in Berlin prove to be a huge success, and to further amplify the idea of hard-working German excellence, factories go into overdrive and reach production levels never seen before. The government recognizes the state of Patagonia.
 * 'Japan: As more troops are moved to the continent conscription is implemented on a large scale, and the economy continues to gear toward a war economy. Industrial expansion continues and as resources flood into the country the military begins routine naval checks along all major trade routes to Japan and to the home islands. The second and third aircraft carriers are built and are named the Kamikazi and Satsuma. Meanwhile, the designs of the new battleship class continue to be made, and more ships and subs come off the production line. An unofficial blockade of the Chinese coastline begins in November as the nation begins pushing forward Operation: Taming the Dragon and Operation: Rising Sun, The Japanese Kempeitai leave the bodies of several Japanese along the Yellow River (Japanese Communists, though this is not known by the rest of the world or within many of the Japanese own circles) this causes widespread discontent in Japan and a series of anti-Chinese riots breakout in Kyoto, Osaka and Tokyo, the government demands compensation. 'Several warlords supported by the Japanese begin an open revolt in North Eastern China (up to the mods to decide whether or not they have any success) and in December a student backed by the resurgent Anhui clique makes an attempt on Chiang's life by firing a Russian rifle to make it look as if the Communists are trying to kill Chiang (again up to the mods whether he survives or not. With the increasing instability in China (caused by Japanese backed groups) Japan demands permission to intervene in China to protect Japanese interests and that the Chinese government accept a series of reforms aimed at "bettering" Chinese stability and bringing into the civilized world. Assimilation of Koreans begins in earnest. However, brutality is controlled by the government to remain friendly with the Koreans. It is promoted the entry into the Imperial armed forces to demonstrate the loyalty to the empire.  Troops are also deployed to the Shangdong Province Concession to protect Japanese business and it is demanded that China accept the troops presence in the region. Zero fighters continue to be mass produced. Thailand is also requested to participate in any coming conflicts.
 * Manchukuo: following suit with the Japanese Emperor Puyi declares a general mobilization of the Manchurian armed forces and begins putting the economy into a military oriented one as the Japanese continue to push forward. The border is quickly filled with Manchu troops and Japanese Imperial troops to help the upcoming charge into China. Crown Prince Pujie makes a public appearance with his wife and son to demonstrate Japanese-Manchu friendship and their absolute conviction to pursue any war against the Chinese threat. Kempeitai and Manchu secret police continue to crack down on anti-Japanese groups and political unwanted continue to disappear. However, this is closely censored from the public making it only a rumor which brings even more fear into would-be opposition to the Japanese backed empire. The Bio lab outside of Harbin enters the second stage of experimentation and testing with weaponized germs on test subjects which are believed to be animals - animals as the Japanese refer to the subjects as cattle or monkeys.
 * France: (Cour asked me to post for him): Disapproves of the Brazilian actions in taking control of a sovereign nation of no similar cultural descent. Infrastructure is exandded as more people get their hands on these 'car' thingies. After a long vote, it is finally agreed to give the vote to women. The military is also expanded.
 * Ethiopia: Ethiopia makes a formal declaration of war against the Italians, blaming them for possibly riling up the Somali population against the Ethiopian government. Requests to the United Kingdom and France are made for aid in defeating the Italians, who continue to push deeper into Ethiopian lands. Tens of thousands of Ethiopian troops are moved to the front to confront the Italian military forces, while factories in the capital produce goods needed for the war. The construction of factories in the Ethiopian Highlands continues, hopefully allowing the Ethiopian military an industrial base needed to combat the Italian invasion. Tankettes are produced in the new factories to support the Ethiopian war effort, while older biplane models are produced to serve as ground attack platforms. The Emperor annouces that he departs to London to speak with the League of Nations in hopes of gaining additional international support against the italian menace.
 * I will make an algo. (Guns)
 * Hungary: a military parade happen in Budapest to show the progress of our military. We start to mass produce a new tank, not the nest but efficient. We stay neutral on the Italian invasion but oppose foreign intervention, the war in South America is analyse by our military. The modernization of the country continue with more car making their apparition in our cities, we start to develop an highway in anticipation of a futur where car will be common.
 * Dominion of India: Stuff continues to boil and escalate. Industrialisation and trading occur too.
 * The Soviets expand military and economy. The Second Five Year Plan continues. With the dissolution of the TFSR, other minorities want their own SSRs. This begins to be considered seriously. Supplies are sent to the British and French against the Italians.

1937.0
''' Butterflies, butterflies, oh-so-pretty butterflies... '''

''' With the UK and France aiding Ethiopia in their war on Italy, the Italian front collapses. But tensions rise in Europe, as the Germans are split between aiding their allies, and war, and leaving them to lose, and peace. '''

''' The US continues to remain neutral in these tensions in Europe. '''

Japan's invasion of China goes well. Chiang is killed by the assassin and the government collapses in chaos, with no effective fighting force stopping the relentless tide of Japanese troops. The invasion is 'condemned' by Britain and the US, both of whom do jack to stop it.

(More to Come, but you may post).
 * Japan: The Japanese government is surprised by the military's invasion being ahead of the planned invasion but follows through with a declaration of war on China under the casus bellis of protecting Japanese interests and restoring order to China. The navy formally begins blockading the Chinese coastline forbidding all weapons or oil to enter China though food and provisions are permited to enter Japanese-controlled areas. The Japanese troops begin pushing into northern China while a second front is opened up in Shanghai when Marines and Imperial infantry attack in an amphibious assault using Formosa as a spring board onto the continent. widespread bombarding across the coastline begins as does the deployment of chemical weapons to destroy any possible resistence from scattered Chinese forces. Japan sets up the state of Mengjiang iin Inner Mongolia and placing the leader of the mongolians in the region as head of state as a provisional monarchy. Despite efforts by the government and top military leaders to control brutality, violence against civilians occurs on a mild scale. However, the military successfully keeps a lid on media through threats, bribery, and internment of reporters. The initial death toll is unprecedented on the Chinese side with minimal casualties to Japanese forces. Anti-Chinese sentiment remains extremely high throughout Japan, and the masses rally behind Japanese military propaganda and the supposed holy war for the emperor and for the Empire (this is real wartime propaganda from OTL WW2. Look it up) with thousands volunteering or being recruited into the armed forces as conscription is expanded. War time production increases. Industrial expanison continues to keep up with the demand for weapons, supplies and material for the war effort. Nval expansion continues with the final aircraft carriers being built and new ones being readied for commisioning. In a message to the world the Japanese government promises that this is a war to maintain order in the east and to promote regional co-operation, as a further point the Hands off policy which states that Japan has a right to intervene in Chinese politics as the sole protector of East Asian Security. relations with local individuals in South East Asia continues to grow, specially in the Dutch East Indies. All research programs continue with radar and jets becoming the largest priority of the Japanese empire and the start of nuclear physics research. However, this is given a very small budget as it is considered of little importance. The Japanization of Korea is increased, while integration of the Formosa prefectures continue.
 * Manchukuo: The invasion of China is absolutely supported by the Manchu government. However, the population remains greatly split on the matter with the Manchu being mild in support of the action, the growing Japanese supporting it fully, and the Chinese population opposed and in some cases openly protesting it, these protests are violent suppressed with deaths entering the hundreds as Manchu police and Japanese military use live ammunition and gas to disperse crowds. These incidents are of course censored. Opponents of the regime continue to disappear with some finding their way to the biological weapons lab outside of Harbin. Weaponization of Germms continues. Resource exploitation continues to grow as all resources flow to military factiroes throughout Japan and Manchukuo to help industrial production
 * Austrian Empire: The military is built up, and military research continues. Austria offers Italy an alliance. We work on our economy and infrastructure. Several factories are built. We continue to influence Czechoslovakia. The monarchy is officially re-instituted, with it taking the place of the Presidency. The legislature is still as powerful as before. We offer Hungary an alliance and trade deal. Otto von Hapsburg makes a speech, in which he declares the resurrection of the Austrian Empire, albeit a constitutional empire, ruled by the monarch and the people.
 * Switzerland: We condemn the violent counter-protest actions against the peaceful anti-invasion groups in China, and request an end to the use of lethal force against unarmed civilians.
 * Um  The events going on in Manchukuo are heavily censored. The only thing people outside of Manchukuo know that is going on are rumors - nothing definite. Nkbeeching (talk) 08:34, November 29, 2013 (UTC)
 * Dominion of India: Due to people like Surya Sen, the support for full independence begins to grow rapidly and cause problems for the Congress running the nation. Stikes are carried out in small scale. Major cities like Delhi, Bombay, Calcutta and Bangalore are all hit in this wave of protesting - causing problems for Congress. Surya Sen's cells continue to influence people in all levels of the government and many begin to run for or come into power. They begin to cause Congress to take many doubtful decisions such as forcing people to work harder and longer hours to build upon India's weak industrial structure. Many talk about being "a century behind Europe". Surya Sen offers the captured policemen - side with him or continue to be inprisoned and be treated badly. Almost all those choose the former. Jinnah continues to grow in influence and people begin to gather on the streets to listen to him preach about his ideas and desires. Hundreds of thousands come onto the streets to mourn their lost hero, Mahatma Gandhi as they finally manage to organise a massive march in his memorial. But the chain reaction has begun. Jinnah begins to gather large audiences as well as the Nazims of Hyderabad and Mysore, who begin to support his cause (hoping to establish themselves as independent states). Nehru makes it clear he will not allow Jinnah into the government and this only adds fuel to the fire. Jinnah begins to secretly acquire funding and asks Islamic nations for money. Due to the infiltration of the government, the Congress decides to increase working hours and cut pay. They also increase competition by threatening to sack workers who will not work hard enough. Funding to industrialists like Tata is given too and he constructs more factories for the people as well as to produce greater goods. He begins to make coal mines and textile mills as well as power plants. The government continues to ask to buy a few Spitfires and Corsairs as well as a battalion of tanks from the British. They are still open on their offer to allow greater number of British troops toward the east. The Congress sees this sale as a necessity due to the fact unrest was greatening and they would require better equipment to keep trading with the British - their main economic partner.
 * Britain will send both the planes and tanks, as well as several battalions, to be placed under Indian Civil Command.
 * Italy: Mass production of war materiel continues, and military spending is now higher than ever. Conscription increases significantly, and women are encouraged to enter the workforce to replace them. Italian forces retreat, and regroup by the coast. The line there is holding, despte losses. However, it is clear that the Italians will not be able to hold the line for long. With the British in control of the Suez, few attempts at evacuation or resupply can be made. A few attempts at relieving the garrison by air are made, but are met with little success. For now, the war remains contained in Somaliland and Eritrea, and the Italians are not keen on starting another front elsewhere. Italy asks Germany for its support in the war against the British, French and Ethiopians. 
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Ethiopia: With access to the sea now, the Emperor orders the formal formation of the Imperial Ethiopian Navy. The production of small patrol boats to hound any Italian boats seeking to harm seabound Ethiopian trade begins in the cities of Mogadishu and Massawa. The air force continues to grow with the production of additional biplanes to start off with. The development of larger, modern warplanes is to take place in a dedicated plane factory in the city of Bahir Dar, which has received government funding to increase its ability to contribute to the war effort. The industrialization of Ethiopia continues, especially once oil is found in the Ogaden. Though the reserves are quite small, they are large enough to fuel economic development in the country, and gain foreign investment into the national economy. The Emperor declares that modern methods of farming and mining are to replace the older, traditional ways which have been subject to dangerous conditions and at the whims of drought and flooding. The army continues it modernization, with tens of thousands of Ethiopian soldiers receiving modern khaki uniforms, new magazine-fed rifles, and for the first time, readily-available medical support. The development of tankettes continues, and with Allied support, the first modern heavy tanks designed and produced in Ethiopia is to begin in the near future. Hopefully, it will equip the military with the required firepower needed to repulse any invasions of Ethiopian territory in the future. Accessible education continues to spread across the nation, and the first universities outside of the capital are to be built in the cities of Aksum, Dire Dawa, and after that, Asawa and Adwa. Numerous railroads continue to be built with aid from the government, and serve to advance the Imperial war effort against the Italians, as well as employing and training tens of thousands of Ethiopian men and women in the art of heavy industry.
 * Italy: The Italians suggest a ceasefire to end the war by diplomatic means.
 * Switzerland: The government continues to update the infrastructure constructing rail lines, roads and tunnels to ease transportation. The government incorporated anti-invasion planning into these constructions, including re-inforced bomb shelters in the tunnels, concrete barriers across railroads that T-rails will be inserted into during an invasion, along with mobile dragons teeth, barb wire chains, and cylindrical stone blocks in the road that are removable to allow the insertion of anti-tank and anti-personnel mines. Another preparation is the purchase of 40 more trucks with 50 mm cannons on the back, and 34 EKW C-35 scout aircraft are purchases to augment the Air Force with continued phasing out of older model Häfeli DH-3 scout planes. Some in the government consider funding the design and production of the EKW C-36 mono wing fighter plane. After opposition, a vote is delayed until the next half of the year.
 * Hungary: Offers some voluntary units to support the Italians. The military continues to expand as well as the technology which slowly improve itself, allowing better arms and equipment. A third of the farmers now use modern equipment to improve production and cause at the same time a migration of the former worker of the field who become more numerous every month to join the cities.
 * Italy Thanks the Hungarians for their offer, but cannot accept.
 * Greece: The military and navy are built up, neutrality is declare for now in the war against Italy, stating it as a useless conflict and to some extent Imperial cannibalism, that as a culture and a civilization. Neither Europe nor Greece needs, for now the bigger concerns for the monarchy is to establish a more popular leaning civilization, even to some extent allowing Muslim Greeks to establish mosques in Greece without much difficulty. While this, it continues asking both the British and the French for the establishment of a Greek nominally controlled territory in North Africa, as well as aid in building the fleet carrier made in the port of Athens, while the Megas Hellade continues gaining the people in the northern regions of Greece and in Western Thrace.
 * Swiss D: We again offer to sell or lease the Greeks 74 Häfeli DH-3 scout planes for use on their carriers until other aircraft can be acquired.
 * Greek D: We accept the offer and thank the Swiss aid in the creation of a stronger Greek army.
 * Brazil: Brazil, with its success in Argentina, continues working on seizing Buenos Aires in particular working on capturing the nations administrative center. (Algo done). The Brazilian military continually occupies and takes more and more Argentinian territory devastating their military at every turn. Brazil asks for the surrender of Argentina fully to prevent any more bloodshed. Brazil prepares to fully occupy the rest of Argentina (Maybe strike out the fully occupation if that's not the case). Alongside this, the Brazilian infrastructure and military complexes continue to be expanded with a greater Brazilian culture developing. Infrastructure throughout the Amazons, and other central areas of Brazil is expanded with resource extraction being one of the prime expanding businesses. Brazilian farming is also heavily increased, and while this is ably used to export, much is also used by Vargas to incite a population boom. Vargas decides while it has been beneficial to have elections. However, with his overwhelming success and resurgence of the Brazilian economy to a degree some could have only hoped. He wins the election by a wide margin. He does, however, put his opponent in a presidential council alongside some other new men and gives wider democratic powers to his congress. Brazilian industry throughout the South, and the Amazon river continues to expand. Brazil, now able to purchase Japanese Zeros, puts in an order for nearly 200 of the aircraft with future orders considered to put in when other Brazilian carriers are completed. Brazil takes some other designs some based on the previously considered designs and build 20 prototype dive bombers, and 20 torpedo bombers. The Brazilians also construct their first long range prototype but tests remain extremely disappointing bringing the research back to the drawing board. Brazilian designers, now with access to Panzer Designs, expand and improve the design heavily even including an engine more suitable for a bigger tank and bigger gun as well as increased speed. A 88 mm cannon is used in designs and is expected to make it into the final form. Panzer I's and Panzer II's now equal a number of about 700 throughout the armed forces and are rapidly expanding. Some new amored personnel carriers are deployed as well expected to be the first type of design for future improvement. The Brazilian navy continues to expand with another fleet carrier put under construction to add to the two currently in service. Influence over Venezuela continues with Pro-Brazil and relations between both nations improving greatly. Oil from oil companies Brazilian businessmen own in their majority continues to flood into Brazil cheaply. Stockpiles are created intended at first to be a cushion for just a few weeks.
 * Liechtenstein: We are frightened about the wars that are happening near us and we are afraid that some might think we are enemies and attack us, too! So, we decide to buy the plane from the Swiss for $100,000 and will give them an extra $50,000 for their protection for five years.
 * Swiss Diplomacy: We decline the payment, and instead request to construct the Swiss Redoubt around your nation, manning it with our troops to leave your men as internal guards and emergency personnel.
 * Germany: The German government of Speer and Bormann manages to hold both the Nazi party and the nation together regarding the Ethiopia incident. Bormann, however, tries to declare that German troops will be sent to Italy to aid them. Speer objects, and convinces the Reichstag that, while the embarrassment of both white Italians and fellow Fascists is regrettable, it would be better in the long run to not intervene in the war militarily. This event humiliates Bormann, and soon the position of the Chancellor holds more power than that of the President. Speer uses this to good effect, signing many more infrastructure and production laws. Panzer tanks I-IV now continue to be produced. A new design change is implemented to all tanks following advice from some of Germany's higher military command. As such, radios are now issued inside every tank to better co-ordinate the tanks on the battlefield. This practice is classified to prevent other nations from following the same practice. Small arms of many varieties are made. The Messerschmitt Bf 109 proves to be both an excellent fighter plane as well as being popular with the pilots. As such, it is ordered into production, and by the end of the turn over 200 have been made, with production increasing. Production of "Stuka" dive bombers also increases. Construction of the aircraft carrier and the two battleships continues, and the aircraft carrier is nearing completion due to better than expected production strategies. Buildup of fortifications and garrisons on most borders continues. Speer himself flies to Rome to tell Mussolini to get his military game together or face trouble. To help him, he offers to sell Italy German-made weapons and tanks. Monarchism continues to bleed into Bavaria and the Nazi party. It has reached such an influence in Bavaria that the governor of Bavaria has announced that he is looking at the constitution to see if it can be changed. Some more funding is directed toward research into nuclear physics and energy, and the "Uranverein" is founded to co-ordinate such efforts. German volunteer troops and supplies are sent to the Spanish Nationalists to quickly end their civil war.
 * Swiss Diplomacy: We request to purchase 20 Panzer I tanks and 40 Panzer IV tanks to replace obsolete equipment.
 * German Diplomacy: We will sell you the Panzer I's, but not the Panzer IV's.
 * Swiss Diplomacy: We ask to purchase 40 Panzer I's and 100 Panzer II's.
 * German Diplomacy: The tanks will be assembled and shipped to you by next turn.
 * United States: The United States continues to improve its economy with the New Deal and infrastructure projects. Construction on the Golden Gate Bridge continues or ends (I don't know when it was finished). The development of the prototype of the new aircraft is finished and plans to test it next turn begins. The Army's development of the X-1 tank continues, which is expected to be finished by next turn. Research into radar for warships and military bases continues and the research is expected to end next turn. The development of the rapid fire rifle continues, but isn't expected to be finished until the late 1940s and early 1950s. The development of a new bomber with greater ranger and a greater payload continues. The Navy begins looking into a new type of aircraft carrier with a more armored deck, more anti-aircraft defenses, and anti-torpedo measures. Improvement of the infrastructure of the Philippines continues and a vote to determine its future is planned in 1938. A small amount of funding is directed to the research into radioactive materials and nuclear physics, but most do not see the importance of such research. The Department of War plans to turn the USAAC into a separate branch of the military: the United States Air Force, while development of a new special forces brigade begins.
 * France: (Cour asked me to post for him): Disapproves of the Ethiopian actions in attacking a sovereign nation of no similar cultural descent. The military is sent, while tanks are activated all over the German-France border in Alsace Lorraine, just in case this turns into full war. However, the success of Speer in Germany appears to put said fear to rest. The military and economy are both expanded.
 * Andorra: uses propaganda to increase Nationalism, and begins to experiment with hormonal drugs to increase population size.
 * Liberia: Propaganda flies around the villages and towns promoting Nationalism. The mlitary grows.. The government begins a project of trading with neighboring colonies. Work on fixing roads begins.
 * The Soviets expand military and economy. Five Year Plans, tanks, planes, etc. SOMEONE START WORLD WAR II, DAMN IT.

1937.5
''' The collapse of the Chinese government has led to many fragmented warlords claiming control. In Xinjiang, the Republic of Uyghuristan rises from the ashes and requests Soviet aid to establish itself. '''

''' Amelia Earhart, after a near crash in the Pacific, reaches her destination along with navigator Fred Noonan. She later becomes the first woman to fly around the world. '''

''' Nationalist forces in Spain pull ahead of the Republicans due to outside support. '''
 * Brazil: Brazil with total control of Argentina now and with it partitioned between a smaller Argentina and a Kingdom of Patagonia, occupies both in order for the two nations to fully set up. With this, the Brazilian corporations begins major investments into both areas - particularly resource extraction. The Nation of Brazil, now with industry heavily expanded, and the military complex highly engaged pushes itself on the development of its warships with the a new Fleet Carrier now deployed. With Japanese Zeros now being used as the primary fighter, the derivatives of the plane are constructed as dive and torpedo bombers until the Brazilian Research and Development makes its own independently developed aircraft. One of the two battleships named the Salvadore is launched as part of the Dom Pedro class. The Brazilian Agricultural production continues inciting a population boom with officially brings Brazil's population near 40 million and rapidly increasing. The oil production from oil shale, and oil ownership in Venezuela increases. The New Prototype Long range bomber build around the same concept as the B-17 is built and tested with promising results. Influence over Venezuela continues with the country becoming more increasingly pro-Brazil.  The construction of tanks continues. However, a Brazilian variant of the Panzer III and Panzer IV is created and tested being classified as good enough while some have said "not as good as the original". Troop carriers and trucks are deployed as rapid response now. Brazilian infrastructure increases heavier still with the central states still gaining the majority of funding. With new major railways and even a few highways going from Acre and the Amazonas states to Rio Grande do Sul the Brazilian economy now with easier access and ability to transport its extracted resources continues to rise. Getulio Vargas declares the Depression officially over as the nation has successfully recovered. Brazilian troops are used as peacekeepers on the Argentinian, Patagonian border. The Brazilian Army creates a special operations unit known as the BSOB (Brazilian Special Operations Brigade).
 * Argentina: With Argentina fully secure and under Brazil's control, the Pro-Brazil government, for the first time in years is stable with foreign investment pushing Argentina toward internal development. Argentina's infrastructure, economy, and to a lesser degree the military is improved with it becoming majority a peacekeeping force.
 * Kingdom of Patagonia: With independence guaranteed by Brazil Patagonia manages to secure its King, Antonia from France and development is undertaken. Infrastructure and economy are improved to a degree. A military of a light sort is raised. However, talks over Patagonia eventually merging once again with Argentina when the area becomes more manageable are brought up. Along with this, Brazilian authorities neither confirm nor deny this and will only get involved in order to have ethnic or other human rights issues prevented.
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Austrian Empire: The military is built up, and military research continues. Austria offers Italy an alliance. We work on our economy and infrastructure. Several factories are built. We continue to influence Czechoslovakia.
 * Italy Cannot accept, due to an alliance with Hungary.
 * Italy: A ceasefire is requested with Ethiopia to discuss terms for ending the war. Meanwhile, the long-awaited carrier finishes production, but the morale boost many had hoped it would create does not happen. The air force continues being built up.
 * Ethiopian D: Ethiopia shall agree to the ceasefire. Our terms are simple. Italy shall relinquish its claims to Ethiopia, Eritrea and Somalia, and withdraw all troops within those territories back to their homes in Europe.
 * Switzerland: The government receives tanks from the German government, and after seeing tensions rise globally, they authorize the production of the EKW C-36. The first series of 24 airplanes should be complete by next turn. The Air Force purchases 24 more EKW C-35 reconnaissance aircraft. All of the Renault FT tanks are put up for sale to any nation. The Karbine Model 1931 completely replaces the Schmidt-Rubin Bolt Action rifles. Transportation infrastructure is worked on, and the government sets up the first national healthcare system.
 * Andorra continues to use propaganda to influence the citizens. This has the result of the army swelling. We decide to ask Switzerland for their tanks and old planes.
 * Swiss D: We offer to donate 20 Renault FT tanks and five Häfeli DH-3 scout planes to Andorra. We offer to sell Andorra 1000 Schmidt-Rubin Bolt action rifles.
 * Japan: The overwhelming Japanese victory over the remnants of the Chinese government and military causes a massive surge in nationalism and an even greater support for the current government. (No, I didn't do the algo. I don't know who did. I'm just using it to back what I'm doing). More troops are deployed to the mainland to help secure the gains. Naval expansion continues and naval activities begin to increase throughout the Western Pacific and South East Asia. Ties with nationalists in South East Asia begin to grow and the imperial government declares its ultimate goal to the world, to promote the freedom of East Asia and begin the decolonization of Asia through bilateral talks with the western governments and to develop strong ties with the west to fight Communism and avoid further bloodshed. Japan requests a diplomatic mission with the U.S.A, Britain, France and the Netherlands to discuss the future of East Asia and possibly to begin the decolonization of East Asia. Pan-Asian propaganda begins throughout the Japanese sphere and Japan promotes itself as the defender of Asia's rights in a world increasingly caught by strife. Mobilization is maintained as troops are needed to hold down Eastern China and to show Japanese military might to avoid conflict. Research continues into all areas with jet engines and radar remaining the largest priority, noticing the U.S.A. and other countries looking closer into nuclear physics causes the Japanese to look into the matter farther and the imperial investigation into radiation and nuclear physics under RIKEN is started in secret in Japan led by Japanese physicist Doctor Yoshio Nishina. However, he receives limited funds until he can prove any possible military weapon can be produced from this research. mass production of the Arisaka semi-automatic rifle continues as does the production of the type 100 (same as OTL Japanese World War II sub machine gun) which starts going into production after initial tests prove favorable. The Japanization of Korea continues with the overwhelming victory over China proving Japanese strength and silencing a lot of resistence that previously existed though it continues. Opponents of Japanese militarism begin to speak out against the continued debilitation of civil rule but these opponents are largely isolated in the government and society. Japan declares the creation of the Greater East Asian Co-prosperity Sphere as a political and economic organization, and declares the East Asian Peace and Security Pact and invites Thailand to join both organizations the headquarters for both organisations are set up in Tokyo.  Japan requests re-entry into the League of Nations to begin re-approaching with the west.
 * Thai Diplomacy: Thailand happily joins both organisations.
 * Reformed Republic of China: Wang Jingwei is made the president of the Reformed Republic of China by the ocupation forces in Nanjing after Japanese troops enter the capital. Officials of which are considered competent from the previous regime simply disappear and are replaced with incompetent, corrupt officials who serve under a Japanese advisor. A new constitution for China is writen creating a very decentralized state built along the old warlord zones with each province having almost complete autonomy under their respective governors (the warlords who were pushed from power by Chiang) from the central government and subservent not to the central government but to the Japanese advisories which are to be set up in each province. The Japanese force the treaty of Shanghai on the Chinese government making them cede the island of Hainan, and the city of Shanghai to Japan, while exclusive military and economic rights are granted to Japan in the province of Guangdong and Shangdong which will be put under direct Japanese administration indefinitely, Japanese merchants are to be granted all possible privileges while Japanese citizens need no special permission to enter, live or do business in China and are only subject to the Japanese embassy with the Japanese ambassador or to the Japanese military. Troops begin moving into their occupation regions along coastal China the interior of the country is left alone as it is determined impossible to administer all of China by the Japanese government, so a strategy of controlling the economically important coastline and northern interior is adopted while the support of anarchy in the interior will be promoted to make sure no central resistence to Japanese control over the mainland can be formed. Resistence to Japanese rule starts almost at once but is violently contested by military forces causing even more acts of violence by resistence creating a vicious cycle. reconstruction in areas deemed important to Japanese economy begins while other areas are neglected for the present. Kempeitai and Manchu police and imperial troops are deployed to act as law enforcement until a local Chinese force can be trained and armed by the Japanese authorities.  Despite the official control over China it remains very much contested with fighting against guerrilla and rebel groups remaining the norm in China and lawlessness being widespread as the Japanese troops fight to bring the country under their control. (I'll probably be fighting to control China well into the 50's so I'm not in power all at once.) Wang agrees to join the GEACPS and the EAPSP.
 * Manchukuo: Emperor Puyi declares a speech to the people of Manchukuo over the radio congratulating the Japanese for their absolute success against the corrupt Chinese, and pledges eternal loyaty by the Manchu to their Japanese friends and ally. Business increases as more resources are needed for the war industry of the Japanese sphere. Cultural development continues to make Manchuria once more Manchu and less Chinese. Political repression against anti-Japanese groups continues. Manchukuo joins the GEACPS and the EAPSP.
 * The USSR expands military and economy. The Second Five Year Plan continues. The Uyghur request is granted on the grounds that they have a referendum for SSRhood in two years' time. They accept. The Soviets designed a new tank and new bomber, blah blah blah.
 * Jap Dip: The Japanese request a non-aggression pact with the USSR and a treaty to respect mutual areas of influence within China so to avoid any conflict in East Asia.
 * The USSR agrees on the grounds that the Japanese will not take any action on the USSR proper or Mongolia or Uyghuristan.
 * Japan agrees as it has little to no interest in the region.
 * Germany: Productionn of war materiel and supplies continues at a rapid pace. The aircraft carrier is nearing completion due to more efficient production strategies. Panzer tanks continue to roll out of the factories, but Panzer I ceases production and Panzer II begin to be phased out of production as Panzer III and IV take the commanding role. Designs for the Panzer V begin to be drafted, but since there is now less need and such production of such tanks would likely only occur in several years. Messerschmitt fighters and Junkers bombers continue, and the Luftwaffe is rapidly emerging as the premier air force in Europe. Border fortifications around the nation are largely complete by now, but garrisons continue to be increased. Poland is told to come to negotiations in Berlin regarding the Polish Corridor and Danzig. Some more funding is directed toward the "Uranium Society" and under harsh government supervision the group begins to investigate how to achieve nuclear fission and its effects. Monarchism continues to bleed into German society, and the prime minister of Bavaria announces that he will change the Bavarian constitution next year and restore the monarchy if the Federal government does not object. The government makes an announcement stating that Germany will recognize the independence of Uyghuristan once Japan does so. More military aid is shipped to Nationalist Spain and Italy. Weapons are offered to be shipped to Portugal, Greece and Patagonia.
 * Dominion of India: Due to people like Surya Sen, the support for full independence begins to rapidly grow and cause problems for the Congress running the nation. Stikes begin to be carried out in a slightly greater scale but strict Congress measures make life tough for those trying to create strikes. Troops on the street restrict much rioting and people are only allowed to go out to buy things or go to work. Surya Sen's cells continue to influence people in all levels of the government and many begin to run for or come into power. Congress put into place many laws which, although providing employment to many more people that what is currently the norm, will force them to work long hours and very hard to get paid. Surya Sen begins to create regiments using the local policemen who train locals wanting to join up to fight. Many rich Indian businessmen are completely reluctant about what is going on, so Surya offers them the options of either staying in peace or leaving the area but not taking any of their monetary possessions. Many choose the latter in a bid to get out of the area but are left with significantly less money. Jinnah continues to gather large audiences, who begin to number in the million and help bolster his hopes. He begins to tour areas with high Muslim populations in a bid to gain even more followers and cause greater influence in the way things run. The Nazims of Hyderabad and Mysore continue to support his cause. Jinnah continues to ask Islamic nations for funding and continues to acquire funds illegally in a bid to build a monetary base. The Congress' new laws begin to cause huge upsets on the steet but the people are forced to work otherwise they will not  be able to live. The government then begins to focus in rural areas too, with more railroad construction beginning and more engines being bought from various nations in a bid to increase connectivity. Tata puts government funding and subsidies to good use and begins to build huge factories of automobiles which will construct everything from cars to tractors to railway engines and in secret, the tanks which will begin to be produced. The Congress is grateful for the British coming through with them, and in exchange would like to increase trading with the "mother country". In secret, thousands of scientists and engineers are quickly drafted in to take apart a few of the aircraft and tanks given, make blueprints and then re-assemble all the parts back perfectly. This takes time but it works and now the government has vital information which could help it construct tanks in Tata's factories (which is thought to only produce cars and tractors). The government realises the coffers are being emptied fast but they hope the measures of cutting pay and increasing employment as well as the hope to sign new trades deals gives hope to the government that things can be sorted out.
 * United States: The country continues to pull out of the Great Depression thanks to the New Deal Acts and the continous infrastructure improvement. President Roosevelt congratulates Amelia Earhart and her navigator, Fred, on their accomplishment. Meanwhile, the United States Air Force test flights its new monoplane and the test is successful. It is called the P-51 Mustang, which the USAF hopes to replace the P-40 Warhawks by the end of the 1940s. Meanwhile, the construction of the prototype of the long-range bomber continues and is expected to be complete by 1938.5. The United States Army finishes developeing a prototype of the X-1 main battle tank, and is expected to be tested in all terrains next year. The first radar for warships is expected to be finished and tested by 1939, while the government is still looking at nuclear physics and radioactive elements, with certain scientists believing both weapon and energy could come from such devices. All other research and developement programs from last turn continues. A new referderum is held in the Philippines and the results are expected to come in by 1938. The first length of the Trans-Continental Roadway System (TCRS) is laid down in Los Angeles, and the complete connection of every major city and town by the early 1940s. The United States, in order to maintain peace in the Pacific Ocean and in co-operation with the Japanese-American Non-Aggression Pact, agrees to recognize the recently established countries in China.
 * Japanese Diplomacy: Japan requests that the U.S.A. participate in a conference in Tokyo to determine the future of East Asia and to begin the process of western decolonization of the region.

1938
Not much really happens this turn, I'm afraid.

Stop criticizing the mods.


 * A mod can criticise the other mods. :P


 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Peru: We increase our economy score and declare that we will be peaceful for the next five years.
 * Brazilian D: Brazil asks for an exclusive alliance with Peru and also asks for the right to invest in its gold industry.


 * Italy: The peace with Ethiopia is reluctantly signed. Meanwhile, inflation begins again, as the continuous military buildup has had the unforeseen side effect of being too costly for the government to pay for. Soldiers and Italian colonists come back from East Africa to find that they no longer have jobs and poverty increases. What little hope the country had to get out of the depression vanishes. Support for Mussolini plummets.
 * Brazilian D: Brazil asks if it can help finance some of the Italian debt in exchange for preferential trade.
 * Brazil: Brazil with its heavily rising economy invests moderately in Argentina and Patagonia. Brazilian businessmen and a few wealthy congressmen buy the controlling stocks in various bankrupt Italian manufacturers. The infrastructure of the country is expanded still farther with the coastal highways and railways taking precedence. The shipping and transport companies begin to expand more as well. The Brazilian military complex is also expanded with many of these factories employing many Brazilians as the Brazilian military is expanded to become a respected international force. The oil reserves drilled from oil shale and from the shares in Venezuelan oil companies allows now a three month cushion of oil in Brazil. Brazilian development of its new heavy tank continues with the EE-3 coming off the line as a prototype (Brazilian Panzer III self designed variant). The occupation of Patagonia and Argentina are lightened to a degree allowing for the armed forces to begin training loyal troops. Influence over Venezuela continues with relations increasing heavily between Brazil and Venezuela. The aircraft prototyped earlier for the carrier are deployed for testing trials. The fourth battleship, Libertad is deployed.
 * Argentina: With Argentina fully secure and under Brazil's control, the Pro-Brazil government, for the first time in years is stable with foreign investment pushing Argentina toward internal development. Argentina's infrastructure, economy, and to a lesser degree the military is improved with it becoming majority a peacekeeping force.
 * Kingdom of Patagonia: With independence guarenteed by Brazil Patagonia manages to secure its King, Antonia from France and development is undertaken. Infrastructure and economy are improved to a degree. A military of a light sort is raised. However, talks over Patagonia eventually merging once again with Argentina when the area becomes more manageable are brought up. Along with this, Brazilian authorities neither confirm nor deny this and will only get involved in order to have ethnic or other human rights issues prevented.
 * Switzerland: The government receives the first 24 EKW C-36 fighter planes, retiring the seventeen Potez 25 biplanes and the one Comte AC-1. The government continues to update the infrastructure, acquiring new machinery, constructing more roads, and building more bridges. The Swiss people sign a paper stating Swiss neutrality in the case of another large scale war, but allows the government to liquidize older inventory by selling it to foreign nations. The government adds another 12 million gallons of fuel to the reserves. We declare partial mobilization of 26,000 troops moving them to the border fortification, with daily patrols and anti-aircraft guns monitoring the sky. Oerlikon begins to research into radar and sonar.
 * Swiss Dip: We offer one Potez 25 for sale and 17 Häfeli DH-3's for sale for five million Swiss francs.
 * Liberia: work continues on making the public happy, such as fixing roads, and making food regularly available to the poor. The military increases greatly due to the new surplus of healthy workers. We trade with the neighboring colony of Sierra Leone and begin to influence them, showing how great it is to be a sovereign, home rule nation, and how being with us will give a better life then the iron fist of Britain. Propaganda increases nationalism within Liberia itself.
 * Austrian Empire: The military is built up, and military research continues. We work on our economy and infrastructure. Several factories are built. We continue to influence Czechoslovakia, and it finally joins the Austrian sphere of influence, with it being partly in Hungary's influence as well.
 * ​Czechoslovakia: The military is built up, and industrializing begins. We follow Austria and declare our neutrality in the current war. Several factories are built. We welcome the Austrian Emperor to visit Czechoslovakia.
 * Hungary: Continues to influence Slovakia and the Hungarian minority in the Balkan. Our investment in Amzonia prove themselve to positive for the nation and we ask Brazil if we can invest in Argentina. We offer Italy some money to help with the Italian debt and propose a triple alliance between Italy, Hungary and Austria with the possibility that more nation join. (we are an ally of Austria, so I think we can all be allies.)
 * Germany: The Nazi party takes the defeat of Italy rather badly, and demands further support for Germany's Fascist allies. A secret communique is sent to Switzerland, demanding access for German troops to re-inforce Italy if need be. Military supplies are shipped to Italy to re-inforce the Fascist regime. Military production of supplies continues. Military weapons and vehicles continue to be produced rapidly. The aircraft carrier is declared completed and is launched out of Kiel under the name of Graf Zeppelin. What is not released to the public is that the aircraft carrier is not completely operational yet, but should be by the start of next year. The battleships remain under construction. The German government begins to strengthen ties with Romania to exert its influence in the Balkans, praising Romania for their success at reaching their irredentist goals. Following no response from Poland, and wanting to preserve the prestige of Fascism, German troops move into the Polish Corridor and the Free City of Danzig. A day later, the region is annexed to Germany as West Prussia. Another day later, the rest of Poland is invaded. (Algo coming, or something) Germany defends its invasion, stating that if nations like the Soviet Union can invade without a legitimate reason, then Germany has the right to if it has a good reason. The "Uranium Society" submittes a thesis on how to achieve nuclear fission along with a design. The German government rejects the design and tells the society to create one that is easier to produce and has a higher theoretical yield. The prime minister of Bavaria announces that he has changed the constitution and has placed Rupprecht, Crown Prince of Bavaria on the throne as Rupprecht I. He announces that if the federal government has a problem, he will be waiting for the Gestapo in his office. Surprisingly, Speer hardly cares, prefering to focus more on Germany's international situation, and as such only tells the prime minister to tone down his criticism, which he does. This restoration is seen as a major victory for Monarchists, and support for such a thing rises in Germany, especially since there are few leftists to oppose it.
 * Swiss Diplomacy: We will allow supplies and equipment through our nation to Italy, but not troops.
 * France: (Posting for Cour) Declares war on Germany brutal invasion of a peaceful, neutral nation (Poland). The President makes a speech, urging France's allies, like the US and Britain, to help defeat this expansionist foe. France strengthens ties with Belgium, Luxembourg, and Holland. The military and economy are both expanded.
 * Britain: Declares war on Germany brutal invasion of a peaceful, neutral nation (Poland) after a vote in Parliament, and despite Chamberlain's misgivings. Chamberlain resigns the same day, giving way to Winston Churchill, who take power and immediately starts drafting plans to come into contact with the enemy. The Home Fleet is activated and quickly sent to blockade the North Sea. The Air Force, too, is activated, and drafting starts, sending troops as a British Expeditionary Force to France, to re-inforce their positions. (HERE YOU GO SCRAW - WWII!!)
 * Ah yes, good old World War II.
 * False. I never invaded Switzerland. This war is wrong. 
 * Meant Poland, my bad. LOL.
 * The USSR is ready for the event occurring across the globes. Stalin orders a swift but deadly invasion into the rest of Poland to "secure" it from the Germans. However, this is really the agreement that Molotov arranged when he went to Germany last time. What will happen next is as yet unknown, but the military remains on high alert, especially along the southwestern border. Uyghuristan continues to be built up with Soviet aid and is slowly being eased into the USSR. The Soviets also begin to influence the three Baltic states, warning them of a German invasion. The Tuvan People's Republic is annexed to the RSFSR. Mongolia is also readied for SSRhood in the coming months.
 * Dominion of India: Due to people like Surya Sen, the support for full independence continues to rapidly grow and cause problems for the Congress running the nation. Stikes begin to be carried out in a slightly greater scale but strict Congress measures make life tough for those trying to create strikes. Troops on the street restrict much rioting and people are only allowed to go out to buy things or go to work. Surya Sen's cells continue to influence people in all levels of the government and many are now in positions of power, directing orders which will help to create more anger within the people and make Surya's job easier. Due to more money in the economy, the economy grows and the greater amount of people employed helps the economy. However, many begin to lose jobs due mto overexhaustion and many die. However, the government does not make this news public. Surya Sen now has a significantly large monetary base which he uses to begin the construction of new factories to help people in the regions of rural Bengal to find employment. He hopes to use the factories to sell goods as well as create ammunition and other equipment for his effort. He continues to recruit even more people, with many in the police force joining in his cause. In Kotkata too, he begins to campaign for people to join his cause, and the response shocks the Congress. Even though strict measures, many join up. Many policemen also secretly side with him. Jinnah continues to gather large audiences, who begin to number in the couple million with his touring helping to bolster numbers. The Nazims of Hyderabad and Mysore continue to support his cause. Jinnah continues to ask Islamic nations for funding and continues to acquire funds illegally in a bid to build a monetary base. He also sees an opportunity to create a Muslim state in the Deccan using the two princely states as a base and expand them to cover a large portion of the south. The Congress' new laws begin to cause huge upsets on the steet but the people are forced to work otherwise they will not be able to live. The rural focus continues, with railroad construction occuring at a rapid pace due to the great number of labourers. The engines are quickly deployed and they begin to run routes to transport goods as well as people. Tata puts government funding and subsidies to good use, continuing to build huge factories of automobiles. The first home-made railway engines, cars and tractors hit the sales line. They begin to be bought by affuent Indians who like to show off their status. The Congress begins to draft troops to send to help Britain in its newly declared war. Over three hundred thousand troops are readied and the British are asked either to give the Indians ships or to come and pick them up. In secret, thousands of scientists and engineers continue to work on the new aircraft and try to make better versions of the aircraft as well as provide technical support for the factories constructing the aircraft in secret. Coffers begin to be filled up but at a great strain to the people. Following the growth of Jinnah, the Rastrya Samaj Sehva forms. These are those wanting a Hindu state to exist and who do not like Jinnah very much. They begin to acquire members pretty quickly and draw parallels within their own ideology and that of the Fascists of Europe. They begin as an underground movement hoping to gain control of the region. India seems to be on the brink of chaos, but none of the sides can guess how it will be like. As the nation begins a rapid path to industrialisation, many groups begin to garner rapid support. Surya Sen, in the east, meets with Subash Chandra Bose. Both men quickly find themselves wanting the same things, and as a result, grow close. Bose plans to secretly travel east, to find a new ally ...
 * The British Merchant Navy is swiftly dispatched to keep the force a-running.
 * The Soviet Union secretely supports whoever is not religion based but wants full independence.
 * United States: The United States continues to pull itself out of the Great Depression due to New Deal Acts and infrastructure improvements. The Trans-Continental Road System is still under construction, while improvement of the railroads of the country begins. The United States Navy begins increasing its presence in the Atlantic Ocean due to the last World War and submarines, as well as the threat of the Japanese greatly diminished with the Japanese-American Non-Aggression Pact. In the Philippines, the results of the referderum has a slim majority to become a Commonwealth of the United States, in which in ten years, the Philippines would become independent. (It happened in OTL [Tydings-McDuffie Act]. In this period of ten years, the United States would help create a national economy for the soon-to-be country and improve the infrastructure to modern times. Meanwhile, the United States Army's X-1 main battle tank is tested in all terrains with great success. It is dubbed the M-4 Sherman, in honor of American Civil War general William T. Sherman, and (unlike its OTL counterpart), the M-4 Sherman has strong armor to protect its crew, a high-powered main gun, two .50 caliber machine guns (one on the turret and one in the front), radios for the crew members to have contact with other tank crews and has an engine of a P-40 Warhawk. Meanwhile, the developement of a long-range bomber with a greater payload and greater range continues, while the first of the P-51 Mustangs are rolled off the production line. The Department of War, due to the outbreak of war in Europe, orders the refitting of all warships, submarines and merchant ships with radar, in order to detect any vessel that comes within range. The same goes for military bases in the Pacific and coastal military bases on the Atlantic, such as Newport News. Research into nuclear physics and radiocative elements continues, but most do not see the value of such research.
 * Sweden: A Fascist man named - Will come up with one later - is elected head of Sweden. An alliance is requested with Germany.
 * Japan: Japanese military expansion continues as the government passes a series of laws delimiting military expenditure and authorizing the deployment of more troops to China. Development of biological and chemical weapons continue with production of gas artillery shells becoming a norm and their unrestricted deployment on the continent begins to break the Chinese will to fight. Japanese cultural revival begins in an attempt to raise Japanese morality and to show it is their destiny to reign supreme in East Asia in a big brother sytem - so to speak. The new aircraft carriers are deployed put on active duty as new ones are put forward for construction. The construction of the Yamato battleship begins under the guidance of Admiral Yamamoto. Development of a long range bomber begins while more zero fighters are fabricated. Japan once more requests that the Western Nations join a conference in Tokyo to discuss the future of East Asia and to begin the decolonization of Eastern Asia. Japan applauds the U.S.A. plan to grant independence to the Philippines within ten years and swears eternal friendship with the American Giant. Elsewhere in Asia, pro-independence groups are supported by Japan with funds and now weapons. Military planning begins for the liberation of the East Indies and Indochina. Technological research continues with the radar completed and upgrading of all naval vessels with it begins, while research into jet technology continues as does the research into nuclear technology lead by RIKEN. Anti-Chinese sentiment begins to subside and is replaced with contempt and a feeling of supiriority over the Han. Industrial expansion continues and the new Chinese market causes a massive boom in the manufacturing industry raising Japanese stocks to raise. Shintoism is promoted a lot stronger in Korea and Taiwan as Japanization increases. Health care is made free and covered by the state throughout the home islands as is education and a few universities are made public to help promote higher education amongst the Japanese population to increase the national intelectual and scientific community along with increase the skilled workforce. Hard labour jobs are offered to Koreans and Chinese in the Japanese core lands to help this process of increasing the skilled labour among Japanese and to replace the loss of work force to the armed forces which continue to expand this is accepted by many Chinese and Koreans who see it as an opportunity to gain better livings despite their resentment toward the Japanese. Japan formally recognizes the Muslim breakaway state in western China. Adminitration of Shandong and Guangdong begin. The Kwantang Army begins to lose its autonomy as the military High Command in Tokyo replace insubordinate officers with those loyal to the central command and begin reasserting central command throughout the empire. The Kempeitai are granted extra poowers and a subdivision known as the Imperial counter insurgency unit is created making the Kempeitai a special forces unit subordinate directly to the High Command instead of to the local military occupation forces.
 * ​Manchukuo: His Imperial Majesty Puyi abdicates the throne under extreme pressure from the Japanese ministers and from the Manchu parliament after he produces no heir. His brother Pujie assumes the throne as the second emperor of Manchukuo and his wife becomes Empress consort Hiro Saga with their son Wei Jin becoming Crown Prince. Industrialization of the empire continues with Japanese funding and resource exploitation continues to grow. The Imperial Manchu Army completes a joint exercise with the Japanese Imperial Army showing a great improvement in their combat ability. Repression begins to ease up in Manchuria with most political enemies either to scared to speak out against the government or otherwise dead or rotting in some prison in Manchuria or Japan. Kempeitai efforts move toward promoting Japanese-Manchu co-operation and friendship thorugh detailed censorship, holding rallies in favor of the alliance, and controlling Manchu politicians. The Manchukuo Yuan is tied directly to the Japanese Imperial Yen.
 * Reformed Republic Of China: Reconstruction continues in limited areas under Japanese control while counter insurgency and military operations against anti-Japanese groups expand. A local military is created known as the Army of the Reformed Republic is created but is still very small and security is still handled by the Japanese and Manchu forces. Wang continues to push forward the Japanese agenda and Mengjiang is integrated into the Reformed Republic as an autonomous region. Decentralization of Japanese controlled China continues as more and more power is delegated to the provincial governers who in turn serve the interests of the Japanese advisors and the Japanese empire, and the national government of China becomes more and more just a rubber stamp for laws pushed forward by the Japanese.  The Army of the Reformed Republic is decentralized as well and is subject to the command of the local governors recreating the armies of the late Qing dynasty which had local loyalties. Chiang and his legacy are stamped into the mud by Japanese propaganda stating that the Nationalist forces only served their own interests and led China to ruin and the Japanese are here to help restore Chinese stability and economy.
 * American Diplomacy to Japan: We will send a representative to the meeting over decolonization.

1938.5
''' Once more Imp to the rescue. '''

''' World War II continues in full swing. The Soviets and the Germans are pwning Poland, so the Polish government flees to exile in London. However, the Polish Army has yet to surrender. '''

''' In India, strife continues with the different factions all promoting the same thing yet fighting over dominance of the independence movement. '''

''' Brazil's domination of South America begins to frighten some of the nations there. Peru, Columbia, Chile and Panama hold a summit in Bogota- to which neither Brazil nor its client states are pointedly not invited. Meanwhile, though the government in Venezuela is now extremely pro-Brazil, there is a grassroots hatred against them, exacerbated by the fact that they do not speak the same language. '''

''' In America, there is a major breaktrhough in the atomic program. However, this is kept secret for now ... '''


 * Italy: After the German Invasion of Poland, Mussolini immediately declares support for Germany in the upcoming war. However, many generals refuse to mobilize their troops, having just returned from the military blunder in Ethiopia. Victor Emmanuel III makes it clear that he does not wish to sacrifice any more Italian lives to another one of Mussolini's Strategic failures. Mussolini not only defies the king by promising men and supplies to Germany, but he also manages to have the king arrested. his son, Umberto II flees west to france. Though Mussolini continues to decline in popularity, over 50% of the population is still in support of the current regime. many of those who oppose him begin to flee the country.
 * Germany congratulates Italy on its decisions, but warns Italy of the war and for Italy to be careful. Germany also urges Italy to be careful with regards to the monarch and the population. More supplies such as weapons, tanks, and ammunition are shipped to Italy.
 * Brazil D: We offer to send raw materials to Italy in order to help with its war effort how ever your navy must escort some of the cargo ships through the medditerrenean.
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Switzerland: The government again declares neutrality. A man drives a truck up to the LoN headquarters and attempts to blow it up. The Swiss Army detain the man, and charge him with instigating terrorism and war. The army is placed on high alert with the complete mobilization of active units, and factories shifting to more secure, underground facilities. The fuel reserves are upped again to 17 million gallons. The Air Force purchases 48 EKW C-36 fighter planes. They requisition the now defunct Swissair's sixteen DC-2 and twenty-four DC-3 airplanes for cargo transportation. The army orders 75 HT-01, a tank based on the Panzer II chassis with a 175 mm cannon to act as self-propelled artillery. We update rail lines and infrastructure. After receiving word that the Germans have sold a license, Swiss manufacturers (many who have been tooled by Germany in the early 1930's) begin production of the Panzer I with a 35 mm Oerlikon cannon, and two MG 30 machine guns. The Panzer II is produced with a new Oerlikon 105 mm artillery rifle that was secretly designed by the Swiss Armed Forces, and three MG 30 machine guns. The first thirty Panzer I's and twelve Panzer II's are delivered.
 * Swiss D: We request to buy the rights and license to produce the Panzer I and Panzer II from Germany. We offer 35: Dewoitine D.27 light attack planes, 15: Nieuport 28's, 16: Potez 25, One: Comte AC-1, and 16: Hanriot HD.1 for sale for 100 million Swiss Francs.
 * German Diplomacy: We will sell you the right to produce the plans. Keep your planes.
 * Greece D: Greece wants to purchase 83 aircraft pieces from Switzerland under the promise of the recognition and license of the Cannon 85 model of 1927 Schneider and the Cannon 105 model as well and the payment of ten million dollars in a period ranging from five to ten years after the purchase.
 * Swiss D: We accept.
 * Brazil: With war breaking out in Europe Brazil announces that it will guarantee the integrity of its shipments to Europe - particularly Germany which has become a prime investor and economic partner with Brazil. After this announcement all shipments are escorted by specially modified ships, and more important shipments are escorted with destroyers and frigates. Without other major theaters to patroltThe South Atlantic becomes a major operating area for the Brazilian navy with the fleet carriers making their first appearance in the ocean as well as some of the countries new battleships. Brazil does not curb any raw materials or arms shipments to Germany and urges both France and Britain to show restraint and come to the peace table. Brazilian naval expansion continues with nearly 12 destroyers and nearly 15 frigates being finished and deployed. Along with this, five cruisers and a new class of battle cruiser is laid down. The first flights of torpedo and dive bombers are deployed on the fleet carriers. Brazilian infrastructure is still expanded with the Pacific Highway, and the interior railways is expanded as well with resource development taking precendence and the ability to ship resources bought by Germany and various countries is able to be expanded heavily. Cargo aircraft are developed rather quickly with their use becoming rather expansive. The Brazilian investment in Argentina and Patagonia continues and the situation between the two nations is improved in order to reunite just with more Mapuche recognition. A South American federalizing movement had arisen in some of the higher ups of the Brazilian government as well as some of the middle classes seeing the benefit of the situation. Brazilian influence over Venezuela continues to the point where a large scale preferential trade is developed between both countries. This step in trade brings Brazil much closer in making Venezuela a client state of Brazil. Brazilian armed forces are considering expanding to nearly 1.2 million from its existing members. Quite unexpectedly the Brazilian president reluctantly orders the mining of Uranium in order to study the material. The Brazilian government issues a warning statement to people wishing to go to europe. Brazilian borders are opened to Immigrants from europe.
 * Argentina: With the Brazilians advocating reunifying Patagonia and Argentina, the Argentinian government agrees for more recognized and special status and both will remain semi-autonomous in order for ethnic-specific issues to be handled. Along with this, the new Argentinian government increases infrastructure, the peacekeepers, and its economy sending its resources to Brazil for shipping to Germany.
 * Patagonia: The Patagonian armed forces are expanded as well as its infrastructure and economy. The Infrastructure is expanded in tandem with Argentina to keep a cohesive highway system. Patagonia rejects Argentina's current offer and gives its demands that it should be more recognized in Argentina in General and while not semi-autonomous, will have equal say in Argentinian politics. Along with this, the Patagonians request more Brazilian forces in their territory.
 * Sweden: The military is moblized around the øsrend.
 * Germany: The declaration of war shocks many Germans, who assumed that since nothing was done against the Soviets when they invaded a nation the same would happen with Poland. Despite this, Germans are enthusiatic about the war, seeing it as the chance to exact revenge against the "cruel hypocritical imperialists" (much sarcasm intended). The majority of German forces are shipped west along the French border, where the Germans are ordered to stand their ground in their fortifications. Soldiers quickly begin to get bored, and the war is jokingly called the "Phoney War." Many in the reserves are brought into active service, and a general draft also enters effect.  Several divisions of soldiers remain on the east to pacify the rest of Poland, which should happen soon given the lack of supplies able to reach the Polish troops. A puppet state is established in Warsaw. Away from the fronts, production of war supplies grows exponentially as Speer manages the many factories and plants and turns them into streamlined and efficient industries. Tanks continue to roll out of factories as well as planes and weapons. The Germany navy experiences a boost to its strength this year as the aircraft carrier Graf Zeppelin and several battleships all enter active service. Graf Zeppelin is equipped with Messerschmitt fighters and Junkers "Stuka" dive bombers, giving it an impressive arsenal. The designs for the Panzer V are brought out and re-examined given the outbreak of war. While the designs show promise, production of the Panzer V will likely not occur until 1940 or so. To further protect the naval influence of Germany, an invasion of Denmark commences (algo coming) along with Swedish troops to deny the British navy from aqquiring naval bases close to German shipyards. This is also done to bring the Danish people back to the fold with their German cousins. Graf Zeppelin leads the naval attack, launching both fighters and dive bombers to attack Danish military installations and to gain air superiority. German troops and tanks pour over the Danish border. Secretly, depending on the results of the Denmark invasion, an invasion of Norway is planned. Reseach into new weapons to aid the war effort are ordered, and one promising design is a guided rocket. Some other proposals also include outfitting fighter planes and bombers with jet engines. While all of these have promise, they are all in the planning stage now. The "Uranium Society" is ordered to collaborate their research and designs with the Soviet Atomic project in order to create a nuclear weapon.
 * Brazil Dip: With several Uranium deposits Brazil secretly asks for co-operation on a nuclear project with Germany considering we have already began exploitation on a large deposit.
 * Swiss Diplomacy: We frown upon the invasion of Poland and Denmark.
 * Liechtenstein: Develops economy and military. Asks the Swiss to construct the Swiss Redoubt around Liechtenstein.
 * Swiss Diplomacy: We agree to, and begin to construct a fortified wall around Liechtenstein.
 * Are you HIGH? A) Liechenstein isn't that small and B) what the hell is a wall going to help in the modern era??
 * Turkey: Declares war on Germany. Begins a draft and stops providing weapons to pro-Turkish rebels. Begins plans to build a medium tank.
 * Austrian Empire: The military is built up and military research continues. We work on our economy and infrastructure. Several factories are built. We annex several regions of Czechoslovakia with German heritage, as Austria is mostly Austrian. We declare neutrality in the current conflict but secretly send weapons to aid the Axis Powers.
 * ​Czechoslovakia: The military is built up, and industrializing begins. We follow Austria and declare our neutrality in the current war. Several factories are built. We sell some lands to Austria. We declare neutrality in the current conflict, but secretly send weapons to aid the Axis Powers.
 * Hey, Dean - no offense, not trying to be mean but I'm not sure how long youve been influencing Czechoslovakia. Then again, they are a set of various cultures. I doubt it'd be tooooo hard. Just wanna make sure it's OK. My only problem, I think, is the time taken to do so. (Feel free to explain yourself if you want. I'm open to it) -Feud
 * No, it's cool, he has been doing it for YEARS.
 * NVM. No, Dean. Not enough time. Go for another five years at least.
 * Spain: Thanks to help from the Germans earlier, the Spanish Civil War begins to wrap up, eventually ending with a Nationalist victory. Spain begins rebuilding, though not nearly as much was damaged in Spain as in OTL. The military increases with the Republican surrender.
 * Well, it's your own nation, but I just want to point out that unlike OTL the Brits and French actively supported the Republicans ... so ..\
 * Britain: With the German invasion of Denmark, the Royal Navy, already in the area, excutes Action Plan Delta, launching a counter invasion against Germany, striking in Schleswig-Holstein, and then swiftly north in  Jutland itself. The invasion is aided by the new aircraft carriers, carrying the improved Hurricanes and Spitfires- the toughest and the fastest fighters on Earth, respectively, while Tempests and Tornados launched from France deal out massive damage in S-H, destroying Panzers by the dozens. The economy surges as a surge of support for the war effort causes a massive rise in the stock market, while many new factories are built to aid in war production.
 * Guns quick thing when tyou did my algo you got one thing wrong jpan had a population of nearly 100 million at the time using otl demographicsNkbeeching (talk) 22:37, December 2, 2013 (UTC)
 * Japan: His Imperial Majesty Emperor HIrohito formally Emperor Showa makes his first ever public speech on radio making it the first time the Japanese public hears the voice of the Emperor. In his speech Hirohito discusses the importance of the war in China and the importance of pushing for East Asian independence from the Western Powers and establishing a new rder in the Orient along with the need to assert Japan's place in thee sun. The continued war in Europe causes the Japanese to push their demands for the congress in Tokyo to discuss the decolonization of East Asia. Military expansion continues as troops are deployed to the continent or are readied for the planned campaign to the south. France and the Netherlands are requested to join the conference for decolonization by 1939. Support for anti-western factions in East Asia continues to grow. Japan offers to help with the preperation for Filipino Independence promising supplies and advisors. Industrial expansion continues as does the modernization of sectors of the industry. Development of a long range bomber continues and modifications to the zero fighter begin. Research projects continue with the first proto type jet nearing completion and will be ready for testing in 1939. The Riken institution continues its work on the nuclear program with mild success the Japanese government begins increasin thee funds into the program and begin censoring Japanese Scientific magizines to make sure that no other country can read into Japanese research in the area as it has become aparent that other governments have tking an interest in the area, All experts in Japan are relocated to the program. The Kempeitai continues to serve as a tool of the central command to bring the military back under the command of Tokyo and to enforce dicipline and humanity within the ranks, propaganda showing that the Japanese need to guide not destroy the rest of asia is pushed forward to try to adjust the mentality of the Imperial soldiers. The Imperial Yen is allowed to float which greatly increases its value making it 150 yen equal to a US dollar.
 * ​Manchukuo: Anti-Japanese groups all together have disappeared from Manchukuo as the violent and efficient campaign to destroy them completely eradicated the movement and focus on constructing trust toward the Japanese in Empire of Manchukuo continues. The Imperial Army of Manchukuo conitunes to send troops to support the Japanese in China. Industrial expansion continues.
 * Reformed Republic of China: Anti-insurgency and military operations in China continue. Power continues to centralize into the hands of the Japanese embassy and the occupying forces while the central government remains a rubber stamp for all laws passed by regional governors or by the Japanese military. Reconstruction of infrastructure in areas deemed economicly and militarily important continues while chemical weapons are used with increasing amounts against opponents to the Japanese. Comfort stations in areas of the war zone are opened up to prevent Japanese troops from widespread rape.
 * France: continues to fight the Germans. Troops are mobilized all over the country and sent to the eastern front to stop any German advance. It is announced that representatives will be sent to the summit concerning South East Asia. France strengthens ties with Belgium, Luxembourg and Holland. The military and economy are both expanded.
 * Greece: Military and navy are built up, and the recent declaration of war from Turkey to Germany gives a certain concern to the King, who sees that this may be an excuse for the Turks to invade the Balkans again. However, it says that the war between the Germans and the British is not a major concern and remains neutral on that side (like the USA) but as a prove to the allegiance of the Greeks it says it will send supplies to the German government and to the German soldiers in Poland through the Soviet-held Don river. For now, the government firstly acts to move troops to the borders in Western Thrace, the Aegean Islands and Crete in the given case that the Turks may attempt to invade Greece for its alliance with Germany, and to re-establish an invasion point to the rest of the Balkans. While this, Britain and France are asked to allow a Greek colony be made in North Africa. While this, 83 aircraft pieces are purchased from Switzerland under the promise of the recognition and license of the Cannon 85 model of 1927 Schneider and the Cannon 105 model as well and the payment of ten million dollars in a period ranging from five to ten years after the purchase the Megali Hellas continues to grow influenced by the German Fascist leadership and Italian in ideas. However, they haven't grown strong enough to launch a coup.
 * The Soviet Union continues to fight in the war. Mongolia becomes the Mongolian SSR this year and Uyghuristan holds its referendum (results next turn). Poland falls and the People's Polish Republic is created with an administrative location situated at Bialystok. Preparations are made for more war and more invasions and whatnot.
 * Dominion of India: Due to people like Surya Sen, the support for full independence continues to rapidly grow and cause problems for the Congress running the nation. Stikes begin to be carried out in a slightly greater scale but strict Congress measures make life tough for those trying to create strikes. Troops on the street restrict much rioting and people are only allowed to go out to buy things or go to work. Surya Sen's cells are now in complete influence of the members of Congress and this allows them to create even worse conditions for the working class and cause huge resentment. Due to more money in the economy, the economy grows and the greater amount of people employed helps the economy. However, many begin to lose jobs due to overexhaustion and many die. However, the government does not make this news public. Surya Sen continues the construction of new factories to help people in the regions of rural Bengal to find employment. He hopes to use the factories to sell goods as well as create ammunition and other equipment for his effort. Many factories are completed due to the fact the workers are dedicated in their job. The first batch of ammunition is quickly produced and supplied. He continues to recruit even more people, with most in the cities of Bengal now siding with him and those joining up his secret force being trained. Many policemen also secretly side with him. Jinnah continues to gather large audiences, who begin to number in the few million with his touring helping to bolster numbers. The Nazims of Hyderabad and Mysore continue to support his cause. Jinnah continues to ask Islamic nations for funding and continues to acquire funds illegally in a bid to build a monetary base. Jinnah puts into place his plans to create the Muslim state and in secret discussions, the Nazims agree to merge their kingdoms into one nation and allow Jinnah to be Prime Minister. The Congress' new laws begin to cause huge upsets on the steet but the people are forced to work otherwise they will not be able to live. The rural focus continues, with railroad construction occuring at a rapid pace due to the great number of labourers. The engines are quickly deployed and they begin to run routes to transport goods as well as people. Tata puts government funding and subsidies to good use, continuing to build huge factories of automobiles. The first home-made railway engines, cars and tractors hit the sales line. They begin to be bought by affuent Indians who like to show off their status. The Congress begins to draft troops to send to help Britain in its newly declared war. Over three million troops are readied and the British are asked to give the Indians ships to transport the troops as it will make both nations' life easier. In secret, thousands of scientists and engineers continue to work on the new aircraft and try to make better versions of the aircraft as well as provide technical support for the factories constructing the aircraft in secret. The first squadrons of the home build aircraft are finally finished and they are kept a secret although they immediately help bolster forces. Tata offers to keep the aircraft in his secret warehouses and Congress quickly agrees. Tata is also given the contract to secretly build small air bases all around the nation. More money begins to flow into the government which puts the money directly back in building even more factories. They also begin semi conscription in a bid to increase the number of soldiers as well as have new troops to keep order on the streets. The RSS continue acquiring members pretty quickly and draw parallels within their own ideology and that of the Fascists of Europe. They spread their ideology rapidly and they begin to make sure their followers try to become reservists as well as establish their own cells. They begin to receive heavy funding from an unknown source but the leader of the RSS secretly heads to Germany to ask for aid. Surya Sen receives the Soviet funding and puts it to very good use by using it to fund multiple factories at once. Bose meets with the Japanese to discuss a secret alliance. He would like Japanese support and would like them to provide a few tanks along with guns and a few Zeros and in return Bose offers them the goods being made in the factories for a good price.
 * The Soviets threaten to cut funding to Surya Sen if the working class does not achieve better circumstances.
 * Surya reminds the Soviets that he has kept conditions in his factories fair but he cannot influence the factories of the rest of the nation just yet. He requires greater funding and some Soviet tanks as well as guns.
 * German Diplomacy: Germany agrees to divert some funds toward Indian Fascist parties.
 * Soviet: say OK.
 * Japanese Diplomacy: Japan agrees to back Bose with weapons and formal recognition of his plans in India but cannot do any more then that as it would place Japan in an awkward position with Britain.
 * Japanese Diplomacy: Japan agrees to back Bose with weapons and formal recognition of his plans in India but cannot do any more then that as it would place Japan in an awkward position with Britain.

1939.0
''' Denmark and Poland both capitulate to German invasions. Poland is subjugated and a puppet regime is put in its place. Denmark is divided into German and Swedish occupation zones. Christian X continues to rule out of Arrhus as a puppet in the German zone. '''

''' Following the surrender of Denmark, Britain occupies Danish Greenland and the Faroe Islands, despite protests by both Germany and Denmark that they are still Danish territory. '''

'''I'm going to give Iceland points for having a sizeable population. So, no Iceland for England.'''

Does that mean Denmark (me) retains it?

No. It's going to claim to be part of Denmark while remaining quasi-independent.

'''WOAH WOAH WOAH! There's a Danish player! This changes ... yeah, not much, actually.'''

''' Nationalist Spanish forces force the remainder of the Republicans into surrender, ending the war. '''


 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Czechoslovakia: Tank production increases. We ask Germany if they want the Sudeten Germans. We also ask for an alliance. Propaganda is used to inprove bonds between Slovaks and Czechs, with great results. We begin to produce more planes as well, and complete the border fortifications. An alliance offer is sent to Greece, Italy and Germany. Propaganda is used to make it appear that Czechoslovakia needs a coast. As such, tensions rise on the Romanian border.
 * United States (Sorry I didn't post last turn, got distracted): The United States continues to recover from the Great Depression due to the New Deal Acts and infrastructure projects. The Trans-Continental Roadway System has connected every port city on the West Coast (San Diego, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Seattle) and plans to expand the road system eastward begins, starting with expanding into the valleys of Washington, Oregon and California, before crossing the Sierra Nevadas, the Cascades and the Movaje Desert toward Boise, Phoenix, Reno, Las Vegas and Salt Lake City. The Department of War, after the secret breakthrough of the nuclear physics and radioactive elements, more of the government see the potential of nuclear energy, but it is still a minority in the government. The P-51 Mustang continues to replace the aging P-40 Warhawk, while development of the new bomber comes to a close and plans to test it within the next two turns begins. Radar is continually adopted to warships, ports and military bases, to protect against submarines attempting to torpedo American warships. Development of the multi-fire rifle continues, but isn't expected to be finished until the late-1940s. Meanwhile, the first of the M-4 Sherman's are rolled off the production line and begin replacing the armored cars of the United States Army and Marine Corps. Improvement of the infrastructure of the Philippines continues, while the Department of War begins plans to reduce and eliminate American forces in the Philippines, before shutting down the bases. The United States agrees to allow Japan help prep the island nation for independence. Meanwhile, the United States Navy begins developing a new class of aircraft with an armored deck, radar. The Navy begins replacing the dive bombers and torpedo planes with the Navy's variant of the P-51 Mustang, the P-51/T (torpedo) and P-51/DB (dive bomber). The Navy plans to have the entire fleet equipped with these planes by 1945. The United States also begins to deal with internal issues, such as poverty, healthcare and education, especially in the Deep South and the Indian Reservations, as well as poor neighborhoods of major cities.
 * ​Brazil Dip: Brazil wishes to reopen major trade with the United States when it is ready (industrial, farm considering a lot of people are out of business, and some limited form of technological exchange), and requests the currently both Brazil and the US remain neutral outside of business deals and investment in the affairs of Europe unless something drastic were to change this. Brazil also wishes to begin selling oil to the US through Brazilian oil companies in Brazil and Venezuela. alongside all this Brazil would also like the United States to recognize the Brazilian sphere of Influence in South America and will help the United States keep unwanted influences out of the Americas. Alongside this Brazil would also like to combine the New Vargas Doctrine with the Monroe Doctrine (they are essentially the same thing) to make North and South American powers in mutual agreement about foreign influence in both continents.
 * American Diplomacy: In response to the fall of Denmark to Germany, the United States deploys the USS Arizona, a squadron of destroyers and a troop carrier, which is carrying a platoon of men, to Iceland to occupy the island and prevent it from falling into the hands of Germany. To Brazil: The United States will get back with an answer to Brazil by next turn. (I believe it is time for the US to becoming out of isolation, but that's my opinion).
 * You could occupy Iceland if you want.
 * Is it allowed? - Enc
 * Sure. I double checked this, and it happened OTL, too. Go about it however you want.
 * Also, last turn you had a major breakthrough in your atomic program (up to you what said breakthrough was).
 * Brazil: The nation of Brazil with its new battleship, and carrier finished and various other ships being completed as well. The new Vargas, Brazil and Mato Grosso class frigates are continually built up each serving their own needs of escort, heavy combat and anti-sub warfare. With Brazil's navy becoming increasingly powerful the numbers of sailors are increased as well as the creation of a Marine Corps with a strength of about 150,000. Brazil, with investment spurring some decent profits from Argentina and Patagonia, begins to buy up resource rights in Uruguay and Paraguay and investing heavily in them attempting to be the reason their Depression ends. Along with this, the Brazilian military complex also continues to serve as a major job creator for the economy. The first new EE-IV's come off the line as well being fully tested and ready it is deployed and used in training and is tested in some of the greater extremities. Brazilian influence over Venezuela continues with high level officials being brought into office which are considered heavily pro-Brazil. Brazil also continues its secret research into nuclear weaponry and power and begins the construction of various factories for the project as well as research and development of fission materials. The Brazilian navy also makes another order for Japanese Zeroes and fills up all its carriers with the new aircraft, as well as torpedo and dive bombers. Alongside this, the Brazilian military finished its construction and testing of newer cargo planes and a long range bomber. This is tested by flying out as far as possible over the Atlantic and made to return. The plane passes its tests with heavy commendations. The Brazilian infrastructural projects in various coastal areas are completed with other interior areas nearing completion as well. However, with men looking to get laid off work, the new jobs in the internal areas of the country have led to an expanding internal development with industries, rubber and resource extraction filling the jobs that the men once had working on the infrastructural projects. Along with this, the increased farm activity which had been revved up has led to the expected population boom with Brazil's population nearing 43 million.
 * Argentina:  With Patagonia requesting different terms Argentina begins reconciliation with Patagonia working toward a once again unified Argentinian state. Some dissenters displeased with Argentina's split and subsequent puppeting by Brazil blow up some infrastructure. However, it's repaired rather easily. Infrastructure is improved, economy is improved, military is improved.
 * Patagonia:  Patagonia continues to develop its infrastructure in close union with Argentina. Economy is improved, military is improved, infrastructure is improved. The Patagonians begin working in closer union with Argentina working toward a more peaceful and less problematic inclusion into Argentina. However, with Brazil's oversight, many Patagonians are optimistic about a deal.
 * Sweden: As an autonomous duchy, the recently annexed part of Denmark is given to Christian X to rule symbolically, while he still is the king of Jutland/Denmark. Troops are shifted to help the Germans in their new battles. We send troops to the Czech-Romanian border as well. Steel production grows, the Baltics are blockaded. We are officially part of the Axis now.
 * Turkey: Builds a new tank called the M1-Raptor (OTL M4 Sherman) . Sends troops to France along with 300 of these new tanks with 200,000 troops and 3000 artillery and anti-tank guns.
 * Not happening. You do not have the capability or the industrial base or even the research to do so.
 * Britain: With the new troops from Turkey and the various colonies having arrived in Britain and France, It is decided to open up another front in the war. Using the naval vessels that transported the military aid to Denmark, Operation Nexus is launched, landing and attacking Schleswig-Holstein at the same time as a push in Alsace-Lorraine (algo coming). With the air force now completely up to date, it is now the most advanced on the planet, while the Royal Navy continues to rule the seas. It is decided, then, that the Army is the weak point of the military, and the Minister for War - Anthony Eden - celares a new series of training and drills to be implemented by the army. The economy continues its surge from last turn in the stock market. War production, too, is increased. The military begin to get curious about this new 'atom' thing, and a research program is started to see what can be done here. Finally, a massive segment of the Merchant Navy is sent under temporary Indian control, and successfully moves the three million troops to Britain. 
 * Liberia: The government funds propaganda into Sierra Leone, supporting union as well as freedom from the horrors of the diamond mining they were submitted to from the evil British monster. We ask the Axis, specifically Czechoslovakia to give us weaponry, such as tanks. We continue to improve home life, and the military grows. To show we mean well, we send troops to the Czechoslovak-Romanian border.
 * Japan: Industrialization and militarization continue. research projects continue and the rising nuclear program continues to move forward. The plans to invade the Dutch East Indies are laid out and approved the invasion will be taking place in 1940.
 * Manchukuo: Industrialization continues and propaganda continues.
 * Reformed China: The insurgency war in China continues and reconstruction in areas under Japanese control continues.
 * Switzerland: The army procures another 30 Panzer Is's and 14 Panzer IIs's for the military (BTW, I meant 75mm cannon, not 105mm). The air force purchases 24 EKW C-36 planes. The government continues to update the infrastructure. A man by the name Ernest Lewbach begins to rise to power in politics, due to his pro-independence movement and strengthening of defenses. Unbeknownst to the public he is anti-Semitic and a Nazi member. The government begins work on a patrol boat. The 75 artillery pieces are completed and deployed to replace some of the older artillery on the border.
 * Swiss D: We offer 24 Häfeli DH-5 reconnaissance aircraft for sale.
 * Spain: Rebuilding continues as the Spanish mobilize their military against the Franco-Spanish border.
 * USSR continues to fight the war. Uyghuristan becomes the Uyghur SSR. Plans are drafted for an invasion of Iran. Aid continues to be sent to the Indian rebels.
 * France continues sending soldiers to the eastern front. France and its international territories bolster their militaries. France strengthens ties with Belgium, Luxembourg and Holland. The military and economy are both expanded.
 * Germany: Military production continues, and many more sign up for the military, eager to earn their revenge against the Allies. Production of Panzers and Me fighter planes is still increasing thanks to the streamlining of factories by Albert Speer. Designs for the Panzer I, II, and III are sent to all of Germany's allies so that they can produce panzers as well. The German navy is further strengthened when the two leading battleships Bismark and Tirpitz are finished and sent into the field. They add considerable fire power to the Axis fleet. Most of the armed forces are now on the borders with France in case they invade there. There are still garrisons in Poland and Denmark to maintain order. Investment in these nations brings back their industry, and these nations begin producing Messerschmits and Panzers as well. U-boats begin to attack British military and supply ships in order to harrass British movements in the North Sea. German scientists continue to plan and design the Panzer V, jet aircraft and flying bombs, but none of these have entered production yet. Secret plans are sent to Italy, Spain and Portugal to detail how the Axis can force the French from the war. German scientists are sent to the Soviet Union to propose the creation of a nuclear fission and uranium research and production facility. German pride raises substantially due to the victories in Poland and Denmark. In the southern part of the country, monarchism is seen as part of the right-wing ideology that brought Germany to victory. As such, the monarchs of Baden, Wurtturmburg and Saxony all make triumphant returns.
 * Denmark: The occupation of the nation by German forces has left the population in a state of unease, but the population submits to the occupation without significant resistance. The Danish navy is sent to bolster the German navy in its future battles. Danish factories and shipwrights are put to use making Me planes, U boats, and frigates.
 * Poland: A Fascist government is put in charge of the nation. This government begins to produce Panzers and Me planes to support the Axis war effort. Soldiers loyal to the new regime are trained and some are sent to the western front to back the Germans.
 * Italy: Mussolini manages to Send more units in support of Germany. With their navy now completely in the Mediterranean, they manage to win victories there.

1939.50
Mods. Do events.

'''Godammit Feud. Give us a chance, huh? I was just asking people to post ...'''

'''That one wasn't me. LOL -Feud'''

'''My bad ... *Godammit Local. Give us a chance, huh? I was just asking people to post ...'''

Thank you

''' IF YOU DIDN'T POST LAST TURN DO SO NOW. '''

''' America's nuclear program accelerates following several important discoveries, though so far they have not managed to control a sustained reaction. '''

''' The War in Europe rages fiercer than ever, as German troops break through into Alsace-Lorraine - just as the British break into Schleswig-Holstein. '''

''' In India, protests are momentarily stilled as many independence leaders call for sending troops to Britain in the hope that the British in return will allow them complete autonomy. As a result, several million more enlist. '''

No. This is up to Imp.

'''Waal ... it was worth a shot =)'''

''' Canada, Australia and New Zealand all declare war on Germany, and send what few troops they have to England. '''

''' Most of Central Europe is now Axis aligned, however, and Italian troops make massive gains in Africa, pushing up to Egypt and Morocco. '''

''' Japan continues to expand in the East, but pacts with America and Britain halt all talk of an alliance with the Axis. '''

''' In South America, with the Brazilian domination of Venezuela growing deeper and deeper, resentment in the other nations reaches fever pitch against Brazilian Hegemony. In Venezuela itself, though the government is now completely pro-Brazil, there is some civil unrest (Yes, feud, you may now post as Venezuela too. But don't get too complacent ... MOOHAHAHA) '''

''' Thailand uncovers an ancient monument, made entirely of gold. In addition to being a massive tourist attraction, it gives a huge economic bonus. '''
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Spain: Rebuilding continues as Spain builds up its military and economy after the civil war. Luckily, the civil war was not nearly as destructive as in OTL. Ten Panzers are produced as Spain continues to mount forces along the Franco-Spanish border. The military near Gibraltar is also mobilized in case of a British attack.
 * Czechoslovakia: Sends some of the mechanized divisions to Germany's aid, but also launches an invasion of Hungary, to vassalise for Germany, with the eventual Goal of a Czechoslovakian Vassal of Yugoslavia, (algos coming). This is met by widespread Czech and Slovak support, as we want a Coastline.
 * LOCAL, YOU ARE SUCH A FAILURE! YOU HAVE COMMITED SUICIDE, BECAUSE HUNGARY WAS A FASCIST STATE WITH A LARGE TIE TO YOUR ALLIES. MIGHT AS WELL KISS CZECHOSLOVAKIA GOODBYE.
 * For the record, Hungary had a coup, removing the previous government. We do not know what orientation such government had, and do not presume to know how the Axis functions.
 * Oops. Hungary? I thought you invaded Romania!!
 * Switzerland: We begin to fortify our border with Austria. 45 more Panzer Is's are produced along with 25 Panzer IIs's are manufactured. The Air Force acquires twelve Comte AC-11V photo mapping airplanes. They carry one camera. They also acquire 36 of the Pilatus-2 trainer airplanes. They have hard points for up to 700 pounds of rockets and bombs, and a .50 caliber machine gun in the nose for training as ground attack. Work on infrastructure continues and roads and rail lines are completed crisscrossing the nation. They add another eight million gallons of fuel to the emergency reserves. A stockpile of ammunition is begun. Many citizens demand that Switzerland remain neutral although military personnel are Axis leaning and the government is Allied leaning.


 * Swiss D: We offer any nation 24 Häfeli DH-5 scout planes and 36 Fokker C.V. Light Fighter/Bombers for sale for 15 patrol boats.
 * Hungary: We are surprised by the invasion but quickly mobilize our forces throughout the nation to stop the offensive and launch our own offensive into Slovakia, Austria is asked to honor its alliance with us and invade the Czech section.
 * Austria honors the alliance and declares war on Czechoslovakia.
 * Sweden: Troops are sent to Romania BUT not to Hungary. Troops are also sent to Germany to help them in  the French invasion of Germany. Steel production ups, and Pan-Scandnavianism rises. Propaganda increases in Denmark as the government begins promoting regional nationialism. The Danish units are put into the corp.
 * Brazil: Brazil, noticing the hostility toward Brazil's influence, begins a public relations campaign with the rest of the continent and tells its surrounding nations not to worry.Getulia Vargas even gives a speech. "Brazil and the rest of this continent by extension will just be reaching its true potential which has been ignored for so many years. This continent has been subject to jokes and ridicule for decades with Brazil being subject to this as well. South America and just the cultures of our great continent have been the subject of this self fatalism for too long, and I for one have had enough. I am not asking you to die for your culture in fighting your brothers in arms across our great continent. I'm asking you to unite equally with us and show off the true power of our nations." With this speech done, Brazil goes on a much higher form of alert but not enough to really alert the rest of the continent. Brazilian forces are mobilized to a higher status and deployed to some of the more interior states near various borders in a non-threatening fashion just to strengthen garrisons. Along with this, the navy draws back toward home and sales to Venezuela are propagated along with sales to Argentina both acquiring various ships as they come out of their respective great depressions (with Venezuela being already out of it due to its much better oil industry). Brazil finally works out a deal between Argentina and Patagonia also, reuniting the countries and creating a newly unique form of government with half the country being a republic and the other half a constitutional monarchy. However, this is only done with each leading their own ethnic and local matters and a true president of Argentina is elected with the help of Brazilian troops to prevent incidents or dissidents which, co-incidentally, have truly begun to die out following the announcement of the true re-creation of Argentina. Brazilian military research continues with a noticeable advantage over the rest of the continent in terms of military strength with much of the other countries still being trapped in 1910 standard era technology. Along with this, the Brazilian armed forces finish their first domestically built and researched repeating rifle called the M-4 (comparable to the others of WW2 - especially the M-1 Garand) and its own domestically produced SMG called the PA-20 (comparable to the MP-30). Other rifles and variants are considered for pistols and sniper rifles as well as the development of a bazooka . Research into an assault rifle is considered as well. The first heavy tank named the Eh-1 is produced and heavily tested but the idea for now is shelved due to production costs compared to Brazil's Panzers and homebuilt heavier variants. Two of the four carriers are deployed to Argentina with their attendant fleets. The Brazilian government - regardless of the hostility being shown by nations like Chile, Bolivia and Colombia - continues to influence Paraguay and Uruguay essentially buying up the majority of its untaken and uninvested mineral rights. This starts up a pro-Brazil sentiment as just the investment and construction being brought to both countries begins to shift them pro-Brazil as their great depressions have been especially bad.  The Brazilian military postures on the borders of British and French Guyana as well as Suriname as Brazil - while not militarily supporting the Axis - is supporting them with supplies. This is essentially done as a precautionary measure to prevent the British from getting a surprise invasion on any of Brazil or its allies. Brazil officially creates the South American Defence Coalition between Argentina, Venezuela and Brazil. Brazil's previously completed carrier Amazonas finished its sea trials. The Brazilian battleships unite together for one ceremony in Rio De Janeiro christening the creation of the SADC fire a massive broadside out to sea. The ships are then deployed to their respective areas. Brazil continues its movement of developing radioactive materials using various deposits to mine out and produce material for use and research. A few minor breakthroughs are achieved and many of the factories and other things used in research are completed and begin to be used more heavily.
 * ​Argentina:  Now reunited once again Argentina begins to put down dissenters that supported the corrupt old regimes and other things that are considered part of the "old guard" and spreads mostly successful propaganda about the new siding with Brazil, and with its previous extensive influence with Paraguay and Uruguay begins to influence them in Brazil's favor.  The Argentinian military expands to about 450,000 and is armed relatively well and is buying ships from Brazil. Infrastructure and economy are also improved. Argentinian industry is expanded moderately but any hope of attempting to catch up with Brazil is abandoned. However, Argentina does maintain a large agriculture base which is export oriented, as well as a continually diversifying industry. Infrastrucutral programs that are reminiscent of Brazil's high impact infrastructure development. Along with this, the Argentinian influence which is advocating Supernationalism and a gradual unification of Hispanic and Lusophone culture becomes widely accepted as since the low casualty Brazilian invasion the Argentinian economy has done nothing but recover and work toward the better. Argentina officially announces it's joining the SADC.' Argentina's population stands at around 14 million total with the re-unification of Patagonia and recognizing of the minority allowing for the Mapuche people to be a much better off people and much less oppressed because of it.
 * ​ Venezuela:  Venezuela seeing the hostility of some of South Americas nations and now newly sided fully with Brazil joins the SADC in order to guarantee its further economic growth and its protection from foreign powers. However, Venezuela also begins its own expansion of its military purchasing various frigates, destroyers and even a few cruisers from Brazilian military contracts in an attempt to fully modernize its navy from the nearest modern source. The Venezuelan infrastructure mostly developed around exploiting its oil. While this is true, the expansion in infrastructure allowed for the ready expansion of agriculture due to ability to move it, and the expansion has also allowed for expansion of developing industry as well. Venezuela puts some of its troops on high alert using its new found allies and training to justify new deployments on both the Colombian and Guyanan borders. Venezuela begins to develop Caracas as a major modern city.
 * Liberian D: We ask for weaponry and men to train our military.
 * Oh Hell no, Feud. OH HELL NO. You aren't getting out of it that easily. You're getting at least one anti-Brazil war, no way around it.
 * Never said I was gonna get out of it but at least I tried. If I hadn't tried that can be held against me later. -Feud
 * Greece: Military and navy are built up, and the military movement to Western Thrace continues in order to avoid any further confrontation. While this, the navy continues patrolling the coast of the Aegean Islands to avoid the Turkish cruiser to cross the Greek controlled sea.
 * United States: The United States continues to recover from the Great Depression due to the New Deal Acts and massive infrastructure projects. The Trans-Continental Roadway System expands pass the Sierra Nevada mountain range and now connects the cities of Las Vegas, Tucson, Phoenix, Salt Lake City, Reno, Bakersfield, Spokane and Boise. Meanwhile, the anti-aircraft and anti-submarine defenses are increased around every major port in the nation, particularly Los Angeles, San Diego, Pearl Harbor, New York and Newport News. The economic and infrastructure projects in the Philippines continues until it is ready for independence. More military forces in the American colony are recalled to the mainland, while General Douglas MacArthur remains in the Philippines to help build up the military of the Philippines. The United States continues to work on its program regarding nuclear physics and radioactive elements. Most in the government, however, do not to see the purpose of nuclear physics. Meanwhile, the prototype bomber is finished and is expected to be tested next turn. Radar continues to be equipped on warships and merchant ships. Meanwhile, the P-51 continues to replace the aging fighters, dive bombers and torpedo planes with the variants for the US Navy and Air Force. The M-4 Sherman continues to replace the aging armored cars of the Army and Navy. The occupation of Iceland continues, wish the establishment of an Air Force base. Research begins into jet engines an rocketry (if implausible, cross it out please).
 * Brazil Dip: We once again request that Brazil and the United States reopen major forms of trade.
 * Britain D: We ask that the US consider sending supplies to aid Britain and Germany in this war against the Fascist oppressors.
 * I'll be posting at roughly 7 in the evening. Please don't start the next turn so early. T. T. Nkbeeching (talk) 09:19, December 4, 2013 (UTC)
 * Germany: German forces continue to fight hard on all fronts. German forces break through in the Ardennes and begin advancing in France. German forces in Germany also begin to shell British positions in Northern Germany, with Danish and Polish troops joining them to drive out the oppressors. Plans are made to trap the British forces there and force them into surrender. Production of wartime materials is still widespread, and new weapons begin to enter the battlefield. Panzers and Me fighter planes continue to be mass produced along with "Stuka" dive bombers, while development of the Panzer V continues. Plans for the Panzer VI are also drafted, but are not likely to enter production until after the Panzer V. Experimentation with other new vehicles like helicopters, jet engines, and flying bombs continues, and a group of brothers called the Horten Brothers return from the front line on leave. While on leave, they draft up a revolutionary aircraft design. Faced with all of these new weapons that could be produced, Speer decides to personally investigate prototypes that work. If they do not, then the government will subsidize development of the prototype for a year. If that prototype still does not work, government subsidies will cease until it shows more promise. The nuclear fission program continues to work with the Soviets, and construction of a small nuclear reserach facility is underway. German bombers begin to attack Hungarian positions, and some paratroopers are also sent in to aid the Czechs in their subjugation of the country. This is to return the previous nationalist government to power. Ties with the Romanians are strengthened. Monarchism continues to rise in influence, and most Nazis now have either a non-hostile or positive attitude toward the idea. This is because of Germany's allies and friends: Most of them are monarchies and are doing rather well (Portugal, Sweden, Italy, Romania) while most of its enemies are democracies: (France, former Poland, former Republican Spain). The grand duke of Mecklenburg returns to his position, the first such return in the north.
 * Brazil Secret Dip: We once again request to co-opt with Germany on nuclear research as we have just finished many of the necessary factories and refineries for the process.
 * German Diplomacy: Germany accepts.
 * Poland: More weapons and vehicles are manufactured to help the Germans defeat their enemies. Some more divisions are sent to the western front to help fight the French, while a small detachment also helps the Czechs in Hungary. German investment has rebuilt many factories and other facilities in the nation.
 * Denmark: Some troops are moved to the western front to help Germany defeat the French. Danish and German troops are able to attack the British from the north, pinning them against the sea. Manufacturing of weapons and other goods continues as well. Denmark protests the occupation of Greenland, Iceland, and the Faroe Islands, and requests that they be returned to Danish sovereignty as soon as is possible.
 * MP. If you're going to post that you destroyed the British beachhead, I want an algo supporting it.
 * I never said that I destroyed the British beachhead. All I said was that I surrounded them. Big difference.
 * Liberia: We continue to build up our military. Propaganda here and Sierra Leone increase nationalism, and anti "blood diamond" campaigns are funded. We ask the Czechs, Brazilians and Germans to fund and help train our army. We continue to invest in paved roads and feed the poor.
 * Blood Diamond things don't exist yet. No warlords =)
 * Britain continues work on the nuclear project developed last turn, and suggests that France might work together with it in this regard. To escape the massive German shelling of British positions in Schleswig-Holstein, air support is flown in, and is massively effective in destroying German convoys and such. The Portugeuse are warned that the supporting of Germany in this war is seen as a breaking of our treaty. With the German invasion of Belgium and the Netherlands. (You broke through the Ardennes) co-inciding with the arrival of three million new Indian troops (sent last turn), it is decided as the absolute perfect moment to back them up, and the troops are sent - along with other troops from Britain and the Colonies - to re-inforce the governments, which are moved - for safety's sake - to London, where they are heavily influenced by British politics, and of course declare war against the Germans as well. With the HMS Hood now fully repaired and upgraded, it is sent up North with the HMS Prince of Wales, the HMS Illustrious, and the HMS York (a new Kent class Pocket-Battleship, developed only a half year ago), along with a large fast-destroyer screen and cruiser command, to destroy German sea shipments in Denmark. The Danish government is proclaimed illegitimate. The economy continues to rise as government spending does, but a steady rise in manufacturing (triggered by reforms earlier with were not carried out OTL) causes the deficit to nevertheless decrease.
 * Guns, the Ardennes are in France, not the low countries. And the Me fighters used by the Germans were actually better than the spitfires in many respects, not factoring in that you will face a lot of flak where you are.
 * Japan: The Japanese empire begins the talks with France, Britain and the States present for the future of East Asia. Japan states it will respect the right to self determination of the colonies of South East Asia, but requests that the western powers follow the example of the U.S.A. and begin the decolonization of Asia within a timespan of six years and grant full independence to the colonies in South East Asia. Japan also states that it will be intervening in the Dutch East Indies in January of the following year due to the continued refusal to enter talks with Japan over the fate of the East Indies. Japanese forces begin preparing for the planned invasion of the Dutch East Indies with the navy fully ready for conflict against the Dutch Empire if it is necessary, and the Asia for Asians speech is giving by Prime Minister Koki Hirota (who leads the Conservatives and supports the military establishment) before the Imperial Diet, the Western Embassies located in Tokyo and to the radio which is broadcast across the Empire. The speech comes with the Free Asia Proclamation based on the Monroe Doctrine advocating Japan as the soul protector of East Asia and declaring the region an area free of Western Imperialism while advocating greater co-operation between the people of East Asia. These political maneuveurs give the Japanese military the official casus belli they need to move against the Dutch and any other western power who refuses to decolonize Eastern Asia should it come to that. An ultimatum is giving to the Dutch to either surrender the East Indies before January of 1940 or face war with Japan and its associated states. The Japanese industry continues to expand and produce military equipment along with consumer goods and heavy material such as steel. The new Mitsubishi 39 bomber is built to serve the needs of a heavy bomber for the Japanese air force. Firearms are provided to Bose and Japan offers its official support for the eventual emancipation of India under a sturdy and united government. However, Japan openly denounces the violence occuring in India and hopes that the subcontinent can find its way into an everchanging world. The Yamato battleship continues to be constructed and it is believed that it will finish construction by 1941 while the second set of aircraft carriers of the decade near completion. The outfitting of all appropriate naval vessels with radar continues. The Dragon Tank is designed by Japanese arms producers as a possible solution to the Japanese lack of heavy tanks based on the Panzer tank purchased from Brazil and Germany,  it will be tested in the following year and a final evaluatin of the tank will occur at the end of 1940 to decide weither to adopt it or not. expansion of public services (education and health) contines while the promotion of higher education continues with more and more Japanese youths signing up to get a greater degree increasing the estimated intellectuals, Scientists and skilled work force for the next decade. A military university is also opened in Tokyo and Taihoku to allow members of the armed forces to access superior degrees to access the job world upon their leaving the armed forces with greater ease and two more are planned to be built with in the next fve years.. Promotion for jobs in areas of unskilled labour to Koreans and Chinese continue and the number of non-Japanese residents steadily increases. All research programs continue with the Riken nuclear program receiving greater funds for their research and the first Japanese test of the jet engine prepared for next year.
 * Manchukuo: The Emperor publicly supports Japan's actions for the emancipation of Asia, and promises troops and material to the endeavour should it come to that. Industrial Expansion of Manchuria continues and more and more jobs are opening with this allowing for a greater development of Manchukuo's middle class, though many of the most lucrative businesses are owned by Japanese or by Manchu. The tight grip over Manchukuo is slowly lifting as the modeling of the state is nearing completion and remains the Japanese model puppet regime which is recognized worldwide.
 * Reformed China: Decentralization of power continues with regional governments becoming defacto states within the Chinese state subjeect to Japanese influence, the Act of Federation is instituted turning the Republic of China into the Chinese Federation to complete this process. fighting against the Chinese not yet under Japanese control continues with some success occuring in the North and parts of the South but with Central China remaining a death trap for Japanese troops who advance into the interior. A system of heavily defended checkpoints is planned out for the next four years with a series of fortified positions throughout the planned Japanese China being set up and with five key bases planned to be built as central headquarters from which all other checkpoints will be connected it is planned to begin implementing internment camps to help separate the enemy forces from the local population. Military brothels prove very successful on the mainland as troops go in and out all day, local recruitment is implemented to help secure a sizable work force to service the large amount of Imperial troops. This helps decrease the amount of rapes carried out against the local population. However, the recruitment methods are questionable. Reconstruction along the coastline continues.
 * The Soviets continue fighting the war  Bombers begin attacking Britain. The Battle of Britain has started. (No algo needed.) The nuclear program continues with Germany.
 * Nope. The Soviets didn't have bombers that could hit Britain until post-WWII. Unless you launch them from bases in Germany. And you're not getting development for this turn -.-
 * MP, but el plan!
 * Italy: The Italians continue their advances in North Africa, with success, mainly due to German supplies and naval superiority. Mussolini's popularity is neither high nor low at this point in history, and most people at least respect him. The blunder in Ethiopia is mostly blamed on the old monarchy, and most Italians feel that they are somewhat better under Mussolini's exclusive reign. The Italians send troops to the border of Southern France to assist Germany if they attempt an invasion. The Italains also begin secretly funding Fascist leaders in India.
 * Dominion of India: Due to people like Surya Sen, the support for full independence continues to rapidly grow and cause problems for the Congress running the nation. Strikes cannot be carried out as the people are either too busy working, resting or taking part in their local independence movement plans. There are significantly less troops on the streets and people can be seen on the streets in a greater number. Surya Sen's cells are now in complete influence of the members of Congress and this allows them to create even worse conditions for the working class and cause huge resentment. Due to more money in the economy, the economy grows and the greater amount of people employed helps the economy. However, many begin to lose jobs due to overexhaustion and many die. However, the government does not make this news public. Surya Sen continues the construction of new factories to help people in the regions of rural Bengal to find employment. A large numbers of his factories have been completeled and they begin to provide employment as well as goods and materials for the planned strke. Construction of the factories is ongoing at a rapid pace due to the fact the workers are dedicated in their job. More ammunition is quickly produced and supplied. He continues to recruit even more people, with most in the cities of Bengal now siding with him and those joining up his secret force being trained. Many policemen also secretly side with him. Due to Bose, Sen finally has international funding and he uses this to train is troops in a better manner as well as ready them. He also uses the guns which have been sent and a few are torn apart and rebuilt to see how they work. The rest are quickly given to those who will be looking to be part in the first phase of the operation. Jinnah continues to gather large audiences. His followers number in the many tens of millions and he advocates they sell their homes and take their possessions and head to the Deccan region to live alongside fellow Muslims. The Nazims of Hyderabad and Mysore quickly make laws forcing Hindus out of their homes and they have to head to other parts of the nation. They make good candidates for the RSS recruitment. Jinnah continues to ask Islamic nations for funding and continues to acquire funds illegally in a bid to build a monetary base. The Congress' laws make life miserable for many who live in the cities and those who enter the cities hoping to earn money are soon bogged down in this process too. It, however, allows Congress more workers to send to their factories. The rural focus continues, with railroad construction occuring at a rapid pace due to the great number of labourers. The engines are quickly deployed and they begin to run routes to transport goods as well as people. Tata puts government funding and subsidies to good use, continuing to build huge factories of automobiles. Home-made railway engines, cars and tractors all become very popular and an indigenous base is being created from which citizens can choose their own products to buy from. They begin to be bought by affluent Indians who like to show off their status. The Congress begins to draft troops to send to help Britain in its newly declared war. Over five million troops are readied. The ships which have been received from the British are put to good use. In secret, thousands of scientists and engineers continue to work on the new aircraft and try to make better versions of the aircraft as well as provide technical support for the factories constructing the aircraft in secret. More squadrons of the homebuilt aircraft are finally finished and they are kept a secret although they immediately help bolster forces. Tata offers to keep the aircraft in his secret warehouses and Congress quickly agrees. Small air bases continue to be secretly built all around the nation. One of th given ships is reverse engineered and in the docks of India, a prototype begins construction. More money begins to flow into the government which puts the money directly back in building even more factories. They also begin semi-conscription in a bid to increase the number of soldiers as well as have new troops to keep order on the streets. The RSS continue acquiring members pretty quickly and draw parallels within their own ideology and that of the Fascists of Europe. They spread their ideology rapidly and they begin to make sure their followers try to become reservists as well as establish their own cells. With money incoming from Europe, the RSS continues to grow powerful and acquire weapons and ammunition. They look to establish a continuous supply route and they continue to train lots of members. Surya Sen receives the Soviet funding and puts it to very good use by using it to fund multiple factories at once.
 * France begins a desperate grapple for its sovereignty. The government flees to Tours and sets up a provisional capital. Troops dig in wherever they can, in an attempt to halt the German advance. The French plead with any available allies for assistance. The military and economy are expanded and fully devoted to the war.

1940
If you have not posted please do so now.

'''FEUD. FOR THE LOVE OF GOD. Many of our contributors have not had a chance to post yet, many of them will not be home yet. STOP DOING THIS. From now on, new turns will be made no earlier than 01:00 UTC, OK? That's 8 PM EST.'''

YAY.

''' Here we go! TURN NOW STARTED. YOU MAY STILL POST IN THE PREVIOUS TURN. '''

'''The Axis launches Operation: Charlemagne, its co-ordinated offensive into France. Italy strikes in the southeast and Corsica as well as in North Africa, Spain and Portugal strike in the south, and German troops with Soviet, Czech, Polish, Danish, and Swedish forces backing them up strike in the middle.'''

''' The Germans break through Belgium and Holland, invading France through there, taking much of their territory. The British manage to hold about half of it, though (MP and I agreed on this, Scraw. Worry not.) '''

''' The French are thrown back in the East, but continue to fight with British support. '''

''' The Invasion of Schleswig-Holstein stalls as the British attempt to reach Flensburg, almost settling down into trench warfare. '''

''' On a brighter note for the Allies, the North Sea is finally totally locked down by the British Home Fleet. The Baltic is down totally trapped. '''

No. Britain has more important things to do, like stop the Italians in Africa, Germans in France, Spanish in the Mediterranean, and defend themselves.

'''Bullshit. I haven't sent a thing to the Med and what I do send, doesn't require my navy, save for a little in Gibraltar. '''

So you are going to let the Italians just rule the Med and prevent your troops from leaving the Suez?

''' America gets yet another breakthrough in the atomic program, while Germany and the USSR straggle behind. Britain and France are working together too, but have not gotten very far. '''

'''Why does America have an edge on the Axis? The Axis started at the same time, and have a war to fight and more of a drive to do so. America does not.'''

I was gonna say that.

'''Yeah. Let's calm down on all the America bias please. She already got a jump in nuclear research for no reason and there are two other coalitions working together on a nuclear program which would be way farther ahead.'''

'''actually all three groups would be somewhere along the same point since all three had specialists in that area and all three have areas that could provide uranium deposits. Also, I know I will be last to develop the nuke due to a lack of material, but remember Japan started it before you guys. either way ill be developing my first nuke around 1948.Nkbeeching (talk) 09:15, December 5, 2013 (UTC)'''

''' The unrest in South America results in large protests in Venezuela, which quickly spread to Argentina. Peru, Columbia, and Chile all swiftly mobilize troops. '''

''' The various dominions of Britain send troops to aid it. '''

''' Ethiopia deals with protests in Eritrea. '''

''' Czechoslovakia effectively takes over the government of Hungary, having roundly trounced them in a war. '''

'''The algo was wrong. Austro-Hungarians defeated the Czechs and can take 13.25% of Czechoslovakia. -Dean'''

 A  Austro-Hungary is not a nation, Czechoslovakia has a higher population, Hungarian and Czech Stats were wrong, so basically, no. Bad Dean.

'''Dean, you high? That war is OVER.'''

''' Turkey enters its first major battle, fighting the Soviet Union in the Black Sea. It manages to hold the Bosporus, but at some cost. '''


 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Ethiopia: The government of the Ethiopia decides to incorporate Eritrea into the empire as a province, and moves to crush any rebellions in the region by deporting Eritreans across the empire, mosting to the Ogedan and Somalia. Ethiopians are encouraged to move into Eritrea to destablize the large-Eritrean population demographically, and military personnel are stationed in the two largest cities to discourage rioting. The same is done in Somalia, though instead of deporation, many Somalians are either exiled from the nation, raped to produce Ethiopian children, or simply killed to lower their population and weaken their resolve. The military continues to develop its equipment and personnel, with an influx of new tanks, aircraft and artillery, which give Ethiopia the single largest military force on the continent. The expansion of the industrial base in the country continues, with the building of new factories in Addis Ababa, Mogadishu, Aksum, Asmara, and Aswa. The empire continues to expand its railroads, with new connections allowing for ease of transport, and encouraging growth in many cities outside of the capital city. This allows the flow of goods, money and people, which increases the ability of the government to invest in other regions of the empire rather than simply in the capital itself, where the bulk of Ethiopian goods and technology are located.
 * Please redo your post. You do not own Somalia.
 * Well according to Guns, I do. I brought the matter up in chat, and he re-affirmed my control over the territory. ~Viva
 * Well, Guns is wrong. So there. -MP
 * Well that's not my problem. Talk to Guns and figure it out for yourselves. I'm not in the mood to fix your mistakes, be they intended or not. ~Viva


 * Brazil: Brazil, seeing the situation deteriorate further, draws up its reserve forces bringing its military strength to a number of 1.5 million with another 500,000 being asked to volunteer. The quota is met in mere months. However, the troops will not be combat-ready for six months. The Brazilian navy also now working in tandem with Venezuelan and Argentinian navies and also begins asking for its SADC allies to draw up reserves and prepare for conflict. The Brazilian infrastructure is continually developed with paved roadways being heavily in use now alongside with railways. The economy now being prepared for war surprisingly takes an upturn as the production for the possibility of war increases in government purchase for the military and providing for its armed forces and thus increasing the economy. The Brazilian armed forces continues to mobilize and with moderate riots in its own cities over Brazil's new adversaries mobilizing is easily quelled by the public police forces which now acting as semi-auxiliaries for the Army as defence forces for cities manage to end the riots with their much more modern and better equipment and training. Some of Brazil's border cities are fortified as well and overwhelming tank power is now deployed to the border with the new heavy tanks while limited to about 150 right now are split between the Colombian and Peruvian borders. The Brazilian Navy also deploys off its coasts and sends two carriers off the coast of Chile, along with heavy warships such as a battleship and a cruiser with its destroyers and frigates. The Brazilians also use some of its limited support troops in Argentina to help end the riots. The Brazilian Nuclear program continues making various minor and moderate breakthroughs. Jet Engines are considered and some of the first research is done on them. However, the air force now a sizeable and powerful military force flies larger patrol routes and increases its presence. Brazil directly warns Chile, Peru and Colombia to demobilize from the path of war.Brazilian supplies are continually sent to Germany. Brazilian supplies are sent to Spain. Brazilian influence into Paraguay and Uruguay expand significantly with many people seeing Argentina looking foreward, and Brazil pushing the envelope of certain technological advancements. Both nations officially pass preferential trade to Brazil and its allies. The Brazilian military complex now fully engaged even more so than the buildup to get out of the Depression, using the vastly expanded naval complex and industrial complexes to begin full manufacturing of heavy tanks, more weaponry now on par with the other great powers, new warships, and four new battleships and four new carriers are put out on a speed development as well attempting to get at least the carriers out before any sort of war starts. Destroyers, frigates and cruisers are built up as well. The Navy having only one major front to concentrate on is able to throw much of its main weight behind maintaining a large Atlantic presence. A major defensive base is developed in Tierra Del Fuego with shore batteries and even an airfield. Aircraft are manufactured to supply for the air force and the navy. Much of this is financed by oil money acquired by the wartime increase and Brazilian companies essentially selling to anyone. Brazil begins to talk to the Bolivian Government telling them that Chile being overly aggressive may in fact spill over into Bolivia. Brazil offers Bolivia membership into the SADL (this will not be vassalization mods, please.)
 * Argentina:  Argentina, now dealing with some riots, uses its military and police forces to quell the rioting to a limited degree with some people showing an outpouring of support for Brazil and others wanting Argentinian neutrality or breakaway from Brazilian influence. However, the Pro-Brazil elements, seeing how their time and investment have bettered the country, begins to calm down and work more toward gearing Argentina toward war which now seems inevitable. The Argentinians also begin to make major improvements militarily to their infrastructure and economy which is now being turned toward commiting to a full scale industrial war. Argentina, however, with some of the anti-war protests still going on is wary of how it acts not wanting to fire the first shots of the war. Argentina's announcement that it won't attack first does manage to quell some of the less hardcore rioters and protesters. However, some still remained - especially in the capital. The 450,000 strong armed force, however, does increase to about 800,000 with reserves called up. With this call up women surprisingly take over some of the manufacturing jobs - against some foremen's better judgment. Argentinian forces mobilize along the extremely long Chilean border.  Argentina, now using its expanded naval and merchant marine capability, sends supplies to Germany and its allies tagging along with Brazilian convoys. Argentina influences Paraguay and Uruguay in Brazil's direction continually pointing out both Brazil, Venezuela and Argentina's more powerful economic standing.
 * Venezuela:  Venezuela and its protesters heavily galvanized against Peru, Chile and Colombia for their mobilization and the people firmly on the side of the Brazilians due to their belief they can achieve a much greater status and economy, begin to enlist in droves rather than be called up for service. Some are even turned away but it still only pulls to an armed force of 400,000 with a large manufacturing deficit only met by women taking up jobs and some government ability to pay for it with oil money. The Venezuelans, however, do manage to pull together a fairly organized navy and prepare to use it against Colombia if they attempt any attacks. The Venezuelan industry - regardless of manpower shortage - is improved to make up for the lost amount of people as well as infrastructure. Venezuelan forces mobilize on the Colombian borders.
 * Bolivian Diplomacy:  Because of Chile's growing ties with the Americans and Peruvians, Bolivia accepts Brazil's offer.
 * Spain: With Operation: Charlemagne commencing, Spain invades Aquitaine in France. Meanwhile, Spain moves in on Gibraltar, invading the British holding. Allies Portugal, Germany and Italy are asked to lend assistance to the invasion of Gibraltar.
 * United States: The United States continues to recover from the Great Depression and the massive infrastructure projects. The Trans-Continental Roadway System breaches past the Rocky Mountains and is now moving at fast pace across the Great Plains and Texas toward the Mississippi River. The cities of Denver, Billings, Santa Fe and El Paso have been connected to the West Coast. The M-4 Sherman continues to replace the aging armored cars of the United States Army and Marine Corps, while the P-51 Mustang has replaced approximately 50% of the fighter aircraft of the USAF and 40% of the aircraft of the USN. The prototype of the new long-range bomber is tested in the state of Nevada, proving that the bomber is a success. The Department of War hopes to have a mininum amount of these bombers in service by the end of 1944. The United States continues to occupy the island of Iceland until the legal government of Denmark returns to power. In a closed-door session, Congress approves supplying Great Britain with weapons and resources to fuel the British war effort. In opposition to the Brazilian war machine, the United States secretly offers military aid and an alliance to the countries of Colombia, Peru and Chile (Mods, may one of you please determine the results). The "Independence Plan" continues on schedule and plans to have the Philippines a stable and prosperous Asian nation is suspected to end by 1945 and the island chain becomes independent by 1946. The United States hopes this date is suitable for Japan, thus allowing a friendly relationship between the two Pacific nations to increase in the aftermath of the Second World War. Radar begins to be outfitted on all merchant ships and cruise liners, not wanting to repeat the Lusitania Incident in the 1910s. Improvement of education and public services across the nation continues, while President Roosevelt plans to have Alaska and Hawaii admitted into the Union by 1945. The research into nuclear physics and radioactive elements continues, but hits a snag after the Department of War does not see the significance of the project and ends all funding of the project. The Department of Energy, however, believes that nuclear could be the solution to the energy needs of the country, causing the DoE to divert funding to the project. (I'm postponing the US having a nuclear weapon and instead, focus on nuclear energy, if that is fine with the mods). Research into jet engines and rocketry continues, but the primary reason is for civilian and science purposes. (Don't worry, I don't plan on having rockets or jet engines until the late 1940s and early 1950s).
 * Yo, enclave - You know that jet engines were already being designed and used by 1943 with Germany, the US, Japan, and Britain having  them. Though you started late, you could definitely have a primitive jet plane by 1944-45.
 * You have the alliance. They might cordially dislike you 'gringos', LOL, but they are smart enough to realize that you're a better shot than Brasil.
 * Danish Diplomacy: The legitimate government of Denmark was never removed. As such, we consider the occupation of Iceland to be against the sovereignty of Denmark and we ask that the United States withdraw.
 * American D: How do we know that if we returned Iceland to Denmark, German forces would use it as a staging point to attack Canada or the northern portion of the US?
 * Danish Diplomacy: The German navy is too busy defending German waters and the German Luftwaffe does not have planes that could effectively reach North America from Iceland.
 * Britain D: We firmly agree with the American occupation and urge them not to consider the current government as legitimate. We also ask, again, that America send supplies - at least - to the British and French.
 * American D: In support of our British allies, the United States will not remove itself from Iceland. Meanwhile, the United State secretly begins sending supplies to Britain and France.
 * Italy: With Algeria occupied by Italian forces, the Italians push to drive the French out of West Africa. Momentum is maintained, and Morocco is quickly taken in a matter of months. The Italians then begin their drive south, which is much slower, due to the fact that the Italians are not as prepared for the desert conditions, but it is still relatively successful. As Operation: Charlemagne begins, the Italians move through Southern France in an attempt to link up with the Spanish in Toulouse, and move north from there.
 * Brazil Dip: We send supplies to Italy.
 * Greece: The military and navy are built up and more troops are sent to the border with Turkish Thrace. While this, Albania continues being vassalized and the government continues working on the creation of ports and government structure all over the country. While this, the fleet continues growing. Economy and infrastructure are built up.
 * Switzerland: The government continues its declaration of neutrality. Many military leaders are pushing for Switzerland to join the Axis Powers in the war. The Army receives 50 more Panzerartillerei guns, 20 Panzer I's, and 30 Panzer II's. The Air Force purchases 36 unarmed Pilatus P-2's and eight armed Pilatus P-2's. The unarmed Pilatus P-2's will be used in the training role and the armed Pilatus P-2's will be use as ground support aircraft.
 * Swiss D: We send Czechoslovakia food and medical supplies.
 * Japan: Following the failure of the Dutch to meet their demands Japan declares war on the Netherlands and invades the Dutch East Indies (need algo although I'm not sure if it will be necessary) under the pretence of liberating the colony and establishing a modern state. The Japanese invasion is in three separate groups with the first attack group attacking eastern Borneo, the second invading Northern Sumatra and the third split into three smaller groups to attack the smaller islands in the East, Java and Dutch New Guinea. Japan accepts the American plan for five years and proposes to expand the non-aggression pact with the U.S.A. into a defence treaty for the Pacific to counter the expansion of Communism in the Americas and in East Asia. Also at the behest of the Riken Institute, a secret letter is delivered to the U.S. government to request radioactive minerals (uranium, etc) - though no specifications as to why are made. Though the Japanese government believes nothing will come of this inquiry they do so anyway feeling it cannot hurt. The Riken Project continues to move forward with milld success in developing theories on sustained reactions and securing a feasible to create this reaction. However, it all remains theoretical at the moment as there are very limited materials available to begin the program beyond this point, which led to the Riken scientists requesting materials from the government. Similar requests are made to Germany, Brazil, with no specific explanation to why as the Japanese government becomes increasingly interested in this project reading through the papers and realizing the implications if it is true. Exploration throughout the Japanese sphere also begins to determine whether or not there are any local reserves of uranium. Industrial growth continues (I'd like to know if it's possible in the next decade to become a Tier 5 industrial power like Germany, the USSR, Britain and the US. I'm not saying now but in a decade). Production of firearms and war machines continues. The Mitsubishi prototype jet is an absolute failure as the actual structure of the plane is poorly made for the jets. However, the jet shows extreme potential and military leaders look at it as a way to secure, gain and permanently maintain air superiority, development into a better model begins. The Dragon tank is also tested and it will be tested once more at the end of the year. However, the results seem positive. The Mitsubishi heavy bomber is officially adopted and production begins. The Yamato battleship nears completion and is waited for with absolute anxiety by the naval leaders. Research programs continue though funding into chemical and biological weapons are cut considerably as more funds are poured into Riken's work.
 * Manchukuo: A declaration of war is issued against the Netherlands in co-ordination with Japan. Industrial expansion continues. The exploration for oil reserves is completed and it is determined that large reserves exist in Northern Manchukuo development of an oil industry is planned out for the next ten years to eventually exploit these large reserves by the 1950's (there are actually large reserves in Manchuria. The reason China doesn't export oil is because it doesn't have enough to cover its 1300 million people and its massive industry.) The discovery of oil starts off a large competition by different Zaibatsus in Japan to gain exclusive rights to the oil reserves once exploitation begins. With this new found strategic importance to Manchuria the Japanese and Manchu governments lay out the iron wall initiative which will be a series of defensive fortifications  both fixed and mobile along with extensive preparation of defensive tactics aimed at taking advantage of Manchuria's terrain to make sure no possible Soviet incursion into the region will go unpunished. (I'm still upholding the non-aggression pact just making sure it will be costly if the Soviets decide to back out of the non-aggression) more troops are deployed to  Manchukuo.
 * Chinese Federation: Fighting continues as the implementation of the strongpoint system begins with outposts throughout controlled territories begins and the set up of internment camps begins, The Japanese also begin a scorched earth policy in areas deemed uncontrolable to make sure the Chinese opposition can't use them either. The death toll continues to rise in China as anti-guerrilla activities start taking their toll on the population. Imperial troops, however, are well supplied and those who have been out for too long are sent back for recreation and rest while fresh troops move up to continue activities in the Chinese interior.
 * American D: We agree to Japan's offer of a defense treaty, as well as their request for radioactive materials.
 * Austrian Empire: The Austrians help rebuff the Czechoslovakian invasion, and the Austro-Hungarian military launches a counteroffensive, advancing quickly against the Czech forces. The Austrian and Hungarian forces halt the Czechs and stop shortly after passing the border in order to establish a purely defensive war. We offer the Czechs a ceasefire with pre-war borders. Military is built up as is infrastructure. Otto von Hapsburg congratulates his troops on the win and propaganda is published promoting Austrian-Hungarian relations.
 * Hungary:  We follow our Austrian allies and stop the offensive while peace negotiations continue. Our diplomat in Austria tells about our fear of a German alliance victory in Europe that would leave us isolated. We ask the Austrians if we could keep some land of southern Slovakia that is populated by Hungarians.


 * Austrian Diplomacy: Yes, go ahead and occupy 13.25% of Slovakia and annex it. Bohemia and Czech are not to be touched as large amounts of the people are German, and annexing German people would upset the Third Reich.
 * That is bullsh*t. Dean, you changed the stats, and you were wrong. Austria would side with Germany, not Hungary. Germany is in this war, and Czech is attacking Hungary FOR Germany... Austria originally wanted to be called 'German Austria', and was heavily influenced by Germany. No way they would go against Germany in any war. Austro-Hungary split for a reason...
 * First off, don't swear, children can see this site, secondly, are you a mod? No, well, then you crossing out a post is punishable. Thirdly, Germany is Nazi, which Austria didn't want any part of. Fourthly, Austria-Hungary split because of the Allies victory in WW1. Had they won, they'd have stayed united. Don't get all pissy because you are losing. It's just a game after all. And youve been beaten.
 * Mods, please check the algorithm to ensure it's fair. No disputes that way. Not yelling, just can't bold on phone. LOL. DS|The Rainbow Machete 21:43, December 5, 2013 (UTC)
 * ... Because you cheated. You can't change statistics and algorithms to suit yourself. I fixed your issue with bolding, BTW.
 * I checked it. Dean, Austro-Hungary? The Hungarians were already pushing for separation, as was most of the empire; and regardless you didn't win WWI. Local won the war - not by much, but he won it.
 * Mexico: After three years of his Empire, Sanchez improved the railway system and slowly expanded trade with Germany. But he was too quick with creating laws that discriminated against non-Mexicans. He was soon replaced by a more liberal (at least on the outside) man. His name is Rodrigo Valdes del Rio, formally called El Comandante Rodrigo Valdes del Rio. He utilized the fame he acquired by overthrowing the former dictator wisely. He was praised by people who were for and against Sanchez allowing him to acquire sympathisers rapidly. He was able to reform the army and reached the number of 1,000,000 with reserves of 500,000. During his reign as El Comandante and El Presidente of Mexico, he improved all land transport sytems, including railways and roads. The Mexican government has decided to send a large trade agreement to Brazil. Also, Rodrigo wanted to make this a perfect democracy, so he planned on splitting up the role of El Comandante and El Presidente when he leaves office, creating a Roman Republic-like plan with two consuls. Demographics in Mexico are also positive, including immigrants from poorer Latino states. Rodrigo becomes a common given name in Mexico. Many reformations except the military one are also planned. The industry and agriculture are planned toroughly, with plantations being split up carefully and efficiently. A new way of growing pumpkins, beans and corn is borrowed from Native Americans. Pumpkins stop weeds from growing, Corn absorbs nutrients left by beans, and pumpkins and beans grow around the corn stem. Also, as trade relations grow with Germany, German is taught in some schools now. This is caused by the educational reformation that already began during Sanchez's reign. The economy flourishes and trade agreements are offered to Venezuela and Argentina too. Valdes wishes to strengthen the ties among all Latin brothers, respecting each other. He also offers a minor trade agreement to the USA, being willing to establish peace in both Americas.
 * ​Brazil Dip: We graciously accept the large trade agreement and also offer to help expand and work with Mexico on its industry and agriculture.
 * Mexico: We gladly accept the help.
 * American D: We accept the minor trade agreement from Mexico.
 * Norway: Starts to build up its military. Norway asks France and Russia if I can have an alliance with you. Haakon Christian Federik become the next king for the Norwegians. As the military is being built up we send border control troops to make sure that troops from Sweden to not come into the country.
 * France and Russia are at war. Choose one. Choose the one that's NOT allied to the one which is trying to invade you (octi)
 * Dominion of India: Due to people like Surya Sen, the support for full independence continues to rapidly grow and cause problems for the Congress running the nation. Strikes cannot be carried out as the people are either too busy working, resting or taking part in their local independence movement plans. There are significantly less troops on the streets and people can be seen on the streets in a greater number. Surya Sen's cells are now in complete influence of the members of Congress and this allows them to create even worse conditions for the working class and cause huge resentment. With the greater payoffs coming into the nation, multiple national loans have finally been paid off and the nation can expand other sectors much more easily. The funding now heads to the armed forces and industrial construction while not much care is given for the people. Many die due to overexhaustion and some numbers put the killed at around one million in total. However, the government does not make this news public. Surya Sen continues the construction of multiple new factories to help people in the regions of rural Bengal to find employment, using the Soviet funding to very good use. A large numbers of his factories have been completeled and they begin to provide employment as well as goods and materials for the planned revolution. Construction of the factories is ongoing at a rapid pace due to the fact the workers are dedicated in their job. More ammunition is quickly produced and supplied. He continues to recruit even more people, almost all cities of Bengal with him and those joining up his secret force being trained using insuregency and frontal methods. The majority of the police force have sided with him and have become sleeper agents - waiting for the time to strike. Due to Bose, Sen finally has international funding and he uses this to train his troops in a better manner as well as ready them. He also uses the guns and the first of the guns made in his own factories come into the hands of the revolutionaries. The rest are quickly given to those who will be looking to be part in the first phase of the operation. Jinnah continues to gather large audiences. His followers number in the many tens of millions and he advocates they sell their homes and take their possessions and head to the Deccan region to live alongside fellow Muslims. The Nazims of Hyderabad and Mysore's laws forcing Hindus out of their homes have done their work and princely troops have done very well to make sure this is done properly. The Nazims both abdicate for a commonly chosen new Nazim - Iftikar Ali Khan of Pataudi. Jinnah continues to ask Islamic nations for funding and continues to acquire funds illegally in a bid to build a monetary base. He plans to soon launch a loud attempt for full independence The Congress' laws make life miserable for many who live in the cities and those who enter the cities hoping to earn money are soon bogged down in this process too. It, however, allows Congress more workers to send to their factories, with hundreds of factories being established every year. The cities begin to become littered with industry anhd as a result, Congress passes laws which wil build new roads as well as expand city controls. The rural focus continues, with railroad construction occuring at a rapid pace due to the great number of labourers. The engines are quickly deployed and they begin to run routes to transport goods as well as people. Fertilisers are also used on the fields to build upon the crop growth and the new fertilisers help to increase crop yield. The Congress hears of rumours of an ancient New World technique which helped to boost crop production by 150%. To gather intelligence, spies are sent to the New World to gather info in Mexico and the United States. Tata puts government funding and subsidies to good use, continuing to build huge factories of automobiles. Home-ade railway engines, cars and tractors all become very popular and an indigenous base is being created from which citizens can choose their own products to buy from. They begin to be bought by affuent Indians who like to show off their status. The Congress continues to draft troops to send to help Britain in its newly declared war. Over two million troops are sent to the war effort. The ships which have been received from the British are put to good use and continue to transport the soldiers to the war front. In secret, thousands of scientists and engineers continue to work on the new aircraft and try to make better versions of the aircraft as well as provide technical support for the factories constructing the aircraft in secret. Several squadrons of the homebuilt aircraft are finally finished and they are kept a secret although they immediately help bolster forces. The aircraft are kept in warehouses to provide for a surprise to enemy forces who might attack the nation. The rapid advancement of the Indians is not known to the world and this helps India. Small airbases continue to be secretly built all around the nation. Metal helps feed the construction of factories as well as the aircraft which will help wage a future war. The prototype ships complete construction and more are immediately ordered to be built. India also launches a few frigates as well as heavier ships (not much, though) but these are only used to transport troops to the war front. The number of troops in the nation continues to fall and so Congress has to train even more soldiers in a bid to make up for the numbers. The pool of options is extremely high as being a soldier is considered safer than being a worker.Flag of RSS (AvA).svg The RSS continue acquiring members and their cells have been trained well. They have encouraged those who are following the RSS ideology to sign up and go to Europe. With money incoming from Europe, the RSS continues to grow powerful and acquire weapons and ammunition. They look to establish a continuous supply route and they continue to train lots of their own soldiers which they will use to fight when the time comes. In Burma, the people have not been subject to most of the laws the rest of India has been, but this is about to change rapidly. Overnight, thousands of troops are sent in to ensure that control over the east is complete. Then, thousands of workers begin to build railroads connecting small towns up with cities and the rest of India. Here too, the great industrialisation spree begins as people are encouraged to come to work in the cities and try to make it big by working hard. Little do they know, they are going to become workers for the construction of factories and roads. Surya Sen has also established a few factories in Burma and is on favourable terms with the locals.
 * Brazil Secret dip: We offer to send funding as well as weaponry to the RSS and discuss post independence trade and relations.
 * Indian (RSS) Secret Diplomacy: We are willing to accept all funding but we are hoping to acquire some naval blueprints (larger ships like light destroyers and heavy frigates) which we can try to secretly build to outdo the Indian Congress.
 * Mexico official dip: We scorn the nationalistic ideology of Indians and their non-democratic ways
 * Mexico secret dip: We secretly support the Indian government and send them information about our special agricultural techniques simillar to the Aztec ones.
 * The Soviets continue to fight on all fronts. Troops continue to cross Germany to reach the main front, but air transports continue to be built. Nuclear research continues with nukes expected for 1944. Efforts to convince the Polish People's Republic to become an SSR continue.
 * Czechoslovakia: Czechs are given high income jobs, whilst Slovaks are kept in low income jobs. A strict one child policy is enforced on Slovaks, and second children are given to the Army as wards. Czechs, on the other hand, are encouraged to have six or seven children. Slovaks and other minorities are goven jobs in agriculture, with much of the food going to the Czechs. Others are put to work in Factories, producing weapons and munnitions for the Army. Propaganda keeps the population firmly behind the war in Hungary, and Austria is warned that it should stay out of this war, as it foes not concern them.
 * France continues the war with Germany. The provisional capital at Tours is fortified. France reaches out to the United States to gain support for the war. The economy and the military are fully geared to the war.
 * Sweden: A new secert terriost orgianzation is made in Iceland called Pan-Scand freedom. They begin operations in the north. They also begin working on the Norwegians. The army grows a lot and more troops. The Danish integration continues. STEEL PRODUCTION GROWS. A small coastal town is given to the Axis pact as international territory.
 * Germany: German troops spearhead the offensive into France, eager to push the French out of the war and regain Germany's honor. The French, demoralized by the government's decision to move the capital from Paris to Tours, are pushed back on all fronts (algo hopefully coming). German forces continue to occupy British forces in the north, where the British are accomplishing little and are only serving to detract from the defense of France. Austria is told to back off the Czech invasion of Hungary or there will be a crisis in German-Austrian relations. Production of war materiel continues. Weapons and vehicles such as U-Boats, Panzers, and ME fighters continue to be made, even as new weapons and vehicles are made and designed. A new submachine gun called the MP40 is designed and created for the frontlines. It is found to be highly effective and is soon mass produced. In order to better supply frontline detachments of troops, a helicopter variant called the FA 223 is designed and soon begins production in Poland. The Panzer V is nearing developmental completion, and as of now, a prototype is being made. The designs for a flying bomb are approved, and Fieseler begins to construct a prototype. The Horten Brothers also begin to design aircraft to penetrate the radar of the British. Jet engines continue to be experimented with, and engineers continue to experiment with how to mount them on planes. Von Braun continues to design rockets, and some in the High Command suggest that Speer look into them. Speer, however, is currently unconvinced of such a device's military value. On the international front, Germany continues to petition that Iceland be returned to the rightful government of Denmark. The territory that comprises the former Alsace-Lorraine are integrated into Germany now that German forces have overwhelmed the French there. Luxembourg is also occupied, and after a month of transitional government the Grand Duchy is annexed with Grand Duchess Charlotte still on the throne. Provisional regional governments are also established in German-occupied Belgium and Netherlands, but the Germans wait to establish a national provisional government in those areas. Monarchists manage to return the former monarchs to all their positions except that of Prussia, which is currently the only state in Germany now without a monarchy.
 * Poland: Polish troops continue to train and are deployed to the western front to aid the Axis against the French. Some Polish troops are also sent to Czechoslovakia to aid them in their invasion of Hungary. Production of Panzers and Fa 223s continues, with most being shipped to Germany but some being retained for Polish use. Poland officially turns over any former naval vessels it had to the German Navy. Following the Monarchist events in Germany, the Fascist government in Poland establishes a comittee to investigate returning a monarchy to Poland.
 * Denmark: Danish troops continue to press the British on the northern flank in Jutland. Denmark begins to produce U-boats for use in both the German and Danish navies. The Fascist government established now begins petitioning the German government to allow Denmark to reunify and the government return to Copenhagen, but the German government refuses for now. The Danish government continues to insist that it is legitimate and that the United States should return Iceland over to Denmark.
 * Press my ass.
 * It says press, not defeat.
 * So what? 
 * Britain continues work on the nuclear project along with France.  To escape the massive German shelling of British positions in Schleswig-Holstein, air support is flown in, and is massively effective in destroying German convoys and such, but causes large air casualties to both sides. The Portugeuse are warned that the supporting of Germany in this war is seen as a breaking of our treaty, and Spain is declared war upon. With the HMS Hood now fully repaired and upgraded, it is sent up North with the HMS Prince of Wales, the HMS Illustrious, and the HMS York (a new Kent class Pocket-Battleship, developed only a half year ago), along with a large fast-destroyer screen and cruiser command, to destroy German sea shipments in Denmark. The Danish government is proclaimed illegitimate. The economy continues to rise as government spending does. With the North Sea nice and blocked up, some interest shift down south, where Indian troops are now sent from Gibraltar into Spain, FTW.
 * Colombia's president Alfonso López Pumarejo begins the organisation of a new political coalition, sending diplomats to improve relationships with Peru, Ecuador, Chile, and several Central American states. While officially the government has begun this process "to end wars in our fair continent once and for all", most people clearly know it is a measure of reaction against Brazilian influence, especially after the events that occurred in Venezuela throughout the year. While Colombia's government remains neutral in the conflict, members from the Conservative and Liberal parties both begin funding the uprisings in Venezuela. The economy is revitalised as prospecting of oil in the East begins, and Colombia requests the United States, Great Britain or any other major power to sell them some industrial blueprints or output, as well as weaponry, as the military begins to modernise.
 * American D: We will sell industrial blueprint and weaponry.
 * Colombian D: Colombia thanks the United States and purchases large amounts of both.

1940.5
'''In Sweden many rural citizens, who have been deeply Social Democratic for over 30 years, begin to resent Fascist rule, especially as the more illustrated people begin to notice the similarities between the large conquests Sweden is doing as of the moment and the large conquests that impoverished Sweden to a large level in the Eighteenth century. A part of it flee to the forests and take up arms. The Forest Brethren, a democratic-leaning guerrilla, is born.'''

Socialists secretly begin regaining influence in Catalonia, a heavily left-leaning nation, as they believe the Fascists have become too busy involved in the war, especially in Gibraltar.


 * Catalonia is on the western part of the country ...


 * No it isn't, it's on the far-east
 * You're right, what was I thinking. But why would the Spaniards be so focused on the east? There is nothing of important there.
 * Yeah, you're right. I got that wrong, too accustomed to Soviet terms, with focusing on the foreign being focusing on the West. Sorry!

'''While the French begin to stall the invasion, the Germans continue making huge movements into French territory. Orleans and Paris are placed under siege.'''

'''The Schleswig Front keeps holding despite pressure from both sides to the British. The colonies all send re-inforcements to the area, strengthening the place. Neumunster falls. '''

'''Guns, this is important. You may have blockaded the North Sea, but not the Baltic. Besides, that shit is frozen over for a good part of the year.'''

'''I meant that you cannot leave the Baltic. Not that I control it. That one sea is ALL yours.'''


 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Brazil: With tensions still running high but no shots fired Brazil begins to establish some static defences along the Colombian and Peruvian borders. Along with this, however, the Brazilian generals continue to allow Brazilian diplomats sent from Rio to make overtures to the Coalition arrayed before them. Along with this, however, Brazilian forces are sent a communique by Venezuelan generals informing them of the emergence of a few rebel groups. Brazilian forces, now further bolstered, are moved into Venezuela at the request of the government to help on the Border. The Brazilian economy continues to expand but at a slower rate from the recent secondary military buildup. The new wave of carriers and battleships is continually worked on and many new destroyers and frigates roll off the lines for Brazilian military use and other being sold to Argentina and to Venezuela to a lesser degree. Brazil's major push to continue infrastructure slows down as more people are in the military and other private jobs so the infrastructural development is currently devoted to private companies. The Brazilian population reaches about 44 million with agriculture and a new cultural trend working toward having more than three kids as incomes can now support them. The population is expected to hit another big boom. Brazil continues to influence Paraguay and Uruguay using Brazil's stance of pulling both countries out of the Depression as a moderate Pro-Brazil demographic which has begun to develop in the population and the government of both. Brazil continues to send supplies to all nations as before. Brazil continues to make decent headway through its nuclear program expecting a workable bomb in the future. The Brazilian people settle down entirely as the war fever peters off and many see the government's attempt to keep the peace. The Brazilian navy and air force continue to make major inroads in new technology with an unexpected breakthrough in jet technology. Radar, now more perfected than previous counterparts and able to diffrentiate better, is put on many ships and radar arrays are even erected in sensitive areas. Brazil begins to undergo training exercizes with Bolivia and begins to influence them.  Brazil also begins to fund double agents into Venezuela's developing rebel movements. The Brazilian navy officially develops its own special forces known as the "Espadas." They are taken from the best of the best and will serve alongside Brazil's other special forces units.  Brazil sends an envoy to Colombia wishing to end any further polarizing hostilities.
 * Argentina: Argentina continues to be very cautious but buys navy and army technology as well as developing the first semblance of an air force. Infrastructure is developed as well with the economy taking an upturn from the various people being put to work and many of the country's previous issues solved. The Argentinian government continues to influence Paraguay and Uruguay in favor of Brazil. However, a new Federalism and more unified movement between Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay has begun to develop as well. Argentina's population grows to about 14.5 million. Argentina officially develops its first special forces units.
 * Venezuela: Venezuelan forces, seeing the uprise of some dissidents and Brazil taking up some major positions on the Colombian border, begin to attack and wipe out some of the armed groups while letting some of the peaceful groups protest. The Venezuelan economy and infrastructure are continually improved with increased oil sales pushing the economy foreward. Venezuela also continues its own domestic influence publishing articles and studies which show the huge difference in income between Venezuela in the Great Depression and Venezuela now being highly allied and trading with Brazil. Venezuela continues to improve itself and a pro-movement develops heavily supporting Brazil, Argentina and their other various allies which greatly outnumber any other thoughts. Many people are extremely pro-Brazil with their lives being much more improved thanks to the trade. However, the government begins to notice a developing kind of civil war and manages to begin working its way toward preventing it from being bad but recognizing it will still happen. Venezuela develops its own special forces geared toward fighting insurgencies - among other things. Venezuela, seeing that the movement is more than likely funded by Colombia, begins funding a front from some of Colombia's most neglected and discontented citizens who have yet to recover or be helped from the Depression.
 * The influence part of my turn has been crossed out. Let's get rid of all this -Feud
 * ARE YOU HIGH??? 15.5 MILLION IN HALF A YEAR??? 
 * Sorry, that was supposed to be a 14.5 not a 15.5 (which is normal population growth)
 * Oh, TO 14.5. I thought you meant it grew by 15.5 million people, I was like WHOA.
 * Hungary: Continue to oppose the Czechoslovaks and try to use propaganda in Slovakia to cause an uprising, arguing that they could have their own country. (If someone could explain to me why I can`t be allied with Austria, it would be appreciated  - talk page or whatever you want.)
 * Slovakia is not a set region. The Slovaks have been spread throughout the nation.
 * Liberia: The military grows at a rapid pace, using the new European technology as blueprints to improve our weaponry and vehicles. Infrastructure improves, and many are happy, nationalism spreads heavily into Sierra Leone.
 * Austrian Empire: Austria asks Hungary if the two nations could unite once more, under the Hungarian player, as relations are high. The only terms are that Otto von Hapsburg would be the Emperor, while the Prime Minister would be the Hungarian leader.
 * No, you can't do that.
 * Mexico: Although El Comandante Rodrigo wishes to be working on peace between all Latin Americans, he offers support to Guatemala, El Salvador and Nicaragua. The three nations are given the information about our special agricultural techniques and we create trade pacts with them. The Mexican government also offers a project financed by all four nations and Honduras and Costa Rica. We make blueprints for a Nicaraguan canal, which will be used instead of the one in Panama. We will begin by connecting the Lago Nicaragua with the Pacific, creating the Nicaraguan Sea. After this, we will begin connecting the Pacific with the Atlantic. The project is planned to cost about 420 million Mex$. As the demographic expansion continues in Mexico, the government plans to build more and more apartments. A new plan is set in order to create cheap and effective ways. Although military training is not mandatory, all soldiers who finish it as of August, 15th 1940 will be given a semi-automatic gun, and will be listed as the militia. Even though most soldiers will have guns, they will need special permits to buy the bullets required. Due to the government's pro-Latino government, the embassy in Brazil asks for expansion. There are also formal requests sent to Argentina and Venezuela to open Mexican embassies there. The population in Mexico is slowly surpassing 20 million. Many new jobs are opened due to the rapid expansion of the Mexican infrastructure. The sovernment sends a formal request to Brazil asking for tank and aircraft blueprints in order to create unique Mexican aircraft and tanks. At the same time, original fireweapons are being worked on. As time progresses, obsidian mines are built. Using the obsidian, specialized scalpels are created, which are much sharper than steel scalpels. Obsidian is also used as jewelry, creating a new type of gemstone called Montezuma's Eye, which is the size of an eyeball, with a gray color and a black iris. A new company is founded, Tecpatl Industries, Tecpatl being an obsidian dagger. As the industry begins buying obsidian mines all over the world, a path for a new obsidian monopoly is opened.
 * Brazil Dip: We will provide Mexico with some blueprints, and will accept the expansion of the Mexican embassy.
 * Argentina Dip: We will accept the Mexican embassy gladly. We are also willing to open up trade.
 * Venezuela dip: We accept the Mexican embassy and are willing to open up trade talks for oil as well.
 * Mexico: The government accepts these trade talks and trade offers. It also offers the three nations help with the Nicaraguan Canal.
 * Switzerland: The Swiss government protests the invasion of Luxembourg and hosts a government in exile. The government petitions the Germans to re-establish the nation of Luxembourg. The army produces another 30 Panzer I-s tanks and 25 Panzer II-s tanks to replace the German-bought tanks. The infrastructure is modernized. We begin to produce a modernized version of the Mondragon Assault Rifle, firing 7 mm ammunition, with iron sights, selected fire (single shot, semi-automatic, full automatic). It is better quality that the first Mondragon rifle with a tougher firing pin, ejection system and gas transfer system. They are renamed the Karbiner Model 1940. The first 1000 are produced and issued to replace the bolt action rifles.
 * German Diplomacy: Germany strongly objects to Switzerland's actions and demands that the government in exile is returned to Germany. They will not be harmed.
 * Swiss Diplomacy: We disagree with the German statement, and offer to return the government in exchange for the formation of a join Swiss/German nation, politically operated by Switzerland, but militarily protected by Germany.
 * Czechoslovakia: War is continued with Hungary. We continue our Segregation program, and extend it so that any Slovak with two or more children has the younger children taken, unless they are over five years of age. Czechs take all high paying jobs, and Slovaks are forced into minimum wage jobs.
 * Norway: In the city of Longyearbyen on the island of Spitsbergen, there is a top secret base that is making prototype weapons, missiles and vehicles. Norways asks the Allies if they can join them. To up the population of Norway we ask families to have anywere from three to six children. With the incresing population, we draft more people to the border to keep Swedish troops from coming in. We also draft troops into the navy to keep our waters around our country safe. We are incresing our towns and cities to make them more urban to withstand the booming population. We only allow immigrants and refugees who are looking for jobs as in the military or in the factories.
 * Colombia continues influencing Panama, Peru, Ecuador, Chile, Panama and Costa Rica. The Colombian government begins the organisation of the South American Congress between these nations and Colombia in a year or two, to establish an alliance between the nations. The blueprints purchased from the United States are put into plan and an industrial movement begins within the major cities, Bogotá, Medellín, Cali, and Barranquilla. The military is also updated with American weaponry. Alfonso López Pumarejo accepts the Brazilian envoys, and orders all politicians to "let bygones be bygones" and end investment in Venezuela.
 * Brazil Dip: Brazil offers to sign a Non-Aggression Pact with Colombia in an attempt to prevent war from marring the continent with the war that has been wiping out European cities.
 * Colombia D: Colombia agrees to the Non-aggression pact.
 * Britain continues work on the nuclear project along with France. We continue to advance on German positions in Schleswig-Holstein, but are distressed to note that Paris is under siege (algo coming). We declare war on Sweden and Czechoslovakia. With the HMS Hood now fully repaired and upgraded, it is sent up North with the HMS Prince of Wales, the HMS Illustrious, and the HMS York (a new Kent class pocket-battleship, developed only a half year ago), along with a large fast-destroyer screen and cruiser command, to destroy German sea shipments in Denmark The economy continues to rise as government spending does. The Spanish attack on Gibraltar is thrown back, but some in Parliament believe that the forces of Britain might be overstretched. The air force continues to be upgraded, with the Mk. IX Spitfire coming out - the fastest and most maneuverable plane on earth at this point, before jet engines. The Mk. VI Hurricane also comes out, and is devastating in SEAD operations in S-H.
 * Japan: following the success of the East Indies Campaign the entire of the Dutch East Indies lies under Japanese occupation with the locals welcoming the Japanese as liberators. The Japanese military and government agree to establish a puppet regime in the region with some areas indirectly controled through the local government and areas of strategic and economic importance under joint local-Japanese control. The State of the East Indies is proclaimed with Hamengkubuwono IX also known as HB IX the Sultan of the Yogyakarta Sultanate (look it up for reference) declared Hamengkubuwono  I sovereign of the East Indies. However, he is little more then a ceremonial figure. The propaganda machine in Japan goes into overdrive declaring the empire is one step closer to achieving the dream of a united and co-operative East Asia. Industrial expansion continues as does its modernization and upgrading. All research programs continue and the Japanese nuclear program begins working on tangible development as it now has radio active material supplied by the united states, work on splitting the material at an atomic level begins as does the work on trying to create a sustained reaction. The military looks on  this project with increasing eagerness. Japanese supplies to Bose increase and several Zeros are secretly sent as well. development into a better plane design for the jet engine continues. Naval expansion contiunes and Japan ranks the third largest navy in the world only behind the british and the Americans. construction of a naval base in Sumatra begins to allow the Japanese a local base in the region. The dragon tank proves a huge success and production of the tank as the main Japanese heavy tank begins with the first models sent to cCina to help the war effort. The opposition made up largely by the liberals push for a return of political freedoms and an end to the military sstate howver they remain a minority in a sea of conservatives and nationalist sentiment which back the military/conservative government which has brought so much success to Japan in a short period. Within the military the ultra-nationalists and extremists are annoyed at the power held by the moderates but can do little to oppose the mainstream group for now. Education programs are expanded.
 * Indian Diplomacy: Bose thanks the Japanese for the Zeros.
 * Manchukuo: Industrial expansion continues and the Manchu economy continues to grow making it the second largest economy in East Asia with the first being Japan. A customs union between Japan and Manchuria is formalized and it is planned to adopt a new currency for other nations within 15 years.
 * East Indies: The State of the East Indies is declared. However, this is a provisional government and name as the state is new and lacks proper structure, a government system and national name will be decided upon over the next few years. A provisional government in Jakarta (formerly Batavia) quickly  assembles and declares Mohammad Hatta Prime Minister of the East Indies and Sukarno Chief of Staff and head of the Royal Army which is raised in a hurry with Japanese assistance. Support for the regime and the Japanese occupiers is high as the majority of the population was tired of Dutch rule. The old colonial authorities and those Dutch who wish to leave the East Indies are granted safe passage to Europe or to wherever they see fit, while their property and wealth are handed over to the provisional government for distribution in the manner theey see fit. The oil industry of the East Indies is officially nationalized but is placed under the temporary joint management of the Japanese and the Provisional until a stable economy can be established in the East Indies can be established a similar process occurs with the rubber industry in the new state. volunteers for a labour force and for the new Royal Army is large as many young Indonesians are willing to try to build their own future for the first time in their life. This is permitted by the Japanese as the actions taking by the provisional government are in alignment with the Japanese interests and provide an illusion of absolute autonomy. The government in Jakarta also passes a law legalizing the Japanese occupation until the Indonesian people can potect themselves from foreign threats and joins both the GEACPS. along with the EAPSP. The status of mixed bloods (Dutch-Indonesians) remains a problem and is widely debated amongst the population as they are a part of Indonesian society but are a visible reminder of former Dutch rule. Japanese troops for the moment act quite civilized in the East Indies though it is quite visible their feelings of superiority.
 * Confederation of China: support for the rebels remains high in Occupied China. However, many sectors are alienated by the continued violence carried out by both the rebels and the Japanese forces and many wish for a simple end to the brutal fighting going on in China with deaths mounting in the millions at this point as neither side wishes to back down. Counter insurgency measures continue and are expanded. The Chinese army is finally fully re-established under the confederation government and they begin helping the Japanese in operations against anti-Japanese forces.
 * Greece: The nation continues sending troops to the border within Western Thrace and the navy finally finishes the first carrier and begins to build a second and fourth. While this, the population grows reaching eight million people (not much bigger than OTL Greece population at the moment) and the industry and infrastructure of Greece begins to grow, waiting for foreign investers begin as the World war II continues damaging the economy of europe, while this, Britain is asked to allow for an eventually union between cyprus and Greece. While this, the panhellenic movement in Greece grows fastly calling for the unification of once Greek held territories and the formation of a Greek dominance in the Balkans. While this, Albania continues to be influenced, military and navy are built up.
 * Ethiopia: The government continues to industrialize the nation, expanding its network of roads, railways, and airports. The expansion of the military with modern equipment and weaponry continues, and the production of tanks and aircraft continues as well. The government seeks to expand the industrial protection of the major cities by attracting additional investment from overseas. On the political front, Ethiopia states its stance as a neutral country, determined to focus on expanding its assets at home, and avoiding bloody wars abroad. The Eritrean population has thus far been pacify, with the execution of their leaders, destruction of their cultural centers, and the dividing of their population across the empire. The military expands the navy, seeking to prevent the smuggling of weapons and equipment across its seas.
 * Brazil Dip: Seeing your nation trying to develop after the invasions and whatever else it has suffered Brazil is willing to help Ethiopia with its infrastructure and Industry with blueprints and selling it raw materials to fuel its development.
 * Ethiopian Reply: We are honored to receive your assistance, and welcome any and all support the people of Brazil may offer to us.
 * The United States continues to recover from the Great Depression due to the New Deal Act and the massive infrastructure projects. The Trans-Continental Highway System has reached the Mississippi River, connecting the Great Plains and Texas to the West Coast via roadway. The Independence Plan continues with the establishment of the Filipino Defense Force (F.D.F.), which is to help keep the island nation stable after the United States leaves in 1945. The United States continues research into nuclear physics and radioactive materials, while a secret message is sent to Japan, offering to have a joint-atomic program between the two Pacific nations to help create a stable Pacific and more friendly relations between the two nations. Research into jet engines and multi-fire rifle continues, while production of the B-1 Lindeburg (the long-range bomber). The P-51 Mustang continues to replace the aircraft of the United States Navy, Marine Corp and Air Force, due to its ability to have mutliple purposes. The occupation of Iceland continues, with the establishment of radar posts on the coast to help Britain with its war in the sea. The M-4 Sherman is nearly finished in replacing the aging armoured cars of the US Army and Marine Corps. Military, medical and humanitarian aid is sent to Great Britain and France to help support their war effort, with the convoys escorted by destroyers and cruisers that are equipped with radar to help detect enemy submarines and surface vessels. The United States begins to send secret military aid to Peru, Ecuador ande Chile to help combat Brazilian imperialism.
 * Germany: German forces continue to fight on all fronts. Production of weapons, vehicles, and supplies for the war effort continues. Following the Axis victory in central France, German morale increases greatly, and with the fall of Paris the rest of the Low Countries fall as well. Provisional governments are established in those areas, and the former governments are invited back to govern their lands freely. Production of Panzers, Me fighters, and U-boats continues, as well as frigates for the navy. "Stuka" bombers also continue to be produced and Fa 223 helicopters are produced in Poland and are used to supply the troops in France. The first prototype of the Panzer V is produced and passes all trials, except for a major teething problem in the gears. This problem can be easily fixed, but it will delay the initial deployment of the Panzer V by several months or a year. Development of jet engines continues, and engineers believe that they have thought of a design that would allow them to mount such engines on aircraft. Following this development, the Horten brothers modify their design to accommodate the superior speed of jet engines. Construction of the first flying bomb prototype begins in Pomerania. Von Braun begins to design a new liquid fuel rocket with a greater range, but it is not known how such a device would be guided. MP40s continue to be produced and are shipped to German battalions on every front, as well as to Poland. The nuclear research facility in Soviet Russia is completed and begins to research ways on how to produce unstable isotopes of Uranium. Some plans for parts are sent to Brazil for production there. The federal government reaches an agreement with the Monarchists of Prussia, agreeing to let the monarchy come back there on the condition that Prussia is divided into smaller states for administration. The deal is signed, and Prussia is split into several smaller states. Speer is interested in the Swiss offer and expects them to elaborate. Germany recognizes the independence of the Indies.
 * Poland: Production of Panzers, Me fighters, and Fa 223 helicopters continues. Polish troops continue to be trained. The Monarchy Commission decides in favor of a monarchy, and begins searching for the proper candidates.
 * Denmark: Denmark continues to press claims that Iceland is still Danish territory. Production of Me fighters and naval ships continues. Danish forces continue to fight against the British farther south.
 * Hungary: This post is under the assumption that Hungary is now an Axis puppet. If it is not, then disregard it. The nationalist regime under Regent Horthy is returned to power. German paratroops and tank divisions are placed in the country along with the Czechs in order to maintain the peace. Hungarian troops are supplied and trained, while investment begins to restore the infrastructure and industry of the nation.
 * Netherlands: The monarchy of the Netherlands remains in the country to help the people weather the occupation by German troops. A new Dutch armed forces is created and supplied and trained with Germany supervision. The Dutch navy is sent away to friendly ports further south to prevent its destruction by the Allies. The Netherlands asks for the Indies to return Dutch civilians and POWs back to the Dutch homeland while also recognizing the independence of the Indies. The government, also fearing of a repeat of Iceland, asks for the Brazilian government to occupy Dutch territory in South America until it can be properly secured.
 * Swiss Dip: Our offer to the Germans is this: the Swiss will ensure Luxembourg's neutrality and restarting the government, foreign policy, and arming a defense militia. The German government will ensure external defense and border security.
 * Brazil Dip: it will be done.
 * Belgium: The king of Belgium flees the country for Britain, and the provisional government decries him as a traitor to the nation. The king remains remotely popular despite this. German forces remain in the country to maintain order, while training of the new Belgian forces begins. A radio message is sent to Belgian territories in Africa, telling them to maintain their positions and to follow future orders from the Belgian government. Some units disobey this order, but some also comply, leading to some skirmishes in the area. The Belgian navy is also moved south to protect it from the British.
 * I will kill the person who forced us into source mode for this turn. The Soviets continue to fight the war on all fronts. The Soviet Air Force continues to bomb major locations in Britain as well as the Royal Navy near the Kattegat. Now obsolete ships are crewed by small numbers of men who prepare the ship to blow up, come close to British ships, blow up the ships, but escape via plane before the ships completely blows up. They then fly to safe locations in Germany. This tactic successfully destroyed a good part of the blockading forces but sometimes costs one man per mission on a very rare occasion. However, this is only done in the winter for the sake of ease. The nuclear weapons program continues and the Polish People's Republic becomes the PSSR this year.
 * Dominion of India: Small post, I know. The Dominion sees greatening tensions as more are drafted into the army for the British war effort. Two million more troops are sent to the front lines, on the cargo ships and the new small frigates the Indians have developed - showing off to the British. They also see more chaos beginning to take place as the three sides gain power and ready themselves for either a declaration of independence or a revolutionary war. Jinnah tours the Muslim regions of Burma and hopes to create a province for the future Muslim state on the coast.

1941.0
''' Plutonium is discovered. '''

'''French moral drops significantly as they lose key cities such as Paris, Orleans, and Dijon. Germany demands that France surrenders.'''

'''Uruguay and Paraguay come to be significantly influenced by Brazil. Uruguay, unable to resist the pressures exerted on it by Brazil and Argentina, folds and joins the Brazilian thing. Paraguay holds out, but with Bolivia's alignment with Brazil they move in that direction as well.'''

''' There are riots in Venezuela. It appears as though it could devolve into civil war. '''

''' Protests by the Slovaks continue, and they demand an end to the oppressive laws. However, the greater number of Czech ensures that if worse comes to worse, the Slovaks could be forcefully moved. It does become painfully obvious that propaganda is needed for the Czechoslovak government to continue expanding their power base. '''

In Schleswig-Holstein, the Brits make extreme advances, taking cities very fast.

'''lolwat. That doesn't even make sense. '''

More events may come...
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built. Thailand also launches an invasion of Indochina and begins fighting against the French there.


 * Brazil: The Brazilian government and President Getulio Vargas now with a NAP signed with Colombia breathe a sigh of relief as they demobilize the reserves. However, Brazilian forces while remaining in Venezuela to provide support to Venezuela's increasingly beleagured government and armed forces attempting to hold order. The Brazilian forces, however, avoid moving into any cities and remain on call on when Venezuelan forces ask for them. The Brazilian Armed forces also lower troops numbers along the borders of Colombia and its coalition and draw back troop numbers and equipment numbers to much more manageable normal levels. The Navy is also demobilized with carriers coming home. The four carriers previously under construction are finished and deployed for testing with various battle groups. The Brazilians also continue major contruction on the four new battleships managing to speed up contruction by nearly six months by using experienced ship building crews from building the other Dom Pedro class battleships. The Admiralty of the navy decides that protecting carriers must take precedence due to their possibility as a strategic asset and ability to provide a massive amount of Indirect Fire support versus a battleships need for direct line of sight. The groups are made up of various destroyers, frigates, cruisers, and a single flagship group containing two battleships is made as well. Destroyers, frigates and cruisers are also continually constructed but with war looking like less of a possibility the Brazilian ship building companies dedicated to this seeing contracts being canceled begin to sell some of the ships to Argentina but halt sales to Venezuela attempting to curb any possibility that Venezuelan rebels could get ahold of many of these high tech warships. The Brazilian Armed forces hold steady at about 1.5 million now with the true blue recruits being used for many of Brazil's new responsibilities such as training with allies, escorting shipping convoys. Brazil continues to influence Paraguay and Uruguay with the moderate Pro-Brazil demographic in both population growing as do pro elements in the government. Brazil takes special care in Uruguay working in close unison with Argentina so as to not alienate the nation. The same is done with Paraguay. Brazil continues to send supplies to all previous countries in Europe. The Brazilian infrastructure continues to be developed upgrading and paving taking place in the interior areas. The economy continues its growth at a slower rate from the previous government spending but reservists returning to their jobs begins to pick up some slack as consumer industry begins to pick up with many consumer products becoming much more affordable to the average person. The Brazilian government becomes more democratized with Getulio Vargas becoming more disenfranchized with leading the country, being worn out from being under so many tense military and economic situations. He still continues to lead but looks to endorse a successor. Development of better radar continues and the better radars which ahve already been developed are fitted on some of the nation's capital ships improving their fire control significantly putting them on par with British naval counterparts. Brazil's research capabilities are more heavily devoted to Nuclear research using it in conjunction with Soviet and German research to continue major breakthroughs in nuclear science. It is learned that specific Uranium isotope is required and the enrichment process previously underway is expanded. Some other scientists seeing practical application in power as well begin looking at that as well (which remains on track as you can split for power and split for a bomb in somewhat the same way). Aircraft production continues with the first major squadrons of Long Range bombers being completed. Brazil's population with the projected boom reached 45 million and expected to grow to nearly 50 million by 1946 (families are having three kids or more). At the behest of the Netherlands government troops are sent in to occupy and secure the Netherlands. However, the troops are used very rarely and the people are even provided with free creature comforts and supplies as their government cannot send any as of late, This manages to Win over key elements of the population to a larger degree and prevent rioting. Brazilian troops especially abstain from Violence and work closely with co-operating authorities to prevent incidents. Any incidents between soldiers and civilians are punished harshly on the soldiers telling the troops these people are to be treated well. Brazil sends five suitable teams to Argentina's tournament. Brazil does more training with Bolivian troops on the border and looks to include Argentinian troops in the near future along with Venezuela. Brazil increases the ship amount in its merchant marine navy increasing naval trade to its new partner in Ethiopia working to deliver more raw materials. In Southern Brazil the industry develops some of its first middle class affordable, and Luxury automobiles under two separate companies of Carro do Povo, and Almeida industries which have recently both been created through joint investment by Brazilian, Venezuelan, and Argentinian investors. Brazil offers to purchase at least 100 of Germany's new Helicopters.
 * German Diplomacy: Germany agrees to sell the helicopters to Brazil, but only fifty can be sent at the moment.
 * Brazil Dip: That's Fine.
 * Argentina: Argentina's economy continues to grow as Brazil's investment begins to pay off and some very rich Argentinians begin buying back stock in their own companies starting to balance out. The income balance between the super rich and the developing middle class decreases a bit with the middle class able to afford much more creature comforts and push a more consumer economy by buying Brazilian products, and Argentinian cultural products. Argentina continues to buy destroyers, frigates and cruisers from Brazilian contractors and begins domestic development with Brazilian oversight of a carrier, and a battleship for testing and trial purposes for the Argentinian navy. The Argentinian infrastructure also makes a landmark improvement linking up both a major paved highway for automobiles (which co-incidentally are catching on) to Rio de Janeiro, and a major railway which is being expanded. The railway connects with Brazil's interstate railway system integrating the two heavily and allowing major inroads in shipping. Argentina continuous to influence both Paraguay and Uruguay toward Brazil and Argentina bringing up despite some of the major cultural differences between Brazil and Argentina they have made huge progress in their economies and infrastructure and have made major inroads in international relations. Argentina offers Brazil to host a soccer tournament between various more elite teams as well as Venezuela. Uruguay and Paraguay are offered to send teams to the tournament as well.
 * Brazil Dip: We agree and five teams will be selected for a tournament Venezuela will also be asked.
 * Venezuela Dip: We have four suitable teams that could be sent for this tournament and we will anticipate the victors.
 * Venezuela: Venezuela and its government now becoming more strapped as some other discontented people begin forming into two polarized parties such as the Venezuelan Socialist party and another more peaceful one dedicated into getting more liberalizing men into the government, a group of low ranking generals discontent with their positions begin plotting as well but are unable to get much of the high tech equipment bought from Brazil leaving them disadvantaged. These men begin considering allying with the Socialist party and disposing of them when they are done with a coup. Despite the underlying tensions in the country economic advancement continues as the government works to appease the more peaceful protesters. This culminates in some more Liberal ministers working toward helping workers rights in the country with the government keeping a watchful eye. The Venezuelan loyal military men begin to grow more suspicious of their lower level subordinates and begin working on testing the loyalty of many of their men. A few generals even personally led troops in training exersizes and begin taking accountability for some of their mens actions with one general taking the lashings for a sergeant who hit a civilian. This to a degree begins to show improve the morale of many men and troops as well as loyalty as troops begin to look at their general as not an aloof man uninterested in them, but someone who is in the situation with them and is willing to take responsibility for his actions. Many Admirals begin to do the same thing with ships transferring knowingly loyal troops on some of the more important ships. The Infrastructure of Venezuela is improved with the country beginning to show more roadway connections into Brazil as well as a Railway working its way down as well. Four suitable soccer teams are sent to the tournament in Argentina.
 * Uruguay: With the economy heavily salvaged with great help thanks to Brazilian investment and Argentinian oversight the Uruguayan people while initially cautious of the influences looks to either of them and with high national pride puts themselves as equals to both the nations which Uruguay while realizing this is a bold move hopes for recognition from Brazil and Argentina. Uruguay also officially joins the SADL beginning to conduct training operations on the Argentinian and Brazilian borders with their own troops. The population also begins to favorably look upon Brazil and its allies with majority of the people glad to be part of a growing an illustrious alliance. The Uruguayan infrastructure is expanded to link up with Argentinian and Brazilian roadways and railways in an attempt to further streamline economics between the three nations. Uruguay's domestic economics is also worked on with agriculture taking on a prominent role, and certain specialized industries such as gold mining begin to be considered. Uruguay also opens up its first international bank inviting investors from Argentina, and Brazil as well as its own richer class to deposit.
 * Mexico: The Del Rio law has been written, stating that no man can hold both major positions in Mexico (El Comandante and El Presidente), and it is added to the Constitution of Mexico. As Rodrigo Valdes Del Rio steps down as El Presidente he is replaced by Pedro Iglesias Quezada. Due to the splitting up, new definitions were created for each position. El Comandante is primarily military leader who is chosen every five years and man can be chosen as El Comandante for five times during his lifetime. El Presidente retains the authority of a normal democratic president, being chosen every four years, with three mandates as a maximum during his or her lifetime. A new left-wing party is founded in Mexico, the Partido Communista Mexicano, which gains minor attention. The Mexican population reaches 21 million and a new two-child policy is prepared. All families in Mexico must have a minimum of two children. During this period, many oil factories are being nationalized and while that is happening the obsidian monopoly is rising. The Mexican government, through a public company, controls over 30% of all obsidian mines in the world.  But in one month already, this percentage rises to 35%: The Comandante makes a tour through Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras and finally Nicaragua, spreading the Mexican influence over them. A conference is organised in Managua, where investors in the Nicaraguan Canal are invited. Using their earnings from their newfound oil and obsidian industries the Mexicans are praised by Nicaragua for giving them jobs. The legal part for the canal is being handled, and cautiously planned in order to make it efficient. Also, many stocks are bought throughout Nicaragua, Guatemala, El Salvador and Honduras in order to influence the economy of these states. During this period a Nahua/Mexican writer Yaxotle Cuallez Ramirez begins writing in a Spanish language, but using Nahuatl vocabulary. The Mexican dialect is created with Yaxotle's series of 13 Mexican Spanish books.
 * Brazil Dip: We wish to work on military co-operation between our two nations.
 * Mexican Dip:  We accept the Brazillian offer.
 * Switzerland: The Swiss government begins to aid the nation of Luxembourg with surplus equipment. Some people in the military and lower in the government propose joining the Axis Powers, but it makes it no further than discussion. They purchase another 100,000 Karbiner Model 1940 rifles and 15 new artillery pieces. The new highway system is put under construction to ease transportation. Rail lines are expanded to connect with Berlin, Paris, Rome, and Budapest. The army forms the National Defense Militia, separate from the Army.
 * France refuses to surrender to Germany, and instead keeps pushing in a total war for its life. All resources are devoted to halting the invasions.
 * Brazil Dip: We realize this is France's fight for its life but we request that the French indeed consider a peace deal - if not for its government but for the safety of its people. We can host such a peace conference in Rio de Janeiro or will help host it in France if you accept. If you decline we understand. We just wish to end this conflict with the least amount of loss of life as possible.
 * French Dip: France will not surrender. It will consider a peace agreement if German troops leave occupied France, since it is they who are the aggressors on foreign soil.
 * Jap Diplomacy: The Japanese request France legalize a Japanese-Thia occupation of the region to allow the region to move toward independence under a stable government with close ties to both France and Japan, and avoid Axis or Communist influence, the occupation will move forward with or without authorization but we wish to maintain strong relations with the west and avoid unnecessary bloodshed.
 * French Diplomacy: France will allow a legal occupation to protect the territory. This does not entail a Japanese run or influenced government. Until a time when France is not embroiled in war, the legal status of Indochina as a French territory will remain the same. France expresses its shock at the audacity of the Japanese for being willing to force an occupation, but feels there is no other option at this point. Japan and the United States will be allowed to occupy the region legally. Thailand will have no legal jurisdiction over the region. If the terms of the agreement are dishonored, these armies will be asked to leave.
 * The USSR continues to fight in all fronts of the war. Troops are sent to aid fellow Axis forces everywhere. The Soviets roll out a new tank that should scare the enemy shitless, but there are still relatively few compared to older tank designs. In mid-March, the ship-to-ship bombing of British ships near the Kattegat ceases and bombers resume attacking the ships - as well as London and other British cities. An estimated one and a half million civilian casualties were laid upon the British last year, with approximately 700 in Soviet losses. The bombing of Britain slows down somewhat this year to put more pressure on the French via Germany's holdings in the Low Countries, Soviet bombers attacking retreating French lines to create pathways for the land forces. The nuclear program continues and the Baltic states are added as SSRs. Communist rebels are funded in lots of places like France and whatnot.
 * British Diplomacy: We suggest a peaceful end to this war.
 * No.
 * Czechoslovakia: The persecution of the Slovaks has ceased, and the second child being taken by the military has spread to everyone. Propaganda is used to make this idea appeal to the population, as their children will be doing their bit, in 18-20 years. We move troops to the border with Yugoslavia and demand they allow us to vassalise them. (Mod?). If they refuse, we will go to war. Czechs continue to take the more important roles, but this is due to private bias, not government Intervention. The Air force is upgraded, as many workers are moved from roles in unnecessary work, to manufacture planes. The population continues to move around, as Slovaks and Czechs are moved to different areas of the country in an effort to remove ethnic barriers. We ask our allies, Germany, for designs for the ME 109, and possibly designs for the Panzer III.
 * Britain continues work on the nuclear project along with France. We continue to advance on German positions in Schleswig-Holstein, but are distressed to note that major French cities are under siege. We declare war on Sweden and Czechoslovakia. Battleships continue fighting for control of the seas around Europe. The economy continues to rise as government spending does. Some in Parliament believe that the forces of Britain might be overstretched. The air force continues to be upgraded, with the Mk. IX Spitfire coming out - the fastest and most maneuverable plane on earth at this point, before jet engines. The Mk. VI Hurricane also comes out, and is devastating in SEAD operations in S-H.
 * ​Japanese Diplomacy: Japan requests that the British allow Japan and Thailand to intervene in Indochina to prevent the region from falling into Communist or Axis hands. and Japan promises to pay the French compensation for the loss of the region after the war.
 * Japan keeps acting like Indochina is theirs. Quit acting like I have one foot in the grave. I may very well, but it's not your place to say. Any diplomacy about it is between France and Japan.
 * Austrian Empire: We build up our military and industry, while troops are training and we offer asylum to the government in exile of Hungary and any other Hungarians who wish it. We denounce Czechoslovakia, and offer Yugoslavia an alliance. We send an envoy to the British asking for an alliance.
 * ​Czechoslovakian Diplomacy: Asks how Austria purports to send aid to Yugoslavia, considering it is surrounded on all sides by neutrals or Axis states.
 * Hungarian exile D: We accept Austrian offer and guerrilla start till Hungary is free, (I might return in the eventuality of a defeat of the Axis).
 * Japan: The Japanese continue to expand their influence over the puppet regimes through a mix of military presence and economic co-operation/subordination. The Imperial Diet passes a law granting the military vast funds for whatever project they see necessary to the survival of Japan. This move is violently opposed by the minority of Japanese who oppose Japanese militarism. They are now led by Wakatsuki Reijiro who is the most outspoken anti-militarist. The Riken project continues with great progress and the High Command and Emperor Showa agree to the American proposal but with a reformed version which will leave each nation's programs separate but with all research on the matter shared between parties. The opposition, members of the Diet, and certain reporters begin to catch on to the nuclear program as large funds are traced to the Riken project. An article featuring this is published in a paper and the article links these funds to the mysterious end of all mentions of atomic studies and physics papers of similar nature. "Japan Developing something New?" is the headlines the paper is fined and banned from publishing for a two year period which adds further curiosity to the matter. Development of the new jet plane continues to try to make a perfect model. More funds go to higher education. The Japanese stock values begin to rise sharply due to the growth of sale and purchase powers and to the growth of Japanese industrial and economic influence. The re-education of the armed forces continues with a code based on the old one being established built along the lines of Humility respect, honor, loyalty, and fearlessness in the face of the enemy. Brutality in China, however, remains high as both the Japanese and Chinese fight in what is most likely a fight to the death. The Yamato is completed a few months ahead of time and is the largest battleship in the world. Japan uses the Yamato as propaganda demonstrating their position as one of the world powers and as a naval power rivaling the west. With the Thai invasion of French Indochina Japan is forced to aid and declares its intention to intervene to prevent the Germans or Soviets from gaining control over the region  and promises the west that it does not want war with them and is bent on providing co-operation with the west at all costs. Japan will begin the reorganization of Indochina to eventually grant it independence.
 * Manchukuo: Military development continues and industrial expansion goes on.
 * East Indies: The East Indies provisional government votes by a narrow margin to establish a monarchy with HB I remaining on the throne as King of the Kingdom of Indonesia, and establish a Federal system with a parliament based on the Japanese model. The Japanese begin investing money into the Indonesian economy to help bring up production and trade value of the resources. A law is passed granting dirt cheap prices on oil and rubber to the Japanese and to Manchukuo while Japanese produced goods will be purchased at cheap prices as well. Indonesia will enter the customs union between Japan and Manchukuo in five years time once it has balanced out its economy. It is decided to allow all mixed bloods in Indonesia to remain should they choose to. Many decide to stay but others decide to leave for Europe as they feel much more aligned to their western roots. Japan agrees to Germany's demand and will send all Dutch who wish to go to Holland will be handed over to Germany, those who do not will be handed over to the U.S.A. and Great Britain to show Japanese and Asian respect for human life.
 * China: brutal fighting in China continues with casualties escalating as both the Japanese and Chinese forces commit atrocities as mass executions of those deemed aiding the enemy. However, brutality toward those who are not fighting curtails substantially as the Imperial forces are reigned in by central command.
 * The United States continues to recover from the Great Depression due to the New Deal Acts and the massive infrastructure projects. The Trans-Continential Roadway System has crossed the Missisippi River, connecting Chicago, Minneapolis and Mobile with the West Coast. Meanwhile, the Philippines continues to be prepped for independence in 1945, while the Philippine's Defense Force (P.D.F.) begins taking over for the United States, who begins to redirect naval warships, soldiers and aircraft units to the East Coast or Alaska for defense of the continental United States and Canada from German or Soviet aggression. The occupation of Iceland continues and the US does not view the Danish government as legitimate. The atomic program - for both civilian and military use - continues, sharing what we know with Japan. The United States Navy - due to the lack of a threat from Japan and a naval threat from Russia - most of the aircraft carriers and battleships are deployed in the Atlantic Ocean, while a small group of destroyers and cruisers, as well as one aircraft carrier and two battleships, remain at Hawaii and Guam to protect them from any attacks. Research into jet engines and rocketry continues, and the government begins taking interest into an idea of a vertical flying machine. The Department of War begins to secretly develop a plan to combat Germany and the Soviet Union, as well as Brazil and its allies, should war break out between the United States and any of the stated nations. Improvement of the internal infrastructure continues, while research into body armor for ground soldiers begins. The Department of War also begins to secretly develop a plan that should France fall to Germany, the United States will move to occupy all French possessions in North and South America. (a just in case scenario). Secret military and humanitarian support continues to be sent to Britain and France, with the ships being escorted by radar-equipped warships and submarines to help prevent submarine attacks on merchant convoys.
 * Japanese Diplomacy:  Japan accepts the info and sends all it has to the USA though it is probably not of the same level. Japan also requests the Americans permit Japan  and Thailand to occupy French Indochina to prevent Axis inflluence from leaking into it. As a final point, the Japanese ambassador proposes a secret meeting to discuss a possible secret pact to counter Communism in East Asia and the Pacific. This is possible because the one thing Japan hated most was Communism and the USA and Japan have maintained friendly relations.
 * American Diplomacy: We will allow Japan and Thailand to occupy French Indochina, as it would prevent the presence of Axis forces in the Pacific Ocean. President Roosevelt agrees to the secret meeting regarding the counter of Communism in East Asia and the Pacific Ocean and he will send Secretary of State ___ to the meeting.
 * How does Japanese invasion of French Indochina prevent the Axis from coming into the Pacific? They evidently don't care about it, or they would have attacked it already. This just alienates France from both countries.
 * My reasoning was that I was thinking that if France falls, Germany or whoever, would try to occupy French Indochina, thus spreading the Axis into the Pacific. Plus, if someone doesn't occupy it, French Indochina would fight for independence, leading to the death of more innocent lives. But, seeing as I'm wrong, just cross it out, I don't want to start an argument - Enc.
 * The Soviet Union sends a very important message to the Americans. Meet me on chat ASAP.
 * Well, I'm just doing this to promote the independence of Asia and to curtail other influences in the region. I said you'd get compensation for the loss. Nkbeeching (talk) 23:22, December 7, 2013 (UTC)
 * Ethiopia: The Emperor of Ethiopia declares his support for the Axis powers, and orders his troops to invade Somalia immediately. He sends diplomats to Germany to iron out any political needs for Ethiopia's role in the war.
 * Brazil Dip: We will continue to send industrial supplies along with other supplies.
 * Sweden: More propaganda goes to the rural areas. More troops are also sent. In light of the current rebellions, more luxuries are sent to the rural areas. Military grows with many rural people getting drafted. A nuclear program is made. Danish integration continues. The secret terrorist organization in Iceland? Greenland gains steam and grows to 1000 members.
 * Norway: The population in one year increases from 2.9 million to 3.2 million. The King of Norway starts up a nuclear program and a space program. P rototypes of satellites are made. We look to get a man to the moon in about 10-15 years. Nuclear missiles are made and are being tested in remote areas. Norway sets up a secret spy organization to get info from other countries. The border between Norway and Sweden is still being maintained by our border control troops.
 * Too soon. Humans haven't even gotten into space yet.
 * Dominion of India: Congress now has a problem on their hands. The people suddenly stop all their protests and begin to comply to everything and it makes it seem to Congress that everything is fine. As a result, production  increases significantly and the nation's factories are built in huge number and upgraded rapidly. Surya Sen's cells have made Congress think that their greatest problem is gathering more troops for the British, to whom they promised three million more. The industrial sector of the nation continues to boom with the hard working conditions. Many die due to overexhaustion and some numbers put the killed at around three million in total, with the sharp increase seen due to the quicker production of the tanks and aircraft. However, the government does not make this news public. Surya Sen continues the construction of multiple new factories to help people in the regions of rural Bengal to find employment, using the Soviet funding to very good use. Factories continue to be completed while the ammunition is quickly produced and supplied. His hard work in training agents and soldiers are about to pay off and he awaits ordering them into battle. Due to Bose, Sen now has Japanese Zeros on his hands. He quickly has small airfields built and Zero blueprints are readied and the first of his own built Zeros begin to be secrety built in factories. Jinnah continues to gather large audiences. A large percentage of the Muslims in India have headed to the Deccan where Congress has ensured some of the industrialisation laws take place. Nazim Khan supports Jinnah, who continues to acquire funds illegally in a bid to build a monetary base. He plans to soon launch a loud attempt for full independence. Congress continues to build much infrastructure to transport its produce to other parts of the nation as well as get it to the coast. This allows for the clearing of the cities of dirty and small roads and the laying of proper and large roads. The rural focus continues, with railroad construction occuring at a rapid pace due to the great number of labourers. The engines are quickly deployed and they begin to run routes to transport goods as well as people. With the Mexican government contacting the spies quietly and the arrival of the information, Congress immediately begins to implement the new-found technology, using old food waste as fertiliser and burnt food and everything too. Tata has successfully established hundreds of factories around the nation as well as having multiple government contracts. The money he has gained has been put back into the system and this helps to research much of the needed technological upgrades. The Congress somehow manages to train enough conscripts for the war. The last three million troops are sent to the war effort. Congress now does not need to send more troops and it seems to them the nation is stable and working hard. The ships which have been received from the British are put to good use and continue to transport the soldiers to the war front. In secret, thousands of scientists and engineers continue to work on the new aircraft and try to make better versions of the aircraft as well as provide technical support for the factories constructing the aircraft in secret. More than two thousand of the homebuilt aircraft are finally finished and they are kept a secret although they immediately help bolster forces. The aircraft are kept in warehouses to provide for a surprise to enemy forces who might attack the nation. The rapid advancement of the Indians is not known to the world and this helps India. Small airbases continue to be built secretly all around the nation, with many having completed construction. Metal helps feed the construction of factories as well as the aircraft which will help wage a future war. India launches a few more frigates as well as heavier ships which transport troops to the front. They secretly ask Brazil for designs of heavy frigates and light destroyers. The RSS continue acquiring members and their cells have been trained well. They have encouraged those who are following the RSS ideology to sign up and go to Europe as well as serve as the territorial army. With money incoming from Europe, the RSS continues to grow powerful and acquire weapons and ammunition. Their soldiers have been trained and a lot of their members are now in the territorial army, having been trained by the nation itself. Much of the initial railroad construction has been completed while more soon begins. Millions of people are now employed to build everything from factories to railroads to proper roads to cars and tractors and work on farms in Burma now. This allows for increased production. The RSS gets the message to its followers that when they hear the phrase "Progress at midnight", they should strike. It is explained that the revolution will begin at midnight. In early June, the fateful message reaches all members of the RSS who are posted or idle. They prepare and at midnight, they strike. Word of what happens reaches Surya Sen, who uses the opportunity to activate his sleeper agents the following morning and afternoon, caputuring most of Bengal easily. The Indian Civil War has begun.
 * Brazil Secret Dip: We will agree to this. blueprints have been sent with the next shipment.
 * Greece: Military and navy are built up. Troops continúe to be sent to Western Thrace and the vassalage of Albania continues taking advantage of the previous Yugoslav invasión of the small nation. While this, tensión grows on the border with Turkey because a Turkish citizen is killed by Greek nationalists after he had raped a Greek woman named Eliza.
 * ​Ireland- ​​​  Ireland enters diplomatic negotiations with the Axis. In return for Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales, Ireland will declare war on Britian, and Britian only.
 * Germany: Germany continues to fight on all fronts, and is succeeding in all of them. Germany launches a three front invasion of the rest of France. German divisions invade Normandy, Brittany, Aquitaine, and Occitania to finish off France. To be honest, I don't know if an algo is needed, as France is hurt by the invasion of Indochina, and Germany's puppets have more than doubled. Since the last algo in France was a German victory, I kinda assume it will be the same. Let me know what you guys think of this. Production of Panzers, Me fighters, "Stuka" bombers, U-boats, and Fa 223 helicopters continues, and they are all used for the front lines. Some of these designs are sent to German allies for their own production. Developement of new weapons continues. The first Panzer V enteres production, and soon more enter the service. Designs for the Panzer VI are firmly drafted. The engineers of Germany have discovered how to mount jet engines on to planes. Such planes will likely enter production leter next year. The Horten brothers continue to discover how to mount jet engines on their aircraft, but run into difficulty due to the aircraft's shape. The first production copy of the flying bomb is completed and is to be tested next year. Von Braun continues to experiment with rockets, but the High Command still does not see how they could be used offensively. Production of nuclear material is now centered around Plutonium after German scientists calculate that it would be a more fissionable material than Uranium. The nation's moral is still enourmously high, but the war still continues, and some amount of rationing begins. The monarch of Prussia returns to his throne after Prussia is partitioned into several smaller provinces, each of which is to receive its own monarch or decide to remain a republic. The German government demands that Switzerland cease supplying the Luxembourg government in exile, as that amounts to supporting a terrorist group. Germany declares its support of Greece in its relations with Turkey.
 * Denmark: Denmark continues to produce war materiel. Danish troops are sent to France to help the Germans defeat the French. Denmark continues to insist that Iceland is Danish territory.
 * Poland: Production of Panzers and helicopters continues, and many are shipped to the western front. Polish troops are sent to France to help Germany defeat the French. The Polish monarchy committee has found some candidates for the throne, but will likely hold off on a coronation until next year.
 * Netherlands: The Dutch military is sent south to help the Germans defeat the French. German investment has rebuilt much of the nation. Production of some war materiel begins to help the Axis win the war. German aircraft is moved to the Netherlands to be closer to the British.
 * Belgium: Belgian troops are sent to France to defeat the French. German investment has restored much of the nation's infrastructure. Forces loyal to the puppet government in the Congo begin to gain the upper hand due to little outside involvement.
 * Hungary: Hungarian troops are sent to France to defeat the French. Production of Panzers and other war goods begins. German and Czech investment restores much of the infrastructure of the nation.

1941.5
 Mod Events here 

''' Events ... I am doing events now. They are not canon, and are purely based around '''

''' Yugoslavia accepts Czechoslovakia's demand, as they have a tiny military in comparison to the Czech Army. '''

''' Following the changes in Czechoslovakia, the Slovaks stop rioting, but begin to strike against the private companies that are hiring Czechs above Slovaks. '''

'''To be honest, I don't know if an algo is needed, as France is hurt by the invasion of Indochina, and Germany's puppets have more than doubled. Since the last algo in France was a German victory, I kinda assume it will be the same. Let me know what you guys think of this. As such, France falls to German troops and is placed under occupation, while the French government flees to Africa under the protection of the British fleet.'''

Most of Africa is under occupation by Italy.

[http://althistory.wikia.com/wiki/Talk:Axis_vs_Allies_R-word_(Map_Game)#West_African_Campaign That algo was flawed. ]

'''^ Italy got 3.5% of French land in Africa. But can I suggest that some parts of France fight on regardless?'''

''' The British Expeditionary Force is stranded in France. '''


 * Indochina wasn't invaded. France allowed Japan and the US to legally occupy it to protect it from the Axis powers. No war there. That being said, I would still prefer an algo.


 * Well, I missed that part. But I am not good with the algos. Let's make Guns do it, LOL.


 *  Venezuela is overrun by rioters, protesters and rebels, throwing back Brazilian troops and their native ... is lackeys the term? Anyway, it's now just total civil war. Problems for Brazil. 


 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built. Thailand decides to abandon and ends the war in French Indochina. Meanwhile, major Anti-French sentiment takes hold in the nation.
 * Brazil: With many Axis nations achieving outright victory, Brazil officially declares that European influence from the continent will be removed a nd moves in with a large reservist force and occupies French Guiana with little to no resistance (I looked it up this would be absolutely possible without an algo the French kept little or no troops here). Just following this, the Brazilian navy locks down the South Atlantic and conducts two combat invasions, one to seize British Guyana as well as for the Caribbean possessions and another for its Southern Atlantic possessions such as the Falklands, South Georgia and Sandwich islands (Algos done). With these outright victories, Brazil requests that the British surrender these possessions.  Brazil continues to work on its economy and Infrastructure heavily integrating it with Argentinian and and now Uruguayan road systems. Brazil's military continues to mobilize a bit more with its Navy taking precedence and securing various Caribbean areas and carriers making a much larger appearance on the seas securing a massive chunk of sea areas for an Area of Operations with its Naval fighters being heavily developed and acquired from Japan considered the some of the best in the world (the Japanese fighters in 40 and 41 were considered some of the greatest naval aircraft developed at the time) Along with this, Brazil continues to push its nuclear program foreward getting closer to the wanted isotope of Uranium with increased enrichment programs. Many naval ships are continually constructed in more incremental amounts bolstering the navy in increments as two New Battleships are finished with two more expected to be finish in the new incremental program in the next year or two. Brazilian jet technology continues to advance with a workable prototype engine now under testing thats considered powerful enough to be mounted on an aircraft. Brazil begins to work on a scheduled upgrade to its previous heavy tank with the EH-2 taking shape with improved fire control, a better machine gun and a better engine allowing higher speed to be achieved. The gun is tweaked a little to maintain a larger impact and ability to harm other vehicles. The Brazilian build their first domestic fighter aircraft powered by a Rolls Royce engines (which is now being reverse engineered to a degree) proper this highly advanced and maneuverable prop fighter it is declared essentially equivalent to the American P-51 Mustang and it used to phase out many of Brazil's older or less advanced aircraft which are coincidentally sold to Argentina. Brazil deploys about 100,000 reservists accompanied by Brazil's highly trained Special Operations Brigade (BSOB). The Brigade is used to augment the capabilities of the reservists and allow for a more highly trained outlook on the peacekeeping mission without pulling mass amounts of manpower from fighting the war. Brazil continues to Influence Paraguay heavily with the Pro-Brazil demographic growing larger by the week. Brazil continues to improve and train with Bolivian forces and sends envoys to Bolivia in order to improve relations and prevent and polarization.
 * Argentina:  With the War with Britain going well more troops are deployed in a more orderly fashion alongside Brazil using its navy to begin shipping troops out to the two combat fronts. The Argentinian economy continues to be worked on heavily as does the infrastructure. Advancements in the economy have begun to put it in the level of a second class economy but improving rapidly. Argentina's government also continues to influence Paraguay in favor of the growing Brazil-Argentina movement. Argentina's military purchases aircraft from Brazil looking to expand its air force significantly. The battleship and carrier are continually worked on and trials are to be conducted in late 1943 or early 1944. The soccer tournament scheduled in Argentina takes place with a late entry - Uruguay - stealing the show until an underdog Brazilian team came to face off against a Venezuelan team in the finals. The Venezuelan team was victorious and all teams returned home post tournament with the Venezuelan teams carrying home the Buenos Aires cup.
 * Venezuela:  The country officially devolves into civil war with a group of low level generals carrying out a large scale coup alongside the Socialist rebel groups seizing a group of low level towns in rural Venezuela. However, heavy fighting breaks out in the capital of Caracas with moderate fighting breaking out in other cities as well. The Loyalists having predicted something of this sort organize a decent defence but are trapped in the government sections of the city with armed and angry mobs of socialist and other different rebel groups having joined creating a hard wall to break without causing casualties. A relatively new general named General Manuel Ortega (had to make someone up, couldn't find any lists) leads a dedicated offensive in the Eastern half of the country attempting to create a nice secure base. The Venezuelan navy officially seals off the coast declaring a state of emergency as the government is unable too and to a degree maintains naval supremacy outside of a few Venezuelan ships which are rebel aligned. Venezuela requests Brazil maintain a large peacekeeping force along its border with Colombia.  ​
 * Uruguay:  Uruguay continues to expand its economy managing to get not one but three large international banks up and running. Along with this, the Uruguayan military manages to acquire more equipment from Brazil getting modern rifles, and some modern light vehicles as well. Infrastructure is improved and made much more compatible with both Argentinian, and Brazilian infrastructure linking up with Brazil large infrastructure system, and helping expand Argentina's improving infrastructure networks. The Uruguayan economy begins to improve heavily based off of the infrastructure allowing for a much larger presence and passthrough of trade through the country.
 * A) You got Paraguay B) You're being overwhelmed in Venezuela by rioters. It's like Syria x5. HTF are you taking anything else?
 * Switzerland: The Air Force captures four Amiot 143 bombers, six Breguet 693 light bombers, and sixteen Morane-Saulnier M.S.406 all from the French Air Force, caught violating our airspace to bomb Germany. A week later, twelve German Messerschmitt Bf 109 fighter planes are grounded and interned after they entered Swiss airspace illegally. They claim that they were lost from a mission into France, but the National Council refuses to take any risks. Pilots intercept and ground the aircraft. The aircraft are interned into the Swiss Air Forces and the pilots are kept as guests in a resort in the Alps. We demand that all military aircraft not violate the Swiss airspace. We update infrastructure. We begin to influence Liechtenstein, and offer to politically unify into the Alpine Confederation. The army orders 336 Saurer M6 cargo trucks. 51 are converted into radio trucks. We begin to design a jet engine, using the schematics remembered by Jewish and minority engineers who fled Germany.
 * Swiss D: Regardless of nationality, all airspace violations will be intercepted and escorted down. Only non-combat aircraft will be allowed through Swiss airspace unless given approval.
 * Free China: With the Japanese occupying large swaths of our homeland, we retreat into the Luliang, Qinling, Dalou mountains and the Yangtze Gorges. Communist China and Nationalist China come into a close alliance due to Mao, Chiang and most political leaders on each side is dead. O ur capital is set at Chengdu and we begin major constructions in Luoyang, Xi'an, Zhengzhou, Xinin, Yushu, Yingzhuan, Chongqing, Chengdu, Kunming, Guilin and Lanzhou. We begin the National People's Republic of China (NPRC) and Bai Chongxi is elected President and Zhou Enlai is elected Prime Minister. Immediately, Zhou En Lai went on a trip to Russia, Europe and U.S.A, asking for foreign support from the British Empire, U.S.A, French Remnants and U.S.S.R.  We consolidate our army into 1,000,000 soldiers, with 400,000 experienced soldiers, 100,000 Communist guerrillas and 500,000 strong and healthy farmers with guns. To increase production and agricultural, the government starts a campaign, saying every farmer who farms on a five acre land for six months repeatedly can gain ownership to that land, although they would have to pay a 20% tax. We destroy most of our military ships and make the scrap metal into guns, as we lost all our coast . We begin making many guns, most of them replicas of the Type 24 rifles, ZB 30s and ZB 26s and SVT 40s. We begin to construct a defense line through the mountains to stop the Japanese from pushing into our mainland. We also begin the construction of large numbers of RPGs and grenades, as we have nothing to combat Japanese tanks. We begin spreading propaganda in Occupied China for them to rise up against the Japanese and we group our 200 remaining aircraft into three main groups to airdrop supplies and weapons to areas with anti-Japanese riots.


 * Swiss D: We offer to sell the Karbiner Model 1940 rifle to the National People's Republic of China.
 * Um - Youll have trouble getting assistance from most of the world powers. They are either friendly with us or don't care about China XD
 * Also, there are a lot of things implausible in this turn. How the hell you get out of China? I literally have control of the entire water area and absolute air superiority. I wasn't pushing farther inland. I've been maintaining a strategy controlling the areas I control only leaving Free China to rot as they see fit. Also, WTF did RPGs come from? They didn't exist until later in the OTL world war and no one has developed them yet or even thought to. Nkbeeching (talk) 16:44, December 8, 2013 (UTC)
 * Also, most of the areas you mentioned are under occupation. No way you can begin construction in these areas. I was able to push deep into China over the last three years. The areas I occupy on the map can't be built on by you. That's my opinion, at least, and I've been solidifying my control every turn.Nkbeeching (talk) 17:05, December 8, 2013 (UTC)
 * 1. We can fly through Tibet
 * 2. Xian, Luoyang, Chongqing and everything West still belongs to China. Ninjasvswarriors (talk) 05:18, December 9, 2013 (UTC)
 * 3. We do have soldiers.
 * The USSR refuses to recognize China, calling it a false Communist government.
 * Mexico:  The Mexican-Spanish idea fails as Yaxotle dies of tuberculosis just weeks after publishing the last book in his series and is awarded a national award. The obsidian monopoly grows stronger, with Mexico controlling ca. 53% of all obsidian mines in the world. The conference about the Nicaraguan Canal starts in August, lasting three days. Invitations are being sent to American states although some are sent to nations which controll lands in the Pacific and Mexican Gulf, too. There are some legal issues with the Nicaraguan canal, but it would decrease the route for some nations by aproximately 800 km. The Roman Catholic Church in Mexico attempts to create a new party with help of conservatives due to the President being atheist and El Comandante being agnostic. This backfires due to the massive popularity of each of them. During the next three months, El Comandante Rodrigo increases his popularity by allowing women to vote. Although this is considered an extremely controversial move he stands by it. This decreases the growth of feminism in Mexico. Single-sex schools are banned, wages do not vary by gender. Due to the influence of Mexico over Guatemala, Honduras, El Salvador and Nicaragua, the four nations also begin to consider making men and women complete equals.
 * Japan: The recent resurgence of organized Chinese oppostion causes the Japanese to re-evaluate priorites and more resources are sent to Occupied China to deal with the growing state. Japan publicly denounces the Chinese government as a Communist regime and requests that the western powers ignore their requests and respect the government in Nanjing as the sole legitimate government of China. With the resurgent Chinese rioting in Occupied China the Japanese push forward the containment and anti-insurgency program and more internment camps are built along with parameters in urban areas to promote greater control. The Japanese High Command continues to push forward a strong reform in the armed forces to make them more civilized in occupied territories against non-combatants fearing that further incidents may cause the war to grow even more. However, the usage of chemical weapons and biological weapons is authorized against the Peoples Republic and widespread bombing campaigns are authorized as the Chinese can't resist them. A war of elastic defence and extensive anti-insurgency is adopted in China as the government believes that with control of the current areas it will be enough to secure Japan's interests in China, and further expansion would cause the supply lines to stretch and drag Japan into guerrilla wars farther inland. The strong points plan continues as bases of operations are set up throughout Occupied China and strong points in strategic points are adopted. more planes are deployed to secure air superiority over the Chinese having large success in doing so. The nuclear program continues under extreme pressure with the High Command realizing that this may be the final answer to silencing the Chinese once and for all and to make sure that the rest of the world respects Japan's position as a world power. The Mitsubishi Ki-42 (a mix of the OTL Bell P-59 Airacomet and the German Messerschmitt Me 262) is designed as an answer to the jet engine and testing will begin soon enough. More troops are deployed to China with the number now near 3,000,000. All other research programs are continued. The navy continues modernization and expansion with the next war geneation of fleet carriers built with two finished and the other two scheduled to be finished by 1942. development of a fully automatic rifle begins, while a more efficient submachine is also put forward for development. Japan's occupation of Indochina will continue. However, the management of the region is left in the hands of the French authorities until 1948 when Japan wiil push forward the independence of the region. Support for the war effort remains high and the population is thriving in Japan due to the increased production and growing supply of resources and markets for produced goods. a food surplus is detected in the East Asian market and Japan offers to sell to which ever country needs it. industrial expansion continues. The Imperial Anti-Guerrilla Unit is established made to help with the suppression of insurgents and guerrilla movements the unit is filled with members of the police force instead of the army and it put under the control of the Kempeitai which is growing in power. The first class of graduates of the new university system come out and they prove a major asset to the Empire's intellectual and scientific community, many bright youths are brought into the Riken Institute-led nuclear program which now has a testing centre in the Japanese South Pacific to avoid detection or public hazards. The East Asian Yen is presented to the public as the future replacement to the imperial yen, the Indonesian currency and the Manchukuo Yuan as the new currency to the planned monetary union.
 * Manchukuo: Manchuria continues to expand economically as more investment from the Japanese enters the country. Living standards begin to rise among the lower class. Though inequality remains high, efforts by the imperial government are made to rectify this. The construction of a viable oil industry in the region continues. Faith in the alliance with Japan continues to grow as properity continues to rise in Manchuria.
 * Indonesia: The Kingdom of Indonesia continues to construct its new nation state, and pro-Japanese sentiment remains high. Hatta remains prime minister in the country's first elections and the parliament passes the Union Law turning Indonesia into a unitarian state to help organize the building and growth efforts. Funds from Japan are sent to help develop the local economy. The Indonesian Royal Army continues to receive recruits, and the Japanese provide training for the new force lead by Sukarno. Indonesian troops are sent to help the war effort in China.
 * Occupied China: It is clear that the planned system would not work as the new Chinese beaurocracy causes problems for the state and internal rivalries arise. The Japanese authorities allow the government in Nanjing to pass the Union Act which restores the Reorganized Republic of China and some powers are granted to Wang Jingwei to allow some semblance of true autonomy to arise. However, the military continues to hold a tight grip over the government. Reconstruction continues along the coast. The continued implemetation of the defensive infrastructure for Japanese forces allows some semblance of stability and order to come to occupied areas as Japanese forces are able to keep the region under control. The Chinese Loyalists Army - as the Japanese call them now - are put on the into action along side Japanese, and Manchu forces. However, they remain with poor equipment in comparison to their allied counterparts, and are used largely for policing and scouting as they aren't completely trusted leaving the true fighting to Japanese and trustworthy Manchu forces. This also frees up Japanese troops to an extent who fight against insurgents. An extensive propaganda campaign begins showing that Japan is here for the good of China. The presence of native Chinese forces fighting alongside Japanese and taking up the job of keeping public order allows for some lessening in tensions as the Japanese no longer are commiting crimes in Occupied China and a true Chinese state is being recreated.
 * Norway: In one year the population increases from 3.2 million to 3.5 million. The government of Norway tells its people about the space program and tech it will make in the future. The first prototype satellite is 35% completed. Plutonium is found in some areas of Norway but scientists do not know how to harness its energy, so they lock it up in secret locked areas guarded by the military . Norway feels threatened by Sweden and sends letters to the king of Sweden to leave them alone or we will attack. In Norway it is mandatory to join the army for five to ten years. In Norway people's homes are built with an underground bunker to keep them safe from missile attacks. Even buildings in urban cities have a basement bunker to keep the people safe from an attack. The border between Norway and Sweden is now more tightly guarded by the border control. Norway joins the Axis since the allies did not respond to Norway asking if he could join or not.
 * Plutonium is made, not found. There are no satellites. Don't even start one until the late 50s, at best.
 * Sweden: Danish integration continues. We continue fighting with the Axis on all fronts. The letter from the Norwegian President is thrown in the trash. The Saami Principality is made in the north. The subdivisions are made into monarchist areas, and Territories of Scandinavian Reclamation, and ethnic cleansing..
 * Czechoslovakia: Everything we did last year continues. We move troops into our new vassal, Yugoslavia, and begin to greatly alter and improve ports and ship works, so we can create a navy. Propaganda in Czechoslovakia calms any remaining tensions, and we use propaganda in Yugoslavia to ensure that the population is behind us.
 * The Soviets continue to send troops to help fellow Axis nations everywhere. The Baltic states are annexed as separate SSRs. With the campaign in France over, heavy bombing of Britain resumes. The Karel SSR is created, and both it and the Finnish SSR are weary of Sweden. Sweden is ordered to stop with the pan-Scandinavian nonsense. Also, the scientists in the nukes department make a great breakthrough. Plutonium -239 is produced and isolated for the first time in history using uranium located in Kazakhstan. Several reactors begin to be built to produce plutonium-239, and the expected completion date for a properly working nuclear weapon is now 1944. This is if MP approves: We invade Iran due to a great need for oil for the new tank design as well as other things.
 * Shall the master of Algos make a provisonal algo? 
 * Finland is not Scandnavian.
 * It really is.
 * Britain continues work on the nuclear project along with France. We continue to advance on German positions in Schleswig-Holstein, but are distressed to note that major French cities are under siege.  Battleships continue fighting for control of the seas around Europe. The economy continues to rise as government spending does. Some in Parliament believe that the forces of Britain might be overstretched. The air force continues to be upgraded, with the Mk. IX Corsair coming out- the toughest plane on earth at this point. The Mk. VI Tempest also comes out, and is devastating in SEAD operations in S-H. Following the events of the Indian Civil War, Churchill resigns, giving way to Halifax, who calls for a meeting of the heads of the war to agree on a peaceful conclusion, accepting that some concessions will have to be made. (On the talk page)
 * United States: The United States continues to recover from the Great Depression due to the results of the New Deal Acts and the massive infrastructure project. The Trans-Continental Road System has reached the Appalachian Mountains, hoping to breach the mountain range next year. The Philippines continues to be prepped for independence, while the Philipino Defense Force begins to take responsibility of policing the island nation. Research into the atomic program continues, but most of the government expects nothing to come from it. The last of the agining armoured cars of the United States Army and Navy is replaced by the M-4 Sherman. Meanwhile, the P-51 Mustang has replaced all fighter aircraft of the United States Air Force and 60% of the planes of the United States Navy. Research continues into rocketry and jet engines, while some in the government begin to take interest into the vertical flying machine. The United States publicly announces support for the Nicaragua Canal and that we will help fund such project to improve the countries of the Western Hemisphere. Research into the multiple repeating rifle continues, but most do not expect something to come from it until the late 1940s. Meanwhile, the United States federal government begins to improve public education and public services. The United States Navy has announced the recall of most naval warships in the Atlantic Ocean, particularly the aircraft carriers and battleships, while destroyers and cruisers, as well as submarines, continue to patrol both the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. The United States Navy also plans to evenly divide the American navy into the reformed Pacific and Atlantic Fleets, while a smaller fleet for the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea is planned. President Roosevelt plans to turn Alaska and Hawaii into states by 1944.
 * Greece: The military and navy are built up. While this, the Eliza Event - as its called by the Turks - is an excuse to kill a Turkish Muslim by the Greek government. However, the Greek government continues claiming the rape did occur. The megali hellade movement begins pushing the government to act and defend the Greek nation. It is said to stand by, but TVE government remains neutral, until a similar case occurs in Western Thrace in this case ending in the death of a Greek teen girl named Magia and her elder sister, both killed by three Turkish men last seen with the two giros in Greek rural regions outside Alexandropolis. Albania continues to be vassalized and influenced by the Greeks and the Greek troops continue going to Western Thrace.
 * Germany: Germany continues to fight on all fronts, and is succeeding in all of them. Germany launches a three front invasion of the rest of France. German divisions invade Normandy, Brittany, Aquitaine, and Occitania to finish off France. To be honest, I don't know if an algo is needed, as France is hurt by the invasion of Indochina, and Germany's puppets have more than doubled. Since the last algo in France was a German victory, I kinda assume it will be the same. Let me know what you guys think of this. Production of Panzers, Me fighters, "Stuka" bombers, U-boats, and Fa 223 helicopters continues, and they are all used for the front lines. Some of these designs are sent to German allies for their own production. Developement of new weapons continues. The first Panzer V enteres production, and soon more enter the service. Designs for the Panzer VI are firmly drafted. The engineers of Germany have discovered how to mount jet engines on to planes. Such planes will likely enter production leter next year. The Horten Brothers continue to discover how to mount jet engines on their aircraft, but run into difficulty due to the aircraft's shape. The first production copy of the flying bomb is completed and is to be tested next year. Von Braun continues to experiment with rockets, but the High Command still does not see how they could be used offensively. Production of nuclear material is now centered around Plutonium after German scientists calculate that it would be a more fissionable material than Uranium. The nation's moral is still enourmously high, but the war still continues, and some amount of rationing begins. The monarch of Prussia returns to his throne after Prussia is partitioned into several smaller provinces, each of which is to receive its own monarch or decide to remain a republic. The German government demands that Switzerland cease supplying the Luxembourg government in exile, as that amounts to supporting a terrorist group. Germany declares its support of Greece in its relations with Turkey.
 * Denmark: Denmark continues to produce war materiel. Danish troops are sent to France to help the Germans defeat the French. Denmark continues to insist that Iceland is Danish territory.
 * Poland: Production of Panzers and helicopters continues, and many are shipped to the western front. Polist troops are sent to France to help Germany defeat the French. The Polish monarchy comittee has found some canidates for the throne, but will likely hold off on a coronation until next year.
 * Netherlands: The Dutch military is sent south to help the Germans defeat the French. German investment has rebuilt much of the nation. Production of some war materiel begins to help the Axis win the war. German aircraft is moved to the Netherlands to be closer to the British.
 * Belgium: Belgian troops are sent to France to defeat the French. German investment has restored much of the nation's infrastructure. Forces loyal to the puppet government in the Congo begin to gain the upper hand due to little outside involvement.
 * Hungary: Hungarian troops are sent to France to defeat the French. Production of Panzers and other war goods begins. German and Czech investment restores much of the infrastructure of the nation.
 * France ceases fighting in the prospects of reaching a peace agreement. The lull in the fighting see the economy and military built up.
 * Italy: The Italians propose their own peace plan. The fighting stops, as the diplomats begin to discuss the coming peace. Italy declares support for Greece in the Greek-Turkish diplomatic affair
 * Ireland: Ireland declares war upon Britain, and invades Northern Ireland. The invasion opens with a massive blitzkrieg, which destroys all British airfields. Irish tanks and infantry then invade, breaching weakly held British positions, and attacking the strong ones from the rear. After five weeks, Northern Ireland is successfully occupied by Ireland. Preparations begin for the invasion of Scotland. Meanwhile, an already made Irish Expeditionary Force launches an invasion of Wales, landing around Aberystwyth, and uses the blitzkrieg tactics that ensured victory in Northern Ireland. Western Wales is captured, but the advance fails to take Cardiff.  Ireland also takes in 400 Germans who believe that Hitler was killed by a flying blue telephone box. The Irish Government also builds them a new town known as Gorm.
 * Impossible. They were all killed already.
 * Are you sure? ........

1942
''' With the British calls for peace, several fronts stop. The Schleswig-Holstein front stops, as does the bombing of Britain. Peace talks are underway in Geneva, with Vyacheslav Molotov, Speer himself, and Anthony Eden in attendance, with Isoroku Yamamoto, French guy, Pietro Badoglio, and Spanish guy. (Add the names of your guys.)  '''

P*weren't supposed that turns started at 01:00 UTC.

Admiral Yamomoto for Japan.

This isn't a new turn; you can't post yet.

'''Yes. We're just establishing that fighting will temporarily be halted.'''

''' Though there is a ceasefire in Europe, the civil war in Venezuela is now getting extremely violent, as the Brazilian puppet over the nation is dragged out into the streets and literally torn apart by the mob. Meanwhile, the Brazilian troops advance up from the south, but from every turn are waylaid by Venezuelan militants, wielding rifles and IEDs. The violence also threatens to spread to Argentina and Paraguay ... '''

''' Unrest begins to grow in Norway due to Swedish influence. Likewise, tensions build up in Sweden, mostly in the East and South. '''

''' India is like really bloody and warfare and screaming and death and terror and chaos and blood and shit - THIS IS WAR, MEN. NO GLORY. NO HONOUR. JUST ENDLESS FIGHTING. WELCOME TO THE WAR - WELCOME TO HELL! '''

''' Anyway, peace has been established by the principle powers of the European war. The war is over, may peace reign! '''


 * Brazil: Brazil, facing the huge issue to the North, officially declares a state of emergency and fully mobilizes the reserves again and alongside nearly 150,000 Venezuelan loyalist forces as well as the main members of the South American Defence Coalition, move in to fight the civil war and begin major conflict with the rebels. Regardless of Brazilian regulars being waylaid by IED's, the Brazilian regulars begin a major operation known as "Operation: Restoring Prosperity" and with nearly 500,000 Brazilian regulars and supporting the 150,000 Venezuelan troops as well as the Brazilian Special Operation Brigade. This movement of troops takes a different turn in which the main force moves instead of advancing without fighting begins essential clean and sweep operations and begins Brazil's first well organized and dedicated attack. This happens along the southern border and is aimed at capturing the entire Southern Guianan highlands all the way up to Puerto Ayacucho. (Algo complete) and establishing Brazil's main base of operations in the South. Along with this, the recently mobilized reservists numbering 300,000 are put up on naval ships alongside nearly 50,000 Venezuelan loyalist troops. They make a major landing in the port city of Barcelona using the Brazilian navy as well as carriers which were previously in the area as overwhelming fire support for the Barcelona landings. (Algo complete). The success of both operations prompt more supplies to be sent with Brazil sending in light armored vehicles, various medium and heavy tanks and establishing Air Dominance over the country. With Brazil having secured not one but two beachheads for the Venezuelan loyalists, they begin to call out to any surviving loyalists to begin taking up arms again as the South American Defence Coalition alone is coming to put down this rebellion. Many prisoners, however, are treated relatively well and are not shot or sentenced to any hard labour. However, due to the manpower needed to continue the push, and the amount of escapees, any hardliners that attempt to escape are shot but this happens rarely under Brazilian watch as the Venezuelan troops are usually delegated to this duty. Brazil's research into nuclear power and a nuclear bomb continue with the war over the bomb being put on the backburner relative to power. The bomb now being independently developed is expected to be finished in the 1948-1950 time frame while prototype power will be available in 1947-1949. Infrastructure is worked on as is the economy which thanks to investment in quelling the Venezuelan problem has slowed to a degree. The Brazilian battleships under construction are halted in their construction with the ships being left but supremely protected from the elements for the time being. Uranium is more heavily mined for enrichment purposes and Plutonium begins to be considered.
 * Argentina: The Argentines seeing the ability for violence to spread to their country mobilize its armed forces alongside Brazil in an act of comraderie as well as the SADC and begin deploying major amounts of troops (about 250,000) to help in the Invasion of Venezuela. Argentina also takes over the military duties of both Paraguay and Uruguay for operations and supports Bolivias obvious Abstainment from the action (I don't control Bolivia so it made the most sense.) Argentina also begins looking for people that are considered threats in the situation of stability in Argentina which has achieved this state for the first time in decades. Argentina also begins to work in close Unison with Paraguay and Uruguay in order to prevent the threat of Venezuelas rebel movement affecting the other nations. The Argentinian government conducts a poll in which about 64% agree with the direction the government is going, with various other percentages making up various other demographics. Argentina assesses its probability of rebellion or revolution to be relatively low. The Argentina Infrastructure and economy are both expanded.
 * Venezuela (Loyalists): With the country slipping into total disarray and the head of government being killed in the streets the vice president, however, is still alive and assumed control and using his new executive powers calls in assistance from the SADC personally talking to Getulio Vargas the Brazilian president, and the Argentinian president managing to broker assistance. Unfortunately, various other government officials suffer the same fate as the president being torn apart in the streets or outright executed. Reports of people refusing to participate in the rebellion who were more neutral as well as citizens supporting the government being killed are circulated. The Venezuelan loyalists manage to gather up some support in the areas taken back (the attack was led by Brazil) nearly gather 30,000 Volunteers who are willing to be armed semi trained and sent to fight the rebels in the various combat operations. However, many of these men are delegated and split among veteran units to prevent using them as cannon fodder. The Venezuelan troops, in order to prevent even more unrest in reclaimed areas, personally patrol rather than their Brazilian or Argentine counterparts who are asked to only be delegated to fighting and other duties if requested. The Venezuelan military managed to recapture some factories and militarizes them in order to have some sort of rudimentary wartime economy. Infrastructure destroyed during the initial revolt is repaired to make roads in controlled cities more passable. Basic utilities are worked on to restore them to the populace.
 * Uruguay: Uruguay thanks Argentina for taking over its military duties of the SADC and continues to improve its economy with its banking system enlarging still drawing a few other out of continent foreign investors. The agricultural export base is expanded as well while some resource development is considered to be developed in the 50's after thorough survey of the subjective lands. The Uruguayan military continues to buy Brazilian equipment in order to modernize its military. The Uruguayan population grows moderately as increased birth rates are attributed to the country's low death rate.
 * Paraguay: Paraguay thankful for Brazil's and Argentina's investment in the country begins to emerge out of the economic cesspool in which it was but requires large amounts of domestic work before it can even catch up to Uruguay or any other country for that matter. However, with some surpluses in money for the first time in years, Paraguay buys up some of its own stock once again which has been left in low prices by those who abandoned it and manages to begin a light development process of some of Paraguay's most valuable land. The nation's infrastructure is also built on for the first time in years with its military looking to modernize for the first time in years as well, looking to be semi-modernized by 1950. Paraguay, while now also being a member of the SADC, thanks Argentina for taking over its military involvement. Paraguay, also just freshly out of the depression and with the horrors in mind, begins to dissuade any threatening or off-kilter behaviour. Alongside this, Paraguay works closely with its neighbors to prevent any issues from spreading to the country.
 * Free China: As the Japanese consolidates its holdings, we think of surrendering to the Japanese. As we have much less land, soldiers and industry, President Bai Chong Xi asks to surrender to the Japanese. The Treaty is as follows:
 * 1) The National People's Republic of China joins the Greater East Asian Prosperity Sphere.
 * 2) NPRC merges with the government at Nanjing into the NPRC.
 * 3) NPRC becomes an ally of Japan.
 * 4) NPRC will follow direct orders from the GEAPS (Greater East Asian Prosperity Sphere or Japan).
 * 5) NPRC controls its own army, navy and air force, but is under Japanese headquarters command.
 * 6) NPRC and Japan will sign a non-aggression pact.
 * 7) NPRC will be allowed to have its own government and constitution.
 * 8) All citizens of NPRC can travel anywhere in GEAPS.
 * 9) Citizens of Japan will have extraterritoriality in NPRC.
 * Japanese Response: Japan will consider a peace treaty if the treaty undergoes the following adjustments:
 * 1) Point 2 will be suppressed and replaced with the NPRC will and the Reformed Republic of China shall remain two separate entities and borders will remain present as they currently are for a period of 15 years after which a referendum for each individual province of the Reformed Republic of China will decide on their own fate, be it to join with the NPRC, remain with the Reformed Republic of China or another possible option.
 * 2) The ROC will remain under joint Japanese-local (Japanese puppet, not you) authority during the next 15 years.
 * 3) The NPRC renounces all claims to Manchukuo, Formosa, Hainan, Shanghai, Tibet, the lands seized by the U.S.S.R, Macau, and Hong Kong.
 * 4) Will not interfere with the internal affairs of the Reformed Republic of China during the next 15 years.
 * 5) Limited armed forces with no more then 200,000 troops, limited air force.
 * 6) Point 8 be removed and replaced with all NPRC citizens being allowed to travel throughout the GEACPS only after granted permission by the Japanese and by each individual government of the GEACPS.
 * 7) Preference to Japanese and GEACPS goods be granted preferencial treatment and prices of products for both imports and exports be adjusted by the Japanese market.
 * 8) Free access to Chinese natural resources.
 * 9) The Prime Minister of the NPRC will be chosen by  the Japanese Embassy.
 * 10) The Ministries of Education, Economy, Security, and Military be chosen  by Japanese and with Japanese officials within them.
 * 11) Control of the airspace of the NPRC will be handed over to Japan.
 * 12) Japanese corporations be giving rights to invest free of taxes in the NPRC.
 * ​ Ireland Diplomacy  : ​We, the people of the Irish Free Country, heavily condemns Japan, and offers our support to the NPRC, and will rush to their defences if Japan goes through with making the new treaty. We have also inducted captured British warships into the Irish Navy, and will be sending them into the Pacific, specifically to bring troops and supplies to the NPRC.
 * Implausible on so many levels but I'm willing to let it slide for your worst, Irish. Also, how are you going to get the supplies to Free China? I control the entire coastline. XD Nkbeeching (talk) 16:22, December 9, 2013 (UTC)
 * I am a Mod. Ireland cannot intervene in anything, and they most certainly do not have captured British Ships.
 * Jap Dip: The Japanese tell the Irish to mind their own affairs and keep out of the affairs of other countries. The Japanese will not back down and wish for peace but with the modifications handed over to the NPRC.
 * ​Ireland Diplomacy: ​​Ireland fears that the citizens of China will be fiercely oppressed. We also have concerns over the rather obvious fact that Japan is developing nuclear weapons. Please, allow the NPRC to be more independent of the Japanese Empire. Our fleet has decided to maintain its position around the coast.
 * Jap Dip: Then the Irish fleet will be lost. We will not allow such intimidation to stand and will push forward the terms we see as fair. ALSO THE NUKE PROGRAMS OF ALL POWERS ARE VERY MUCH SECRET AND NOT KNOWN TO THE COMMON PUBLIC. You're in no positon to influence or threaten me.
 * Ireland Diplomacy: The Japanese Empire made it rather obvious when they began cracking down on any news articles that were remotely connected to nuclear power. Irish tourists reported it to our police upon their return. We have begun to fear that all nations are developing nuclear weapons, and would like to limit it. We shall land the fleet in Sri Lanka, and will attempt to establish a base upon the island with the consent of the ruling government. I have made a point about the news articles.
 * Jap Dip: Fair enough, but you will still be unable to do anything in East Asia, I'm afraid.  The Japanese government makes no comment other then denying Japan's development of any sort of weapon capable OF what is suggested. (Also, in that period while all the powers did remove mentions of said articles it was not known what could be done and what the weapons were.)
 * Nuclear power articles would not be common at all, and are you shitting me with the Irish tourists? There is a massive war on. No tourists.
 * Mexican Diplomacy: Mexico suggests that Ireland ignores the Japanese opression due to it having enough problems of their own.
 * Mexico: We continue to improve our obsidian monopoly controlling about 70% of all obsidian mines in the world. This number is expected to rise to 87,243% and this will probably be the maximum according to official statistics. During this period, the amount of agnostics and atheists rise. As cities expand, villages that die out are turned into fertile land and the creation of mass plantations begins. Mexico's corn, bean and pumpkin production are now surpassing the national need and thus Mexico begins to export. As Mexico continues to influence Honduras, Guatemala, El Salvador and Nicaragua using economy, ideology and other techniques the government decides to take advantage of the British situation in order to influence Belize which should be failry easy due to the war and the fact that Belize is suffering a great depression and the Belize nationalism is not as developed yet. The population also surpasses 22 million as of January 23rd, 1942.
 * Czechoslovakia: Everything we did last year continues. We move troops into our new vassal, Yugoslavia, and begin to greatly alter and improve ports and ship works, so we can create a navy. Propaganda in Czechoslovakia calms any remaining tensions, and we use propaganda in Yugoslavia to ensure that the population is behind us. Troops are pulled out of all fronts, as the war is over. We request that we are given a say in the peace talks.
 * Greece: After the events on the border with Thrace and the lack of response or aid from the Turkish government, a war declaration is issued against Turkey. Soon Greek forces enter Thrace directed at both Istanbul and Edirne being the two major cities in Western Turkey and the easier to be attacked by the Greek forces, while in the sea the Greek fleet begins attacking the Turkish fleetships and launching offensives to invade Miletus. Greece also asks to be given the ruins of the city of Carthage as a port city in a similar way Ceuta and Oran. We also expect the British allow for the re-unification with Cyprus. We continue influencing Albania.
 * Switzerland: The government continues to influence Liechtenstein. The army builds 30 Panzer II-s tanks as armored personnel carriers. They have a 20mm cannon and a .30 caliber machine gun on them. The government continues research into jet technology. We return the German aircraft that were siezed and their men. Designs for the aircraft had been acquired and are being used to modernize the fighter force with the EKW C-37 being planned for the end of the year.
 * Swiss D: We offer France reconstruction aid in exchange for a strip of land from Switzerland to the port of Nice. We will aid the reconstruction of French industry and the rearmament of the French armed forces.
 * Norway: The king of Norway starts to train his men for war between Sweden. Missiles are being made along with tanks and troop carriers. The population has increased from 3.5 million to 3.8 million. Special drills are becoming mandatory in case a missile attack or any air attack happens. The king tells the border control troops that if they see any Swedish troops to open fire and kill them. The government increases education to make Norway a smarter country. We improve our ports to increase our imports and exports. Scientists want to get a radar into space to trace people in Sweden to help them in the war that is coming, but they do not know how to get it up there. Some scientists suggest to send a rocket or missile into space, but they would have to first build a special craft for that. Building for the special craft is getting under way. In their secret spy organization they start to build prototype stealth planes to have in the war that will come up. Norway asks Germany if we can have some nukes to use to attack Sweden.
 * Sweden is one of Germany's main allies, and why would Germany help you?
 * Ireland: Ireland begins a mass vie recruitment drive, with the aim of getting over one million men by the end of the year. They also begin to research jet technology and more complicated tanks. Industry rises in response to the demands.
 * Japan: Japan continues their nuclear program making progress toward the ultimte goal, the atom bomb. It is believed that the first bomb will be ready by 1945, with this visible progress of the project the entire High Command along with the the Diet and the royal family is made aware of the project as well as the fact that other countries are working toward this, funds are increased to allow them to move as fast as possible toward the weapon. Industrial expansion continues and export of weapons to the rest of the Alliance except the ROC begins. The cheap oil and rubber coming out of Indonesia causes a massive surge in the automobile industry leading to greater production of civil and military vehicles and a greater interest in export of these products. The development of a helicopter begins as the Japanese notice other countries producing them and are intrigued. The army strategists provide funds for the development of an armored personnel carrier to allow for quicker and safer movement of troops in bulks. The navy continues expansion with a subs, and aircraft/fleet carriers becoming the main focus along with cruisers along with other escort ships being produced to start pushing for the development of a new naval strtegy as the old tactics and mind is seen as becoming increasingly obsolete, though the old remains to an extent as more Yamato class ships are built. Expansion of higher learning programs and basic education continues as is the bettering of the health care system. The designing of an automatic rifle continues. all research programs continue with progress being made in several areas including the continued bio weapons program, though it is decided by the military close the Harbin program and destroy all evidence of its existence.and the program is relocated to northern Japan, all human experimentaion is ceased in the program as well. Japan  declares its intentions to push forward the decolonization of East Asia as organized in the peace talks between the Axis and the Allies. French Indochina will be split into the USA dominated Kingdom of Cambodia. The Empire of Vietnam and Laos will be ceded to Thailand as per agreement. Japan demands that Portugal cede Macau to Japan and East Timor to Indonesia. Shanghai becomes the main base of operations on the mainland as it was annexed by Japan in 1938, it also becomes the main entertainment centre for troops on rest with several military brothels and gentlemen's clubs open up owned by the military. investment continues to rise throughout the Japanese sphere and in Japan and the East Asian market continues to rise in value as stocks sky rocket, it also remains a very hard market for western investors to enter. Cultural revival continues as the government and military try to restore Japanese sense of respect and honor, which is proving quite successful. The liberals start to grow increasingly vocal as the war is basically over and though they remain a minority they are starting to be heard. The major investors in oil and natural resources in Japan and its sphere create the White Dragon Group which is an elitist group aimed at maintaining high profits and promoting greater economic expanison. Hainan and Shanghai are made official Japanese oversea territories like the Kwantang peninsula. Japanization of Korea continues, and the Taiwanese are becoming increasing more accepting of their imperial identity.
 * Manchukuo: The Japanese begin to sell weapons to Manchuria in large scales and permit local production of them to help with sales. The reforming of the Manchu economy continues as it continues to grow as does the investment in the oil project. The young crown prince is sent to Japan to receive his formal  education, and Pujie and Lady Saga have a second child. The Manchu Oil Co Inc is founded as the major developer of the nation's oil industry. The Harbin bio facility is shut down and demolished. As the project is moved massive burning of corpses used in experimentation begins to hide all facts of what went on in the facility. All data is shipped off to Japan for safe keeping.
 * Indonesia: Indonesia continues to stabilize the country with the help of Japan and the oil and rubber industry start to show a profit. The ethnic equality act is passed whih makes all thnic groups except Han Chinese equal and grants them full citizenship. The Japanese are also granted special residence status giving them large benefits. The naval base in Palembang is finished and the Japanese south asia fleet will be stationed there from now on. The land is rented by the Japanese for a reasonable price. Indonesia signs a trade agreement with Japan which formalizes the sale of oil very low prices to Japan in exchange for low prices of building material such as steel and other product along with arms and automobiles, while the price of oil will remain for the rest of the world at the global price.
 * Occupied China: Troops continue to carry out anti-insurgency operations in Occupied China on a massive scale, while sweeping operations begin to clear the coastal areas of resistence completely and to pave way for reconstruction on a large scale to promote economic growth and profit for the Japanese market.  More policing duties are handed to the local Chinese troops loyal to Wang Jinwei and the Japanese troops occupy themselves with keeping the regions of Occupied China under Japanese control leading to much less incidents between Japanese and Chinese, leading to less tension or outbreaks of violence. More internment camps are built to accomodate those imprisoned and all captured are treated as POWs to avoid mistreatment and to show the western world Japan is respectful. Wang Jingwei supports Japan's demands for the false government in Chengdu to accept.


 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Britain begins producing the first jet-aircraft. (I have poured ridiculous amounts of energy into my AF. I have jet aircraft.), replacing many current planes with the new planes - the new anti-ship Tornado, the modified Spitfire, and the modified Tempest ground attack craft. The Hurricane will be modified soon. Meanwhile, the war fronts grind to a halt, as the Armistice is debated. Churchill makes a speech calling WWII "a war that was lost despite winning every battle", noting that Britain had not as of yet lost any battles that had been fought. However, it appears that Britain will not appear much weaker from this war. Most troops are pulled out of Schleswig-Holstein, while the British Expeditionary Force is returned to Britain. With the gigantic Civil War in India, it is decided not to return the 20 million Indian troops there, and instead shifts them to Canada for the moment, while swiftly opening gateways in Bombay, Madras, and Burma is allow people to flee the nation, while all troops and such are pulled out of India. The bomb is also developed. It will be ready by 1945.
 * Sweden: A draft is isued in the southeast and the nation and the Southeastern troops are moved onto the border, while there is a major crackdown.
 * Dominion of India: Like a pack of cards, the whole nation's system tumbles. Chaos begins to reign in the nation as the civil war kicks off with four sides of the civil war beginning to emerge and mobilise. Each of the four sides quickly establish their borders and capture industrial sectors and factories needed for the war effort as they feel will occur. Sen's factories now work at maximum output and he uses the chance to employ women and promote women empowerment as he sends the men to build up. Many airfields are open and Sen uses the chance to launch the Zeros - the ones delivered by Japan as well as the ones built in Sen's own factories. They are used to check for enemy movements as well as scout for any enemy fighters. Sen has complete control of Bengal and the Northwest Frontier territory as well as some land in Burma. His troops are mobilised and he keeps a defensive footing in the west while launching offensives in the east to capture Burmese land and establish a link with Japanese forces. The Nazim makes Jinnah Prime Minister, and his first acts is to declare the Islamic Kingdom of Deccan. In the rural scene, many do not care much for the civil war yet and continue their progress in farming techniques - growing more crops. Tata contines production in his factories and he uses Congress troops to protect his factories from the civil war as heavy researching and construction work goes on. Congress suddenly finds itself on the backfoot around the nation as troops everywhere rebel away. They lose control in Begal first, followed by the Deccan. They hope to retain control in the other parts of the nation and quickly mobilise and conscript a few million troops from the Ganges region as well as the south to protect their current holdings. In secret, thousands of scientists and engineers continue to work on the new aircraft and try to make better versions of the aircraft as well as provide technical support for the factories constructing the aircraft in secret. The aircraft kept in warehouses begin to be used. The first 50 soon take off in a bid to scout the area and they begin to attack Bengali positions from the area. They are met with huge surprise when they see factories and even greater surprise when Zeros engage them. The fighting is tense but in the end three Corsairs and two Zeros were lost in the dogfighting. The first aerial confrontation of the civil war has just occured. Most small airbases have finished construction and the construction of the rest is abandoned. Many of the larger ships in the drydocks are left incomplete due to the fact that the resources will be needed for the land war. The RSS were the quietest of the factions. Although having launched the initial chaos, their troops melted away into the background. However, the word is given and immidiately the troops come out of the shadows and launch attacks everywhere. They capture many of the bases in the south as well as in the princely states on the coast. Bombay and the rest of the land below the Gangetic plains is now under RSS control. The sides begin to launch their opening battles against each other. Millions of people are now employed to build everything from factories to railroads to proper roads to cars and tractors and work on farms in Burma now. This allows for increased production.
 * With the war currently in a state of peace, bombers are recalled to friendly territory, as close to the Motherland as possible. Vyacheslav Molotov is sent to represent the needs and interests of the Soviet Union in Geneva, while Georgy Zhukov is sent to meet with his fellow Axis generals, Erwin Rommel, Jose Sanjurjo, Jan Syrovy, and some Italian fellow. Industrialization continues, and lands east of the Urals begin to be industrialized. The nuclear reactors are completed and plutonium begins to be produced. The expectation of a nuclear bomb is great amongst the scientific community and the government as well.
 * The United States has begun withdrawing troops from Iceland in order to show American support toward peace in Europe. The USS Arizona, along with the carriers Lexington and Yorktown, as well as an escort of seven cruisers and destroyers and three troop transports, is sent through the Panama Canal to Pearl Harbor until they are given the word by Secretary of the Navy William Hull to deploy to French Indochina. Meanwhile, the Trans-Continental Roadway System has breached the Appalachian Mountains and is now on its way toward the Eastern Seaboard of the United States. Improvement of the infrastructure and national economy of the Philippines continues, with the independence date moved up to 1944.5. Admiral Chester Nimitz has announced the Navy's intent to invest more into aircraft carriers, seeing that battleships are soon to become obsolete in this new era of warfare. Nimitz also asks to meet with Admiral Yamamoto when he gets the chance to discuss the possibility of joint exercises between the United States Navy and the Imperial Japanese Navy. Meanwhile, the M-4 Sherman is now the primary tank of the US Army and Marine Corps, while plans to develop an M-4 Sherman II begins. The P-51 Mustang has replaced 80% of all aircraft of the United States Navy, due to its ability to serve as a fighter, dive bomber and torpedo bomber. Research into jet engines and rocketry continues, while the atomic program continues in several separate locations across the country. Domestically, the United States continues to improve education and the healthcare system of the nation, while the GI Bill is passed by Franklin Roosevelt, allowing any member of the United States military to receive money for college. The Department of War is re-organized into the Department of Defense, which includes the Department of the Army, Department of the Navy and Department of the Air Force. In order to ensure the security of the coastlines of the United States, the United States Coast Guard becomes part of the Department of Defense, under the name of the Department of the Coast Guard. The Department of Defense begins looking for a suitable location for a headquarters that is not too close to the center of politics, but not too far, thus a location is picked near the Potomac River in Alexandria, Virginia. (More to come, probably).
 * Japanese Diplomacy: Admiral Yamamoto is not the prime minister. However, the Diet and High Command authorize the joint exercise and request a second transaction of info on nuclear programs. The Japanese also offer offers its data on bio weapons and jet engines.
 * American Diplomacy: We agree to both deals and will send you the information immediately.
 * Germany: Germans everywhere celebrate the victory in the war, as many of them feel as though German honor has been avenged. Alscace-Lorraine is re-integrated back into Germany, and troops are sent overseas to the colonies that Germany has gained back. Albert Speer's popularity has risen immensly due to this victory, and some go as far as to call him a greater leader than Hitler himself, and that Hitler couldn't do better under the circumstances. German troops are brought back to the fatherland to receive a great honor from the government and the people. The war has brought many into the workforce, and the depression in Germany is over. Germany now stands strong in Europe, as it should be. Despite all of this celebration, the government and military is still ready at a moment's notice. Production of Panzer tanks continues, but with the war over production starts to slow down. Development of the Panzer VI continues, but the government declares that it is the final Panzer to be developed due to the peace. The first few jet engines roll out of the factory. After some test flights, they are determined to be much better than traditional aircraft, and full production is ordered. Development of jet bombers begins to match the fighter's capability. Furthermore, the Horten Brothers begin to create their first prototype jet aircraft. Following significant air losses in southern France, Speer decides to have the government fund Von Braun's research if he were to put a guidance system into them. Von Braun accepts the challenge and begins research at Peenemunde. The first flying bomb prototype is nearing completion, and it is likely that a test flight will occur later this year. Nuclear research continues, and a new factory for Plutonium is created in southern Poland. Germany's forces withdraw back to the nation, but troops are left in the country's vassels of Hungary, Poland, Denmark, and the Netherlands. Investment in all of those countries has rebuilt their infrastructure and industry. Their armed forces are also supplied with German weapons and vehicles. German investment in the reclaimed colonies has restarted the economic activity in those areas. Mineral extraction from those colonies is done to help the production of German goods back in Europe. German is also brought back to those areas for the natives to learn. The natives are for the most part treated fairly as long as they accept German culture and don't cause trouble. Some politicians propose imposing an Apartheid-like system in the African colonies.
 * Denmark: Danish troops re-occupy Iceland and the Faroes after the British and Americans withdraw. Production of war goods continues, but slows down now that the war has ended. Trade in the Baltic is reopened due to the end of the war. Denmark strongly rejects the offer of the Swedes, and the nation will remain called Denmark. Troops all over Europe are brought back to Europe, where they are honored by the king.
 * Poland: Production of war goods continues, but it slows down now that the war is done. Troops are brought back to Poland and are honored by the government. The monarchy commission chooses to crown Andrzej Poniatowski as the king of Poland. This is met with nationwide celebration.
 * Netherlands: The Dutch navy returns to the Netherlands now that the war is over. The troops are also brought home, where they are honored. Mineral extraction in Dutch Guiana continues to produce goods back in Europe. Production of military goods begins to slow down now that the war is over.
 * Hungary: Hungarian troops are brought home and they are honored for their contribution in the war. Production of war materiel begins to slow down now that the war is over. Despite the sacrifice of the Hungarian troops, many are upset that Hungary did not gain anything from the war. A monarchy committee similar to the one in Poland is established, and begins to search for canidates.
 * Italy continues in the peace discussion. The diplomats declare that they will withdraw their claim to Algeria if the British cede Somaliland, which is not a negotiable point for the Italians. Meanwhile, the Italians develop a team led by Enrico Fermi (who i'm guessing never went to the US, because it was never specifically stated) to research the prospects of sustained nuclear fission, mainly hoping to use it as a power source, but not withholding the prospects of nuclear weapons.
 * The fighting stalls in France as the peace talks commence. Economy and military are upgraded.

1942.5
''' Tensions grow along the Swedish-Norwegian border. Both countries seem sure that they will unify Scandinavia, and will likely come to blows as a result. '''

''' After some years of dispute, the Netherlands and Indonesia reach a deal regarding the Dutch inhabitants of Indonesia. Any pure Dutch are sent back to the Netherlands, and any partially Dutch are given a choice on whether to stay or not. '''

''' India continues to get even more brutal in the mother of all Civil Wars. '''


 * Brazil: With a foothold being gained in both Southern and Northern Vnezuela Brazil and its allies continue to push the advantage beginning to push from both Barcelona, and Puerto Ayacucho to attack Caracas and take back the capital. This is expected to be done in two major offensives with the forces in Barcelona moving on Caracas and the forces in the South moving to break a large rebel army in San Fernando and thus an open shot to Carcas as well as the western portions of the country. (Algos done) The Brazilian economy remains slow but has not slowed much more and shows promise following the end of hostilities to once again procede normally in economic expansion. The Private contractors now hired by various state governments begin to expand the infrastructure once again with the central Brazilian states managing to extend the bright newly paved and built infrastructure to more known resource deposits, more of which are being found for exploitation. The Brazilian military continues its various research and development projects with the prototype jet engine which was tested earlier being successful and a much more powerful and refined variant going off of this. Jet Aircraft, unless given the technology by another nation, is considered feasible and up for use militarily and non-militarily, by the year 1948-1951 depending on how the next tests go. The Brazilian navy also begins to undergo a moderate cut back with no new ships being ordered, and its shiny new navy being applies to set patrol routes and set rest periods. While not overly expansive the Brazilian navy has become a large well organized force to deal with. The Brazilian nuclear program also continues to push with both bomb and power projects being worked on with both being equally precedent. The Brazilian population grows to about 46.6 million and the cultural trend going toward more kids moves some private researchers to begin re-considering their populational growth prediction. Brazil continues to work closely with Paraguay, Uruguay and Argentina, preventing the further spread of violence from Venezuela into the other nations. The Brazilian, Argentinian, Uruguayans, and Paraguayans, begin the creation of an economic bloc.
 * ​Argentina:  Argentina continues its close and intensive work on its economy and Infrastructure using one to help expand the other in an expanding game. Railways and highways between Argentina continue to connect more thoroughly with Brazilian infrastructure through Uruguay which has begun expansion of its own infrastructure. Argentina continues military support to the SADC allies to put down the Venezuelan rebellion. Argentina continues to look for high threat targets and catalogues them as best they can. However, the Argentinians abstaining from huge detrimental expenditures and the end of the infamous changing of powers just years before has begun to gather large amounts of popular support from the regime looking to increase the public support more than it already is.
 * Venezuela (Loyalists):  The Venezuelan loyalists securing territory alongside their allies join both the Brazilian led pushes from the South and the North both with the ultimate goal of taking Caracas. The Venezuelan militarized factories and other areas produce things for the military domestically to cut back on needed supplies. Loyalist civilians in certain cities help seeing the Venezuelan government coming back to help them begin to organize a counter movement to the Venezuelan rebels and some soldiers which escaped the initial revolts begin to disrupt and openly collide with the rebels in cities such as Caracas and others further west. The Infrastructure is cleaned up to help the advance of SADC and loyalist forces.
 * Uruguay:  Uruguay thanks Argentina for taking over its military duties of the SADC and continues to improve its economy with its banking system enlarging still drawing a few other out of continent foreign investors. The agricultural export base is expanded as well while some resource development is considered to be developed in the 50's after thorough survey of the subjective lands. The Uruguayan military continues to buy Brazilian equipment in order to modernize its military. The Uruguayan population grows moderately as increased birth rates are attributed to the country's low death rate. Uruguay officially sends supplies to the SADC in Venezuela.
 * They were vassalized a while ago, Guns. It's been a few turns. Please pay attention and stop assuming you're right in every instance. It's really starting to piss me off. _feud
 * ​ Paraguay:  Paraguay, thankful for Brazil's and Argentina's investment in the country, begins to emerge out of the economic cesspool in which it was but requires large amounts of domestic work before it can even catch up to Uruguay or any other country for that matter. However, with some surpluses in money for the first time in years, Paraguay buys up some of its own stock once again which has been left in low prices by those who abandoned it and manages to begin a light development process of some of Paraguay's most valuable land. The nation's infrastructure is also built on for the first time in years with its military looking to modernize for the first time in years as well, looking to be semi-modernized by 1950. Paraguay, while now also being a member of the SADC, thanks Argentina for taking over its military involvement. Paraguay, also just freshly out of the depression and with the horrors in mind, begins to dissuade any threatening or off-kilter behaviour. Alongside this, Paraguay works closely with its neighbors to prevent any issues from spreading to the country. Paraguayan military members send supplies to the SADC operations in Venezuela hoping to end the conflict sooner and prevent anymore undue casualties.
 * When did you get Uruguay? You got PARAGUAY, once ...
 * Also, Feud, stop making algos every goddamn turn. One algo per war, unless it's something like WWII, which this is NOT. You have 27% of Venezuela, the rebels will collapse, you will annex their nation, it will be entirely done by 1945, SO SAYETH THE MODS.
 * I got Uruguay a while ago .... it's in the mod events, not my fault you didn't check. Stop screwing with my turns because you can't pay attention. _Fued
 * And by "Mods" you mean yourself, and by "Uruguay" you mean vassal, right? -MP
 * Fucking hell. Feud, if you'd actually read, I've been telling you that that was changed, that it was PARAGUAY you vassalized, NOT FUCKING URUGUAY. MP, are you high? If he's allowed to make an algo every turn, he could annex a nation despite only winning by one percent, simply by making 33 algos. Feud, YOU pay attention. You are NOT vassalizing a continent full of countries with totally different cultures to yours without a single fucking war. You want Uruguay, fight for it. That mod event was CHANGED, and for that matter you only got one of the two. MP, you want to be helpful, fix the shit that Spartian's done.
 * Oh, actually, you know what, I stand corrected. You did get Uruguay - it's Paraguay that stayed out of your grip. My bad.
 * What do you mean? I haven't fought a war to get my vassals. I fought Argentina to make it a vassal, and now I'm fighting a civil war in Venezuela to fix the same issues. That means I've fought a war for the majority of my vassals. Also, mods are giving me conflicting messages about algorithms. Some say I have to do more and then guns says I don't have to do another one. Also, as it stands that means I have taken most of my vassals or am holding onto most of them through war, and if I had Paraguay (in which they should fall under my influence anyway, regardless) that means 50% were taken or held through conflict or war, and 50% were peaceful influence through economics. Also, your attitude is seriously getting on my nerves, just because you're a mod doesn't mean you get to cuss and throw hissy fits on the game page. Seriously, be civil. I'm trying to be. Also, Paraguay and Uruguay both have less than two million people at this point and Paraguay is really not in a position to resist influence.. -Feud
 * Neither of those wars involved Paraguay; that's like America saying "Oh, I've fought with Germany, why do I need to go to war with Iraq?" (For example).
 * Ireland: Irish economy begins booming in response to the war effort, even though there is a ceasefire. However, in Ulster and Meath, Loyalists begin stockpiling weapons. Corn, potato, beef and other products begin to thrive, and Ireland opens trade routes. The Irish government begins cracking down on Loyalists. In response, a total of five car bombs go off in Dublin, killing over 40 people. The government instantly responds, and begins hunting down the perpetrators. Ireland has also finished construction on five naval destroyers and two battleships. An army of about 200 Loyalists and Protestants seize control of the Walled City in Derry, killing a total of 110 people, declaring it British territory. 500 soldiers, 20 tanks and 50 police officers are dispatched to deal with the uprising. The rebels have barricaded the entrances, and a siege begins. The Second Irish Civil War is about to begin. (I have gone right off the deep end.) The tanks which have been ordered to Derry arrive late. Upon their arrival, the tanks are used to breach the barricades, and the Irish soldiers and police officers storm the Walled City. In a bloody battle, all of the Loyalists and Protestants are killed, along with half the police and 170 of the soldiers. With the siege over, Ulster erupts into civil war. The Second Irish Civil war has begun. Two of the five destroyers are destroyed by rebels in a bombing at Cork.  Meath also erupts into civil war. Troops are recalled from Wales to aid the war effort. Irish Industry increases in response.


 * Irish Dip: Ireland would like to start trade with Brazil and the United States. We are currently tracking down the terrorist responsible for the Dublin bombing. The local populace is blaming Britain, and is calling for a full scale invasion.
 *  No way Ireland has the funds for that. It's either weapons production or a mediocre navy - at least, in my opinion. Nkbeeching (talk) 10:47, December 10, 2013 (UTC) 
 *  Could you rephrase that? 
 * Come to Chat. Daeseunglim (talk) 11:12, December 10, 2013 (UTC)
 * Slow down, please. It will not be that fast.
 * Switzerland: We begin to upgrade our infrastructure more now that the Second World War is over. The Swiss militia demobilizes and the army goes back to normal readiness. We continue to influence Liechtenstein. The government orders another 250,000 Karbiner Model 1940 rifles. Work continues on a jet engine. Swiss SIG begins to develop a new heavy machine gun for the military. The first twelve EKW C-37 planes are delivered. They are very similar to the Messerschmitt Bf. 109 fighter planes. We purchase 35 Panzer II Infantry Fighting Vehicles. They carry up to two squads of ifantry, and are armed with a 20mm Oerlikon autocannon and a 30 caliber machine gun. They are named Panzerinfanterie.


 * Swiss D: We request to purchase a strip of land from France. The land will run from Switzerland and include the port city of Nice. In exchange the Swiss government promises aid in the reconstruction of your nation and rearmament of your military.
 * Ireland: An army of about 200 Loyalists and Protestants seize control of the Walled City in Derry, killing a total of 110 people, declaring it British territory. 500 soldiers, 20 tanks, and 50 police officers are dispatched to deal with the uprising. The Rebels have barricaded the entrances, and a siege begins. The Second Irish Civil War is abo


 * Merge this with your previous post, please.
 * Free China: We ask for peace again with these terms.
 * NPRC and the Reformed Republic of China shall remain two separate entities and borders will remain present as they currently are for a period of 15 years after which a referendum for each individual province of the Reformed Republic of China will decide on their own fate, be it to join with the NPRC, remain with the Reformed Republic of China or another possible option.
 * The ROC will remain under joint Japanese-local (Japanese puppet, not you) authority during the next 15 years.
 * The NPRC renounces all claims to Manchukuo, Formosa, Hainan, Shanghai, Tibet, the lands seized by the U.S.S.R, Macau, and Hong Kong.
 * Will not interfere with the internal affairs of the Reformed Republic of China during the next 15 years.
 * Limited armed forces with no more then 400,000 troops, limited air force.
 * All NPRC citizens being allowed to travel throughout the GEACPS only after granted permission by the Japanese and by each individual government of the GEACPS.
 * Preference to Japanese and GEACPS goods be granted preferencial treatment and prices of products for both imports and exports be adjusted by the Japanese market.
 * Free access to Chinese natural resources.
 * The Prime Minister of the NPRC will be chosen by the Japanese Embassy.
 * The Ministries of Education, Economy, Security, and Military be chosen by Japanese and with Japanese officials within them.
 * Citizens of NPRC will be regarded as second class citizens of the Japanese Empire
 * Control of the airspace of the NPRC will be handed over to Japan.
 * Japanese corporations be giving rights to invest free of taxes in the NPRC.
 * Jap Diplomacy: The Japanese will accept the treaty but will allow points 11, 12, 13 to be suppressed as it will prove impractical to restoring relations and the Japanese apologize for their inadequate behavior intially and to be replaced with Japanese corporations will be granted preferential treatment. Points 1, 2, and 4 can be renegotiated at a future point, while Japan also proposes a new point where the security of Chinese will be treated with respect by Japanese throughout the GEACPS. And Japan will leave a minimal force decided by the Japanese High Command in the next three years. The Japanese ambassador hopes that relations can eventually normalize and stabilize.
 * Spartian300 here. is the above my fault? ;}
 * Nope. I felt bad about taking the fun away from ninja, and I want to see if things evolve. Nkbeeching (talk) 14:48, December 10, 2013 (UTC)
 * Ireland: The tanks which have been ordered to Derry arrive late. Upon their arrival, the tanks are used to breach the barricades, and the Irish soliders and police officers storm the Walled City. In a bloody battle, all of the Loyalists and Protestants are killed, along with half the police and 170 of the soldiers. With the siege over, Ulster erupts into civil war. The Second Irish Civil war has begun. Two of the five destroyers are destroyed by rebels in a bombing at Cork.  Meath also, erupts into civil war. Troops are recalled from Wales to aid the war effort. Irish Industry increases in response.


 * Merge with your previous post, please.
 * Mexico: The Mexican nation continues to prosper as the exporting of corn, beans and pumpkins continues. The Mexican public company Tecapatl now owns 83.5% of all Obsidian mines in the world. The government also attempts to create nuclear power plants but it lacks uranium. Due to this the nuclear project is ignored in favor of solar, wind and marine power plants. Solar power plants are on the top of the list due to the high insolation in Mexico. Another problem of Mexico is the increasing pollution caused by many factories opening. With the help of scientists, the Mexican government attempts to solve this problem. During this period, universities are founded in Mexico's larger cities. Mexico, although the war is over, continues to influence Belize with seemingly large success. As the Nicaraguan Canal's legal problems are soon to be solved, Honduras, El Salvador, Guatemala and Nicaragua are under continuous influence of the Mexican government. Now that the war is more or less over Mexico attempts to organise a conference about the Nicaraguan Canal with USA and Panama.
 * Germany: Germany continues to produce war materiel, but since the war is over most of it is put into storage. Panzer Vs continue to be produced, and they are expected to become the main battle tank of the nation due to their exceptional capabilities. The Panzer VI is still in development. In aircraft, the Me "Swallow" is now being rapidly produced to ensure German air dominance over Europe. Development of a jet bomber continues, and the Arado company has produced a design that shows promise. Construction of a prototype begins, and a test flight is likely for next year. The flying bomb prototype at Peenemunde is completed and its test flight is without trouble. A total of fifty are ordered by the government for now. Development of a better submachine gun is started. Construction of another aircraft carrier begins at Kiel in order to extend German power to the colonies better. The Horten Brothers complete the first prototype of their aircraft and will likely have a test flight next year. Von Braun decides that the best way to ensure guidance of the rocket that the government demands is for radio control. As such, he takes the outer casing of his A4 design, makes it smaller, and begins trying to fit a radio device into it. He is largely successful, and continues to work on his prototype. Now that the war is over, trade with nations all over Europe and the world resumes. Mineral extraction in the colonies continues and resources are shipped back to Germany to produce goods. Naval bases and air fields are constructed in the colonies that Germany has now reclaimed. Nuclear research continues, and production of plutonium in Poland continues to make a weapon and to see if controllable nuclear energy is possible. A crisis brews in the nation with regards the the many monarchs. Some of them wish to be crowned as the Kaiser of Germany, but the federal government is unsure about it and doesn't want any one monarchy to have more power over the others. This is not likely to resolve this year, but it is a major talking point among many Germans.
 * Poland: Production of war materiel continues but slows down. Fortifications are built around the nation to ensure that Poland is ready for the next war. The new king rapidly becomess popular with the people. Poland petitions Germany for a free trade agreement within the former Polish Corridor.
 * Hungary: The monarchy commission decides to elect Paul V Esterházy, a prominent Hungarian Prince, to be the next King of Hungary. The German government and Regent Horthy approve, and by the next month Paul is crowned as Paul I of Hungary. Production of war materiel continues, but slows down due to the end of the war. The Arrow Cross party, a Fascist party supported by the Nazi party in Germany, formally takes control due to the anger of the Hungarian people.
 * Denmark: Denmark slows down its production of war materiel. Due to the Baltic Sea being free for trade once again, Denmark's economy begins to start up again. Danish troops begin to build fortifications around the country in case the feared conflict in Scandinavia spreads south. Denmark requests that Germany build an air field and naval base in Iceland, and Germany accepts. A small airfield is also constructed in the Faroe Islands.
 * Netherlands: The Dutch from Indonesia are welcomed back to their nation. Production of war materiel slows now that the war is over. Mineral extraction in Dutch Guiana continues. The government requests that Germany build an airfield in Dutch Guiana to help facilitate trade and defense there, and Germany accepts.
 * Brazil Secret Dip: Brazil asks for increased sharing of not only nuclear research but bomb research as well. We are also willing to purchase a few jets or any workable engines the Germans have in order to accelerate our own research.
 * German Diplomacy: We will send you some engines for your research, as well as sell you five jet fighters for your air force. We will also send you some information regarding nuclear fission.
 * Britain protests the vassalization of Holland. *winks*
 * Y'all better not be getting ready to go Rambo on my ass. No one screws with the Motherland. And the Motherland does not want to screw with anyone. :D
 * He not believe you. Hell, I not believe you!
 * Czechoslovakia: Continues doing what we have been doing. We refuse to allow Austrian access to the Ocean, and implore the rest of the Axis to do likewise.


 * Can't post tonight. I'll be posting for this year and next turn tomorrow, if that's all right. Have to take care of something right now. Nkbeeching (talk) 22:33, December 10, 2013 (UTC)
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Sweden: Steel production rises. Paratroopers are increased.
 * Norway: Norway declares war on Sweden. All troops are sent into Sweden to destroy their goverment officials and troops. Along the way we capture any city or town we come to to help us bring in supplies and more troops into areas we taken over in Sweden. Paratroops are sent to the capital city of Stockholm to kill the king.  Misslie strikes are being used to destroy Swedish military and government buildings. The population has increased from 3.8 million to 4.1 million. Scientists are about 35% finished in making a special craft that a radar in it to send to space to spy on the Swedes. A prototype stealth plane smaller than the actual one planned to be built is made, and flown over Sweden to see if we can get into their country undetected. It works and they do not see us and we bombed a military base in Kiruna with our prototype. So far in the beginning stages of the war we are winning. The nuclear program is making progress, and we are closer to making an atom bomb our ultimate goal. Our exports and imports are still increasing with the improvement of our ports the following year. People in Norway are happy with the propagada being spread around the country showing Norway destroying Sweden in a cartoon. The education system is still increasing to help children in school become smarter. Citizens in Norway are happier than ever with all of this positive propaganda being spread throughout the country. Even the king is happy and is giving speeches around the country to talk about all the positive things we are doing to help our citizens and our country.
 * Sweden Dip: Swedish bombers and paratroopers fly over Oslo bombing and killing many military men. The paratroopers drop down into many pro-revolutionary neighborhoods helping engulf Oslo into a civil war.
 * Such technologies don't exist yet.
 * Algo coming. Tomorrow. Cos damn.
 * Britain produces the modified Hurricane, now equipped with a jet engine, as well as a new craft, the Tiger Mk. I, a bomber-interceptor designed for defense operations. All troops are pulled out of Schleswig-Holstein, while the British Expeditionary force is returned to Britain, following the signing of the Hamburg Armistice, as it is now called. With the gigantic Civil War in India, it is decided not to return the 20 million Indian troops there, and instead shifts them to Canada for the moment, while swiftly opening gateways in Bombay, Madras, and Burma is allow people to flee the nation, while all troops and such are pulled out of India. Given the violence, Parliament passes an act urging all who wish to leave the nation do so now, as the nation will gain independence on the 1st of January, 1943, at which point the border with Burma will be closed and no more British ships will leave the docks. This sparks off a mass exodus as almost ten million people frantically pour out of the war torn country, while British naval ships destroy all harbours except for the two that are still under control- Madras and Bombay. The bomb is also further developed. It will be ready by 1945, and the first sustained reaction is carried out to meet said deadline. India
 * Swiss D: After some debate, the Swiss government decides to request to purchase 48 Tiger Mk.1 jet interceptor for use in the Swiss Air Force. We also request to purchase 36 Hawker Hurricane propeller fighters for the French Air Force. We request to be able to reproduce the engine within our own facilities and use te designs to make our own interceptor built to Swiss defensive needs. In exchange we will give the UK the plans for the FF Oerlikon 20 mm fighter mounted autocannon. We will also give you 400 of these cannons along with a license to manufacture them. We also request to purchase 48 Hawker Hurricane propeller aircraft for the French Air Force.
 * Don't push it Guns. It was 15 mil. And do you have any idea how implausible it is guns, to fit a jet engine in 1943 to a Hurricane?
 * Same name, different craft. And I also had some refugees.
 * Colombia returns from a state of isolation with the snap election in 1942, ni which an extreme liberal, Jorge Eliécer Gaitán, wins the vote with a resounding majority. Peru and Ecuador are heavily influenced, and are brought together in the Andean Treaty Organisation, an economic and military pact. Colombia increases its military and economic prowess.
 * Italy: continues in the peace discussion. The diplomats declare that they will withdraw their claim to Algeria if the British cede Somaliland, which is  not  a negotiable point for the Italians. The nuclear research continues to go well.
 * Greece: The military and navy are built up. While this, the Greek forces successfully oust the Turks of Edirne. While this, the Greek military forces try to reach Istanbul. However, the Turkish forces aren't allowing much progress as the Greek fleetships are fighting viciously in Izmir and Istanbul, but the Greek troops manage to make a foothold on the Asia Minor coasts, While this, troops continue fighting the Turks in Thrace.
 * The Soviets expand the military and industry. T-34s continue to be rolled off the line. They begin to mass the border with Sweden and Norway. The Dagestan SSR is created. Nuclear reactors produce more plutonium and the test for the first nuke is expected in a year's time (in 1943.5). The Soviets purchase rocket and jet technology from the Germans, which spurs interest in a Soviet rocket program. The first funds for this are collected. With the Geneva Accords signed, Vyacheslav Molotov and Georgy Zhukov return to Moscow, and the people celebrate the end of a victorious war. The Soviets begin to consider adopting the Geneva Conventions, but dismiss it.
 * The United States continues to do what it was doing last turn. Research continues on all matters in the fields of weapons, science, medical, life and social. Military is expanded, particularly the Navy and the Marine Corp. Research into the atomic program continues. (Sorry for the short post).
 * Dominion of India: As the mod post says. The sides continue to gain more lands and the first major battles against each other occurs. It is hell and the Muslim civilians trying to get to Deccan are gunned down by all sides due to the fact they are interfering with their objectives. As a result, over a million are killed.
 * France begins rebuilding from the war. Military and economy are expanded.
 * France begins rebuilding from the war. Military and economy are expanded.

1943
''' Scraw, ASK before you buy things from me. Until you do, I will not sell you things. -MP '''

Sooo....can I buy?

I can sell you a few jets, but the rockets are not finished yet, and need more development.

''' The first UN meeting takes place. A page will be made for this. '''

''' APPLICATION FOR THE UN IS NOW OPEN! APPLY SO YOU CAN VOTE FOR STUFF! '''

''' The Indian civil goes apeshit as the British swiftly move to contain the violence, closing off the border into Burma and destroying almost all ports except for Madras and Bombay, which are scheduled to be destroyed soon; as a result, these two areas are swamped with millions of refugess trying to leave the nation- which has now become Independent. '''

'''Following the Brazillian intervention, Venezuela begins to see a rapid gain in strength for the loyalists who begin to get the upper hand in the ongoing war. Brazil is doing well and its intervention pays off for the nation. The heavy equipment is too great for the rebels to counteract and the tanks and aircraft help Brazil to rapidly gain full control of the skies and dominance on the land. The rebels are left reeling. (You may take it back next turn)'''

''' In Scandinavia, the initial Swedish advantage is soon upturned by the Norwegians as they and their allies fight back against Sweden and force retreat after retreat. The Swedes launch counter-offensives. '''

''' No. No Civil War, Bad. '''


 * Brazil: Brazil, now in collusion with Venezuela, begins major operations (now that the foothold is expanded heavily and algos are no longer needed) begins to put major pressure on any remaining organized rebellion members. The Brazilian armed forces now using heavy tanks and aircraft begin to completely overwhelm the Venezuelan rebels as the capital of Caracas is cleared. San Fernando is also cleared and most of the rebels in this area have been killed or captured with remainders purportedly running off into the western portions of the country. With this, the Brazilian economy now begins to adapt to be able to work in a semi-wartime economy and begins to grow moderately, but not like is was before. The Navy expands the radar systems on its warships and works to expand the quality of the manpower on the ships as well as the officers. To help with this the Brazilian Naval academy is expanded and the standards for entry are increased. The Brazilian Army and Air Force taking hints from the navy begin to do the same and begin to tighten requirements. The Brazilian goverment now with the end of its major troubles in sight starts to invest more in education especially researching into technologies, and business. Some of the other professionas are also expanded as universities begin to receive some Federal as well as State funding. The Jointly owned Argentine-Brazilian auto manufacturers begins to expand more as more people take a liking to this new automobile. However, foreign bought is still particularly wanted as well. Brazil starts to handle Paraguay more aggressively moving more aircraft and tanks to the border as well as various infantry divisions. Brazil continues to work with Uruguay and Argentina centralizing and standardizing infrastructure with Border crossings beginning to have both Portuguese and Spanish on road signs. The Brazilian research into jet engines accelerates rapidly as the German engine purchased begins to unlock the various secrets of jet technology. Brazilian prototypes, however, are shown to have been on the right track. The Brazilian research into this replicating the German jet engine yields a test aircraft which is used to push the limits of the engine and show what tweaks or limitations can be removed by modification or improvement. The nuclear program also continues promisingly with German data and research accelerating the program rapidly. The bomb is expected to be officially finished by 1946-1947 and the power is expected to now be finished in 1946 as well with the first nuclear reactor to be helping power the city of Santiago in trials for expanded use across the country over the next few decades. The Brazilian government seeing a growing movement wishing for more comraderie with their Spanish speaking brothers begin to allow for a cultural exchange to take place allowing immigration to take place into the Amazon from all allied nations. This also helps expand the resource industry in the area. The Amazon river industrial capacity begins to increase as private firms begin working on a five year program of expansion intended to bring Brazil up in industrial ranking. The Brazilian military begins considering Rocketry and begins to promote that field with co-operation of all the the countries expanding military academies. The Brazilian Army officially unveils its new heavy tank improving upon the successes of the EH-1 with now improved armour and weaponry as well as more terrain versatility. The Heavy Tank EH-2 Serpente is armed with a 90mm cannon, an upgrade from the previous tank gun. This tank is expected to become the Staple Heavy tank for the next few years looking to phase out the EH-1's
 * ​Argentina:  Argentina continues its close and intensive work on its economy and Infrastructure using one to help expand the other in an expanding game. Railways and highways between Argentina continue to connect more thoroughly with Brazilian infrastructure through Uruguay which has begun expansion of its own infrastructure. Argentina continues military support to the SADC allies to put down the Venezuelan rebellion. Argentina continues to look for high threat targets and catalogues them as best they can. However, the Argentinians abstaining from huge detrimental expenditures and the end of the infamous changing of powers just years before has begun to gather large amounts of popular support from the regime looking to increase the public support more than it already is. Argentina begins to work toward a heavy economic co-operative with Brazil. It is expected to increase jobs and begin elimination of more of the Unemployment in the country. Argentina, acting in co-operation with Brazil, begins to act aggressively toward Paraguay and lines up just across the border. Brazil begins to use the helicopters bought from Germany and grounds ten of them to begin research on more advanced variants and expands the design to be more versatile and expedient. A prototype blueprint I drew up in nearly six months. However, it's just an initial prototype and not nearly a final product. The other helicopters are used against Venezuelan rebels.
 * Venezuela:  With most of the country coming back under the government's control Venezuela begins assessing Damage to the country and begins putting people back to work in government controlled areas looking to repair damage to the infrastructure and cities. However, most importantly the Venezuelan army begins to guard the oil industry and its platforms with heavy arms declaring them off limits except for working personelle. The Venezuelan army being supported by the Brazilians continues to conduct operations into Western Venezuela looking to wholeheartedly clear the areas out. Some issues are still cropping up in government controlled areas as Venezuelan police and troops still deal with various rebel attacks which are low to moderate intensity. Some captured rebels which were much more in tune with the government and initially wanted government reform are taken into government custody. However, they are treated relatively well and are considered in helping rebuild for a new, better Venezuela.
 * Uruguay:  The nation's banking industry continues to expand semi moderately gathering more investors. The agricultural sector is also expanded and focused on as it resource extraction. The Infrastructure is continually improved to link up with Argentinian and Brazilian infrastructure in a much more natural way putting Spanish and Portuguese on both signs at both borders to facilitate greater unity. The Uruguayan populace, initially skeptical of Brazil, begins to lighten to the idea of being in this sphere and the people are increasingly enthusiastic about joining the economic co-operative after news begins painting it in a very positive light. The military is also improved slightly with its infantry weaponry being put on par with their Brazilian and Argentine counterparts by 1945 and further modernization to take place at the government's discretion in the 50's.
 * Ireland: Second Irish Civil War continues. Protestants serving in the army defect to the Rebels. Bombings in Sligo and Cork. Now with more weapons, Loyalist march on Armagh and Belfast, having been trained by Protestant soldiers. Bloody fighting in Meath as Government Forces mount Operation Storm cloud, and the Loyalist are nearly driven out. The Loyalists and Protestants form the King's Liberation Force. Now becoming more organized, the KLF mounts an uprising in Donegal, and take control, seizing several weapons. With the KLF getting stronger, Irish Forces mount a counter-attack against the KLF armies marching on Belfast and Armagh. The Armagh KLF is halted, but the army marching on Belfast defeats the Irish Forces, and surround Belfast. Irish Forces already in Belfast prepare for a siege. The Irish Forces in Derry, having been re-inforced since the siege of the Walled City by 700 Irish soldiers, 30 tanks and 90 police officers, are also surrounded. The war is getting bloodier. (May I use Cuba guys? Someone is using four nations.) (Never mind, those are vassals. Im assuming local is the one doing all the strikes. )
 * Irish Dip: Ireland request to open a trade route with Cuba and Haiti. Ambassadors are sent over with a proposal: in return for materials and non-military aid, Ireland will trade beef, corn, potato and other such products.
 * NPRC: As we normalize relations with Japan, we begin to approach Germany and Brazil for military, economic and social aid, as well as hopefully, a military alliance. We begin to start trade along the Yangtze and Yellow Rivers and major deforestation operations begin in Shizhuang. The new increase in lumber led to the industrialization of Chengdu, Chongqing and other major cities. Zhou En Lai goes to Tokyo for trade talks. The economy begins to grow slowly as peace sets in. The port cities on the Yangtze River begin to prosper and trade increases with Japan, Reformed China and USSR. Due to our restrictions of our army, we begin many programs on improving the light weapondry, heavy weapondry, tactical mind and discipline of the soldiers such that "each NPRC soldier is equivalent to ten foreign soldiers" and "A soldier can be a captain and a captain can be a general". (Those are slogans for the movement). We begin construction of tanks and planes and the government begin to construct airstrips in many cities.
 * Japan: The imperial army slowly begins demobilization as the number of troops in China are cut litte by little. The moderates are greatly criticized by the ultra-nationalists who wanted absolute control over all of East Asia in a massive Japanese state. The military starts to face internal troubles which in turn gives the civilian government an opportunity to start regaining autonomy and superiority over the Japanese military. The Liberals side with those in the conservative groups who wish to put an end to military supremacy in politics.  Despite the disputes within the military all research programs continue and are pushed forward with the atom bomb nearing completion after research sent from the USA helps create a sustained chained reaction. A small group of researchers begins to fiddle around with the basic outline for a computer (the first one was made OTL by the Americans in WW2 and I'm at a level where I can begin making one. It won't be done by 1947, though, and it's one of those massive things that suck an entire city dry of power). Relations will normalize with the NPRC. However, the Japanese state that will not recognize the new state and will instead include the treaty along with the treaty of Shanghai signed with the ROC in 1938,and the Embassy to the NPRC will officially be with the ROC one in Nanjing, though Japan states it will treat the NDRC as a defacto state while notrecognising it de jure, creating a very complicated dual relation situation and allowing the Japanese to avoid facing any real troubles abroad. Japan once more demands that Portugal cede East Timor and Macau. industriaal expanison continues. development of a chopper and APC continue. All data reffering to the Harbin bio research facility is locked up safely with the highest possible security is placed. All references to it in Manchukuo or Japan is cencored and to be removed, the final evidence is destroyed as the total corpses used in experiments are burned and their ashes tossed to sea. The total numbers that were used number some 11,000 Han Chinese, Koreans and others who opposed Japanese rule. The development of a propelled granade continue as does the development of an automatic rifle. Japanese economic growth is unprecedented with the Yen valuing 110 yen equal to the dollar. Preparations to grant Vietnam continue. Shanghai continues to grow with business as Japanese set up a large entertainment  business there: largely brothels, cinemas and gambling houses. Nacent film industry begins there. Japan offers an exchange of secret documents and materials with the Americans, German and Brazilians (the Japanese package including jet research, nuclear research, bio and chemical weapon development and details on the effects of human experimentation in bio, chemical and psychological tests.) and requests they send a counteroffer. These negotiations go on under the table of official diplomatic relations. The Mitsubishi Ki-42 is put into production after its tests prove very promising making it the first operational jet plane in Asia, it is produced in as many numbers as possible.
 * Brazil Dip: We agree wholeheartedly.
 * Japanese Diplomacy: in exchange Japan requests large amounts of uranium to keep the Japanese stock high.
 * Brazil Dip: Done.
 * ​Manchukuo: the oil industry continues to be built up and initial exploration and exploitation of the Manchu reserves begin. Pujie and the Manchu Diet are granted more autonomy as they have proved their loyalty to the Japanese. Economic standards continue to grow. The remains of the Harbin facility are completely destroyed and construction of new buildings begins to replace and hide the horrors that went on inside
 * Indonesia: Indonesian oil and rubber continue to allow economic growth for the country and the products are offered to the international market aand Indonesia asls for trade agreeements with the western world.
 * Occupied China (ROC): Fighting decreases. However, the occupation continues and anti-insurgency operations continue. The border with Free China remains militarized to make sure weapons and materials deemed fit to use for military purposes are forbidden from entering while oil and food are allowed to pass. Wang Jingwei travels to Chengdu to see the other Chinese president as the Japanese political machine calls him to discuss the future of the Chinese, he is accompanied by Japanese officials who will overlook the talks. military bases are maintained. However, troops thin out a bit as those considered extra are sent first to Shanghai to let loose nad then to Japan to reunite with their families. more duties are delegated to the local Chinese forces. China is finally permited to start industrial production again. However, it is on a small scale and are mostly Japanese owners taking advantage of the Chinese cheap labour.
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Dominion of India: The civil war continues to grow and engulf the nation now. Battle after battle occurs, with thousands of farms laid to waste and a few million already homeless. Sen's factories now work at maximum output and he uses the chance to employ women and promote women empowerment as he sends the men to build up. Sen continues his eastern focus and his troops take on the small number of government troops and rebel fighters in Burma. Sen is hoping to take control of the resource rich region and emply the people of the region for his armed forces to take the fight to the Congress. In the Islamic Kingdom of Deccan, troops are mobilised and men are drafted in a bid to safeguard the borders of the nation for the evident oncoming attacks. In the rural scene, the civil war hits home as many find their farms laid to waste and their families killed in the civil war. Tata contines production in his factories and he uses Congress troops to protect his factories from the civil war as heavy researching and construction work goes on. Although Congress would like to get out the troops protecting Tata's factories as they hold over a thousand fighters which could be used. However, Tata tells the government most of them have some problem or another before they can be flown out to battle. As a result, only 100 fighters can be deployed by Congress, which still gives them a huge boost. In secret, thousands of scientists and engineers continue to work on the new aircraft and try to make better versions of the aircraft as well as provide technical support for the factories constructing the aircraft in secret. However, many of the factories in the south are only in control of Congress due to the fact the production of the aircrafts is unknown about as well as the high number of Congress troops. The 100+ Spitfires and Corsairs take to the air and strafe the enemy troops. Their main enemies are Bengal and RSS controlled lands and so the troops launch offensives against the RSS who they feel are weaker and they hope to divert their attention to Bengal later on. They hope to be able to temporarily be able to sign a Non-Aggression Pact with Deccan. Most small airbases have finished construction and the construction of the rest is abandoned. Many of the larger ships in the drydocks are left incomplete due to the fact that the resources will be needed for the land war and it is hoped they will be completed one day. The RSS begin to launch many offensives into rural areas, caputuring vital farmlands which counter-attacking Congress troops which are making progress against the RSS. Millions of people are now employed to build everything from factories to railroads to proper roads to cars and tractors and work on farms in Burma now, for Congress. However, Sen and his troops begin to destroy Congress troops and capture multiple cities. Congress desperately tries to rush to the aid of Burma but they cannot transport troops quick enough and Burma comes under the verge of falling to the Bengali troops. They quickly take the railroads and soon they have control of multiple factories in the region, which begin to be equipped to produce Zeros and a bomber version of the fighter, which will have significantly higher armour. Sen isn't looking for a huge technological advantage - only one which will allow him to produce the aircraft in large numbers and bomb Congress held India to rubble. His troops also repelled Congress offensives on the west and blow up bridges and stuff to make sure Congress cannot get over the rivers easily. Congress continues to focus toward the south and they deploy the first of their tanks. The tanks are comparable to the Panzer IV Ausf J - the scientists have been busy and have been studying the Second Great War in detail, as well as older tank models. These tanks give the Congress such a boost, they begin to make significant headway into RSS territory, and their offensive toward Bombay has begun. The RSS try to gather scientists and make its own version.
 * Jap secret Diplomacy: The Japanese offer to sell Sen chemical and biological weapons through third parties in East Asia.
 * Bengal Secret Diplomacy: Surya is willing to buy the materials, which he hopes can end the war quickly. He is also looking for any tank blueprints the Japanese have seeing the new threat which has just emerged from the Congress camp.
 * Jap secret Dip: The Japanese is willing to provide the Bengali forces with dragon tank blueprints (not sure how well they will do. They are based on panzer tanks and I'm going to be changing the design soon enough) and will, through third parties, provide the Bengali armies with several stocks of weaponized germs, bacteria and chemical weapons.
 * Bengal Secret Diplomacy: The Bengalis thank the Japanese for their generosity and graciously accept the tank designs and weapons. They don't plan to use the bio-weapons, but the chemical weapons are a completely different story.
 * Brazil Secret Dip: We officially send the RSS almost 150 EH-1 Heavy tanks, they are scrubbed all all markings tieing them to Brazil. If they are taken we will deny everything. Rifles and other weaponry are also sent with munitions. You will hear from us again
 * T. T  I want to see the fruits of my labor used ... come on, LOL. Well, I'll give you them anyway and you do as you see fit. Nkbeeching (talk) 19:23, December 11, 2013 (UTC)
 * DAMMIT NK!! YOU SAID YOU WERE GIVING THEM TO MEE!! IMP! This is a declaration of War on Britain. Just so you know.
 * I'm not giving it all - only enough to do some damage. You'll get your share as well - as will Brazil, Germany and anyone else who wants them XD. Nkbeeching (talk) 23:24, December 11, 2013 (UTC)
 * I already had control of Burma. You invaded ME, not the other way round.
 * Hold on. I will change something here. Nkbeeching (talk) 23:33, December 11, 2013 (UTC)
 * Imp what? IT'S A BRITISH COLONY, UNDER BRITISH CONTROL. YOU CANNOT JUST POST THAT IT'S YOURS. THIS ISN'T HOW MAP GAMES WORK.
 * No, you don't really own it anymore.
 * Jap Dip: The Japanese decide to only sell chemical weapons while the bio-weapons will remain in Japan.
 * Mexico: The government continues funding solar, wind and marine power plants. The nation is aiming to be self-sufficient by the 1950's. The population surpasses 23.5 million around March. The standing army is increased to 1.5 million due to demographic expansions. The blueprints for the Nicaraguan Canal have been finished, all legal issues have been more or less solved. The digging begins on April 10th 1943. Nicaragua, Honduras, El Salvador and Guatemala are continuously influenced by the Mexican government. Due to the inflation in Honduras, the Honduran government decides to use the Mexican peso as its currency.  The Mexican nation continues to prosper and the public company now controls over 87% of all obsidian mines. Although not actually a monopoly, the nation now controls enough obsidian to soon raise the prices of it.
 * Switzerland: We are mostly complete with a jet engine. The government continues to influence Liechtenstein. They construct 20 Panzer IV tanks and 30 Panzer III tanks. We improve infrastructure. We begin to work on designs for the EFW N-20 jet interceptor plane.
 * Norway: Many Swedish paratroopers are killed instantly, other paratroopers are taken to jail to be tortured. The Swedish invasion of Oslo is a failure and a stupid idea, because the Swedish army loses about 60% of their men in this invasion. Our military surrounds the city of Stockholm from getting supplies into the city. So far in the war we are easily defeating the Swedes. With our troops on the outskirts of the capital city of Stockholm all we have to do is find the king and kill him. Also we have to destroy the goverment buildings to. Our Navy blocks all activity from coming into Sweden with our blockage. The population increases from 4.1 million to 4.4 million. Scientists are about 55% finished in making a special craft with a radar in it to send to space to spy on the Swedish. The nuclear program is making progress, and we are closer to making an atom bomb our ultimate goal. Our exports and imports are still increasing with the improvement of our ports the following year. People in Norway are happy with the propagada being spread around the country showing Norway destroying Sweden in a cartoon. The education system is still increasing to help children in school become smarter. Citizens in Norway are happier than ever with all of this positive propaganda being spread throughout the country. Even the king is happy and is giving speeches around the country to talk about all the positive things we are doing to help our citizens and our country.
 * Germany: Production of war materiel continues, but this slows down to the end of the war and people entering other lines of work. Panzers will continue to keep rolling of the assembly lines, and even more Panzer Vs are made and enter the service. Drafting of the Panzer VI designs continue, and are likely to be finished this year. Basic designs for a Panzer VII are made, but it is not known if this tank design will be made any time soon. Me fighters continue to be made, but more of the plants are reconfigured to make jet fighters instead of propeller craft. The first jet bomber, the Arado Ar 234, is created, and a few dozen are made by the end of the turn. The bomber proves to perform quite well, and is easily able to outfly propeller aircraft. The second air craft carrier continues to be produced and is likely to be finished within a year or less. The current aircraft carrier is equiped with five jets, a first in warfare. Missile development continues. The first ten flying bombs are created, and production continues at Peenemunde. Radio development in Von Braun's rockets is moving quickly, and a test is likely for this year. Von Braun continues to test his A4 rocket as well. Development of a new model of submachine gun continues, and a new design model is created and awaits testing. The Horten brothers begin their first test flight, and although there are a few problems, they are corrected and move on to presenting their design to the High Command. The German embassy in Tokyo proposes trading weapon technology with Japan to better the armed forces of both nations. Mineral extraction in the colonies continues to produce goods in Germany. The airfields and naval yards in the colonies are completed, as are those in other countries. The Kaiser crisis of Germany continues with no resolution, but it is expected that the federal government will be able to hammer out a solution. Funds are secretly sent from German banks to support RSS leaders, as well as designs for MP35 and MP40 submachine guns and Panzer II and III tanks. German diplomatic overtures are also made to Bulgaria and Romania, offering them increased trade benefits and financial transactions. German industries also begin to invest in not only these countries but also in Iran, Egypt, Oman, and Iraq, seeking to modernize them and also expand German influence worldwide.
 * Poland: Poland is into expand military and economy. Poland builds of tank factories and naval shipyards. Rebuilding from the war is of started. Germany is asked if they can into allow Poland more freedoms.
 * Swiss D: We ask to purchase 96 Me 262 fighter planes and a license to construct a variant of the German jet engine for an undisclosed sum of money.
 * German Diplomacy: Granted.
 * Britain continues producing new Jet aircraft, replacing the Spitfire with the Typhoon and the Hurricane with the Cyclone. The Tempest is scheduled to be replaced next. A new Tiger comes out, the Mk. II, equipped with radar and better fuel tanks. The Navy is also expanded; a new series of frigates are produced, the Deccan-class frigates, with high deck armor, used for patrolling seas, and as destroyer command for fast destroyer screens. With the chaos in India, massive numbers of troops are moved to Burma to back it up and ensure that it stays out of the hands of the wartorn country and it's dangerous insurgents. The borders are all closed, and the ports of Bombay and Madras are now destroyed by the British Navy, out from Singapore, killing many and destroying any and all ships in the area; these two are the last major ports in India, as the rest were destroyed last turn. Britain also agrees to sell aircraft to Switzerland, though in lesser numbers, as the Tigers were just beginning to be produced. We also ask Japan to cease aid to this nation, and also to sell us some of their stocks of weaponry.
 * Colombian industrialisation continues at a very quick rate, as does its military. Peru, Panama and Ecuador keep being influenced. The South American congress grows powerful as some economic and military union is implemented. The first companies are born within Colombia, as money is taken away from the wealthy and given to small-business owners by president Jorge Eliécer Gaitán. However, this brings some anger from the Conservative parties, who think this is too radical, and the Communists, who think it's not radical enough. However, the Liberal dominance over the nation remains strong.
 * Greece: the invasion of thrace continues successfully as well as the front in asia minor, the invasion continues, the influence of albania continues as well, the navy, military and economy are upgraded as well.
 * Canada: With recent events in India unfolding, Primie Minister Lyon McKenzie King and the 19th Parliament have proposed for complete independence from the British Commonwealth and worry about Canada's interest first. While not having to be worried about inner British affaris and putting the son's of Canada's lives at stake.
 * Korea: After years of oppression and Japanization from the Japanese, a few Korean leaders finally begin to rise up against the Japanese invaders. The Korean guerrilla groups, which had been silent for years, unite under two main armies, the First Korean Liberation Army and the Anti-Japanese League. The FKLA locate their activities mostly around the mountains of Northern Korea, where they hook up with Korean revolutionaries who had fled to China to continue the movement against the Japanese. The AJL begin raiding the ports and southern areas of the peninsula, mostly targeting high-profile leaders with suicide bombing runs, hit-and-runs as well as firebombings. An attempt to kill the Emperor fails, although the bomb intended for him hits a few of his closest friends including two of his brothers. Most battles between Korean forces and the Japanese are extremely lopsided in favor of the Japanese, as the Koreans lack weapons, supplies, or numbers.
 * I know this is going to stir a lot of controversy, but first, let me explain. Yes, Korea has been slowly being Japanized over the years. But one thing I don't think y'all realize is no matter what happens, Korea is Korea. My grandfather lived in Korea and there were some parts, believe it or not, where the Japanese weren't brutal oppressors. They were nice guys, handing out food, giving jobs, etc. But as soon as they came to the Japanization part, they hit a wall. Trying to get people to change their names? Bam. Trying to replace Korean food with Japanese food? Bam. Trying to educate Koreans in Japanese universities? Even getting them to abandon their traditional gats (traditional hats)? And to cut their hair? Bam. Dead end after dead end. Koreans are a rather nationalistic and, bluntly, rather arrogant and proud people, just like the Chinese and Japanese. I know for a fact that even after ten years of Japanization most parts of the nation would be open to throwing off Japan. Maybe in five to ten more years things might be different. But ten years isn't long enough for a generation to die, the generation that watched as Korea's leadership slowly gave control of their country to Japan until in 1910 they finally gave it all up. That generation is still alive, and you can be god damn sure we're still kicking. :D
 * Japanization hasn't really been done. The Japs just want you in the Co-Prosperity sphere. That's it. 
 * Yeah, most of the Axis or their allies are much nicer than OTL. And by nicer, I mean they don't hate you for your ethnicity, religion or gender so much. They hate you for your political orientation.
 * Welcome back, pita. I don't have a problem. I never really intended to keep Korea under my fist forever. I was trying to Japanize it but along more civilized lines, and I was planning to turn Korea into a dominion in the 60s. How about we deal with things peacefully or I'll be forced to use military strength to deal with you. Nkbeeching (talk) 10:08, December 12, 2013 (UTC)
 * Japanese Reponse: Troops are deployed to the peninsula to keep the region under control and Manchukuo is re-inforced as its importance to East Asia's economy is growing. The Diet hopes to approach the rebels while the military is divided on how to deal with them. The moderates who still have power align with the Diet to try to end this situation quickly. The troops are told to hold up order but to not show excessive force or use illegal means of suppression.
 * The United States contineus to prepare for the independence of the Philippines, which will be granted independence and transferred over to Japan. Meanwhile, the first of American troops land in the Kingdom of Cambodia, with General Douglas MacArthur being elected Interim Governor of Cambodia until the country is stable enough to form its own national government. Meanwhile, President Roosevelt invites the leaders of Thailand, Japan and its puppet states in Honolulu to discuss the creation of a Pan-Pacific Economic and Military Alliance. The Trans-Continental Roadway System is completed, connecting the West Coast to the East Coast by large roadways. The other purpose of the TCRS is to provide emergency landing strips for military aircraft during the Cold War and World War III. President Roosevelt passes the American Business Act of 1943, which prevents foreign companies from owning any businesses or mineral deposits in the United States or its territories. The only exception being companies from the allies of the United States (Japan, Thailand and somewhat Britain and France). In a large majority vote of Congress, Hawaii is admitted into the United States as the 49th state. Research into jet engines and rocketry continues, while the atomic program continues and more information is sent to Japan. The United States hopes to have an atomic weapon alongside Japan by the mid-1940s. Meanwhile, research continues into body armor and a multiple firing rifle for infantry. The P-51 Mustang is announced to have replaced the entire naval aviation of the US Navy. Research into helicopters continues. Groundbreaking on the Pentagon in Virginia begins. The United States sends its representative to the headquarters of the United Nations. Improvement of the education and healthcare of the country continues, while the United States Navy has been equally divided between the Pacific and Atlantic Fleets. The United States establishes the Central Intelligence Agency, the main national agency of the country. In its first mission, the CIA has created a threat list to the country. The first being the Soviet Union, the second being Germany, the third being Brazil, the fourth being Great Britain and what is left of its empire, the fifth being France and the sixth being Japan and its puppet states. General Eisenhower has announced plans to fully integrate the United States Armed Forces into a single military force, with no military units being segregated based on color. (Cross out if implausible). (MORE TO COME, POSSIBLY)
 * Japanese Diplomacy: Japan, Manchukuo and Indonesia agree to the meeting.
 * The Soviets object, as they have no intentions to do anything with the USSR. (Seriously, why?)
 * Ethiopia: Modernization continues, and the industrialization of the country continues at full pace. The expansion of the military comes to an end equipment-wise, with new weapons, tanks and aircraft all in plentiful supply. An order is placed with the Brazilians for a wing of jet fighters, while an order of Panzer tanks is placed with the Germans.
 * France continues rebuilding. The military and economy are expanded. Programs with Britain are strengthened.

1943.5
 Mod Events Here: 

''' Guns says: Mod events coming. '''

''' Due to the failure of Austria's imperial ambitions, the support for the RZ party drops and support for the Austrian Nazi party rises, seeking to align the Austrian Germans with the success that Germany has become. '''

''' Make a sentence out of the following words: India, Burma, civil, holy, war, shit, blood, guts, war, death, blood, etc ... '''

''' Challenge accepted. '''

  

''' In India, the civil war continues with lots of blood being shed due to death on massive scales across the country. Shit goes down in Burma as the British try to save it from the civil war, which is still not in full swing in the region, but many of them have their guts torn out by rebels funded by holy leaders in the region. This scares the British. '''

'''The Brazilians make major inroads in Venezuela, killing many rebels, including a key leader. Though public opinion is still with the rebels, the Brazilians now take control of Caracas, pushing the disorganized rebels into the jungles, where the Brazilians roll out everything they have to destroy rebel bases.'''

'''The Swedish-Norwegian war gets ever more ASB - ehh, that is, bloody, as the Norwegians push back the Swedes despite the advantage, appealing for help to the world. But how long can they keep up this war? Already, their resources are stretched ...'''

''' Germany gets missiles ... '''

''' Britain gets awesome AF jet planes and bombs. '''

 Germany still wins, though =( 
 * Brazil: Brazil is now working on producing its new heavy tank now officially cutting off production of the Eh-1 and beginning to let those tanks come in for reserve. The Eh-2 Serpente is officially deployed to Venezuela in major operations against the rebels which still survive in the Venezuelan wilderness. Brazil's economy continues to expand modestly with the economic bloc developing between Brazil and its allies going into effect boosting the economies of all participants now with Venezuela taking part as well.  The Navy expands the radar systems on its warships and works to expand the quality of the manpower on the ships as well as the officers. To help with this the Brazilian Naval Academy is expanded and the standards for entry are increased. The Brazilian Army and Air Force taking hints from the navy begin to do the same and begin to tighten requirements. The Brazilian goverment now with the end of its major troubles in sight starts to invest more in education especially researching into technologies, and business. Some of the other professions are also expanded as universities begin to receive some Federal as well as State funding. The jointly owned Argentine-Brazilian auto manufacturers begin to expand more as more people take a liking to this new automobile. However, foreign bought is still particularly wanted as well.  Brazil starts to more aggressively handle Paraguay moving more aircraft and tanks to the border as well as various infantry divisions. Brazil continues to work with Uruguay and Argentina centralizing and standardizing infrastructure with border crossings beginning to have both Portuguese and Spanish on road signs. The Brazilian research into jet engines accelerates rapidly as the German engine purchased begins to unlock the various secrets of the jet technology. Brazilian prototypes, however, are shown to have been on the right track. The Brazilian research into this replicating the German jet engine yields a test aircraft which is used to push the limits of the engine and show what tweaks or limitations can be removed by modification or improvement. The nuclear program also continues promisingly with German data and research accelerating the program rapidly as well as Japanese data and research. The bomb is expected to be officially finished by 1946 and the power is expected to now be finished in 1946 as well with the first nuclear reactor to be helping power the city of Santiago in trials for expanded use across the country over the next few decades. The Brazilian government seeing a growing movement wishing for more comraderie with their Spanish speaking brothers begin to allow for a cultural exchange to take place allowing immigration to take place into the Amazon from all allied nations. This also helps expand the resource industry in the area. The Amazon river industrial capacity begins to increase as private firms begin working on a five year program of expansion intended to bring Brazil up in industrial ranking. The Brazilian military begins considering rocketry and begins to promote that field with co-operation of all the the countries expanding military academies. Brazil begins tooling around with more new helicopter designs looking to create a more versatile craft with more civilian and combat applicability. A troop carrier helicopter is considered. The Japanese insight into bio weapons has given the Brazilian government an upper hand as it looks to test out some viable weaponry. However, human trials remain frowned upon and when asked Getulio Vargas outright denies the requests forhHuman trials of any developed weapons.


 * Argentina:  Argentina continues its close and intensive work on its economy and Infrastructure using one to help expand the other in an expanding game. Railways and highways between Argentina continue to connect more thoroughly with Brazilian infrastructure through Uruguay which has begun expansion of its own infrastructure. Argentina continues military support to the SADC allies to put down the Venezuelan rebellion. Argentina continues to look for high threat targets and catalogues them as best they can. However, the Argentinians abstaining from huge detrimental expenditures and the end of the infamous changing of powers just years before has begun to gather large amounts of popular support from the regime looking to increase the public support more than it already is. Argentina begins to work toward a heavy economic co-operative with Brazil. It is expected to increase jobs and begin elimination of more of the unemployment in the country. Argentina, acting in co-operation with Brazil, begins to act aggressively toward Paraguay and lines up just across the border. Brazil begins to use the helicopters bought from Germany and grounds ten of them to begin research on more advanced variants and expands the design to be more versatile and expedient. A prototype blueprint I drew up in nearly six months. However, it's just an initial prototype and not nearly a final product. The other helicopters are used against Venezuelan rebels.
 * Venezuela:  With most of the country coming back under the government's control Venezuela begins assessing damage to the country and begins putting people back to work in government controlled areas looking to repair damage to the infrastructure and cities. However, most importantly the Venezuelan army begins to guard the oil industry and its platforms with heavy arms declaring them off limits except for working personelle. The Venezuelan army being supported by the Brazilians continues to conduct operations into Western Venezuela looking to wholeheartedly clear the areas out. More Moderate rebel leaders once imprisoned are gusrded and watched closely. However, some of them are put back into the government to use their ideas to help reform the Venezuelan government practice. The oil industry begins a huge expansion in response to the joining of the Brazilian economic bloc.
 * Uruguay:  The nation's banking industry continues to expand semi-moderately gathering more investors. The agricultural sector is also expanded and focused on as it resource extraction. The Infrastructure is continually improved to link up with Argentinian and Brazilian infrastructure in a much more natural way putting Spanish and Portuguese on both signs at both borders to facilitate greater unity. The Uruguayan populace, initially skeptical of Brazil, begins to lighten to the idea of being in this sphere and the people are increasingly enthusiastic about joining the economic co-operative after news begins painting it in a very positive light. The military is also improved slightly with its infantry weaponry being put on par with their Brazilian and Argentine counterparts by 1945 and further modernization to take place at the government's discretion in the 50's.
 * NPRC: As we normalize relations with Japan, we begin to approach Germany and Brazil for military, economic and social aid, as well as hopefully, a military alliance. We begin to start trade along the Yangtze and Yellow Rivers and major deforestation operations begin in Shizhuang. The new increase in lumber led to the industrialization of Chengdu, Chongqing and other major cities. We begin construction of heavy machine guns and we also begin studying a combination of the machine gun and the rifle, making a primitive AK-47. Meanwhile, we also begin construction of heavy artillery and machinery, particularly giant logging machines. Scientific and military institutes in Chongqing begin to build a tank, named Yangtze-43. We begin reviving and boosting the economy although we suffer setbacks due to not having a port. We begin building asphalt roads and the Prime Minister made a plan for our industrialization program named "Farming in the North, Industry in the South. Heavy Industry in the West, light Industry in the East."
 * Turkey: Launches the occupation of Syria . As  German workers are in Iran we demand that Iran remove the workers or face invasion. We give Iran six months to respond.
 * German Diplomacy: All trade with Turkey is suspended and relations are cut off.
 * Greece (Me): is invading you bro, and you are losing. 
 * Czechoslovakia: The Czechs are now by far the largest ethnicity in the Czechoslovakian Union. The Government requests designs of planes, tanks and ships from the Germans. We begin to influence Bulgaria. We begin to increase industrialisation of Yugoslavia. Any revolts are placated by elections being allowed in Yugoslavia. A Civil War begins between two major factions. The Communist Faction under Josef Tito, and the Royalist Faction, led by Mihailovic. With the support of the Czechs, and propaganda from the government, the Royalists win many early victories, and the Civil War is expected to continue for a few more years.
 * Mexico: The government buys out nearly all obsidian, now owning 95%. Due to this, the obsidian prices slowly rise, yet the need for obsidian rises even more. The government uses this extra income to increase the speed of the solar and wind power plants creation. The Mexican government also offers to watch over the Nicaraguan Canal in order to help the Nicaraguans. Using long contracts and some barely legal tricks, the Nicaraguan Canal becomes Mexican property. On the other hand, the digging does go faster now. Due to the Nicaraguans, Hondurans, Guatemalans and El Salvadorians being in a worse position now, they are more easier influenced. Mexico offers them to join as federal states. They decline for now, saying that it is not the right time to make such big decisions.
 * Korea: Offers from the Japanese are flatly refused. The movement continues to gain traction within the general populace. The Korean Declaration of Independence is signed. The Seoul Revolutionary Council forms an interim government, and envoys are sent to the major nations of the world requesting recognition of the new Korean state. An envoy to the United Nations requests to be allowed into the body as well. Propaganda is spread around the nation, seeking to unify them against the Japanese. The Japanese governor is found and killed. His head is cut off and sent to the Japanese Diet. A massive march on July 17th begins the Second Manse Demonstrations. Over 700 Korean demonstrators are killed during the demonstration, although rumors seem to indicate the demonstrators acted first on the Japanese military.
 * Irish Dip: Ireland recognizes the independence of Korea, and calls upon the U.S.A to recognize them as well.
 * Norway:  We are able to capture 60% of Sweden's land. In the capital of Stockholm we are not able to locate the king, but we are able to demolish most of the Swedish troops. Our blockade is working and nobody except for our troops so far are able to get into Sweden. Scientists are about 75% finished in making a special craft with radar in it to send to space to spy on the Swedish. The nuclear program is making progress, and we are closer to making an atom bomb our ultimate goal. Our exports and imports are still increasing with the improvement of our ports the following year. People in Norway are happy with the propagada being spread around the country showing Norway destroying Sweden in a cartoon. The education system is still increasing to help children in school become smarter. Citizens in Norway are happier than ever with all of this positive propaganda being spread throughout the country. Even the king is happy and is giving speeches around the country to talk about all the positive things we are doing to help our citizens and our country. Maldark Eriksen asks the king if he can take an expedition to Antarctica with about 25 men to do some research and to colonize the territory for Norway . The king said it is good and gives him 55 men to take along with him just in case something happens. They leave right away to start their expedition.
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built. Thailand also agrees to meet with the US.
 * Japan: You're forcing my hand, Pita. The rising crisis in Chosun forces the military to be more aggressive and the death of the Japanese governor to the region causes widespread outrage along with the attempted murder of the emperor earlier in the year. Japan threatens to veto any resolution made within the Security Council and requests that the members of the UN wait to acknowlege any Korean representation until a resolution to the crisis arises. The ultra-nationalists gain some ground in political spheres causing fear among the Diet and the moderates within the military of a possible coup. The Kempeitai becomes increasingly active again to keep the ultra-nationalists in line, and many are deployed to the Korean Peninsula along with the veteran anti-guerrilla forces from Occupied China. The forces in Korea begin at once suppression operations and internment camps are to be established in areas of the country all deemed untrust worthy are put in these new camps to split them off from the population, while those who are deemed as leaders of the terrorists or a threat to Japanese interests are targeted for assasination or simply to disappear to create a sense of fear on the peninsula. A new governer is put in Inchon while troops march into Seoul to keep the capital of the colony under control. The Diet once more offers a hand to the revolutionaries to come to a solution peacefully before bloodshed arises, and hints that should they not surrender in a year there would be repercussions, all Japanese nationals are to be safely escorted from the peninsula. Meanwhile, an order to de-industrialize the entire peninsula is given out. A state of emergency is declared and all those who do not obey military orders will be arrested and should they resist, shot. All Koreans serving in the Imperial army are placed under strict observation far away from the peninsula. an absolute naval blockade begins around the peninsula as does the closing of the borders with Manchukuo and with the Soviet Union.  In the home islands the 1,000,000 plus Korean workers are placed under strict surveilance. research into all areas continue and the nuclear bomb is nearing completion with only a year to go and the military awaits anxiously. The Japanese arms industry develops the Type 43 (based on OTL FG 42) and production begins at once its design helps with the design for the future automatic rifle which is starting to come into prototype testing. The Tank Buster is developed as a response to tanks or armor and production begins at once. German research provided helps along greatly all the different programs, and development of a rocket program begins. The 42 jet plane enters formal service. The first Japanese APC is developed and production begins. Industrial expansion and modernization continues. Japan requests the Americans help them find a solution to the Korean crisis without losing face.
 * Manchukuo: Emperor authorizes the deployment of Manchu forces into North Korea to help hold down the area and to protect the border. Industrial expansion continues and the exploitation of Machurian oil finally begins, however, on a small scale as development of the industry continues.
 * Indonesia: Economic growth continues as the exploitation of oil and rubber helps fund a small scale industrialization program.
 * Occupied China (ROC): The Japanese continue to delegate more power to the loyalist forces. However, a strong presence continues on the continent. Wang Jingwei declares a period of peace and prosperity is to come. Chinese nationalists look at the events in Korea with interest. However, they remained battered and bloodied after five years of fighting the Japanese and remain quiet for now.
 * Switzerland: We continue to design our own jet fighter plane. The government begins to build underground bunkers to house the population if a nuclear war breaks out. Work on an anti-aircraft missile is started and rocket pods are mounted on Swiss fighter planes. Liechtenstein is still being influenced and many consider annexing it in coming years to form the Alpine Confederation.
 * Germany: Production of war materiel continues, but this slows down to the end of the war and people entering other lines of work. Panzers will continue to keep rolling of the assembly lines, and even more Panzer Vs are made and enter the service. Drafting of the Panzer VI designs continue, and are likely to be finished this year. They are, and a few such tanks are created. Basic designs for a Panzer VII are finished. Me fighters continue to be made, but more of the plants are reconfigured to make jet fighters instead of propeller craft. More Arado jet bombers are made, and are seen to be effective.. The bomber proves to perform quite well, and is easily able to outfly propeller aircraft. The second air craft carrier continues to be produced and is likely to be finished within a year or less. Missile development continues. The next 20 flying bombs are created, and production continues at Peenemunde. Radio development in Von Braun's rockets is moving quickly, and a test is likely for this year. Von Braun continues to test his A4 rocket as well. Both rockets are tested, and both perform well. As such, High Command orders both to enter production. Development of a new model of submachine gun continues, and a new design model is created and awaits testing. The Horten brothers begin their second test flight, and although there are a few problems, they are corrected and move on to presenting their design to the High Command. High Command approves of the design, and several are made by the years end. The German embassy in Tokyo proposes trading weapon technology with Japan to better the armed forces of both nations. Mineral extraction in the colonies continues to produce goods in Germany. The airfields and naval yards in the colonies are completed, as are those in other countries. The Kaiser crisis of Germany continues with no resolution, but it is expected that the federal government will be able to hammer out a solution. A conclusion is created to recreate the election system of the former HRE, and a Kaiser will be elected by the Reichstag at the start of next year. Funds are secretly sent from German banks to support RSS leaders, as well as designs for MP35 and MP40 submachine guns and Panzer II and III tanks. German diplomatic overtures are also made to Bulgaria and Romania, offering them increased trade benefits and financial transactions. German industries also begin to invest not only in these countries but also in Iran, Egypt, Oman, and Iraq, seeking to modernize them and also expand German influence worldwide. Due to the constant conflict in Scandinavia, as well as continuing diplomatic difficulties with Sweden regarding Denmark and Iceland, Germany and its allies invade Sweden to subdue the nation and put it back on the right path. Germany's new technological weapons are put to use. The jet fighters and jet bombers perform extremely well, and destroy the primitive Swedish air force. German naval ships begin to shell Swedish positions on the ground. The Stealth jets created by the Horten brothers first see action here, and is so effective that no one spots them. German and Danish forces invade Sweden through Swedish Denmark, as well as amphibious landings in the Baltic. Sweden is ordered to surrender in order to preserve its national dignity and the safety of its people.
 * Poland: Polish troops contribute to the war in Sweden. Production of war goods continues.
 * Hungary: Hungarian troops contribute to the war in Sweden. Production of war goods continues.
 * Denmark: Danish troops contribute to the war in Sweden. Production of war goods continues.
 * Netherlands: Dutch troops contribute to the war in Sweden. Production of war goods continues.
 * Ireland Dip: Ireland request, with the civil war just about over, if Irish troops can be sent to aid Germany aginest Swenden.
 * Japan agrees.
 * Britain continues producing new jet aircraft; The Tempest is replaced with the Lion. A new Cyclone comes out, the Mk. III, equipped with radar and better fuel tanks, as well as a new jet bomber - the Shark Mk. I. The Navy is also expanded; a new series of frigates is produced, the Deccan-class frigates, with high deck armor, used for patrolling seas, and as destroyer command for fast destroyer screens. The borders are all closed in India and the RSS is heavily condemned, a motion put forth in the UN to consider them dangerous radicals. Britain also agrees to sell aircraft to Switzerland, though in lesser numbers, as the Tigers were just beginning to be produced. We also ask Japan to cease aid to this organization (the RSS), and also to sell us some of their stocks of weaponry.


 * Japan agrees.
 * The United States continues to prepare the Philippines for independence next year. The Philipino Defense Force continues to receive American equipment; meanwhile, the United States continues to help build the military and economy of Cambodia. The Trans-Continental Roadway System is opened with President Roosevelt travelling across the United States via military convoy, where he stops in San Francisco delivering his Intercontinetal Roadway Speech. Meanwhile, a squadron of  B-1 Lindenburgh is deployed to Cambodia to allow an easy strike on India should the need to arise. Meanwhile, research continues into jet engines and rocketry (When would it be plausible for me to have jet aircraft and rockets?) as well as a multiple-repeating rifle. Research into body armor for troops continue, while another project is opened to research an armored personnel carrier to carry troops into battle. The Central Intelligence Agency is deployed on its first secret special operations mission in India, to help gather intel on the RSS. The United States supports UN Resolution 001 and offers to deploy American forces to Korea to help stabilize relations between Japan and Korea, while the two belligerent nations come to an agreement. Meanwhile, General Eisenhower announces that he plans to have the military fully integrated in 1943. Improvement of the education and healthare of the country continues, while research (If plausible) begins on color television and more advanced radios. The United States announces that all mineral mines in the United States (including obsidian and oil) will only belong to American-based companies or Allied-based companies, which is part of the American Business Act of 1942. The atomic program continues and more information is sent to Japan, while another part of the nuclear progam is diverted to nuclear energy. (If plausible)
 * Rockets would take you some time, but you should have jets soon. Definitely by 1945. -MP
 * Jap Dip: Japan requests diplomatic support - not military.
 * Greece: The military and navy are built up. While this, Istanbul is finally captured after months of siege and offensives to invade Trebizond, the rest of the fleet gathers in Smyrna and the Greek King Paul is crowned in the Hagia Sophia, now redecorated with Christian icons, as Byzantine Emperor (Titular) King of Greece, Protector of Thrace, and King of Asia. While this, the second and third carriers are finished, the development of a scientific lab to develop the project "Lithos" starts in Thessalonika. Economy is built up as well and the creation of a Balkan market begins as Bulgar, Albanian and Romanian business and trading companies are asked and allowed to enter the Greek market.
 * Ireland: Realizing that the KLF has overstretched themselves, Irish Forces easily begin to defeat them. The sieges of Belfast and Derry are ended by the Irish as well, and Donegal is recaptured. With the whole of the north under Irish Government control, the KLF surrenders. The Irish Government has won the Second Irish Civil War. The rise in industry has resulted in Ireland's economy beginning to get on track.
 * Dominion of India: The civil war encompasses the whole subcontinent - which will go down in fire seeing the civil war. Battle after battle occurs, with the homeless finding themselves the targets of atrocities committed. Huge shootings of innocents take place as they are caught between the crossfire or are the targets of some annoyed and angry soldiers. Over four million have been killed because of this. Sen's factories now work at maximum output and he uses the chance to employ women and promote women empowerment as he sends the men to build up. Sen continues his eastern focus, with his troops actively supporting the "holy leaders" of the region in their bid to destroy British control. A few of the chemical weapons "accidently" lands in the hands of the holy leaders (buddhists, go figure) who use it on British troops. This completely destroys opposition against then and Sen is happy his plan worked. His troops move into the region in greater numbers, fighting many uprisings, Congress and British troops alike. They are largely successful. In the Islamic Kingdom of Deccan, after wild pleas of help from Congress, war is declared on the RSS. The Deccan troops soon launch an invasion into the north and south in a bid to capture more land for their brother arriving from various parts of India. The RSS tries to fight back but everytime a large deployment is due the generals are ordered to move back. Most of the forces for some reason head north. In the rural scene, starvation begins to take place as regard for the rural population is none and all food produced is heading to troops and those in the cities working in the industry. Tata contines production in his factories. Congress calls on him to deliver more aircraft for the war and he agrees. After getting Congress to fuel all the aircraft, they take off heading toward the "war front" against the RSS. In secret, thousands of scientists and engineers continue to work on the new aircraft and try to make better versions of the aircraft as well as provide technical support for the factories constructing the aircraft in secret. However, many of the factories in the south are only in control of Congress due to the fact that production of the aircraft is unknown about as well as the high number of Congress troops. The 100+ Spitfires and Corsairs take to the air and strafe the enemy troops. Many of the larger ships in the drydocks are left incomplete due to the fact that the resources will be needed for the land war and it is hoped they will be completed one day. The RSS have established a secure supply line to feed its troops. The millions employed to build everything from factories to railroads to proper roads to cars and tractors and work on farms in Burma find themselves in the middle of attacks and a battlezone. Congress and the British lose control in the region and Surya Sen soon establishes control - with the backing of the "holy leaders". The factories begin to be repaired and rebuilt as necessay while those left unharmed now begin to produce light tanks and Zeros for the Bengali side. Their first Bomber prototype is ready but it crashes 500 m from the runway after taking off. Thankfully no one is killed and the aircraft is not destroyed. However, more work needs to be done. Congress continues to focus toward the south and they produce their tanks at a rapid rate. They have some 1200 tanks produced out of which 1000 are taking part in the "Bombay Offensive". The RSS receives the Brazilian tanks as well as the blueprints from the Germans. They quickly send off a message stating they are deeply grateful for all their (albeit, covert) help. Using the Panzer II and III blueprints, the RSS engineers are able to add a 50mm cannon to the tanks and these tanks soon begin to be produced in RSS cities. However, it is feared time is running out as the Deccan troops work their way into RSS territory while the Congress nears its capital. To slow down the offensive, 20 Panzer II tanks are sent toward a village where some 40 tanks are passing through. They ambush the tanks and engage in a close range battle - negating the advantage of the Congress tank cannons. Congress is surprised that the RSS has tanks but they presume they cannot build too many, with top estimates being around 60-75 tanks - easily manageable to destroy. Meanwhile, the RSS has been busy. They have set up their troops in multiple ambush locations and 50 of the EH-1 tanks (painted in RSS colours) are put in one location for the ambush. The other 100 are also at their designated ambush locations, backed by an undisclosed numbers of Panzer IIs and IIIs. Some 100 miles away from Bombay, the fate of the subcontinent will be written. The 1000 aircraft of the Congress land and refuel, getting ready for their supposed attacks into RSS territory.
 * The Soviets continue to build up the military and industry and whatnot. Nuclear research continues.

1944.0
'''The Austrian Nazi party wins the Austrian elections in a landslide. They demand to join Germany as soon as possible.'''

'''The German occupation of Sweden begins after the Swedish government surrenders under extreme international pressure. '''

The Indian Civil War continues to be extremely bloody, as all sides receive foreign investment and weapons, escalating the situation even further.

'''The Soviet Union and Germany detonate the first nuclear weapons. Germany detonates one in Iceland, while the Soviets detonate theirs in Siberia. Since Kazakhstan and Germany both have sizeable uranium deposits, both can make two more nuclear weapons.'''


 * Ireland: Ireland, in order to help Germany and Norway, declares war on Sweden, and sends troops, tanks and aircraft to Norway. Industry is again expected to rise in response. Irish Forces launch Operation Steel, a blitzkrieg against Sweden, and begin gaining ground alongside German and Norwegian troops, inflicting heavy causlties upon Swedish troops. Meanwhile, Ireland pleads with the UN to help Korea gain independence.


 * Mexican Diplomacy: We suggest the Irish to stay out of the war due to their unprepared forces.
 * Irish Dip: Having just fought a bloody civil war, Ireland has forces composed of hardcore veterans, and is fighting alongside Norway and Germany. We shall continue with the war. We would like to report that we have begun to take area around the Gulf of Bothnia alongside our allies, and are advancing north. (numbers, people. The Axis have more troops then Sweden.)
 * Not you.
 * With the other Axis troops, yes.
 * No Ireland. No Algorithms
 * Mexico: The Mexican nations continue to prosper. The Mexican company now owns 97% of all obsidian mines. Due to increasingly good weather conditions agriculture booms and exports are increased in this half-year. Wind, solar and marine power plants are worked on quicker. The population surpasses 24 million and it is expected to increase by at least two million next year, due to decreasing death rates and increasing birth rates. The building of the Nicaragua Canal also increases in speed due to the workers working more efficiently. The Mexicanization of Central America is on the rise.
 * Italy: The nuclear program continues with much success. Meanwhile, to improve the country's industry, it is decided that infrastructure must be improved first. A project begins for the modernization of roads in both Italy and her colonies.
 * Dominion of India: Congress continues to focus toward the south and they produce their tanks at a rapid rate, with 250 more produced. The new tanks are designated the Pancher I and Pancher II, with the Pancher I focusing more on speed while the Pancher II packing a bigger punch in battle. Both have 50mm main guns, however. The Battle of Nagpur ends as a stalemate as the RSS tanks are able to inflict high losses to cause a retreat for the tank division of Congress. Although the RSS lost 12 tanks, Congress lost over 30. It is written off as a one-off by Congress. The RSS begins work on the Pancher III and Pancher IV (counterparts to the Congress tank and the EH-1), but progress is slow and more focus is put on quick production tanks. The Congress launches an offensive to capture Nasik, which will leave open the path to Bombay. They have deployed 900 tanks along with 1.4 million troops to try to achieve total superiority over what seems to be 20 Pancher II and III tanks and 300,000 troops. The early stages are wildly successful with only five Congress tanks being destroyed while all RSS tanks are destroyed. It seems like it will be an easy victory. The troops still pose resistance and so the aircraft are called in to fly and strafe the remaining troops. As the Spitfires and Corsairs take off, a feeling of anticipation sets in. The aircraft appear over the battlefield and it seems all is lost ... But they suddenly open fire on Congress troops. Tata has ensured all the pilots are loyal to him and the RSS. This is followed by the launching of the ambush by RSS troops who use their 150 EH-1 tanks as well as 100 Pancher I and 150 Pancher II tanks to launch the ambush/counter-offensive. Although the tank numbers are less than half, the surprise factor is huge and it allows the RSS to take Congress troops by complete shock. Congress soon launches all aircraft loyal to them in a bid to stop this ambush but they are outnumbered ten to one. By the end of the day, Congress has lost over 65 aircraft while the RSS lost 87 aircraft. The 2.3 million RSS troops quickly make progress against Congress troops and the Battle of Nasik has the tables turned. The Congress troops begin to retreat while being forced to leave behind over 100 partially damaged and almost undamaged tanks in the rush. The ambush was a spectacular success for the RSS and has crushed Congress' offensive. Congress lost some 790 tanks, compared to the 200 or so tanks lost on the RSS side. Congress orders its troops to retreat and try to regroup around Bhopal. Following this, the RSS quickly changes gears and moves in to stop the advance of Deccan troops and to turn the tide on that front, too. Its aircraft allow it to hit targets deep within enemy territory and the RSS begins to have the upper hand. Muslims coming in from places like Punjab and Uttar Pradesh find themselves on the other end of RSS fury. The RSS troops commit atrocities against them, killing most of the men and forcing many to become comfort women. Sen's factories now work at maximum output and he uses the chance to employ women and promote women empowerment as he sends the men to build up. Sen continues his eastern focus. Almost all of Burma is now under Sen's control and he begins to send the Burmese workers to all around the territories he controls in a bid to build more railroads and factories to make sure he is ready to launch the invasion of Congress-held India. In the Islamic Kingdom of Deccan, Jinnah begins to get worried as the arriving RSS troops begin to turn the tide of the front. They quickly begin to build more factories and try to produce their own tanks. Congress has given them the blueprints for their own tank and production is quickly begun. In the rural scene, starvation continues and many men form malitias and begin to raid other villages in a bid to gain more food. Tata gets out of Congress territory and heads into the RSS, where the members of the High Command welcome him to the position of leader of the RSS. He was their secret benefactor and he was directing the production of tanks. He quickly reveals the locations of airfields which are hidden in RSS territories and these begin to be put to good use as aircraft are launched from them. In secret, thousands of scientists and engineers continue to work on the new aircraft and try to make better versions of the aircraft as well as provide technical support for the factories constructing the aircraft in secret. The factories under Congress control in the south fall and become part of the RSS industrial base. The factories will be used to build more aircraft. The millions employed in Burma find themselves in various new locations all around Bengali controlled lands. They have to work to build infrastructure which is heavily lacking. The focus is to build railroads through the tough regions of Assam and the NEFTA. Much TNT is used and workers begin to be pushed, while larger and larger number of workers are diverted for this project. Almost all factories which have been damaged have now been repaired or rebuilt and are churning out light tanks and Zeros for the Bengali effort. The first bomber prototype is once more launched and it successfully takes off. The maneuvering is promising and the bomber might actually be a viable aircraft now. There is now a feeling on the subcontinent, that fortunes have been reversed.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to build up the military and seeks diplomatic and military alliance with Germany.
 * Egypt is a British colony that will be freed next turn; hang in there.
 * Saudi Arabia: We develop our oil industry and seek to establish a politcal and economic alliance with the United States.
 * Britain condemns the RSS, because we really have nothing better to do. We come out with a new bomber, the Orca Mk. I, a light, fast bomber, while improving the Tiger with the Mk. IV, the Cyclone with the Mk. III, and the Shark with the Mk. II. A new type of battleship is produced, the Victoria-class battleships, with tough new deck armor and the best radar systems on Earth. The Home Fleet is pulled in for a renewing and refitting, after an unfortunate tragedy involving the HMS Hood, while bombarding Swedish troops, were destroyed, ironically, not by their few bombers and whatnot, which were easily shot down, but by a rock that the helmsmen ran into after falling over laughing at their pathetic resistance. Meanwhile, Phase Two of the decolonization starts. The Suez Zone is blocked off, and turned into a major military base, as per treaty, while Palestine, Kurdistan and all other Middle East territories save for what's left of Iraq, Kuwait and the Canal Zone. Sudan is split into the Muslim North and the Christian South in preparation for its independence. Kurdistan is the only one of the nations freed which has a British Embassy built in. Meanwhile, the Prime Minister makes a speech calling for all the Dominions to come closer to the homeland, making Singapore and Hong Kong Dominions as well. We condemn the Brazilian proxy invasion of Paraguay because we have little else to do. Stuff occurs. Life goes on. The nuke is worked on. In order to form a naval and AF base in the Atlantic, parts of the Falklands are majorly beefed up military-wise. Like massive presence.
 * Brazil: Brazil is now working on producing its new heavy tank now officially cutting off production of the EH-1 and beginning to let those tanks come in for reserve. The EH-2 Serpente officially is deployed to Venezuela in major operations against the rebels which still survive in the Venezuelan wilderness. Brazil's economy continues to expand modestly with the economic bloc developing between Brazil and its allies going into effect boosting the economies of all participants now with Venezuela taking part as well.  The Navy expands the radar systems on its warships and works to expand the quality of the manpower on the ships as well as the officers. To help with this the Brazilian Naval academy is expanded and the standards for entry are increased. The Brazilian Army and Air Force taking hints from the navy begin to do the same and begin to tighten requirements. The Brazilian goverment now with the end of its major troubles in sight starts to invest more in education especially researching into technologies, and business. Some of the other professions are also expanded as universities begin to receive some Federal as well as State funding. The jointly owned Argentine-Brazilian auto manufacturers begin to expand more as more people take a liking to this new automobile. However, foreign bought is still particularly wanted as well.  Brazil starts to more aggressively handle Paraguay moving more aircraft and tanks to the border as well as various infantry divisions. Brazil continues to work with Uruguay and Argentina centralizing and standardizing infrastructure with border crossings beginning to have both Portuguese and Spanish on road signs.  The Brazilian research into jet engines accelerates rapidly as the German engine purchased begins to unlock the various secrets of the jet technology. Brazilian prototypes, however, are shown to have been on the right track. The Brazilian research into this replicating the German jet engine yields a test aircraft which is used to push the limits of the engine and show what tweaks or limitations can be removed by modification or improvement. The nuclear program also continues promisingly with German data and research accelerating the program rapidly as well as Japanese data and research. The bomb is expected to be officially finished by 1946 and the power is expected to now be finished in 1946 as well with the first nuclear reactor to be helping power the city of Santiago in trials for expanded use across the country over the next few decades. The Brazilian government seeing a growing movement wishing for more comraderie with their Spanish speaking brothers begin to allow for a cultural exchange to take place allowing immigration to take place into the Amazon from all allied nations. This also helps expand the resource industry in the area. The Amazon river industrial capacity begins to increase as private firms begin working on a five year program of expansion intended to bring Brazil up in industrial ranking. The Brazilian military begins considering rocketry and begins to promote that field with co-operation of all the the countries expanding military academies. Brazil begins tooling around with more new helicopter designs looking to create a more versatile craft with more civilian and combat applicability. A troop carrier helicopter is considered. The Japanese insight into bio weapons has given the Brazilian government an upper hand as it looks to test out some viable weaponry. However, human trials remain frowned upon and when asked Getulio Vargas outright denies the requests for Human trials of any developed weapons. Brazilian troops officially move into the Colonially governmentally abandoned British and French Guyanas re-establishing some semblance of central control to the areas outside of the weak provisional government's power.


 * Argentina:  Argentina continues its close and intensive work on its economy and Infrastructure using one to help expand the other in an expanding game. Railways and highways between Argentina continue to connect more thoroughly with Brazilian infrastructure through Uruguay which has begun expansion of its own infrastructure. Argentina continues military support to the SADC allies to put down the Venezuelan rebellion. Argentina continues to look for high threat targets and catalogues them as best they can. However, the Argentinians abstaining from huge detrimental expenditures and the end of the infamous changing of powers just years before has begun to gather large amounts of popular support from the regime looking to increase the public support more than it already is. Argentina begins to work toward a heavy economic co-operative with Brazil. It is expected to increase jobs and begin elimination of more of the unemployment in the country. Argentina, acting in co-operation with Brazil, begins to act aggressively toward Paraguay and lines up just across the border. Argentina officially begins its invasion of Paraguay intending on replacing the Paraguayan government with a much less hostile and bitter government. (Algo complete) The Argentinian forces seize the capital after a fierce fight and some of the surrounding countryside.
 * Venezuela:  With most of the country coming back under the government's control Venezuela begins assessing damage to the country and begins putting people back to work in government controlled areas looking to repair damage to the infrastructure and cities. However, most importantly the Venezuelan army begins to guard the oil industry and its platforms with heavy arms declaring them off limits except for working personnel. The Venezuelan army - being supported by the Brazilians - continues to conduct operations into Western Venezuela looking to wholeheartedly clear the areas out. More moderate rebel leaders once imprisoned are guarded and watched closely. However, some of them are put back into the government to use their ideas to help reform the Venezuelan government practice. The oil industry begins a huge expansion in response to the joining of the Brazilian economic bloc.
 * Uruguay:  The nation's banking industry continues to expand semi moderately gathering more investors. The agricultural sector is also expanded and focused on as it resource extraction. The Infrastructure is continually improved to link up with Argentinian and Brazilian infrastructure in a much more natural way putting Spanish and Portuguese on both signs at both borders to facilitate greater unity. The Uruguayan populace initially skeptical of Brazil, begins to lighten to the idea of being in this sphere and the people are increasingly enthusiastic about joining the economic co-operative after news begins painting it in a very positive light. The military is also improved slightly with its infantry weaponry being put on par with their Brazilian and Argentine counterparts by 1945 and further modernization to take place at the government's discretion in the 50's.
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Norway: We thank our allies of England, Russia, Irealand, and Germany for helping us in the war. We send troops into Denmark to take it back from the Swedish. We want to get rid of all the Swedish troops out of Denmark and take the territory for ourselves. We annex the 0.7% of land we won from Sweden into Norway. Our space and nuclear are improving due to technology. We improve our technology more and more if we want to be a strong nation in today's world. Our economy is doing good, since the war helped unemployed people get jobs. Since we used our own money to fund the war we do not have to pay anyone for helping us. The war does not make our economy and money supply go broke. We still have enough money to fund other programs like education, food, health care, and transportation. Maldark Eriksen and his crew are setting up a base of operations in Antarctica. By 1954 we want to be the first country to put a satellite up in space. People in Norway are happy even though a war is going on. In the UN we vote for Korea's independence. Our factories are doing well since we are making money with this war going on.
 * Irish Dip: We greatly thank Norway for agreeing to Korea's independence, and shall continue to aid in the Swedish War.
 * Greece: Military and navy are built up, the war with Turkey begins to reach an end as most of the coastal Aegean and Black Sea region is captured and after an army of Turks is defeated by a Greek army on its way to Konya and later Ankara from the Mediterranean. Economy is built up and Albania continues to be influenced.
 * Union of South Africa: We begin to lean in our own direction,taking our own views on international affairs, as well as the issue of needing more white settlers to make the population larger. We begin massive industrialization and irrigation systems as well as crops are planted. We ask the nations of Europe and the Americas for settlers to help increase South Africa's white population and increase the country's stability. We ask them for their unwanted peoples, and we welcome Arabic, white and Latino (white and Native American) settlers. This is to even out the population into a more balanced populace. An immigration and white baby boom begins, as the non-black populace is encouraged and offered rewards for every child born. As of now the populace is 16% Indian, 29% white, 4% Arabic, and 2% Latino. The remaining 49% is black.
 * Communist Party of China: Following the death of Mao Zedong, Zhou Enlai assumes command of the remaining Communist forces. Begins guerrilla operations against the Japanese in Manchukuo. To recover and replenish its troops from the great crackdown, membership was open to anyone who wanted to join. In such a short time, party membership includes 10,000 combatants alone.
 * NPRC: Zhou En-Lai is out Prime Minister, try not to kidnap our governmental leaders.
 * Germany: Germany happily accepts the demands of the Austrians, and by March Austria is fully annexed into the nation. Integration with the Austrians will take some time, but it will a natural process. The King of Austria is to remain in his position. German investment and businesses enter into Austria, and soon the area is a very productive region of the nation. German occupation of Sweden continues. Due to the former allegiance of the Swedes and former disputes, the occupation is tense and tenuous. Despite this, the Germans try their best to be humane with their fellow Germanics. The King of Sweden is kept in his position, but the former pan-Scandinavian Fascist government is removed and replaced with a pan-Germanic Fascist government. Production of war materiel continues, but decreases due to a general lack of war. Panzer Vs and VIs continue to roll out of factories, along with Me jets and Arado bombers. The Horten brothers produce more stealth jets, and begin creating a design for a stealth bomber based on the same design. FlaRaketes begin to be mass produced and distributed to stations all over Germany. Von Braun finishes his A4 rockets and begins to create newer, better designs. The second aircraft carrier is completed and is named the Manfred von Richtofen, after Germany's most famous ace. Flying bomb production continues and the order is increased to 100 for now. Production of Plutonium continues so Germany can acquire more nuclear weapons. German industries produces the MP44 submachine gun, but after testing, it is determined to be a new kind of rifle. As such, the rifle is renamed the STG44 and is put into full production. Mineral extraction in the colonies continues in order to produce more goods in Germany. More of the populations in the colonies speak German due to intensive schooling. Investment in Middle Eastern countries like Egypt, Iraq, Iran, and Oman continues. Construction of weather bases in Iceland begins. Germany continues to discreetly supply the RSS with Panzer designs and submachine guns as well as funds.  An expedition to Antarctica is planned.
 * Hungary: Troops are returned from Sweden. Production of war materiel continues. Now that Austria has been annexed to Germany, Hungary hopes that a new deal can be negotiated with Yugoslavia regarding Hungary's former borders.
 * Poland: Troops are returned from Sweden. Production of war materiel continues. Due to the stability of the Polish Fascist government, the Poles begin to petition Germany to let them have more independence, as an ally and full member of the Axis.
 * Denmark: Construction of more military facilities in Iceland continues. The Swedish part of Denmark is returned to Danish authority, and the King and government return to Copenhagen. Danish troops remain in the occupation of Sweden.
 * Netherlands: Troops are returned from Sweden. Production of war materiel continues. Materials continue to be extracted in Dutch Guiana for production of consumer goods.
 * Sweden: Life continues to be hard under the occupation. The Swedish government does its best to keep relations between the native Swedes and the occupant Germans and Danish soldiers. The government restores the country's iron mines and steel industry as soon as possible in order to restore the economy.
 * United States: Hawaii is admitted into the Union as the 50th state of the United States. Meanwhile, the Philippines gains independence from the United States after the last of American troops, vehicles and any citizens who want to leave with the troops; most of who are rotated home or to Cambodia. In Cambodia, General Douglas MacArthur continues to help build the infrastructure of the state, while the establishment of the Cambodian Armed Forces occurs and begins to be trained by the United States Army and Marine Corps to begin policing the American-influenced state. Meanwhile, the atomic program continues and more of its research is sent to Japan. The Department of War continues to research body armor for troops and an armored personnel carrier to help protect American soldiers from projectiles; the DoW also continues researching into a multiple-fire assault rifle continues. Research into rocketry and jet engines continue, with the first jet prototype for the United States expected around 1945. In the social world, the United States continues to research color television, hoping to have a prototype by the early-1950s. The United States sets its eyes from Europe to the island nation of Cuba, and wants to turn it into a puppet state. Thus, American companies begin to expand operations on the island nation, while the military base at Guantanamo Bay is expanded to help include the recent military developements. A new class of battleships, the Montana-class, is put into developement to rival the battleships of Britain and Germany, while developement of another aircraft carrier-class continues. The United States Armed Forces is expected to be fully integrated racially by the end of 1945, while improvement of education and healthcare of the country continues. The Department of War begins to develop the M-4 Sherman II, while research begins on an object called a computer. The DoW also continues researching the vertical flying machine. The Saudi Arabian economic alliance from last turn is excepted and offers to help develop the infrastructure of the Middle Eastern nation. With the meeting between Japan, Thailand and the United States occurring, President Roosevelt offers the creation of PITO (Pacific International Treaty Organization), which will be similiar to an OTL NATO, but in the Pacific Ocean. The United States Army and Marine Corp begins to work on a new type of machine gun that is able to work in any environment and not be jammed. (More to come, possibly. Cross out anything implausible).
 * Japan agrees.
 * Japan: continue what I posted last turn.
 * Manchukuo: same as last turn.
 * Indonesia: same as last turn.
 * Occupied China: same as last turn.
 * Switzerland: We become concerned with the annexation of Austria. The Swiss government affirms continued defense of Liechtenstein if it is needed. Our infrastructure is linked to each other. The military finishes arming the army with Karbiner Model 1940's and buys 300,000 more for the militia. They purchase another 40 Panzer IIIs tanks and 50 Panzer IVs tanks. The older Panzer Is and IIs tanks are sent to replace the German Panzer I and Panzer II in the militia. The Lakes Patrol purchase ten Lugano-class patrol boats. The Air Force continues to develop the EFW N-20, with the first two prototypes being acquired. We retire all the propeller fighter planes to reconnaissance roles and the oldest reconnaissance planes we scrap.
 * The USSR detonates the world's first nuclear weapon in Siberia. The military and industry are expanded. Stalin has grown weary of purchasing foreign designs and orders new tank and plane designs. As such, new battleships and tanks are created, with planes in the process of being created. The Soviets take interest in the German rocket program and start their own, boasting that it shall reach the heavens and surpass them as well.
 * The USSR detonates the world's first nuclear weapon in Siberia. The military and industry are expanded. Stalin has grown weary of purchasing foreign designs and orders new tank and plane designs. As such, new battleships and tanks are created, with planes in the process of being created. The Soviets take interest in the German rocket program and start their own, boasting that it shall reach the heavens and surpass them as well.

1944.5
 Mod Events here: 

''' Japan and the USA get nuclear weaponry. '''

''' Blood etc continue in India. '''

''' Brazil takes complete control over Venezuela and Paraguay. '''

 Ireland ends its civil war (why the hell did it even HAVE one?) 


 * Brazil: Brazil is now working on producing its new heavy tank now officially cutting off production of the EH-1 and beginning to let those tanks come in for reserve. The EH-2 Serpente officially is deployed to Venezuela in major operations against the rebels which still survive in the Venezuelan wilderness. Brazil's economy continues to expand modestly with the economic bloc developing between Brazil and its allies going into effect boosting the economies of all participants now with Venezuela taking part as well.  The Navy expands the radar systems on its warships and works to expand the quality of the manpower on the ships as well as the officers. To help with this the Brazilian Naval academy is expanded and the standards for entry are increased. The Brazilian Army and Air Force taking hints from the navy begin to do the same and begin to tighten requirements. The Brazilian goverment now with the end of its major troubles in sight starts to invest more in education especially researching into technologies, and business. Some of the other professions are also expanded as universities begin to receive some Federal as well as State funding. The jointly owned Argentine-Brazilian auto manufacturers begin to expand more as more people take a liking to this new automobile. However, foreign bought is still particularly wanted as well.  Brazil starts to Invest into Bolivian companies that have lacked the funding to exploit or work on its Natural resources working to turn it from an economic backwater to a viable economic center. Brazil using credibility in dealing with primarily hispanic regimes as well as being a fellow Latin American nation manages to begin buying up stock in many sugarcane plantations as well as funding the rise of a pro-Latin American group promoting the shared heritage of Brazil and its Allies. Brazil also begins to invest in the Industry of Cuba.  The Brazilian research into jet engines yields the ability to develop Jet Fighter aircraft, and Jet Bombers which begin to be manufactured. The nuclear program also continues promisingly with German data and research accelerating the program rapidly as well as Japanese data and research. The bomb is expected to be officially finished by 1947  and the power is expected to now be finished in 1949 as well with the first nuclear reactor to be helping power the city of Santiago in trials for expanded use across the country over the next few decades. The Brazilian government, seeing a growing movement wishing for more comraderie with their Spanish speaking brothers, begins to allow for a cultural exchange to take place allowing immigration to take place into the Amazon from all allied nations. This also helps expand the resource industry in the area. The Amazon river industrial capacity begins to increase as private firms begin working on a five year program of expansion intended to bring Brazil up in industrial ranking. The Brazilian military begins considering rocketry and begins to promote that field with co-operation of all the the countries expanding military academies. Brazil begins tooling around with more new helicopter designs looking to create a more versatile craft with more civilian and combat applicability. A troop carrier helicopter is considered. The Japanese insight into bio weapons has given the Brazilian government an upper hand as it looks to test out some viable weaponry. However, human trials remain frowned upon and when asked Getulio Vargas outright denies the requests for human trials of any developed weapons. Brazilian troops officially move into the colonial governmentally abandoned British and French Guyanas re-establishing some semblance of central control to the areas outside of the weak provisional government's power. Brazil begins to work more heavily on poverty problems looking to depopulate the already heavily depopulated favelas with cheap and open housing in the Interior and in the Guyanas.


 * Argentina:  Argentina continues its close and intensive work on its economy and Infrastructure using one to help expand the other in an expanding game. Railways and highways between Argentina continue to connect more thoroughly with Brazilian infrastructure through Uruguay which has begun expansion of its own infrastructure. However, the Argentinians abstaining from huge detrimental expenditures and the end of the infamous changing of powers just years before has begun to gather large amounts of popular support from the regime looking to increase the public support more than it already is. With Argentina's invasion mostly complete around 150,000 troops remain in the country to allow for a peaceful transition to a more friendly government. Surprised by Paraguay's quick and relatively low casualty capitulation Argentina calculates the deaths to be only about 50,000 and the Argentinian government agrees to pay reparations to the families of the dead and help in rebuilding the Paraguayan capital of Asuncion and the damaged countryside. Argentina begins to invest heavily in Cuban agriculture, and cash crops specifically offering to pay preferential prices for Cuban goods.
 * Venezuela:  With most of the country coming back under the government's control Venezuela begins assessing damage to the country and begins putting people back to work in government controlled areas looking to repair damage to the infrastructure and cities. However, most importantly the Venezuelan army begins to guard the oil industry and its platforms with heavy arms declaring them off limits except for working personnel. The Venezuelan army - being supported by the Brazilians - continues to conduct operations into Western Venezuela looking to wholeheartedly clear the areas out. More moderate rebel leaders once imprisoned are guarded and watched closely. However, some of them are put back into the government to use their ideas to help reform the Venezuelan government practice. The oil industry begins a huge expansion in response to the joining of the Brazilian economic bloc. This begins to have a positive effect on the economy as oil exporting becomes a major part of the Venezuelan economy with previous expansion now helping provide heavily for Brazil and its bloc. The Venezuelan government begins to end its combat operations limiting fighting the rebels to isolated military engagements and police attacks. The mainstream rebellion is declared over and casualties are listed to be well into 200,000 dead with various other injured. Venezuelan government does attempt to take care of some of its injured so as to prevent future resentment. Infrastructure is improved and repaired.
 * Uruguay:  The nation's banking industry continues to expand semi moderately gathering more investors. The agricultural sector is also expanded and focused on as it resource extraction. The Infrastructure is continually improved to link up with Argentinian and Brazilian infrastructure in a much more natural way putting Spanish and Portuguese on both signs at both borders to facilitate greater unity. The Uruguayan populace initially skeptical of Brazil, begins to lighten to the idea of being in this sphere and the people are increasingly enthusiastic about joining the economic co-operative after news begins painting it in a very positive light. The military is also improved slightly with its infantry weaponry being put on par with their Brazilian and Argentine counterparts by 1945 and further modernization to take place at the government's discretion in the 50's.
 * Paraguay:  With the government deciding to capitulate rather than suffer another Paraguayan genocide, the nation does surrender with its pride intact having fought for its capital. While the capital was taken, the Paraguayan soldiers remaining agree to co-operate with the Argentinian soldiers for the most part begrudgingly seeing the improvements that the Brazil and its allies have undergone and wanting to improve in this way as well. Paraguay's new president while conscious of the war just barely over 60 years ago agrees to co-operate with Argentina and Brazil and their allies but also manages to secure much of its own resource rights and begins to buy industrial equipment to develop it. Paraguay now with access to the rest of the economic bloc and with its own joining begins to develop its agriculture as well trying to bolster its population. Paraguay's populace is currently very skeptical and resentful of being forced into the sphere of Brazil and Argentina, but does see potential in rising up to a prominent place in the Sphere. Paraguayan infrastructure begins to be linked up with surrounding nations infrastructure for centralization purposes.
 * Guyanan Confederation:  The Brazilian forces in Guyana set up two governments and begin to standardize things between both of the Guyanas for ease of ruling and set up a confederation. The Brazilian troops offer to pay the way for any people wishing to return to their homeland a Thousands from each take the deal as the British and French Guyanas begin to be lightly immigrated to by Brazilian and a few Hispanic immigrants from around the economic bloc. The military is essentially left up to Brazilian forces as economic and infrastructural projects are worked on to link up with Brazil.
 * Whoever edited my turn please do not, especially about the nuclear stuff. I have gotten huge help from both Germany and Japan about this and I can build my own bomb by 1947. Deal with it. I've had multiple people say it's plausible with the research I've done. -Feud
 * It's way too early for nuclear power. THEY don't have power either ...
 * Ireland: With victory in the Swedish war, Irish troops begin to return. Ireland increases its production of materiel, and begins to research jet aircraft. The Irish fleet, having finally been completed, and with one battleship and three destroyers, sails around the world as a show of strength. Ireland opens diplomatic relations with the United States, and offers to aid them in any future military conflict. Korea, having been recognised as independent, is offered military aid, and Ireland request Norway and the United States to aid them as well.  Yes, I put the strikes through my fleet. HAPPY?
 * Korea: Korea thanks the nations of Ireland, Guyana, and Norway for pleading their cause in the UN where they cannot. Rebel activity against the Japanese continues, although after the initial big push it has slowed down a bit. Strikes against key Japanese supply junctions and railroad crossings continue, now with most of the nation in support of the rebel cause.
 * Irish Dip: Ireland calls upon Norway and Guyana to aid Korea in obtaining independence from Japan. The Irish fleet is ordered into the Pacific to show Ireland's undying support for Korea, even though they are heavily outgunned and outnumbered. Ireland even begins training an invasion force to help Korea. However, Ireland makes it perfectly clear that they will only go to war if provoked.
 * Swiss D: We recognize that the Korean people have the right to independence, and recognize them, but refuse to send military aid. We send Red Cross personnel and medical supplies.
 * Switzerland: We purchase 24 EKW N-20 fighter jets and begin to replace the Me 262 fighter jets. 24 of the Me 262 jets are converted into trainers. The government announces support for Korean independence, but wants to see a peaceful solution to the crisis. We offer to host talks. The government begins a heavy modernization of infrastructure with more rail lines being laid, roads being repaired, and telephone lines being set up.
 * Norway: We ask Switerland for missiles, jets and bombers. Norway sends medical supplies to Korea to help out the wounded. We also send some special ops troops to Korea to help them against Japan. We upgrade our navy by making new ships to protect our waters. Since we are still at war with Sweden our factories are working overtime. The primary weapon of our troops is the MP 43. The secondary weapon is the M1 Garand. The hand gun of choice is the M1911 pistol. We thank the Irish for helping us. Our population increases from 5.0 million to 5.3 million. The king starts a rebuilding project to add on new roads, rail lines and telephone lines. The king adds antennas to buildings and home with the TV recently having been made. The king makes a college after himself. Since the beginning of the war we have reached the lowest unemployment rate of our history. The depression caused us to be at 15% unemployment, but today we are at 2% unemployment. People are happy that the country is making money. With our country making lots of money we use this money to modernize our country to be like other European countries like Germany and Russia. Our religion is doing good and people are happy with the country having Eastern Orthodox has its main religion . Music is doing good and people are happy listening to jazz music. It is about 1 1/2 weeks until Christmas and stores are getting emptier and emptier. Scientists have found oil in the Norwegian sea. About 60% of the oil we found will be used for our country. The other 40% of the oil we found will go to our allies of Germany, Russia, Ireland, England, Korea, and Switzerland. Hockey is the number One sport in the country followed by basketball, then soccer. Vodka is the most popular alcoholic drink in the country . Education, health care and transportation are stil being funded. The space and nuclear programs are increasing due to modernization. Our spy program is also increasing due to technology increasing. Our future looks bright due to our modernization going on in the country.
 * 'Britain announces support for the independence of Korea. No aid is sent though. The Air Force is now entirely replaced with jet aircraft, and the first planes are equipped with rockets. The bomb is almost complete, expected to be finished at the start of next year. We condemn the RSS. A new type of ship, a missile frigate, the Canute-class frigate, designed for anti-battleship programs. Work begins on a stealth aircraft. Jet bombers are now equipped with rockets, too. A new Tiger comes out, the Mk. VI, a new Cyclone, the Mk. V, and a new Shark, the Mk. IV. A new wave occurs in the wave of music as the genre of rock is born, with the singer Elmo Presty gaining large amounts of fame.  The fleet out of Singapore continues to patrol Indian shores, destorying any ships which attempt to leave. The dominions all develop their military (I don't want to post for each one of them). The Falklands is now built up to become the biggest British base in the South Atlantic. 100 million pounds in investment are given to Columbia, as well as tanks and military aid, and help with nuclear power. Singapore and Hong Kong likewise become booming economic and military centers. Everything is Africa excpet the Sudan, Egypt, Nigeria, and South Africa is given total independence. Somaliland is unified and handed over to Ethiopian control . Sudan is split into North and South Sudan. A dispute over passage through Gibraltar occurs with Spain. We condemn the result of the Irish Civil War.
 * Saudi Arabia: Work on the oil industry is continued and we accept the United States offer to aid our infrastructure.
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Czechoslovakia: The Czechs are now by far the largest ethnicity in the Czechoslovakian Union. The government requests designs of planes, tanks and ships from the Germans. We begin to influence Bulgaria. We begin to increase industrialisation of Yugoslavia. Any revolts are placated by elections being allowed in Yugoslavia. The Royalists win the war and Tito is executed. We request a land strip from Germany, so we can access our southern lands easily.


 * German Diplomacy: Germany offers to negotiate with Czechoslovakia regarding this issue.
 * Japan: After years of massive funding and wasting industrial materials the Riken institution produces its first nuclear bomb. The Japanese ultra-nationalists opt to use it at once while the moderates out maneuver them and a formal ultimatum is issued to the Korean insurgents surrender or face the full might of the Japanese empire. The Japanese detonate their first device in a very public manner in the Japanese South Pacific territories where journalists from around the world are allowed to see the monument of Japanese scientific and military power. This display of power is accompanied by a speech made by Emperor Hirohito over the radio which praises the will and strength of the Japanese people and declares that Japan is truly one of the world leaders and an equal to the west. In an attempt to deal with the insurgency and push them to surrender increases the amount of force permited by Japanese troops and widespread sweeping operations begin throughout the peninsula. The Kempeitai successfully captures several Norwegian operatives and they are all thrown into internment camps as PoWs. All Japanese who wish to leave the peninsula continue to leave in droves with all their valuables - aided by the Japanese military. De-industrialization  of the peninsula continues and is nearing completion the Japanese adopt this as a formal policy to prevent the Koreans from gaining any sort of advantage in the conflict. All research and development programs continue. The production of war vehicles continue as does the commercial production of cars which are becoming increasingly affordable in areas of East Asia. A program to expel all Koreans who do not swear alligiance to the emperor in the home islands is planned. Meanwhile, it is decided that should Korea be granted independence it will be stripped of the islands to its south to keep the Japanese home islands strong and safe. Research into making the nuclear energy produced by the reaction applicable to domestic society begins as the government permits them to do so though it is believed that this will take several years and is unsure how it will turn out. The leaders of the Riken groups are granted several awards by the emperor and by the state for their services to the Empire.
 * Manchukuo: Oil production slowly increases as does the industrial growth of Manchuria. Manchu troops hold firmly the northern areas of Korea to keep any problems from occurring. Military development continues.
 * Indonesia: Economic and military development continue. Indonesia's industry continues to grow slowly.
 * Occupied China:  The occupation continues, however, more troops are withdrawn from the continent as swift responses are considered more efficient then long brutal fighting. More power is delegated to the local authorities and Chinese military. Though troops that remain begin to concentrate more in the areas between Shangdong and Shanghai as it is believed that uranium reserves may exist there.
 * Saudi Dip: We offer an economic and political alliance with Japan, like our alliance with the US.
 * Jap response: Japan agrees to a trade agreement and offers to invest in Saudi Arabia but will not sign an alliance which may conflict with Japan's interests.
 * Britain offers a NAP to Japan and America.
 * American D: We agree.
 * Saudi Arabia accepts the Japanese offer and asks for an alliance with Great Britain,
 * Colombia continues its development of industry and the military, greatly aided by British supplies. The Colombian government greatly thanks Britain for this, and begins improving relations. The Colombian Nuclear Programme (PNC after its initials in Spanish) is created. Gaitán continues redistributing wealth, causing a large boost in the development of the Colombian economy. The military also is boosted to a large level, not in the least because of a perceived increased Brazilian threat after the occupation of Paraguay. This also leads to a large increase of influencing of Ecuador, Chile, Panama and Peru, with the South American Congress, renamed the Concert of the Andes, becoming a full-scale military and economic alliance.  The Concert gets around to solving the territorial disputes between the five nations, in order to arrange closer co-operation. The Tacna Strip is scheduled for a referendum in two years.
 * Mexico:  I n Mexico, Leon Trotsky rises on the political scene. He creates the Mexican Communist party. As he took over the scene in a storm, many people see him as a man who will bring on a new era in the history of Mexico. Followed by the new wind, the Mexican government offers a referendum to the four states (Nicaragua, El Salvador, Honduras, Guatemala) to join the Mexican federation. With that being said, in a matter of two months all has been done, and the votes have been counted. Nicaragua has a low percentage of only 25%, Honduras is a little bigger with 31%, but Guatemala on the other hand, has 71.3% people willing to join and El Salvador 68,4% willing to join. By the end of the year, the two new federal states will be fully integrated into the Mexican Federation. Due to the integration of two new nationalities, many internal migrations ocurr and the new states are being partially repopulated by Mexicans. Trotsky proposes a more violent attempt at unifying Central America.
 * Trotsky is jailed in the USSR.
 * I crossed out for the above reason. - Enc
 * Trotsky was exiled from the Soviet Union in the late 1920s. Too late.
 * K, did research on Trotsky. He was in France in 1933. And so I guess the French player has him. Contact him if you want Trotsky really bad.
 * I didn't notice France mentioning Trotsky once in any turn. - Sky
 * Plus, it would only be plausible for Trostky to continue on to Mexico, especially seeing World War II and the threat to his life. Soviet spies are everywhere!! 
 * And another thing is that France was nearly conquered by Germany during World War II, and I, myself, do believe that Trotsky would try to evade the Nazis due to their alignment with the Soviets, right?
 * Union of South Africa: We continue to lean in our own direction,taking our own views on international affairs. We continue massive industrialization and irrigation systems as well as crops are planted. We ask the nations of Europe and the Americas for settlers to help increase South Africa's white population and increase the country's stability. This is to even out the population into a more balanced populace. An immigration and white baby boom continue, as the non-black populace is encouraged and offered rewards for every child born. We begin moving blacks into the northern regions of Botswana where we allow them to establish autonomous regions. This is kept a secret but as the non-black population grows more blacks will be moved here. As of now the populace is 16% Indian, 35% white, 4% Arabic, and 2% Latino. The remaining 43% is black . We annex Botswana after a secret deal with the British, and we also annex Rhodesia and make it into an autonomous region of South Africa, and Botswana is also made into an autonomous region. White, Indian and Asian settlement of the two new regions begins as quickly as possible.
 * German Diplomacy: Germany accepts this offer, and offers to exile political dissidents to South Africa instead of putting them in prison. Germany also offers to sell South Africa tank, plane and weapon designs.
 * South African Diplomacy: South Africa accepts the offer to exile political dissidents to South Africa and accepts the offer to buy German tank, plane and weapon designs. We graciously thank Germany.
 * Brazilian Dip: We offer to expand and work on the international relations between our two countries and open up trade.
 * South African Diplomacy: We accept Brazil's gracious offer. We ask to secretly establish a joint South African-Brazilian nuclear bomb research.
 * Wait, is Germany going to send all the Jews to South Africa? Because that would be an absolute masterstroke - no need for buying a new colony while removing Jews from Germany anyway and helping South Africa increase its white population and gain new weapons in the process.
 * I'm sorry Dean, but those numbers are not accurate in the slightest. There will currently only be 21% whites - after you began to encourage your immigration boom. Blacks will make up at least 65% of your population, which is currently totalled at around 11 million people. The percentage of coloured peoples will probably be something around 10%
 * I said political dissidents. I never said anything about Jews. -MP
 * Germany: Germany continues to produce war materiel, but this decreases due to a general lack of war in Europe. Flarakets continue to be mass produced, and further testing with obsolete bombers proves them to be extremely effective. Flying bombs and A4 rockets continue to be produced, and experimentation on the A5 begins. Production of Panther and Leopard tanks continues. Production of Me jets and Arado bombers continues, as well as Horten stealth jets. The Horten brothers also continue work on their stealth bomber, and they have finished their improved designs and are now working on an airframe. Germany's government begins to turn to improving and expanding its navy to catch up with the other security council members, as Germany's is the least powerful of the seven. The German people are now extremely happy, as they have finally achieved the dream of pan-Germanism with the annexation of Austria. Production and research of nuclear weapons continues. Occupation of Sweden continues. The king of Bavaria is elected to be the first new Kaiser of Germany, as he was restored to his throne first. More will probably come later.
 * Swiss Secret Diplomacy: We request to take possession of the southern portion of Austria to form the Alpine Confederation. The Germans will have economic rights, and be allowed to station up to 4000 infantry and 12 tanks. We will pay Germany 50 million Swiss Franc a year for ten years.
 * Dominion of India: Congress continues to focus toward the south and they produce their tanks at a rapid rate, with 350 more produced. The RSS continues work on the Pancher III and Pancher IV (counterparts to the Congress tank and the EH-1), and breakthroughs are made with the Pancher III. The tank soon enters production and the first few batches are transported straight to the battle-front to take part in the offensives to drive Congress back and finish the war. It was helped with the fact that there were a 100 Congress tanks captured. With 115 EH-1 tanks still in good condition to fight, along with 85 Pancher I and II tanks, things look up for the RSS. These tanks are backed up by 90 Congress captured tanks as well as 250 Pancher I and II tanks as well as 100 Pancher III tanks. Work on the Pancher IV continues slowly. Congress establishes its new front of operation base as Bhopal and begin to dig in along the front. In other location, they are forced to fall back quickly as the RSS advances. The RSS continues to attack the Deccan and it has become its current focus. Muslims coming in from places like Punjab and Uttar Pradesh find themselves on the other end of RSS fury. The RSS troops commit atrocities against them, killing most of the men and forcing many to become comfort women. Sen's factories now work at maximum output and he uses the chance to employ women and promote women empowerment as he sends the men to build up. Sen now shifts to a more western focus. Burma is now under Sen's control and he sends the Burmese workers to all around the territories he controls in a bid to build more railroads and factories to prepare launch the invasion of Congress-held India. In the Islamic Kingdom of Deccan, Jinnah begins to get worried as the arriving RSS troops begin to turn the tide of the front. Their first tanks are produced and are sent to the front to fight against the RSS troops who are attacking in large numbers. Somehow, the line begins to be stablilsed although over 90% of the Deccan tanks are destroyed in the process. In the rural scene, starvation continues and many men form militias and begin to raid other villages in a bid to gain more food. In secret, thousands of scientists and engineers continue to work on the new aircraft on all four sides and try to make better versions of the aircraft as well as provide technical support for the factories constructing the aircraft in secret. All the captured factories begin to produce aircraft in large numbers, although the shortage of metal begins to affect production. As a result, the RSS asks allies to ship in some metals for their war effort. Their Spitfires and Corsairs take on Congress counter-parts and win crucial battles, although almost always losing more aircraft. The millions employed in Burma find themselves in various new locations all around Bengali controlled lands. They continue to work to build infrastructure which is heavily lacking and build railroads through the tough regions of Assam and the NEFTA. Much TNT is used and workers begin to be pushed, while larger and larger number of workers are diverted for this project. Factories are churning out light tanks and Zeros for the Bengali effort. The Zeros begin to fly and attack Congress-held bases. A few bombers are now built and test flying begins in a bid to make them ready to fly. Sen starts the offensive into Congress territories, with nearly a million soldiers moving in to attack Congress troops. Battles are fierce and although Congress fights hard, Sen's soldiers make progress and their aircraft and light tanks allow them to press home the advantage. However, in many tank battles, Sen loses a large number of his light tanks as they cannot hold up against the heavier Congress tanks. He orders production of heavier tanks and secretly opens negotiations with the RSS for heavier tanks. His Zeros, however, perform well and the air fight continues viciously over the eastern front.
 * German Diplomacy: Germany will secretly sell designs for the Panzer IV to the RSS.
 * United States: After years of research and co-operation with fellow scientists in Japan, the United States detonates its first atomic warhead in New Mexico, making it the fifth nation to do so. The atomic blast is observed by Generals Eisenhower, MacArthur, Bradley and Patton, Admirals Nimitz, Kimmel, Hasley and McCain, and President Roosevelt. The military leaders see the potential of such a weapon, while President Roosevelt fears what the weapon could lead to. The United States Air Force has finished its research on jet fighters and begins construction on a prototype to test, while the P-51 Mustang continues to remain the primary fighter of the United States Air Force. Meanwhile, the United States Army and Marine Corps continues to develop an armored personnel carrier and body armor for protecting its soldiers. The Department of War continues to research helicopters, computers and rocketry. The United States sends everything regarding computers to Japan. Meanwhile, the United States Navy continues to develop the Montana-class battleship, hoping to have the first ship completed by 1946.5. Improvement of the infrastructure, education and healthcare in Cambodia continues, while the Cambodian Defense Force is sent on its first mission to help eliminate any opposition to the improvement of Cambodia. The Central Intelligence Agency begins to secretly carry out infiltration and intelligence gathering on the RSS in India, with any information gathered is sent to British intelligence as a sign of friendship between the two North Atlantic nations. The Pacific International Treaty Organization is established in San Francisco, while Japan is asked where a headquarters could be constructed to represent both American culture and East Asian culture, with Roosevelt suggesting Honolulu or Manila. In the social life of the United States, research continues on color television, while improvement of the infrastructure, education and healthcare continues, with the United States having one of the best transportation systems in the world. The influence of Cuba continues, with American business investing into the natural resources, while the expansion of Guantanamo Bay continues to help include battleships and aircraft carriers. The United States states that any aggressive actions against any remaining Central American nations by Mexico will result in war between the two nations. The United States secretly offers to sell several decomissioned destroyers and two retired battleships to Colombia, as well as engineers and officers to train Colombians how to do so. The Panama Canal is undergoing expansion to allow much larger ships to sail through without hesitation. (More To Come, Cross Out Was Implausible)
 * Japan sends all they data they have as an exchange.
 * Canada: William Lyon McKenzie King and the Canadian parliament enact the Montreal Proposition to declare full independence from Great Britain and leave the Commonwealth seeing that Great Britain has been unable to keep the members of the Commonwealth from rebelling or causing trouble. We feel as though leaving the Commonwealth would be in Canada's best interest.
 * Brazil Dip: We request trade and expanded international relations with Canada.


 * Do you have any idea how implausible the breaking away of Canada is? 
 * Indeed.
 * It's not Canada leaving Canada, it's Canada leaving The Commonwealth/Great Britain's influence
 * That is still implausible. World War II was a stalemate, nothing majorly affected. There should be no reason for Canada to leave the Commonwealth - instead it would move closer to Great Britain seeing as they were the only ones fighting the allies - the Americans "cowering" out - and they managed to keep their own, a pretty spectacular feat.
 * Saudi Arabia wishes to buy the outdated US carriers once the United States finishes the Montana Class.
 * NPRC: As we normalize relations with Japan, we begin to approach Germany and Brazil for military, economic and social aid, as well as hopefully, a military alliance. We begin to start trade along the Yangtze and Yellow Rivers and major deforestation operations begin in Shizhuang. The new increase in lumber led to the industrialization of Chengdu, Chongqing and other major cities. We begin construction of heavy machine guns and we also begin studying a combination of the machine gun and the rifle, making a primitive AK-47. Meanwhile, we also begin construction of heavy artillery and machinery, particularly giant logging machines. The second tank is built as Yantze-44 and we also begin to build airplanes. We begin construction of roads and the country is beginning to prosper. Zhou En Lai commands the Communist Party to remerge into NPRC, as he is the prime minister of NPRC.
 * The USSR expands military and industry. Research into using nuclear power over traditional means continues. Research into a larger nuclear weapon also continues. Beria begins to plot the death of Stalin and his own takeover. However, he is not alone. Molotov and Leonid Brezhnev are also doing the same thing.

1945
''' Bit late with the turns today. Mod post here: '''

 Tensions between Ireland and Britain rise after Britain learns that Ireland has attempted to side with the Germans during WWII (actually occurred, not just making it up.) (i did side with the Germans. I invaded Northern Ireland. but I will say that I didnt invade Wales.) 

''' India, blood, blah, blah. '''

''' The Concert of the Andes grows closer after the Brazilian wars in Paraguay and Venezuela. '''

''' A bombing occurs in London. '''

''' A new wave of rock music occurs in England. '''

''' Britain and France gets nukes. '''

''' Britain, Japan, and the USA sign a non-aggression pact. '''
 * Saudi Arabia: Expansion of our military begins and again we ask to purchase battleships from the US. We also send diplomats to Middle Eastern and North African nations to establish a mutual defence agreement in order to obtain a greater level of peace in the region. Diplomats are also sent to Germany, the USSR, Italy and other Axis nations to establish diplomatic relations. With the country steadliy producing more oil, we begin to search for buyers. (Possibly more later, I'll fix anything implausible if needed) (Why was my request to join the UN removed?)
 * I don't know why it was removed, but I will add you.
 * Thank you.
 * Norway: The rebuilding project is going well and our cities are getting bigger. Our population has increased from 5.3 million to 5.6 million.  Oil found in the Norwegian sea will be used to power our homes and cars once scientists convert oil to gas. We sell some oil to our allies for 16 dollars a barrel. King's College is just been finished in the capital city. At the age of 26 the king's first son is born. His name is Oscar Federik. Health care is now free in the country. We allow immigrants to come into the country. Right now we are in a time of peace. Money is being made at such a fast pace that we can't count all the money that we are making. On one of the islands we own, a scientist found a random object that fell from the sky. It made a pretty big hole. We do not know what it is, but it is very heavy. Scientists start building what would be the world's biggest telescope. Many movies are being made in our country. Almost all of our troops are returning home from the war against Sweden. This new wave of rock music becomes popular with the younger population of our country. Jazz is still popular in our country.
 * This turn is very ASB. The oil industry still needs to be developed first, as you only discovered it last turn. Furthermore, the king would not name his son "Kevin."
 * Norwegian D: We ask Germany if we can buy Sweden from you.
 * German Diplomacy: Sweden is its own sovereign nation under German occupation. It is not something that can be "bought" or "sold."
 * Norwegian D: We ask Russia if we can buy Finland from you.
 * The Finnish SSR is a fully integrated part of the USSR. It cannot and will not be ceded at any price.
 * Norwegian D: We ask Switzerland if we can buy some missiles, jets and bombers.
 * Kevin is not a Norwegian royal name.
 * Union of South Africa: We continue to lean in our own direction, taking our own views on international affairs. We continue massive industrialization and irrigation systems as well as planting crops. We ask the nations of Europe and the Americas for settlers to help increase South Africa's white population and increase the country's stability. This is to even out the population into a more balanced populace. An immigration and white baby boom continue, as the non-black populace is encouraged and offered rewards for every child born. We begin moving blacks into the northern regions of Botswana where we allow them to establish autonomous regions. This is kept a secret but as the non-black population grows more blacks will be moved here. As of now, the populace is 6% Indian, 22% white, 3% Arabic, 5% Jewish and 1% Latino. The remaining 63% is black. Settlement of new Jewish settlers begins, as a massive amount have recently arrived from Europe. The economy of South Africa continues to grow, and blacks continue to be peacefully moved north into northern Botswana and Rhodesia.
 * Wrong numbers.
 * Fixed.
 * Latino? Jewish? Whatever. BTW, you do realize that as a Dominion of Britain, you can't actually directly side against it, right? You don't have to be absolute, dead straight allies, but you support another side, unless you go to war to break free. I am about to demonstrate why you don't want to do that with Ireland.
 * In OTL South Africa peacefully left the Commonwealth, I think I can do that - in several years, of course.
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * In Britain, Halifax resigns, giving way for Mountbatten, who, shocked at the actions of Ireland, launches a vote in the Commonwealth to expell Ireland from said august body. By leaning like nothing else you've ever seen on the Dominions, the vote passes. Ten days later, after the bombing (which may or may not have had anything to do with Ireland), another vote passes in Parliament. Britain declares war on Ireland, invading from Northern Ireland and then dropping one of our brand new nukes on Galway, sending Ireland out of the war immediately, the first ever used . Of the remaining two bombs, one is sent to Columbia for their program, while the other is retained. The AF and Navy feature largely in this war on Ireland, bombing Dublin and Cork. A new bomber comes out, the Orca Mk. II. Other planes and ships are improved. The economy booms. Other stuff happens.
 * Guns, please. The war that Ireland did to you is too ASB to even exist, and was crossed out. Furthermore, why would Britain care about what happened in Ireland? It is a dominion, and can largely do what it pleases. And really, you are going to waste the FIRST NUKE IN THE WORLD on IRELAND, a small nation that can't do shit against anyone? C'mon.
 * On Scraw's watzit, I've removed the nukes. War is still happening. Up - you know ...
 * All right, I don't approve, but since it is no longer nuclear, it makes more sense. -MP
 * Mexico: After Guatemala and El Salvador joined the Mexican Federation, migrations occured and the two new states were repopulated by Mexicans. Although minor riots occurred due to the joining, the situation was handled swifly and without major problems. The new states are in a process of adapting to the laws and regulations of Mexico, which causes some problems. This creates an imbalanced infrastructure in the new states which the government attempts to sort out by 1946. With the increase of the borders of Mexico, influencing Honduras and Nicaragua becomes easier. Slowly but steadily more and more Nicaraguans and Mexicans living in Nicaragua regret for not voting for joining to Mexico. The Canal work slows down due to lack of funds.  On the other hand, Mexican scientists begin developing solar power cells of higher quality, and it is expected that by 1952, Mexico will have at least one solar power plant.
 * Brazil Dip: We offer to help finance the Nicaragua Canal if we get rights to post troops and help expand business opportunities around the canal. We also extend an offer for Mexico to join in alliance with Brazil and its bloc as an associated member.
 * Mexico Dip: Brazil can expand business around the canal, but no troops will be allowed. Mexico agrees to join the alliance and the bloc.


 * It is still too early to have solar power. What do the other mods think? - Enc
 * Way too early. -MP
 * I looked at the timeline of solar cells page on wikipedia. I think that in the 1950s I should have a chance of developing them.
 * Brazil: Brazil is now working on producing its new heavy tank now officially cutting off production of the EH-1 and beginning to let those tanks come in for reserve. The EH-2 Serpente officially is deployed to Venezuela in major operations against the rebels which still survive in the Venezuelan wilderness. Brazil's economy continues to expand modestly with the economic bloc developing between Brazil and its allies going into effect boosting the economies of all participants now with Venezuela taking part as well.  The navy expands the radar systems on its warships and works to expand the quality of the manpower on the ships as well as the officers. To help with this, the Brazilian Naval academy is expanded and the standards for entry are increased. The Brazilian Army and Air Force taking hints from the navy begin to do the same and begin to tighten requirements. The Brazilian government now with the end of its major troubles in sight starts to invest more in education especially researching into technologies and business. Some of the other professions are also expanded as universities begin to receive some federal as well as state funding. The jointly owned Argentine-Brazilian auto manufacturers begin to expand more as more people take a liking to this new automobile. However, foreign bought is still particularly wanted as well. Brazil starts to invest in Bolivian companies that have lacked the funding to exploit or work on its natural resources working to turn it from an economic backwater to a viable economic center. Brazil using credibility in dealing with primarily hispanic regimes as well as being a fellow Latin American nation manages to begin buying up stock in many sugarcane plantations as well as funding the rise of a pro-Latin American group promoting the shared heritage of Brazil and its allies. Brazil also begins to invest in the industry of Cuba.  The Brazilian research into jet engines yields the ability to develop jet fighter aircraft, and jet bombers which begin to be manufactured in great numbers with jet aircraft being on par with aircraft of the British and German Air forces This is considered one of the greatest steps in Brazilian aviation since its major interest years ago. The nuclear program also continues promisingly with German data and research accelerating the program rapidly as well as Japanese data and research. The bomb is expected to be officially finished by 1947 and the power is expected to be worked on continuously into the mid 50's. The Brazilian government, seeing a growing movement wishing for more comraderie with their Spanish-speaking brothers, begins to allow for a cultural exchange to take place allowing immigration to take place into the Amazon from all allied nations. This also helps expand the resource industry in the area. The Amazon River industrial capacity begins to increase as private firms begin working on a five year program of expansion intended to bring Brazil up in industrial ranking. The Brazilian military begins researching rocketry and begins to promote that field with co-operation of all the the countries expanding military academies. Brazil begins tooling around with more new helicopter designs looking to create a more versatile craft with more civilian and combat applicability. A troop carrier helicopter is prototyped. The Japanese insight into bio-weapons has given the Brazilian government an upper hand as it looks to test out some viable weaponry. However, human trials remain frowned upon and when asked Getulio Vargas outright denies the requests for human trials of any developed weapons. Brazil's first bio-weapons, however, are developed from the Japanese research. Brazil also finishes its first assault rifle which - upon further inspection - is revealed to be equivalent to the German STG-44. However, other designs are beginning to be considered. Brazilian troops officially move into the colonially governmentally abandoned British and French Guyanas re-establishing some semblance of central control to the areas outside of the weak provisional government's power. Brazil begins to work more heavily on poverty problems looking to depopulate the already heavily depopulated favelas with cheap and open housing in the interior and in the Guyanas The favelas are estimated 75% empty and the empty areas are being rebuilt into much higher quality housing. The population of Brazil expands to nearly 49.1 million due to the larger families being more standard. Brazil begins to embark on a public relations campaign with all its allies as well as sending envoys to both the Concert of the Andes, and the United States looking to increase trade among the three.


 *       Argentina:  Argentina continues its close and intensive work on its economy and Infrastructure using one to help expand the other in an expanding game. Railways and highways between Argentina continue to connect more thoroughly with Brazilian infrastructure through Uruguay which has begun expansion of its own infrastructure. However, the Argentinians abstaining from huge detrimental expenditures and the end of the infamous changing of powers just years before has begun to gather large amounts of popular support from the regime looking to increase the public support more than it already is. With Argentina's invasion mostly complete around 150,000 troops remain in the country to allow for a peaceful transition to a more friendly government. Surprised by Paraguay's quick and relatively low casualty capitulation Argentina calculates the deaths to be only about 50,000 and the Argentinian government agrees to pay reparations to the families of the dead and help in rebuilding the Paraguayan capital of Ascuncion and the damaged countryside. Argentina begins to invest heavily in Cuban agriculture, and cash crops specifically offering to pay preferential prices for Cuban goods. The Argentine population grows to about 16.3 million.
 *       Venezuela: With most of the country coming back under the government's control Venezuela begins assessing damage to the country and begins putting people back to work in government controlled areas looking to repair damage to the infrastructure and cities. However, most importantly the Venezuelan army begins to guard the oil industry and its platforms with heavy arms declaring them off limits except for working personnel. The Venezuelan army - being supported by the Brazilians - continues to conduct operations into Western Venezuela looking to wholeheartedly clear the areas out. More moderate rebel leaders once imprisoned are guarded and watched closely. However, some of them are put back into the government to use their ideas to help reform the Venezuelan government practice. The oil industry begins a huge expansion in response to the joining of the Brazilian economic bloc. This begins to have a positive effect on the economy as oil exporting becomes a major part of the Venezuelan economy with previous expansion now helping provide heavily for Brazil and its bloc. The Venezuelan government begins to end its combat operations limiting fighting the rebels to isolated military engagements and police attacks. The mainstream rebellion is declared over and casualties are listed to be well into 200,000 dead with various other injured. Venezuelan government does attempt to take care of some of its injured so as to prevent future resentment. Infrastructure is improved and repaired.
 *      Uruguay:  The nation's banking industry continues to expand semi moderately gathering more investors. The agricultural sector is also expanded and focused on its resource extraction. The Infrastructure is continually improved to link up with Argentinian and Brazilian infrastructure in a much more natural way putting Spanish and Portuguese on both signs at both borders to facilitate greater unity. The Uruguayan populace initially skeptical of Brazil, begins to lighten to the idea of being in this sphere and the people are increasingly enthusiastic about joining the economic co-operative after news begins painting it in a very positive light. The military is also improved slightly with its infantry weaponry being put on par with their Brazilian and Argentine counterparts by 1945 and further modernization to take place at the government's discretion in the 50's.
 *     Paraguay:  With the government deciding to capitulate rather than suffer another Paraguayan genocide, the nation does surrender with its pride intact having fought for its capital, while the capital was taken the Paraguayan soldiers remaining agree to co-operate with the Argentinian soldiers for the most part begrudgingly seeing the improvements that the Brazil and its allies have undergone and wanting to improve in this way as well. Paraguay's new president while conscious of the war just barely over 60 years ago agrees to co-operate with Argentina, and Brazil and their allies but also manages to secure much of its own resource rights and begins to buy industrial equipment to develop it. Paraguay now with access to the rest of the economic bloc and with its own joining begins to develop its agriculture as well trying to bolster its population. Paraguay's populace is currently very skeptical and resentful of being forced into the sphere of Brazil and Argentina, but does see potential in rising up to a prominent place in the Sphere. Paraguayan infrastructure begins to be linked up with surrounding nations infrastructure for centralization purposes.
 *      Guyanan Confederation: The Brazilian forces in Guyana set up two governments and begin to standardize things between both of the Guyanas for ease of ruling and set up a confederation. The Brazilian troops offer to pay the way for any people wishing to return to their homeland a Thousands from each take the deal as the British and French Guyanas begin to be lightly immigrated to by Brazilian and a few Hispanic immigrants from around the economic bloc. The military is essentially left up to Brazilian forces as economic and infrastructural projects are worked on to link up with Brazil.
 * ​American Diplomacy: We agree to expand trade relations.
 * The USSR expands military and industry. The third nuclear weapon is completed. The government calls out the British on fighting such a large war over such a small action. Orders to cease and desist are sent due to blatant violation of the Geneva Conventions. Meanwhile, the Soviets call for the United Nations to do something about the war. Beria has Georgy Malenkov assassinated on grounds of plotting against state security. This is a lie. Molotov and Brezhnev continue to co-conspire behind the scenes.
 * Switzerland: We continue to modernize our infrastructure. We build another 48 EKW N-20 fighter jets. We retire another 36 Me 262 jets as trainers, target tugs, and to the anti-aircraft defense. We begin a series of blasting in the mountains next to highways that are shut down. We do not announce our reason to. The areas are cordoned off by the army and anti-aircraft guns are installed nearby. The government adds another five million barrels of crude to reserves. The government continues to construct underground bunkers in case of a nuclear war. They are in a secret location in the Alps, capable to support the population for an undisclosed amount of time.
 * United States: Influence on Cuba continues, with American industries setting up operations on the island nation, while the presence of the United States Navy at Guantanmo Bay helps protect American interests on the island. The expansion project of Guantanamo Bay has finished, with the ability to dock two battleships and a couple of smaller ships at one time. The United States denounces the War in Ireland and calls for an diplomatic or military intervention by the United Nations, on the grounds that the war is unneccessary and a disruption of peace in Europe. Meanwhile, a second nuclear weapon is constructed in New Mexico. Research continues on nuclear energy, but does not expect anything to come from it until the 1960s or 1970s. The first prototype jet engine, the F-86 Sabre, is tested in New Mexico, which is successful and the United States Air Force calls for more of these fighters to operate alongside the P-51 Mustang. The United States Navy is interested in the F-86 Sabre for aircraft carrier purposes, while two B-1 Lindenburgh bombers are deployed to Guantanmo Bay. The United States Department of War continues research into helicopters, rocketry and computer (thanks to the material and information sent by Japan); developement of body armor for troops continue, while an experimental armored personnel carrier is under construction as a prototype. The United States secretly offers Colombia and the other members of the Concert of the Andes a position in the Pacific International Treaty Organization (PITO) to help secure a better defense against Brazilian imperialism; the United States hopes that Japan will agree to this secret offer. The research into color television continues and is expected to make a breakthrough by 1947. In the aftermath of World War II, Hollywood begins to produce movies regarding important battles in Europe, starting the Rise of Hollywoord to the Movie Capital of the World. The United States begins moving troops further south to the Mexican-American border, due to threat posed by Mexico and Brazilian influence in the Western Hemisphere. The United States also restricts immigration into the country along the US-Mexico Border to prevent spies and sabouteurs from entering the country. Puerto Rico and the United States Virgin Islands are made an incoroprated territory of the United States and construction of an air force base begins, while the navy base there is expanded. Improvement of the infrastructure in Cambodia continues, while the Cambodian Defense Force continues to remove threats to the new government. Improvement of infrastructure, healthcare and education in the United States continue, with the United States having one of the world's best infrastructures. The United States offers to sell two retired battleships and three decomissioned patrol boats to Saudi Arabia, as well as the sailors and officers to train Saudis on how to use them. (More to come. Cross out if Implausible)
 * US is in the UN and I'm pretty sure Article 102 bans secret treaties in their entirety ... -Feud
 * And that article has not been passed ATL.
 * Saudi Arabia thanks the United States and accepts their offer.
 * Colombia agrees to the American proposal, as it continues to influence other nations, specifically Ecuador, Panama, Peru and Chile. This nations are threatened by the existence of Colombia's Nuclear Arms Programme to place their militaries under Colombian command, with the headquarters for the new United Andean Military (EUA, Ejército Unido de los Andes) placed in Cali. Influence continues to grow in the economic aspects as influence over other companies in the south increases. Small companies grow quickly under Gaitán's widely popular programmes. The Conservatives, however, begin looking to oppose the liberal government, and begin to separate the right wing of the party from the left. The Colombian population begins to increase, as does the development of its sciences, with the Nuclear Programme going through very quickly thanks to British aid. The United States are secretly assured that, while control over Panama is wished by Colombia, the Canal itself is not contested by the Colombian government.
 * Britain offers Columbia a Mutual Defense Pact, which will be accompanied by a further 50 million pounds in aid.
 * Colombian D: Colombia agrees to the Mutual Defence Pact, and thanks Britain for its increased aid, which is immediately applied to the economy and military.
 * NPRC: As we normalize relations with Japan, we begin to approach Germany and Brazil for military, economic and social aid, as well as hopefully, a military alliance. We begin to start trade along the Yangtze and Yellow Rivers and major deforestation operations begin in Shizhuang. The new increase in lumber led to the industrialization of Chengdu, Chongqing and other major cities. We begin construction of heavy machine guns and we also begin studying a combination of the machine gun and the rifle, making a primitive AK-47. Meanwhile, we also begin construction of heavy artillery and machinery, particularly giant logging machines. The third tank is built as Yantze-45 and we also begin to build airplanes. We begin construction of roads and the country is beginning to prosper.
 * Canada: With Great Britain's snubbing of the Montreal Proposition, Canadian resentment begins to form as they watch former memebers of the Commonwealth begin to become independent nations free of Great Britain's influence. We also begin taking advantage of the mass amount of natural resources in Northern Canada, and will begin modernizing and industrializing around those resources.
 * Germany: Production of war materiel continues. More Flaraket anti air missiles are produced, further enhancing the already considerable air defence of the state. Further rocket testing at Peenemunde continues, and more Flying Bombs and A4 rockets are produced. The Horten brothers continue to work on their stealth jets and bombers, and the first bomber is operational and is undergoing test flights. The production of stealth jets is enhanced as more workers are allowed to work on the highly classified jets. Me jets and Arado bombers continue to be made, as well as Fe 223 helicopters. Panzer V and VI tanks continue to roll out of the factory, as well as a new tank destroyer design, the Sturer Emil. More heavy cruisers are laid down even as some enter the navy, as well as more U-boats and another aircraft carrier. German scientists also begin to work on new mission equipment, to allow German troops to see enemies better in the dark. Two more nuclear weapons are contructed, bringing the total up to four. The German economy is booming due to enhanced trade and more resource extraction from the colonies. Investment in Middle Eastern countries continues. Germany denounces Britain's invasion of a nation that is outside Britain's sphere of interest. Noting growing British influence in South America, Germany steps up aid to Brazil and Bolivia, offering them weapons and vehicles to counter British influence in Colombia. A formal invititation to the Axis is extended to both nations. In addition, in years of increasing relations, Germany signs a joint non-aggression pact and mutual defense treaty with Romania.
 * Sweden: Life under occupation continues. The Iron and Steel industries are fully functioning, and production of war vehicles begins. Troops under the new government are trained to replace German and Danish troops who want to return home.
 * Denmark: The former Swedish Denmark is now fully re-integrated with the proper government. Christian X leds triumphant parades through Copenhagen. Teaching mandatory German begins in school. Production of war materiel continues, and increased defense takes place in Iceland and the Faroe Islands. The occupation in Sweden continues.
 * Poland: There is a formal ceremony attended by Speer, the Kaiser and the king of Poland in the capital Warsaw to commemorate Poland's newfound independence as an Axis ally. Fortifications around the country continue to be built and production of war materiel continues. Last turn as Poland.
 * Hungary: The government continues to negotiate with German and Czechoslovakian leaders regarding possible territorial exchanges in the Balkans. Military production continues and troops continue to be trained. The Arrow Cross party and the king grow in popularity, as propaganda portrays them as demanding territory for Hungary.
 * Netherlands: Production of war materiel continues. The Dutch economy begins to boom as the full effects of the Indonesian Dutch begins to be felt, as well as German investment. Mineral extraction in Dutch Guiana continues. Due to the rising tensions in South America, the Netherlands asks Germany to construct airfields and shipyards in the Netherlands Antilles, as well as expanding the ones present in Dutch Guiana.
 * Brazil Secret Dip: We Request,  STG44 assault rifles, 15 Horten stealth jets, 30 Flying Bombs, and a nuclear weapon not to mention the Anti-Aircraft Rockets, As well as normal Jet Bombers. Our push to send more resources through trade will be increased as a result. Brazil also accepts the invitation to the Axis and request that its allies be allowed in as well.
 * German Diplomacy: We grant your request in order to limit British growth and expand Axis reach. The weapons will be shipped to you in secret under armed guard.
 * Ireland: Ireland begins recuriting an army, and increasing it's industry in response to war with Britain. Irish troops are deployed in Derry, and Irish forces begin fighting back to hold Northern Ireland. Bombers hit several British units, and Ireland launches Operation: Rear Guard, another bliztkrieg aimed at holding the British. Bombers are deployed outside of Dublin, and Torpedo Boats are deployed outside all Irish ports on the Eastern Coast. They request that Brazil give military aid to Ireland, along with Norway and Germany. More tanks and infantry rifles are put into production. Ireland's economy goes into overdrive. (bug off local, I'm taking my turn. Next Axis vs Allies, you and I are so going to fight each other to the death.)

1945.5
El Mod Eventos (i know my Spanish is probably wrong)

'''He is right. It is supposed to be Los Eventos del Moderador, idiots. Anyway, I want to rejoin the game as an anti-Axis resistance group in Argentina against the Brazilian occupation. So, can I please do so? Also, what did I miss? Ratc3333 Here, Prepare for Combat (talk) 13:12, December 16, 2013 (UTC)'''

'''Rude. Also unnecessary'''

'''Absolutely none exist, and we don't allow people to play as rebel groups like that, too many discrepancies. Also, since Argentina was taken she has become the third largest economy in the Americas ... I doubt you would get much support for anything if Argentina has gone from failing dictatorships to stable democracy with rapidly growing economy -Feud'''

'''What the above jodidos said, cabron. What? You think you're the only one here who can speak Spanish? I can do this is five languages, kid, and that's not counting Sarcasm. Come AT me.'''

'''I'm leaving as Mexico. You can add a mod event that the federation falls apart in tiny states based on the federal states in OTL Mexico, or whatever. Have fun and good luck guys. - Sky'''

'''Irish forces struggle to hold back the British invasion of Ireland. However, as the second turn of the war draws inexorably to the close, the British forces wipe out the Irish forces, and annex the nation (see algo, war over)'''

'''It turns out that it was not Irish terrorists who bombed London but actually Indian ones. Still, Public opinion is still very anti-Irish following their betrayal of Britain. '''


 * Ooooooh. Cheeky! ;)
 * Yes I am.
 * I call it bullshit. I thought long and hard, and it seems implausible. 

'''An unknown ship enters the harbour of Bombay, the RSS's main base, and detonates a nuclear device, destroying much of the wiki. All the nuclear powers deny their role in this - all have motive - one is lying ...'''


 * Guns, could you stop bullshitting please? I have aircraft which can see this "ship" from wide apart. And fine, if you want to be like so - you just made the RSS fanatical.


 * Which was my intention? Besides, it'll turn out to be Scraw ....


 * It won't affect anything so hah! Wait, it'll mean the Socialists will do better as a result - Dammit, it was a masterstroke. :'(


 * What the fuck? No. I have better shit to do, jackass. Also, I was previously helping all non-Congress sides in some form before the war. Find someone with a real motive.


 * Ah, so Tata's Sherlock Holmes method of analysis paid off. Well the RSS has begun to take counter-measures.
 * Fuckkit. 

'''Mexico begins a period of turmoil. The Communists enact a revolution in the south where their ideals of worker unions and working together caught on like flames. The man at the head of this is none other than Trotsky himself. In the north, the main government currently has control but infighting begins to take its toll on the government as people are unsure as to what they need to do. Mexico controls most of the nation - for now ... '''


 * Brazil: The Brazilian armed forces, now armed with multitudes of advanced German weaponry, begin to take a few of them apart carefully (so they can be re-assembled for use later) and their equipment and systems can be reverse engineered. The anti-air rockets bought from Germany in large numbers are deployed around sensitive cities and the border in an attempt to prevent any unwarranted aircraft crossings. Along with this, the Brazilian government authorizes the EH-2 Serpente MKII with upgraded fire control systems, new over-pressure systems and with the chassis modified to take a new 105 mm tank gun for increased success. The Serpente Mk II is rumoured to be one of the most powerful heavy tanks in the world from its tests and considering the MkI's success the Brazilian government is confident in this assumption. Along with this, the Brazilian jet fighter named the I-26 Ibrahm previously in mass production reaches numbers in which it begins replacing various other prop aircraft of the Air force and with variants available for carrier deployment they begin to help replace aircraft on the fleet carriers which have been in port. The Brazilian jet bombers are also updated after looking at German designs and they come out with the B-35 Mk II bomber in which only about 30 are built and the previous 120 built by defence industries are to be remodeled to fit the new specifications. Along with this, the Brazilian government continues other production on a newer assault rifle in order to stay on the forefront of the technology. Along with this, the Brazilian government going off of previous design and more modern material, and modern thinking integrate body armour into their soldiers equipment regimen in which various plates can be inserted into various parts of the combat web gear. The Navy continues to operate as normal with only minor radar updates being done to keep radar technology updated. The First Elections take place in which Getulio Vargas says he will not take part. Nereu Ramos is elected as Brazil's new President. Brazil continues to invest into both Cuba and Bolivia with Bolivia getting large investments into its resource and agricultural base, and Brazilian companies buying major stock in various sugar and other agricultural companies. This has led to a popular opinion of Brazilians as their stake in the stock of companies has allowed them to raise working wages for various workers. Bolivians seeing an increase in their living wage due to Brazilian and Argentine investment, as well as the protection offered from nations such as Chile, begin to be more inclined toward Brazil and her allies especially with the comraderie developing between Allied military units. The Brazilian economy continues its expansion as well with the growth beginning to help Brazil's various development as a nation with the working wage increasing as well with the Governments new policies being much more worker and business friendly. The Infrastructure continues to be upgraded with the major highways being paved, and centralized into Brazil's allies. The Brazilian nuclear program now with a German bomb accelerates rapidly with the ability of Brazil able to build a bomb now possible thanks to the manuals and research sent over with the German bomb Plutionium is produced in enough amounts to warrant creating weaponry and the German schematics are used. This bomb has now allowed for the developed mechanisms to be built and assembled with the nation expected to detonate its first weapon in 1946. Brazilian graduates from various academies have now been injected into the various research programs with rocketry, understanding of guidance systems and the reworking of stealth technology are thrown into the mix as well with stealth technology being analyzed on how to reduce a plane's radar cross section. Brazilian Marine and Naval Forces move in to police the situation in Mexico taking positions near various port cities as well as moving soldiers to help police the near lawless situations in cities such as Matamoros, Tampico, and Vercruz. Brazil requests the United States help in the developing situation in Mexico.
 * Argentina:  Argentina continues its close and intensive work on its economy and Infrastructure using one to help expand the other in an expanding game. Railways and highways between Argentina continue to connect more thoroughly with Brazilian infrastructure through Uruguay which has begun expansion of its own infrastructure. However, the Argentinians abstaining from huge detrimental expenditures and the end of the infamous changing of powers just years before has begun to gather large amounts of popular support from the regime looking to increase the public support more than it already is. With Argentina's invasion mostly complete around 150,000 troops remain in the country to allow for a peaceful transition to a more friendly government. Surprised by Paraguay's quick and relatively low casualty capitulation, Argentina calculates the deaths to be only about 50,000 and the Argentinian government agrees to pay reparations to the families of the dead and help in rebuilding the Paraguayan capital of Ascuncion and the damaged countryside. Argentina begins to invest heavily in Cuban agriculture and cash crops specifically offering to pay preferential prices for Cuban goods. 
 * Venezuela: Venezuelan army continues to guard the oil industry and its platforms with heavy arms declaring them off limits except for working personnel. The oil industry now being much more powerful and well expanded throughout the country begins to show a positive economic growth with the oil money flooding back to the country being used to help build up and centralize Infrastructure with Brazil. The economic growth reaches a moderate 4.3% growth with growth expected to expand even more the next year. With trade being opened up with the US through Brazil, the Venezuelan oil companies getting high profits are able to push through and begin expanding oil infrastructure for a much more international presence and market. The Venezuelan population grows to about 4.1 million with families opting to have more than two children. This does in fact begin a recovery from the previous civil war. Support for the government and the economic prosperity being achieved is more widely known and while just barely over 50% it is growing. The Venezuelan military begins to purchase small amounts of equipment from Brazil once again.
 * Uruguay: The nation's banking industry continues to expand semi moderately gathering more investors. The agricultural sector is also expanded and focused on its resource extraction. The Infrastructure is continually improved to link up with Argentinian and Brazilian infrastructure in a much more natural way putting Spanish and Portuguese on both signs at both borders to facilitate greater unity. The Uruguayan populace initially skeptical of Brazil, begins to lighten to the idea of being in this sphere and the people are increasingly enthusiastic about joining the economic co-operative after news begins painting it in a very positive light. The military is also improved slightly with its infantry weaponry being put on par with their Brazilian and Argentine counterparts by 1945 and further modernization to take place at the government's discretion in the 50's.
 * Paraguay: The Paraguayan government holds elections in which a staunch economic expansionist is elected into power. Paraguayan infrastructure begins to be linked up with surrounding nations infrastructure for centralization purposes allowing for a much easier time of working on agriculture and resources as well as trade. The Paraguayan government begins to encourage large families - even offering modest subsidies to families who agree to have more than three children. The Paraguayan economy begins its own modest expansion at a healthy growth rate of about 3.2% and growing thanks to increasing trade and now the access to ports among other things to get Paraguayan goods. The government begins seeing opportunities to bring Paraguay back to its former status begins using its inclusion into the Brazilian sphere to get large economic expansion rights as well as foreign (mostly Argentinian and Brazilian) technicians in helping expand the communications infrastructure as well economic infrastructure.
 * Guyanan Confederation: The Brazilian population in the Guyanas begins to grow lightly and the European populations remaining are treated relatively well. Brazil does manage to create large amounts of jobs in the area. The Confederation begins to expand its light industry and agriculture. Gold and Diamond mining in the Area begins to expand as well. A light police and military force is created at the discretion of Brazil. Natives of both Guyanas both agree that they will refuse outright to be annexed properly into Brazil, and if possible with the attempt to Include Suriname they well centralize the Guyanas into its only, "Little Europe" nation. The governments of both Guyanas do, however, agree that if offered equal status as part of a larger federation they would in fact join for the prosperity and opportunity it would provide. The Confederation begins to work on differences between themselves and begins to secure major inroads in the barriers between the two.
 * Ireland: Irish troops are deployed in Northern Ireland. Several are deployed in Leinster, the province in which Dublin is located. (You don't think I won't try to defend Dublin?) Irish troops struggle to hold Belfast, which begins to turn into the bloodiest battle ever fought on Irish territory. Irish bombers attack British ships, and sink a battleship. Operation: Rear Guard goes into phase two. A massive recuritment begins as Irish Nationalists join up to halt the British. Meanwhile, Loyalists are imprisoned due to war with Britain. Workers begin to go on strike, and industry begins to slow. To solve this, workers pay is increased. Ireland decides to build a small fleet of three destroyers and one battleship, to fight the British. However, when it is estimated that they will be finished in the early fiftes, the plan is abandoned. Instead, Ireland begins building more tanks.
 * You lost your algo heavily, you lost the algo heavily, you lost the algo heavily, and your nation is dead! (To the tune of "We wish you a merry Christmas")


 * NPRC: As we normalize relations with Japan, we begin to approach Germany and Brazil for military, economic and social aid, as well as hopefully, a military alliance. We begin to start trade along the Yangtze and Yellow Rivers and major deforestation operations begin in Shizhuang. The new increase in lumber led to the industrialization of Chengdu, Chongqing and other major cities. We begin construction of heavy machine guns and we also begin studying a combination of the machine gun and the rifle, making a primitive AK-47. Meanwhile, we also begin construction of heavy artillery and machinery, particularly giant logging machines. The second tank is built as Yantze-44 and we also begin to build airplanes. We begin construction of roads and the country is beginning to prosper. We rebuild our army and one million men is enlisted, although only about 1000 will join the army. To join the army, they would have to complete a Himalayan trek, a jungle trek, a desert trek, each in 30 days. moreover, they would have to do a giant run of 26 km jogging, 10 km swimming and 100 km biking (yes, we have bikes) in a day. Finally, they would have to do three hours of Kung Fu practice daily. Those who cannot do the tasks above would be kicked out of the military. Not only this, there are regular tests on a foreign language, Chinese, math, history, science and strategy and tactics; soldiers are rewarded with a large income and thus, soldiers quickly became an elite in the Chinese society.
 * Brazil Dip: We will provide economic aid such as agricultural and industrial equipment.
 * Switzerland: We purchase another 20 EFW N-20 jets to finish replacing the Me 262. The government looks into a two seater reconnoissance version. The Air Force procures 12 SRF airspace monitoring and management radar systems. We continue work on the underground hangers with one fully complete, and another to be ready by 1946. They will be capable to store, and supply 46 jets for up to four months self sufficient with repair bays, soldiers, food, and supplies.
 * Greece: The successful campaigns in Turkey prove the capability the Greek armed forces are much stronger than ever predicted. athe capture of athrace and Western Anatolia imply a growth on the Greek strength and presence in the region. While this, military and economy is built up and navy expands, Greek Orthodox populators from Southern Epirus and Athens are sent encouraged by the government and by the nationalist ideas that have grown within the Greek nation after their success against Turkey. While this, the Imperial palace rebuilt in Constantinople becomes the home of most of the nobles of Greece but the king himself (who owns the title of Imperator Romanorum orientalis or Basileus Basileuonton) who remains in Athens as a proof of the more Hellenistic leaning views of the king. The vassalage of Albania continues.
 * Also, add the map changes to the next map for my gains in Turkey. Sine dei gloriem &#34;Ex Initio Terrae&#34; (talk) 17:53, December 16, 2013 (UTC)
 * Japan: The Japanese continue to try to push for an end to the conflict with Korean nationalists. Now with the nuclear bomb as a bargaining chip they request that Korean nationalists surrender so to avoid further bloodshed. This infuriates the ultra-nationalists who launch an attempted coup in Tokyo letting loose a chemical weapon on the Diet. However, enough members survive and many of those who died were the supporters of the ultra-nationalists. The Imperial Palace and the Imperial Diet are held by the coup leaders - mainly Hideki Tojo - try to proclaim an end to democratic institutions and the establishment of military rule in the name of the Emperor. The coup attempt is met with violent reactions from the moderates who launch acounter coup with in days and fighting insues in the Japanese capital and other cities were ultranationalists have a strong position though it seems that the moderates have the upper hand after securing the Imperial Diet finding many of the Diet members executed. Tojo himself is captured and executed without trial as a traitor. During the fighting large areas of Central Tokyo are destroyed due to urban warfare. The moderates eventually restore control a week after the initial incident in Tokyo retaking control of the city and the remaining ultra-nationalists leaders are rounded up and tried with most being stripped of their military ranks and thrown in prison while those who authorized the usage of chemical weapons on the Diet causing the death of 40 members of the government along wih some 100 bystanders are shot without trial in a very public manner for the world to see. The Moderates state that they are willing to negotiate with all those who are not content with the current way things are run. However, they will not put up with violence against the Japanese state and any acts of violence will be met with absolute force and no quarter. Despite the fall of their leaders, the ultra-nationalist movement continues to exist. All projects are continued both scientific and industral. Industrial expansion continues. The economy remains strong  though its value falls slightly in wake of the damage caused by the week fighting in Tokyo. Two more nukes are produced. Civil liberties are temporarily suspended as the military begins a process of weeding out all subversive elements within the imperial forces and in the capital, this move is supported by the remaining leaders of the Diet and by the Emperor. This move causes many far right wing politicians and militants to flee the country largely to Occupied China where they can hide better and they manage to run with important information on war crimes commited by the Japanese during the Sino-Japanese war and with a few bio-weapons.
 * Manchukuo: industrial growth continues and the expanison of the oil industry continues. Emperor Pujie condemns the attempted coup in Japan and promises to support the moderates at all costs.
 * Indonesia: the government condemns the coup attempt and pledges support for the government. economic growth continues.
 * Empire of Vietnam: The military officially hands over control of VIetnam to a local provisional government. Economic stabilization begins as all former French busness are nationalized with compensation to the French. The Vietnamese imperial Army is created out of recruits trained by the Japanese. Communists begin to arise in areas of northern Vietnam in resistance to foreign rule. Laos is formerly handed over in entirety to Thailand as per agreement earlier on.
 * Occupied China: A wave of anti-Japanese riots occur in areas of Occupied China due to the influx of known anti-Chinese politicians and individuals fleeing from the political repression started by moderates as revenge for the coup attempt. Several Japanese are murdered in major cities sparking counterattacks on Chinese by both ultra-nationalists and Japanese military personnel alike who intern attack one another, things continue to spiral out of control on the mainland and Japanese troops are once more deployed to the mainland in large numbers to try to restore order before things become uncontrollable. (Sorry, I'm going to have a large scale guerrilla war with several sides involved in Occupied China. This is getting boring for me. You're welcome to join the mess if you want, Pita and Ninja. It will make things a bit more fun in Asia )
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built.
 * Jap Diplomacy: Japan requests permission to send troops into Thia lands to protect the border with the subcontinent and to prepare for the planned intervention.
 * Thailand Diplomacy: Thailand agrees to the Japanese offer, and grants them access to station troops in Thailand.
 * Union of South Africa: We begin considering leaving the Commonwealth. We continue massive industrialization and irrigation systems as well as planting crops. An immigration and white baby boom continue, as the non-black populace is encouraged and offered rewards for every child born. We continue moving blacks into the northern regions of Botswana where we allow them to establish autonomous regions. This is kept a secret but as the non-black population grows more blacks will be moved here. As of now the populace is 7% Indian, 25% white, 5% Arabic, 6% Jewish and 1% Latino. The remaining 56% is black. The economy of South Africa continues to grow, and blacks continue to be peacefully moved northern areas of the country. As of now about 14% of the black population of South Africa has been moved into the settlement regions, where new housing has been built and new farms and commercial factories to attract black settlers, and this actually helps increase the flow of blacks to the settlement regions. Only blacks are allowed in the settlement regions except for government officials.  Botswana and Rhodesia are officially integrated and granted seats in Congress. An election takes place, and the Eurasian Party takes power, promoting unity among the Whites, Asians, Indians, and Arabians while putting blacks below them. The new President, Heinrich Brussouw, promotes the party nationwide, and his first act is to pass the Equality Act, granting all Indians, Arabs, Whites, Latinos, and Asians voting rights. Some economic reforms are also enacted lightening up on taxes for certain bussineses.
 * DONT DELETE MY POSTS AGAIN!
 * Like actually, a lot higher than that. 
 * Also, no way you leave the Commonwealth THIS early. Not for at least another ten years. Britain is awesome! It's one of the strongest states on the planet - hell, it went to war against Germany and Russia simultaneously and held its own even after all it's allies were taking out. MAYBE the USA is slightly stronger, but apart from that - Please. PLEASE.
 * Guns, yes he can. And he is not leaving, he is considering. And to be honest, you lost that war, and invaded another dominion. They have multiple reasons, other than OTL ones, to consider leaving. And please, stop begging. 
 * Saudi Arabia: With the help of the US, our navy is expanded and we begin to reverse engineer the ships we purchused. Our Industry is expanded and our infrastructure improves with the economic investments of Japan and the United States. We ask Britain for a trade alliance to bring in more profit. We also ask to purchase battle rifles from the United States and Japan which we can reverse engineer to design our own. We also begin to influence North Yemen.  (If that wasn't supposed to be bold then change it.)
 * Norway:  Our population has increased from 5.6 million to 5.9 million . Sceintists have figured out that the space thing that fell from the sky is some sort of metal that is not found on Earth. Oil is being transformed in gas. Oil is our largest export out of the country. Our military is working on improving our navy and air force. Our army is pretty good with our troops training often. The Norwegian dream is being set up. (It is the same as the American dream OTL.) There is a lot of joy going around the country. With our increasing population, cities are more built up. Our borders are open to any immigrants who are willing to come to out country. Many people take winter vacations to our country to skie, snowboard and eat our good food. Our citizens are happy with everything our country is doing. Our space, nuclear and spy programs are increasing due to technolog y. Aliens are becoming the next popular fictional thing. Captain America and Batman are the best selling comic books in our country. Not only men, but women  are now allowed to vote. The voting age is now 18. The drinking age is now 16. At age 16 you can now join the army. In our country our citizens come first and are the most important.
 * Your population does not grow that fast.
 * I'm not a mod, but this unknown metal from the sky seems very ASB too me. Does anyone else agree?
 * Are you a mod? If so, you don't need consensus for something like this. Otherwise, I'm with you.
 * I'm not a mod, which is the only reason why I didn't cross it out on my own. 
 * The USSR continues to expand military and industry. Work on a fourth nuclear weapon continues. We demand that the nation behind the Bombay nuking come out and take the nuclear devastation of one of their cities of equal population and value. Beria continues to have Stalin's supporters quietly assassinated. Georgy Zhukov begins to grow aware of these events and informs Stalin, who is growing more and more paranoid.
 * ​Mexico: ​Following the collapse of the Government, the military takes over, and starts rebuilding. While democratic, Northern Mexico is ruled by the military. A plan is laid to seize the rest of Mexico, with several troops being deployed to combat the Rebels. They appeal to the USSR to aid them.
 * No ... you're legitimately in a civil war with Communists with the hostile Americans, and your Brazilian allies are working to fix the situation on either side.
 * Dominion of India: The nuclear bomb causes huge devastation to Bombay. A lot of the industrial heartlands have been wiped out and this is viewed as a significant loss. Tata was lucky in Germany, confirming deals for the German tanks which were to come into the nation. However, his priorities soon change. He contacts the RSS and together by the process of elimination (he fells like Sherlock Holmes, he's not going to tell anyone that, though) they see who is to blame. The Germans or Brazillians would not do such a thing - they are allies of the RSS. The Soviet Union are Bengali allies and would not do such a thing to stop an enemy of Congress. The Americans show no interest in India. Meanwhile, the British have much reason to be bitter over the loss of India and Congress was pretty much their bitch. They quickly take actions. Beginning a nuclear program, they ask for Brazilian and German aid. Tata also quickly forwards the tank designs to the Bengalis and offers to turn their NAP into a full alliance - which Sen rapidly agrees to. Congress continues to focus toward the south and they produce their tanks at a rapid rate, with 300 more produced. The RSS continues work on the Pancher IV (counterpart to the EH-1), and some breakthroughs are made. Work on the Pancher IV speeds up. Due to the fact Tata was using the multiple factories around RSS-controlled territories (as any sane nation would do), he can continue research at a good pace. Tata makes the decision to send all captured Muslim men to work in the factories around the RSS controlled territories and make tanks in bad conditions. Think OTL Jew treatment but slightly better. Using the temporary disarray in the RSS due to the nuclear explosion, Congress launch the "Bhopal Offensive". They make quick progress, but as it becomes clear Tata is alive along with other members of the government, the morale of the troops is hugely boosted. Tanks are sent to stop this offensive and the RSS plans a counterattack. Diverting troops and tanks from Deccan once more, the Deccan once more are able to order themselves about and decide to fight a defensive campaign - digging in. Muslims coming in from places like Punjab and Uttar Pradesh find themselves on the other end of RSS fury. The RSS troops commit atrocities against them, killing most of the men and forcing many to become comfort women. Sen's factories now work at maximum output and he uses the chance to employ women and promote women empowerment as he sends the men to build up. Sen now begins to employ Burmese in his factories and the tank designs are a huge boost for Sen. His factories have the capability to produce these and the human cost can temporarily be overlooked - especially with Burmese workers. In the Islamic Kingdom of Deccan, Jinnah is very stressed. Their first tanks are produced and are sent to the front to fight against the RSS troops who are attacking in large numbers. With the lines set - Deccan troops dig in and they can set lines and form tank divisions against the RSS for their eventual offensive. In the rural scene, starvation continues and many militias are gunned down by the opposing sides as the militias begin to provide a problem in the supply lines for the nations. Although the numbers which have been killed in the civil war were around some 25 million so far - the nuclear explosion has pushed the number up to 30 million. In secret, thousands of scientists and engineers continue to work on the new aircraft on all four sides and try to make better versions of the aircraft as well as provide technical support for the factories constructing the aircraft in secret. All the captured factories begin to produce aircraft in large numbers, although the shortage of metal begins to affect production. The RSS has managed to establish a secret supply of metals from Germany and Brazil. Their Spitfires and Corsairs take on Congress counter-parts and win crucial battles, although almost always losing more aircraft. The millions employed in Burma find themselves in various new locations all around Bengali controlled lands. They continue to work to build infrastructure which is heavily lacking and build railroads through the tough regions of Assam and the NEFTA. Much TNT is used and workers begin to be pushed, while larger and larger number of workers are diverted for this project. However, results have begun to show due to the large numbers of workers and dynamite used as well as the harsh working conditions. Factories are churning out light tanks and Zeros for the Bengali effort. The Zeros begin to fly and attack Congress-held bases. A few bombers begin bombing runs on Congress held areas. Sen's offensive has picked up pace as Congress has diverted more troops to the south. The tank designs are quickly sent to factories and production is fairly quick and smooth. Soon, the first batch of tanks are being sent to the front lines. Through some research into RSS aircraft, Sen orders the construction of Zeros with heavier engines. The Bhopal Offensive stalls as the 700 Congress tanks are outnumbered by 1100 RSS tanks and the RSS counter attack. Congress loses badly and the RSS make sure to mop up remaining tanks and troops. The road north is clear.
 * Japanese response: Japan, upon finding out about the event, declares their full support for an end to the civil war and requests a security council resolution to declare support for one side definitively and provide troops if necessary to stop the bloody war from spreading. If no collective effort is taking the Japanese and the East Asian Peace and Security Pact will take it upon themselves to intervene in favor of the Bengali and Sen's forces to bring order and peace to India and to East Asia.
 * You're in a civil war. Nuke my ass. Not literally speaking.
 * So? The RSS has high levels of industry and Axis backing, so we can start a program. It could be in a shed for all you know.
 * I WILL NUKE YOUR SHED!  Please, they aren't that stupid, Brazil does not have a bomb yet.
 * Canada: With the nuclear weapon that had been detonated in India, and the prime suspect being Britain, the Canadian government and people become weary of the Commonwealth leaders rationale, further resentment and fear continues to build amongst the Canadian people. We continue to take adantage of all natural resources.
 * The Brits aren't the prime suspect. Not yet, anyway. To think so is metagaming. Also, WTF would the Canadians care?
 * Canada is part of the Commonwealth, plus India was a colony formerly part of the Commonwealth. Of course we'd care, that's why Canada would care. And calling me out on metagaming, your metagaming so hard not allowing Canada to become independent from Great Britain's Commonwealth is you trying to hold onto Great Britain's former glory. Plus this is the second time my post that has gone against your Great Britain that is been crossed out, so I get crossed out if Canada isn't playing as Great Britain's bitch? Fuck. That.
 * Agreed, Guns stop, if South Africa can do it on good terms, Canada can do it when you've invaded Ireland and been treating the Dominions as unequal.
 * United States: President Harry S. Truman, who took over for President Roosevelt after he died, announces that the United States does not recognize the current government of Mexico. Thus, an invasion force is being prepared to remove the military from power, eliminate Trotsky and the Communists, and bring peace to the Latin American countries. President Truman sends an ultimatum demanding the removal of the military from power and the stepdown of Trotsky or face war. Another nuclear weapon is manufactured. While research continues on nuclear energy, but does not expect anything to come from it until the 1950s or 1960s. Meanwhile, President Truman announces support for a UN Resolution regarding India, while General Douglas MacArthur begins to crackdown on Communist in Cambodia while the construction of a naval base begins to help have a base in the Asia for the United States Navy. The Cambodian Defense Force receives more training and supplies from the United States, while it helps American troops in patrolling the jungles of Cambodia and eliminating Communists. In Cuba, several industrial factories in Cuba are purchased by American corporations, while the United States Navy allows military personnel to venture off-base and into Cuba. The Department of War continues to research helicopters, rocketry and computer, while a prototype of a mixture of a machine gun and a rifle is under construction. The United States continues to research color television, which is expected to be finished by 1949, while the DoW continues to research body armor while a prototype armored personnel carrier is tested at Fort Benning. The armored personnel carrier is a success and more models are expected to be produced. The infrastructure of the United States is improved, while education and healthcare is improved to the standards of most of the First World. The United States offers to sell battle rifles to Saudi Arabia, while industrial aid is sent to Colombia and its allies. The Panama Canal continues to endure expansion for larger ships, while the United States begins to plan to have the Panama Canal Zone become a more permament territory. (more to come, cross out implausible stuff).
 * Brazil Dip: We have moved forces in the Area and with Mexico being an ally and Communism being a threat to both of us we request that the United States co-operate with Brazilian forces in the matter and help reconstitute a normal democratic Mexico and the establishment of the previous Status quo as well as the reconstitution of the two nations in Central America that it absorbed.
 * Is it really that hard to put diplomacy in an indent? The USSR demands that the Brazilians remove their forces from Mexico. As for the United States, we shall tolerate your presence in these lands for although Mexico is Communist, it is of a false Communist nature (Trotskyist) not worthy of Soviet protection.
 * Saudi Arabia Accepts the offer and buys 250 rifles and requests the permisson to produce more on our own (Do I need permisson? I figured I'd ask to be safe.) We also support the US in their invasion of Mexico.
 * Colombian influence over Ecuador, Peru, Chile and Panama continues to increase, with Ecuador especially having grown very dependent on Colombian goods and very threatened by its military. Colombia thanks the United States for its aid, which is also immediately put over for development of the military and industry, which continues as previously, with small businesses and the common worker being given benefits. The PNC continues at huge pacing, with fission in the first planned nuclear reactor of Colombia occurring at the beginning of the year thanks to the aid of British science. Turbay and Lopez's moderate Liberals, a bit alienated by Gaitán's socialist policies and encouraged by Conservative money, declare a separate listing of candidates for next year's elections. All of these candidates, together with private candidates, begin to influence the Bolivian media to show Brazil as an imperialistic and warmongering nation, which is intent in conquering all of Latin America and suppress native cultures. While Gaitán publicly condemns these actions, he does nothing to stop them. Colombia applies to join to the United Nations at last, and secretly offers support to the US in case of war with Mexico.
 * Fusion is too soon.
 * Sorry, got fusion and fission mixed up.
 * Germany: Germany continues to produce weapons and vehicles. Panzer V and VI tanks continue to roll out of the factories, as well as Sturer Emil tank destroyers. Me jet fighters and Arado bombers continue to be produced, and some are now shipped out to our allies, as well as some of our tanks. Horten stealth fighters continue to be produced, and the Horten brothers have completed their second stealth bomber and begin to work on a third. The stealth bomber is flown to Iceland, and performs exceptionally, as well as proving to be as undetectable to radar as the stealth fighters. The German navy is further strengthened by the completion of more heavy cruisers as well as the newest aircraft carrier, the Adolf Hitler. More Flaraket anti-air missiles are produced, as well as flying bombs and A4 rockets. On a hunch, Braun decides to launch an A4 rocket straight up to see how far it would actually go. For the second rocket, he fits a camera where the warhead would have been. At its apex, the camera takes the first picture of both space and the Earth. This is legit, trust me. Germany's scientists further develop weapons and technology for the armed forces. Active infrared systems are being developed to help German soldiers fight better in the dark, while development of an air-to-air missile is also designed. Plans for the Panzer VII, a new heavy tank, is created and parts begin to be made for such a tank. Germany begins to amp up its aid to its allies, fearing another such nuclear incident. German armed forces are on high alert, and jets routinely patrol the skies. Aid and investment to Middle Eastern nations continues, while an alliance is also signed with Bulgaria to secure total Axis control in the Balkans. More will come, but I am tired ...

1946.0
''' The nuclear situation in India: While no longer the threat from the bomb, the radiation continues to be a major problem. The RSS, while harmed by the nuclear incident, grows nearly fanatical as they begin to inflict mass casualties on their enemies. '''

''' A bunch of mods come down and mysteriously retcon this implausible event of the bombing of Bombay. They then wipe everyone's memories. This becomes known to conspiracy theorists as the Great Bombay Retcon Indcident. 30 people go insane in America as a result. '''

''' Anti-British riots break out in recently subjugated Ireland with thousands in the streets with little regard for their own safety. Nearly 30 British soldiers and almost 110 Irish people are killed in various riots across the country. '''

''' Mexico's civil conflict degenerates into a stalemate in the south between the Mexican separatist military and the unrecognized Communists, while the north maintains its democratically elected government supported by both the United States and Brazil. '''

''' Some of the first anti-British riots - while small - occur in both Canada and South Africa due to the invasion of ireland and the violation of Ireland's rights. '''

'''What Violation of Ireland's rights, high people? I don't think those respective players understand this; Ahem: THE IRISH APPROACHED YOUR ENEMIES IN WWII, THE GERMANS, AND OFFERED TO SIDE WITH THEM, DESPITE THE FACT THAT THEY, AS A MEMBER OF THE COMMONWEALTH, SHOULD HAVE SUPPORTED YOU. This is like the French protesting after WWII because the fanatics who sided with Hitler were arrested. There is NO PLAUSIBLE WAY THIS OCCURS. '''

'''Spartian here. The Irish hate the British. They would never side with them. So, to bring back northern Ireland, they side with Germany.'''

'''In related news, because the Irish dislike British control of Northern Ireland, they decided to suddenly support a fascist regime that was at war with Britain and was much worse, and that didn't really WANT Irish support as they were trying to bring an end to the war. This move of the Irish also involved declaring war on Canada, South Africa, Aussieland, etc as they were on the British side. So when the British punish the Irish, these nations that were also betrayed by the Irish, that share a queen and common heritage with the UK, that have Home Rule to themselves- OF COURSE THEY'D SIDE WITH THE IRISH! Because when someone stabs you in the back, and later gets beaten up by another guy who also had a knife put in his back- you'd OBVIOUSLY support the guy who put the knife there, right?'''

' For crying out loud, I've said this once and now twice. Don't remove my shit. No one is playing as either Mexico until further notice, capice? (MP, if you removed it, please see me on chat ASAP.) '

' Why? '


 * Mexican Federation: The separatist military constitutes itself as the Mexican Federation in the south of Mexico. Democratic elections are held, and the Congress of Mexico takes power, with Francis Abad as President of the Mexican Federation. He orders a military strike upon the Communist regime, code named Operation: Lion's Paw. It takes control of the border, and pushes north. The Mexican Federation begins rebuilding their shattered country. They request that the USA and Brazil leave, as some citizens are afraid of the soldiers.


 * Brazil Dip: Considering your situation and your status as allies we will remain in the area with forces but will evacuate cities.
 * Saudi Arabia: Expansion of our military countines. We seek an alliance with the democratically elected goverment in Mexico. Our engineers work on the American rifles purchased and expect to have a prototype of our own ready for testing within six months. We also begin to reverse engineer the battleships sold to us by the US, though the prototype battleship will take at least one year to be ready for testing, while both of these projects are expected to be completed, or at least be near completion by the end of the decade. Our infrastructure grows alongside our oil industry. We also begin to develop our air force, a process that will likely take us will into the next decade. Influence on North Yemen continues. (Sorry for spelling errors, I did this on my way to school).
 * MF Dip: We accept the Alliance with Saudi Arabia. We would like to establish a trading centre in Saudi Arabia for Mexican and Arabic companies. We also request that they hand over copies of the plans for battleships given to them by the USA.
 * American D: Being that the battleships are of American design, We request Saudi Arabia not to hand over anything to Mexico.
 * MF Dip: As a democratic nation, we feel that we need a strong navy to help us ensure that democracy wins the day. We continue to request that the American armed forces leave Mexico.
 * American D: Seeing as those ships are of American design, you need to ask us directly.
 * MF Dip: Very well. May we have the plans for the battleships?
 * Saudi Dip: Saudi Arabia will not hand over the plans for the battleship and will allow a trading centre in Saudi Arabia under three conditons: 1) The trading center will be under Saudi control. 2) America, Japan and any future trade partners will be able to use the trading centre and 3) A trading center will be established in Mexico, under Mexican law, and follow the second condition of this agreement.
 * >MR Dip:  We accept the conditions.
 * And there are NO American troops in Mexico.
 * I'm so confused ....
 * Mexico: As the enemy advances into our borders we ask that the Soviet Union assist us and in exchange we will attempt to locate and kill Trotsky. We also declare the Mexican Federation as an enemy of the state and an illegitimate Mexican government. We attempt a counteroffensive to wipe them out and even go as far as the Southern USA and the people begin to get angry regarding the attempt to kill Trotsky as a result and send crackdowns against them.


 * MF Dip: Our enemies are the Communists that are destroying this country. We request that Brazil and the USA recognise that we are a democratic government.
 * Did you even do an Algo?
 * I honestly have NO idea how to. Also, can I please contact Aliens next turn for the sake of meeting aliens that are technologically equivalent to us and these aliens will be really friendly too.
 * Sure, you can have aliens ... along with Communists, penguins that drive golden meteors, oh, and one killed Hitler, and turned him into a Zombie. 
 * Let me guess: sarcasm?
 * He's a genius!
 * You know, if you would actually read the post, I haven't invaded you yet.
 * I'm confused. I took control of the South West, what do you guys control?
 * Brazil is the only one with forces in Mexico. Mine are still on the American side of the border.
 * I'm the MF. I have a few troops up my sleeve. But really, what do the Communists control?
 * Hey guys, as someone who played as Mexico, I don't think a Mexican federation would have broken off Mexico. My point is, let Ratc play as Mexico and not Spartian. -Sky
 * I thought that we agreed on chat that Mexico would break up? Here. How about one faction has the south, me, and the other has the north, Ratc. Agreed? 
 * I just said that because I thought nobody would take Mexico. But honestly, the nation is too unified to actually fall apart. And also, Spartian will continue to play without algos and ruin the nation of Mexico, I'd rather have Ratc destroy it. And Communists would never declare their own nation because they are supported by the government and vice versa. -Sky
 * Ratc is as bad as Spartian.
 * Worse, when you consider that I made an Algo.
 * Switzerland: We continue investing in infrastructure and the banking system. With tension on the borders, the Swiss Army begins regular patrols and re-inforces some garrisons with additional troops. We purchase 24 EKW N-20T jets, a two seated training jet, armed with two 20 mm FF Oerlikon autocannons, two hardpoints for training pods, and two outboard fuel tanks. The Lakes Patrol begin to drill to counter an amphibious invasion. We begin to work on an anti-aircraft missile. We are 90% done with the aircraft bunker to retain air capabilities if a war would ensue. After a referendum is held in Switzerland and Liechtenstein (89% yes, 11% no in Switzerland, 94% yes, 6% no in Liechtenstein), the Swiss government annexes Liechtenstein as a semi-autonomous canton, citing German annexation of territory around us, and Liechtenstein's size. We also announce that, although we are not planning on aggressiveness, the Swiss government reserves the right to strike beyond our borders after another referendum is held, with 81% agreeing, 4% disagreeing, and 15% abstaining.
 * United States: President Truman, seeing the destabilization of America's southern neighbor, authorizes an invasion of Mexico to stabilize the country and remove the Communist from power. The 3rd Army under General George S. Patton crosses the Rio Grande into the northeastern states and General Omar Bradley crosses the border at Tijuana, while Admiral Nimitz orders the blockade of the west coast of the country using the Pacific Fleet and Admiral McCain blockades the eastern coast. (I'll make an algorithm later). P-51 Mustangs and F-86 Sabres from Texas and other border states, as well as carrier-based aircraft, beginning bombing missions of the country, targeting airfields and naval bases. Meanwhile, the United States Navy is half-way completed with its recent carrier, the USS Franklin D. Roosevelt. The United States has finished its research on helicopter and construction a prototype begins. Meanwhile, research continues on computers and rocketry, with hopes of its first rocket by 1947. The development of color television continues, while Hollywood continued to produce movies and becomes the home of entertainment. Meanwhile, the politicians of the United States believe that America should be the policeman of the western hemisphere while anti-Brazilian sentiment is rising. The Republic of Cambodia has announces the first of national elections in 1947, while General Douglas MacArthur continues to suppress Communism and Fascism in Cambodia. The infrastructure of the United States is improved, while education and healthcare are improved to be the best in the western hemisphere and one of the best in the world. Protest against the current racial policies in the United States begins, calling for civil rights and end of segregation. More industrial aid is sent to Saudi Arabia and Colombia, with both receiving a shipment of F-86 Sabers. The Department of War announces that it is near the completion of a prototype of body armor, while research begins on stealth technology and night vision. The United States is also near the completion of a prototype of a machine gun/assault rifle weapon, while development of an armor-piercing rocket launcher begins. Investment of Cuba continues, with two more industrial factories purchased by American corporations, while stocks in Cuban companies are purchased by the descendants of Rockefeller. The United States sends a letter of friendship to Great Britain, with hopes of expanding trade relations with the British Empire. (More to come, cross out what is implausible).
 * Brazil's Naval forces are already posted off the eastern coast ... There is no blockading without removing Brazilian forces first which considering you were asked to co-operate in restoring normalcy in Mexico ...
 * MF Dip: ​ We thank the United States for their aid. We have begun to secure the south of Communist Mexico, and will be pushing on Mexico City itself. However, we would like it if you limit the attack, so as not to provoke the USSR. We would also like to trade 155 tons of obsidian for a battleship.
 * Swiss Dip: We would like to purchase ten older model troop landing ships to re-inforce our defensive capabilities.
 * The USSR demands that Brazil not interfere with North American affairs. (I actually have a solid reason for this.)
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built. Laos is turned into a vassal.
 * Brazil: The Brazilian armed forces, now armed with multitudes of advanced German weaponry, begin to take a few of them apart carefully (so they can be re-assembled for use later) and their equipment and systems can be reverse engineered. The anti-air rockets bought from Germany in large numbers are deployed around sensitive cities and the border in an attempt to prevent any unwarranted aircraft crossings. Along with this, the Brazilian government authorizes the EH-2 Serpente MKII with upgraded fire control systems, new over-pressure systems and with the chassis modified to take a new 105 mm tank gun for increased success. The Serpente Mk II is rumoured to be one of the most powerful heavy tanks in the world from its tests and considering the MkI's success the Brazilian government is confident in this assumption. Along with this, the Brazilian jet fighter named the I-26 Ibrahm previously in mass production reaches numbers in which it begins replacing various other prop aircraft of the Air force and with variants available for carrier deployment they begin to help replace aircraft on the fleet carriers which have been in port. The Brazilian jet bombers are also updated after looking at German designs and they come out with the B-35 Mk II bomber in which only about 30 are built and the previous 120 built by defence industries are to be remodeled to fit the new specifications. Along with this, the Brazilian government continues other production on a newer assault rifle in order to stay on the forefront of the technology. Along with this, the Brazilian government going off of previous design and more modern material, and modern thinking integrate body armour into their soldiers equipment regimen in which various plates can be inserted into various parts of the combat web gear. The Navy continues to operate as normal with only minor radar updates being done to keep radar technology updated. The First Elections take place in which Getulio Vargas says he will not take part. Nereu Ramos is elected as Brazil's new President. Brazil continues to invest into both Cuba and Bolivia with Bolivia getting large investments into its resource and agricultural base, and Brazilian companies buying major stock in various sugar and other agricultural companies. The Investment into Bolivia continues heavily as well and influence due to co-opting business ventures, and the raising of the workers wages to more liveable standards has led to the civilian population becoming much more inclined and happy with moving toward Brazil's economy and military bloc. Brazilian influence over the media due to wise Investments increases heavily with much more pro-Brazil media being put on in much larger volumes. Brazil secretly finances the Bolivian Federalist Party which is made up of some of Bolivia's most important politicians, as well as various members of all classes of their society. The Brazilian economy continues its expansion as well with the growth beginning to help Brazil's various development as a nation with the working wage increasing as well with the Governments new policies being much more worker and business friendly. The Infrastructure continues to be upgraded with the major highways being paved, and centralized into Brazil's allies. The Brazilian nuclear program now with a German bomb accelerates rapidly with the ability of Brazil able to build a bomb now possible thanks to the manuals and research sent over with the German bomb Plutionium is produced in enough amounts to warrant creating weaponry and the German schematics are used. This bomb now fully built Is detonated at a secret site in Central Brazil away from any important civilian and resourceful areas. Brazilian graduates from various academies have now been injected into the various research programs with rocketry, understanding of guidance systems and the reworking of stealth technology are thrown into the mix as well with stealth technology being analyzed on how to reduce a plane's radar cross section. Brazilian naval forces stand off the coast of Mexico watching the situation unfold. However, in the evacuation of troops, Brazil manages to evacuate a few thousand people to the fleet trying to get out of the country. 
 * Argentina:  Argentina continues its close and intensive work on its economy and Infrastructure using one to help expand the other in an expanding game. Railways and highways between Argentina continue to connect more thoroughly with Brazilian infrastructure through Uruguay which has begun expansion of its own infrastructure. However, the Argentinians abstaining from huge detrimental expenditures and the end of the infamous changing of powers just years before has begun to gather large amounts of popular support from the regime looking to increase the public support more than it already is. With Argentina's invasion mostly complete around 150,000 troops remain in the country to allow for a peaceful transition to a more friendly government. Surprised by Paraguay's quick and relatively low casualty capitulation, Argentina calculates the deaths to be only about 50,000 and the Argentinian government agrees to pay reparations to the families of the dead and help in rebuilding the Paraguayan capital of Asuncion and the damaged countryside. Argentina begins to invest heavily in Cuban agriculture and cash crops specifically offering to pay preferential prices for Cuban goods. 
 * Venezuela: Venezuelan army continues to guard the oil industry and its platforms with heavy arms declaring them off limits except for working personnel. The oil industry now being much more powerful and well expanded throughout the country begins to show a positive economic growth with the oil money flooding back to the country being used to help build up and centralize Infrastructure with Brazil. The economic growth reaches a moderate 4.3% growth with growth expected to expand even more the next year. With trade being opened up with the US through Brazil, the Venezuelan oil companies getting high profits are able to push through and begin expanding oil infrastructure for a much more international presence and market. The Venezuelan population grows to about 4.1 million with families opting to have more than two children. This does in fact begin a recovery from the previous civil war. Support for the government and the economic prosperity being achieved is more widely known and while just barely over 53% it is growing. The Venezuelan military begins to purchase small amounts of equipment from Brazil once again.
 * Uruguay: The nation's banking industry continues to expand semi moderately gathering more investors. The agricultural sector is also expanded and focused on its resource extraction. The Infrastructure is continually improved to link up with Argentinian and Brazilian infrastructure in a much more natural way putting Spanish and Portuguese on both signs at both borders to facilitate greater unity. The Uruguayan populace, initially skeptical of Brazil, begins to lighten to the idea of being in this sphere and the people are increasingly enthusiastic about joining the economic co-operative after news begins painting it in a very positive light. The military is also improved slightly with its infantry weaponry being put on par with their Brazilian and Argentine counterparts by 1945 and further modernization to take place at the government's discretion in the 50's.
 * Paraguay: The Paraguayan government holds elections in which a staunch economic expansionist is elected into power. Paraguayan infrastructure begins to be linked up with surrounding nations infrastructure for centralization purposes allowing for a much easier time of working on agriculture and resources as well as trade. The Paraguayan government begins to encourage large families - even offering modest subsidies to families who agree to have more than three children. The Paraguayan economy begins its own modest expansion at a healthy growth rate of about 3.2% and growing thanks to increasing trade and now the access to ports among other things to get Paraguayan goods. The government begins seeing opportunities to bring Paraguay back to its former status begins using its inclusion into the Brazilian sphere to get large economic expansion rights as well as foreign (mostly Argentinian and Brazilian) technicians in helping expand the communications infrastructure as well economic infrastructure.
 * Guyanan Confederation: The Brazilian population in the Guyanas begins to grow lightly and the European populations remaining are treated relatively well. Brazil does manage to create large amounts of jobs in the area. The Confederation begins to expand its light industry and agriculture. Gold and diamond mining in the area begins to expand as well. A light police and military force is created at the discretion of Brazil. Natives of both Guyanas both agree that they will refuse outright to be annexed properly into Brazil, and if possible with the attempt to Include Suriname they well centralize the Guyanas into its only, "Little Europe" nation. The governments of both Guyanas do, however, agree that if offered equal status as part of a larger federation they would in fact join for the prosperity and opportunity it would provide. The Confederation begins to work on differences between themselves and begins to secure major inroads in the barriers between the two.
 * ​MF Dip:  We have begun construction on a series of houses to take in the refugees. With help from Brazil, we would like it if they were to hello finish the projects and accommodate standard household materials.
 * ​ Britain: The Prime Minister, Mountbatten addresses the Commonwealth nations, and gives the full length of facts discovered in the Irish war. First, that Ireland had approached Germany and offered to side with them, thus offering to declare war on the Commonwealth; secondly, plans to invade Britain itself; thirdly, plans to join the Axis and thus side against your nations. The nuclear arsenal is widely expanded. In the military, several new fighter jets come out, as well as a new craft, a stealth plane, the Mk. I Heron. The first guided (ish) missiles come out. The Navy is expanded. The economy improves, after the government makes deals with companies to build hundreds of factories in Ireland. The Mexicans - both sides - are roundly condemned. The Falklands base is hyped up, as is the Singapore Fleet. Another 150 million pounds of aid goes to Columbia, as well as a second nuclear weapon.
 * Japan: The suppression of the ultra-nationalists continues as more flee to Occupied China,. However, many begin a series of protests against Japan's murder of their countrymen and the selling out of Japan to the west, this garners some support among the far right. However, the violent nature of these protests and the heavy fighting which allows follows them keeps many away from the far right groups. Progress in all projects continue and it is believed that Japan will have its first operational rocket by 1947 (Germany shared the tech with me) and research into stealth tech begins. More nukes are produced. The first Japanese jet bomber is built by Mitsubishi. However, it is small and can't carry large loads.  The intervention in India is ultimately postponed to see if things improve or not, should the situation collapse again an intervention will begin. The Arisaka 46 is made (similar to OTL German Gerat 06 prototype. Look it up) the rifle proves very promising but has some quirks in the system and a new version is brought into designing while the Arisaka 46 begins to be produced in moderate quantities for the army and navy. Imperial troops are deployed in greater numbers to Korea and China. Korean nationalists are once more asked to approach the negotiation tables as they are losing and any more bloodshed will be unwise (ok seriously can Pita respond or can a mod do an RNG for the rebels, i really want to move forward with this). The military formally lifts martial law in stable areas of the empire while other areas remain under it. The Japanese and East Asian market starts to stabilize again and prices rise once more. Kempeitai agents continue to act under orders of the military to crack down on resistence in Japan and East Asia as swiftly and quietly as possible.
 * Manchukuo: imperial forces in Northern Korea are slowly pulled back as Japanese troops occupy the area. The economy continues to grow. The oil industry is finished planification (I've been developing it for almost eight years now) and wide spread exploitation of the Manchurian oil reserves begin leading to massive employment and economic boom in Eastern Manchukuo. The borders of the country are once more put under fortifications. The last remnants of Kempeitai are removed from Manchukuo and the Imperial cultural police take their place.
 * Indonesia: Economic and industrial growth continue and diversification of the economy grows..
 * Vietnam: Formation of a structured nation continues with anti-guerrilla operations being implemented in the jungle causing greater tensions with the Communists.
 * Occupied China: Violence continues to grow as Chinese attack Japanese and face violent reprisal from the Japanese nationalists. The military tries to hold down order with mild to little success often having to resort to violence itself to disperse riots or protests causing greater tensions and return of guerrilla activity in areas of China close to Free China. The Japanese ask for heavy support in dealing what could turn into another guerrilla war.
 * Consider the events in Korea over; it seems that we have lost the Lord again.
 * Colombia continues its influencing over the Andean states and Panama, establishing far more economic influence over Peru and Chile now that Ecuador is drifting very quickly toward the political Colombian sphere of influence. The elections occur in April; Gaitán wins 40% of the vote, with the other two members getting 25% each, and the last 10% going to Communist dissidents. For the first time in history, a "Grand Coalition" of Gaitanistas, Turbayistas and Conservatives join in a coalition. People believe this is because of the sweeping wishes for a new constitution, as well as Brazilian threat. Private financing of Bolivian media heavily opposing Brazil continues, and the government begins to secretly finance its own, with the economy and politics. The economy continues growing, with the Conservatives giving in to continue moderated wealth redistribution. The army is increased, with the PNC yielding its first bomb prototypes in February, and preparing for its first nuclear test. Colombia heavily thanks Britain for its large amount of aid, and sends mild support to the United States in Mexico.
 * Norway: Our military is working on improving our navy and air force. We made a new kind of battleship and aircraft carrier. A new kind of bomber plane and jet plane came out. Our army is pretty good with our troops training often. We are upgrading our tanks to be faster and stronger. Communism is rising quickly Norway. Norway aids Ireland by giving Ireland medical aid and special ops troops. Norwegian oil is used all around Europe . We improve our trains and subways in our major cities. A group of people called "The Blue Penguins" attacked a government building in the capital city. Nobody is killed, but a bunch of people are injured and taken to the hospital. Police say that they stole goverment secret documents and 250,000 dollars. The people in this gang are escapees from prison. The police say that they escaped prison about six months ago, and laid low to not get noticed by the police. This gang is very dangerous. If this gets out of hand the military may have to get in and stop the gang from destroying buildings.
 * Union of South Africa: The Black Settlement regions in northern South Africa are completely surrounded by South African forces, and several concentration camps are established in the center of South Africa where they will not be seen by public eyes. In the settlement regions 17% of South Africans live, all in the settlement region are black. Soon South African forces begin bringing the region's occupants to the camps, which by the years end 14% will have entered, and none will have left. It is kept under wraps with the knowledge kept from public access. The white, Asian and Indian populations continue grow strongly, while the weapons and technology given to the South Africans by Germany are put to use in annihilating the blacks in the settlement regions. Nuclear research continues, and secretly the navy is built up while new tanks, bombers and soldiers begin training. Rounding up of the black population in the rest of South Africa and bringing them to the "Settlement Regions" continues, and the military will essentially use them for target practice, helping to eliminate even more of the African population. Several other actions take place, with thousands of Africans being promised a "vacation cruise" and instead being forced to jump off the ship upon getting into the open sea. While barbaric, this will effectively reduce the black population in the upcoming years.
 * Britain offers to aid with SA's nuclear and military development, officially just for energy, but SECRETLY also to build nukes. Also, we do somewhat frown on what you are doing to blacks. If you don't want 'em, deport 'em; we've got loads of new land in Ireland. Please? Actually ...
 * South Africa accepts  the offer of joint nuclear research, and we agree to send them to Ireland if you send the Irish to South Africa.
 * Stop deleting my posts for God's sake!
 * NPRC: As we normalize relations with Japan, we begin to approach Germany for military, economic and social aid, as well as hopefully, a military alliance. We begin to start trade along the Yangtze and Yellow Rivers and major deforestation operations begin in Shizhuang. The new increase in lumber led to the industrialization of Chengdu, Chongqing and other major cities. We begin construction of heavy machine guns and we also begin studying a combination of the machine gun and the rifle, making a primitive AK-47. Meanwhile, we also begin construction of heavy artillery and machinery, particularly giant logging machines. The second tank is built as Yantze-44 and we also begin to build airplanes. We begin construction of roads and the country is beginning to prosper. We send 80,000 soldiers to the Sino-Tibetan border. We secretly send 1000 elite soldiers to major cities in Occupied China and they train and lead rebelling workers and farmers. We begin building our first series of jet planes, namely the Huanghe-46.
 * NPRC D: We ask Brazil for military co-operation in exchange for Chinese steel.
 * Greece: Military and navy are built up, and the economy continues improving the hellenization of the Turkish regions. However, King Paul decides to make a representation for the Turkish peoples within the empire to avoid any upcoming crisis. Albania continues to be influenced.
 * Germany: Germany continues to produce military goods and whatnot. Panzer V and VI tanks continue to roll out of the factories, and the first few Panzer VII's are made. More Sturer Emils are produced. More Fa 223 helicopters are produced. Me jet fighters, Horten stealth fighters, and Arado bombers continue to be produced, as well as Flaraket anti-air missiles, flying bombs, and A4 rockets. Braun continues his work on the A5 rocket, and begins work on the A6. The Horten brothers continue to work on their stealth bombers, and the rate of production begins to increase. Germany continues to work on infrared vision for its troops, as well as air-to-air missiles. Germany's navy continues to expand, and more ships and U-boats are produced. More nuclear weapons are produced, and theoretical work on more efficient fusion weapons begins. Germany urges the NPRC not to act on Tibet, or face the consequences. 
 * Denmark: Instruction in German continues. Production of war materiel continues. Some Danish officials begin to propose the idea of selling Iceland to Germany, as Denmark is largely unable to defend it and sees less and less economic gain from the island.
 * Sweden: Life under occupation continues. The iron and steel industries continue, and ships begin to be constructed to make the Baltic an Axis sea.
 * Hungary: Negotiations continue, and are nearing a breakthrough.
 * Netherlands: Economic and military buildup continue in Dutch Guiana. German becomes a language taught in school.
 * The USSR expands military and industry. Construction of the Metro-2 in Moscow begins, although very very very very secretely. Work on a fifth nuclear weapon continues, as well as the research into a larger, more powerful bomb (Tsar bomba). Beria continues to have low key but observant Stalinists assassinated, and Stalin grows increasingly paranoid. Vyacheslav Molotov is also gaining more and more power as Stalin surrounds himself with guards on a daily basis and refuses to leave the security of the Kremlin. Zhukov, one of the few people who knows about the Metro-2, realizes that such a system would be need in other places too. He requests that large bunkers be built in other major cities, especially in Petrograd. The rocket program continues to be developed, alongside a nascent space program.

1946.5
''' The Korean rebels officially decide to come to the table for negotiations with Japan. '''

''' The Indian civil war continues to wage and continue heavily with thousands dying left and right. The RSS continues to push on through. Multiple massacres by normal civilians, though, begin to exacerbate the situation with minorities such as Muslims being targeted to a smaller degree. This, however, is more or less random violence rather than sanctioned by any of the parties involved in the war. '''


 * The RSS are targetting Muslims pretty badly, actually.
 * Good God, Imp! How do you NOT have a massive civil war on your hands? It's not plausible to slaughter that many people, especially targetted, and not have the mother of all civil wars on your hands ....
 * ... Oops.

''' The Bolivian economy begins to show signs of healthy growth thanks to increased investment and Trading with Brazil and nearly all its allies. It does, however, remain staunchly independent of media. The government makes a statement Reaffirming their position in the SADC as an ally to Brazil. '''

''' The Colombian economy continues to grow with foreign investment, as does industry. Ecuador officially falls under Colombia's influence. '''

''' The wave of rock music in England continues to spread with a new and dynamic rock based culture beginning to form off this. '''

''' The Mexican Federation has begun an attack upon Mexico City to end the civil war. Trotsky was killed trying to flee. The civil war is over. '''


 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built. The Vassal of Laos also builds up its military and improves infrastructure.
 * Brazil: The Brazilian armed forces, now armed with multitudes of advanced German weaponry, begin to take a few of them apart carefully (so they can be re-assembled for use later) and their equipment and systems can be reverse engineered. The anti-air rockets bought from Germany in large numbers are deployed around sensitive cities and the border in an attempt to prevent any unwarranted aircraft crossings. Along with this, the Brazilian government authorizes the EH-2 Serpente MKII with upgraded fire control systems, new over-pressure systems and with the chassis modified to take a new 105 mm tank gun for increased success. The Serpente Mk II is rumoured to be one of the most powerful heavy tanks in the world from its tests and considering the MkI's success the Brazilian government is confident in this assumption. Along with this, the Brazilian jet fighter named the I-26 Ibrahm previously in mass production reaches numbers in which it begins replacing various other prop aircraft of the Air force and with variants available for carrier deployment they begin to help replace aircraft on the fleet carriers which have been in port. The Brazilian jet bombers are also updated after looking at German designs and they come out with the B-35 Mk II bomber in which about 100 more are built. Along with this, the Brazilian government continues other production on a newer assault rifle in order to stay on the forefront of the technology. Along with this, the Brazilian government going off a previous design and more modern material, and modern thinking integrate body armour into their soldiers equipment regimen in which various plates can be inserted into various parts of the combat web gear. The Navy continues to operate as normal with only minor radar updates being done to keep radar technology updated. The First Elections take place in which Getulio Vargas says he will not take part. Nereu Ramos is elected as Brazil's new President. Brazil continues to invest into both Cuba and Bolivia with Bolivia getting large investments into its resource and agricultural base, and Brazilian companies buying major stock in various sugar and other agricultural companies. The Investment into Bolivia continues heavily as well and influence due to co-opting business ventures, and the raising of the workers wages to more liveable standards has led to the civilian population becoming much more inclined and happy with moving toward Brazil's economy and military bloc. Brazil secretly finances the Bolivian Federalist Party which is made up of some of Bolivia's most important politicians, as well as various members of all classes of their society. Bolivian ambassadors in their embassy in Rio De Janeiro are taken to Brazilian sporting events and are given numbers for new Brazilian private investment into their Agriculture of which 60% is no strings attached, The Men walk away satisfied and agree to talk to their government about the increased investments. The Brazilian economy continues its expansion as well with the growth beginning to help Brazil's various development as a nation with the working wage increasing as well with the Governments new policies being much more worker and business friendly. The Infrastructure continues to be upgraded with the major highways being paved, and centralized into Brazil's allies. The Brazilian nuclear program builds another two bombs with nuclear power now being looked at more heavily. Brazilian graduates from various academies have now been injected into the various research programs with rocketry, understanding of guidance systems and the reworking of stealth technology are thrown into the mix as well with stealth technology being analyzed on how to reduce a plane's radar cross section. Brazil is able to reverse engineer the German anti-aircraft rockets and they are tested under heavy stress to great effect. A larger scaled guided missile is also developed. Brazil begins major research on Submarines looking to create efficient subs that can last for years. Other designs for larger subs are also considered but not labeled practical for current technology. Brazilian naval forces officially leave Mexico and the area bringing refugees back to Brazil. Brazil now not using funding to expand its navy anymore continues to keep the navy at modern standards but really begins more focus on the Rebuilding of the huge swaths of abandoned favelas, which now are nearly 78% empty from a population migration to other parts of the country. These Favelas are bulldozed and replaced (only the empty sectors) with higher quality housing making some of these areas highly prized real estate once again with middle class and high class citizens alike building homes along the hills of Rio de Janeiro, and the City of Sao Paulo able to build nicer middle class apartments in former favela areas. The cities in Central Brazil continue to expand thanks to the exodus from favelas with their populations growing modestly. The Brazilian President Nereu Ramos begins considering the formation of oil producing and exporting countries organization and begins looking for suitable candidates to ask for this organization. The Brazilian metro rail networks in the metropolitan areas after subleasing the work to private contracts years ago and  is fully complete and fully comprehensive easing daytime traffic throughout all of Brazil's most heavily populated cities. The success of this begins to spawn the want of the same kinds of networks in interior cities which are becoming increasingly more populated due to easy and well paying work. The Brazilian population grows to 51.3 million.
 * Argentina:  Argentina continues its close and intensive work on its economy and Infrastructure using one to help expand the other in an expanding game. Argentina's population grows to about 17.3 million and growing rapidly. Railways and highways between Argentina continue to connect more thoroughly with Brazilian infrastructure through Uruguay which has begun expansion of its own infrastructure. However, the Argentinians abstaining from huge detrimental expenditures and the end of the infamous changing of powers just years before has begun to gather large amounts of popular support from the regime looking to increase the public support more than it already is. With Argentina's invasion mostly complete around 150,000 troops remain in the country to allow for a peaceful transition to a more friendly government. Surprised by Paraguay's quick and relatively low casualty capitulation, Argentina calculates the deaths to be only about 50,000 and the Argentinian government agrees to pay reparations to the families of the dead and help in rebuilding the Paraguayan capital of Asuncion and the damaged countryside. Argentina begins to invest heavily in Cuban agriculture and cash crops specifically offering to pay preferential prices for Cuban goods. Argentina also begins investments into Bolivian media, and political causes attempting to gain access to Influential Bolivian politicians, media outlets and markets. Argentina invites various Bolivian politicians to Argentina to view soccer matches and begin talking about increased military and economic cooperation. Argentina begins to work on poverty and the income inequality in the country bringing some notable economists and businessmen into a congressional meeting to talk about how Income for poorer people can be raised a normal amount to account for inflation and other changes. The meeting is largely successful as the world seeing less poverty will show the true successes of its nation and its business relations with Brazil
 * Venezuela: Venezuelan army continues to guard the oil industry and its platforms with heavy arms declaring them off limits except for working personnel. The oil industry now being much more powerful and well expanded throughout the country begins to show a positive economic growth with the oil money flooding back to the country being used to help build up and centralize Infrastructure with Brazil. The economic growth reaches a moderate 4.3% growth with growth expected to expand even more the next year. With trade being opened up with the US through Brazil, the Venezuelan oil companies getting high profits are able to push through and begin expanding oil infrastructure for a much more international presence and market. The Venezuelan population grows to about 4.1 million with families opting to have more than two children. This does in fact begin a recovery from the previous civil war. Support for the government and the economic prosperity being achieved is more widely known and while just barely over 53% it is growing. The Venezuelan military begins to purchase small amounts of equipment from Brazil once again. Venezuela begins using some of its oil money to help repair more damage from the civil war and builds up its cities working on poverty.
 * Uruguay: Uruguay's economy continues to increase now by a larger amount as infrastructure increases international traffic through the country in which various men have seen business and more investment opportunity in the country which begins to show a noticeable increase in the economy, as well as a noticeable drop in unemployment. The Uruguayan argicultural, manufacturing and banking sectors all increase moderately with banking becoming more lucrative as Uruguay opens up new high rise banks and large department stores in its capital as a showcase to the rest of the country what's to come. Uruguay, not needing to focus on its military, (while still lightly built upon and upgraded) begins fighting poverty in the country beginning to buy up many of the poverty striken areas and beginning a program that helps find people in poor neighborhoods find work, and be moved into new apartment buildings that are much nicer than their previous dwellings.
 * Paraguay: Paraguayan infrastructure begins to be linked up with surrounding nations infrastructure for centralization purposes allowing for a much easier time of working on agriculture and resources as well as trade. The Paraguayan government begins to encourage large families - even offering modest subsidies to families who agree to have more than three children. The Paraguayan economy begins its own modest expansion at a healthy growth rate of about 3.5% and growing thanks to increasing trade and now the access to ports among other things to get Paraguayan goods. The government begins seeing opportunities to bring Paraguay back to its former status begins using its inclusion into the Brazilian sphere to get large economic expansion rights as well as foreign (mostly Argentinian and Brazilian) technicians in helping expand the communications infrastructure as well economic infrastructure. Paraguay officially begins to repair relations with Bolivia looking to help include Bolivia more and have them be less of an Outsider, Paraguayan envoys meet with various Bolivian politicians and attend sporting events with them attempting to establish a much more personal relationship with Bolivian Politicians.
 * Guyanan Confederation: The Brazilian population in the Guyanas begins to grow lightly and the European populations remaining are treated relatively well. Brazil does manage to create large amounts of jobs in the area. The Confederation begins to expand its light industry and agriculture. Gold and diamond mining in the area begins to expand as well. A light police and military force is created at the discretion of Brazil. Natives of both Guyanas both agree that they will refuse outright to be annexed properly into Brazil, and if possible with the attempt to Include Suriname they well centralize the Guyanas into its only, "Little Europe" nation. The governments of both Guyanas do, however, agree that if offered equal status as part of a larger federation they would in fact join for the prosperity and opportunity it would provide. The Confederation begins to work on differences between themselves and begins to secure major inroads in the barriers between the two.
 * Mexican Federation: We begin building factories and open trading centres in Saudi Arabia. Another is opened in Mexico. Mexican military forces attack Mexico City, hoping to finally end the war alongside the USA. Obsidian is harvested, and trade routes are opened with Cuba. Mexican companies, with Communist Mexico on the verge of defeat, begin buying factories in Haiti and the Domican Republic. Influence begins on Cuba, with companies not bought by the USA being bought by Mexican companies.. An embassy is opened in Ecuador, and our companies begin buying up their companies. Communist rebels are executed by our forces. We recognize Korea's freedom. An invasion is planned for the annexation of Costa Rica.
 * Saudi Arabia: Expansion of the military continues. Our prototype rifles based on American designs are completed. The rifles are similar to the M2 carbine in the OTL, and while they show promise, the rifle jams often and breaks much to easily to see field combat at the moment, so we continue to produce the standerd rifle based on the ones purchesed from America. With the help of the US, our air force expands faster than expected. We continue to work on producing battle ships based on the American designs, while a prototype of our own is expected to be ready for testing by the end of 1949. Our economy continues to rise and our infrastructure is improved. With the recent bombings in the region, we again call for a meeting of all Middle Eastern and North African nations. Influence on North Yemen continues, and we ask for an alliance with Colombia. (I'll fix the spelling errors when I get home from school/work.)
 * Norway: Another building in the capital city is blown up at night. Nobody is killed, but many people are injured. "The Blue Penguins" attack again stealing government files and papers. Police are on high alert sending out the to Police (sorry, SWAT doesn't exist yet - just being picky) search the city. 50% of our government officials are in the Communist Party. The other 50% is put together of democrats, unionists, independents, and nationalists. The king's political party is the Communist Party . Our military is upgrading their weapons and vehicles to modernize their military and to be stronger. We are exporting our oil all over the world to make money. In the sky above Norway, flashing green and red lights blink randomly. Many people think it was aliens, but we do not know for sure.
 * Switzerland: We complete the annexation of Liechtenstein. The army shifts troops into the country and begins to construct the National Redoubt around it. Infrastructure is connected, and the borders are opened. We purchase another 24 EFW N-20T trainer aircraft. We also buy 12 EFW N-20R reconnaissance jets, that carry minimal armament and a radar underbelly.
 * Liechtenstein: The Liechtenstein army is renamed the Liechtenstein Defense Forces. There are 20 soldiers armed with Karbiner Model 1931 rifles, and a police force of Liechtenstein. There are plans to enlarge the military to 50 troops and form a light armor unit. We connect infrastructure up to the Swiss.
 * Dominion of India: The industrial heartlands of Bombay continue to produce a large number of resources for the war effort - helping to keep the RSS equipped and better armed (I was told the mod nuke explosion was retconned). The Bengals send the message to the RSS that they are greatly thankful for the new tank models and they are helping them to keep moving into Congress heartlands. Congress continues to focus toward the south and they produce their tanks at a rapid rate, with 400 more produced, with dire circumstances speeding up production. The RSS continues work on the Pancher IV (counterpart to the EH-1), and the first prototypes are made - a slightly simplified version which will allow for quicker production. Military research continues and Tata now focuses on giving his aircraft the edge. He trades 50 Zeros for Corsairs and they install a new engine onto the Zeros as well as much better attacking armament as well as a small amount more of armour. The captured number of Muslim men increases and factories and dams begin to be constructed all over the nation along with the reconstruction of roads and railraods as well as factories to make sure they can continue to keep producing weaponry at a high rate. The Deccans continue to dig in and they extend their defensive lines further along their nation - hoping to make sure the RSS has a hard time punching through their lines. Muslims coming in from places like Punjab and Uttar Pradesh find themselves on the other end of RSS fury. The RSS troops commit atrocities against them, killing most of the men and forcing many to become comfort women. Sen's factories now work at maximum output and he uses the chance to employ women and promote women empowerment as he sends the men to build up. Sen continues employing Burmese in his factories and the tank designs are a huge boost for Sen. His factories produce the tanks in a large number and these are immediately used in the offensives westward. In the Islamic Kingdom of Deccan, Jinnah is very stressed. More tanks are produced in their factories and they use forced labour too mto make sure they can keep production numbers high. They are forced to employ females in their factories too, causing much strife. In the rural scene, starvation continues and many militias are gunned down by the opposing sides as the militias begin to provide a problem in the supply lines for the nations. In secret, thousands of scientists and engineers continue to work on the new aircraft on all four sides and try to make better versions of the aircraft as well as provide technical support for the factories constructing the aircraft in secret. All factories produce aircraft in large numbers, with the RSS getting a lifeline with the incoming metals helping to boost production. Their Spitfires and Corsairs take on Congress counterparts and win crucial battles, although almost always losing more aircraft. The millions employed in Burma find themselves in various new locations all around Bengali controlled lands. They continue to work to build infrastructure which is heavily lacking and build railroads through the tough regions of Assam and the NEFTA. Much TNT is used and a larger and larger number of workers are diverted for this project, who work day and night to build bridges and railroads through mountains in a mid to rapidly speed up travel and connection times and to make the supplying of troops easier. However, results have begun to slow due to the large numbers of workers and dynamite used as well as the harsh working conditions. Factories are churning out tanks and Zeros for the Bengali effort. The Zeros begin to fly and attack Congress-held bases. More bombers are produced and the first heavy bombs are put onto the aircraft to inflict more damage. Sen's offensive has picked up pace as Congress has diverted more troops to the south. The new tanks help to push Congress tanks back. With the arrival of the Corsairs, Sen immediately puts them out to fly and take out the Congress aircraft still flying. Due to extreme measures, Congress has managed to now nearly equal the number of aircraft the RSS and Sen have in total. The Bhopal Offensive is throughly crushed and the Congress is pushed back. Battle after battle ensures they fall back and in many areas the retreat is disorganised. However, the Congress airsupport remains strong and they are able to use their aircraft to protect their retreating lines. RSS once again turns focus to the Deccan and launches a few offensives at the newly built up lines. These offensives are failures and so the RSS devise a pincer movement to the extreme north and south where the lines are weakest. This is launched in November and the Deccan are caught totally unaware of the pincer movement. They quickly have to divert troops and protect their northern and southern flanks, but then the RSS launches a third offensive into where the defense areas were heavy. Due to undermanning, the RSS troops take large casualities but manage to punch through. The Deccan is now on the defensive, on the retreat and with possibly no hope of an offensive. NOTE: I might not be able to edit continously until the end of January, so be nice to my nation, K? And don't let Guns interfere.
 * Guns can't edit continuously either.
 * Canada: Resentment still brews within the people of Canada as now an estimated 12.5% of Canadians believe in the separation between Great Britain and Canada.  We continue taking advantage of Northern resources and open up trade all across the Americas mainly exporting oil and valuable minerals. We also begin building up a substantial army to defend Canada. We begin to show interest in the Brazilian Oil Organization and look forward to an offer to co-operate
 * Brazil Dip: We will accept Canadas offer of cooperation in the oil industry.
 * Umm why? The Bombay thing was retconned, and if you are complaining about Ireland, let me get this through your skull, OK? THE IRISH DECLARED WAR ON BRITAIN AND THE COMMONWEALTH, INCLUDING YOU. MORE DOCUMENTATION WAS FOUND DURING THE INVASION SUPPORTING THIS. THERE IS NO REASON FOR YOU TO SEPARATE. It's too early for anything over 10%.
 * Korea: Korea vows to continue rebel activities against the Japanese (SORRY, INTERNET ISSUES, STILL CAN'T POST A LOT. I'M ON MY PHONE). More bombings and stuff happens.
 * ​ Britain: The Prime Minister, Mountbatten addresses the Commonwealth nations, and gives the full length of facts discovered in the Irish war. First, that Ireland had approached Germany and offered to side with them, thus offering to declare war on the Commonwealth; secondly, plans to invade Britain itself; thirdly, plans to join the Axis and thus side against your nations. The nuclear arsenal is widely expanded. In the military, several new fighter jets come out - the Cyclone Mk. III, the Tiger Mk. XI, as well as a new craft, a stealth plane, the Mk. II Heron. The first guided (ish) missiles come out. The Navy is expanded, with the new Edward-class Cruisers coming out. The economy improves, after the government makes deals with companies to build hundreds of factories in Ireland. The Mexicans - both sides - are roundly condemned. The Falklands base is hyped up, as is the Singapore Fleet. Another 250 million pounds of aid goes to Columbia, as well as a nuclear weapon expert. The South African deal goes through, with thousands of blacks being sent up to Ireland to inhabit land there.
 * Peru: We begin to become concerned with the imperialism of Brazil and ask for an alliance with Colombia. We begin a military buildup across the Chilean border and ask for the Colombians to assist us. SECRET: We ask for an alliance with the USSR and ask for weapons and unit designs from Russia. We also ask for Germany's helicopter designs to reverse engineer.
 * You're already allied to him, and Peru has zero diplomatic relations with the USSR and minimal with Germany at best.
 * So why not start them?
 * The USSR is not interested in this, but will provide funding to Peru.
 * France: continues rebuilding and increasing it's nuclear arsenal.
 * Colombia: reminds Peru that it is in the Concert of the Andes, and warns its leadership that war would occur out of any invasion of the Chilean homeland, or of either Ecuador or Brazil. Influence over Chile and Panama continues, while influencing of Costa Rica, while in a small amount, begins. Industrialisation and militarisation continue at an ever-fastening rate, with foreign influence helping it out big-time. Gaitán begins to relax his processes of wealth redistribution, considered a great success. Large projects in infrastructure, health and education begin, as does large incentive for large families. The Colombian birth rate increases. The PNC continues underway, with the first native nuclear test scheduled to occur rather soon, sped up by the arrival of the British nuclear expert. The referendum on the Iquitos strip is called off by the Concert, and Ecuador begins to be secretly supported on its claim. Massive development for anti-Brazilian media and private sectors secretly begins.
 * Ecuador In a snap election, the notably pro-Colombian Radical Liberal Party of Ecuador rises to the front, and begins to establish developments to tie the nation closer to Colombia. The infrastructure and military is largely improved, as is the economy. Ecuador begins developing its economy by adopting Colombia's redistribution method to a level, in order to raise the standards of living like Colombia did. The population begins to grow due to a support for larger families.
 * Brazil had Japanese and German research and a long standing nuclear program for six years before they managed to secure the ability to make a bomb ... it took France, who heavily helped with the nuke OTL in WW2 ten extra years post war to make their first nuclear test ... You're a few years off even with help.
 * Greece: The influencing of Albania finishes and the military and navy are built up. The economy is upgraded and Thrace continues its hellenization.
 * Union of South Africa: 14% of South Africa's population has been erased - all it being black Africans. This brings the amount of South Africans which are black to 49% of the population. New weapons are continually being tested, and it is expected that by 1950 the black population will be reduced to 20%. Blacks continue being rounded up, and efforts are increased to reduce their numbers more quickly. It is decided to begin rounding them up and put them in a contained area, then firebomb the region as well as blast it with artillery and poison gas from the sky. Nuclear research with the British continues.
 * United States: The invasion of Mexico continues on schedule, with General Bradley's First Army securing the Baja Peninsula and the states of Sonora and Chihuahua, while General George S. Patton has pushed through northern Mexico, and is now beginning his march toward Mexico City. The removal of Brazilian warships from the east coast of Mexico allows the Gulf of Mexico Fleet under Admiral McCain to secure the area and the seizure of Mexican oil rigs by American marines. The aircraft of the Mexican Air Force are destroyed by both land and carrier-based aircraft, mainly P-51 Mustangs and F-86 Sabers. Meanwhile, the United States tests the newly-created catapult of the USS Franklin D. Roosevelt by launching an F-86 Saber; with the test being a success and the Saber successfully getting off the carrier and into the air. The Department of War continues research on computers and rocketry, with hopes of having a successful rocket test next turn. A prototype helicopter is tested by the United States Marine Corp, which ends in success and hopes to produce a more reliable model begins. The Department of War also tests the first prototype of body armor, while the first prototype of a machine gun/rifle is tested, resulting in the creation of an assault rifle. While vulnerable to being jammed, the new assault rifle is proven to be accurate in the right hands. The research into stealth technology continues, while the CIA begins black operations in India and the NPRC. Domestically, the United States hopes to have color television by 1948 or 1949, while Hollywood remains the Entertainment Capital of the World. Teens in the United States begin to enjoy this new music genre called Rock n' Roll. More people begin to protest against segregation and the unequal rights of minorities in the United States. The healthcare and education system is improved by the government, making it one of the best in the world. President Truman advocates for an integrated mass transportation system between cities and neighborhoods, as well as for Americans to use such systems. The first national elections of Cambodia are held, with an former general turned politician being elected by the population. The Cambodian Defense Force continues operations in the jungle, eliminating any violent opposition to the government, as well as expanding the roads into the backroads of Cambodia. (cross out implausible stuff)
 * Germany: Germany continues to produce military goods and whatnot. Panzer V and VI tanks continue to roll out of the factories, and the first few Panzer VII's are made. More Sturer Emils are produced. More Fa 223 helicopters are produced. Me jet fighters, Horten stealth fighters, and Arado bombers continue to be produced, as well as Flaraket anti-air missiles, flying bombs and A4 rockets. Braun continues his work on the A5 rocket, and begins work on the A6. The Horten brothers continue to work on their stealth bombers, and the rate of production begins to increase. Germany continues to work on infrared vision for its troops, as well as air-to-air missiles. Germany's navy continues to expand and more ships and U-boats are produced. More nuclear weapons are produced, and theoretical work on more efficient fusion weapons begins. Germany urges the NPRC not to act on Tibet, or face the consequences. Weapons and whatnot are sent to Peru for the lolz.
 * Denmark: Instruction in German continues. Production of war materiel continues. Some Danish officials begin to propose the idea of selling Iceland to Germany, as Denmark is largely unable to defend it and sees less and less economic gain from the island.
 * Sweden: Life under occupation continues. The iron and steel industries continue, and ships begin to be constructed to make the Baltic an Axis sea.
 * Hungary: Negotiations continue, and are nearing a breakthrough.
 * Netherlands: Economic and military buildup continue in Dutch Guiana. German becomes a language taught in school.

1947.0
''' Various bombing occur in Korea against Japan. However, many begin to doubt the effectiveness of this sort of resistance against a power such as Japan which is more than likely willing to wipe out the rebels without a second thought '''.

''' The Indian civil war continues to become more complicated as a group of well armed Muslims carry out various counterattacks against Hindu majorities and they begin to move towards the Pakistan area attempting to establish a  base of operations. The RSS continues to advance through the conflict quite easily. '''

''' Rock and roll begins to diffuse to various other areas with some of the first rock and roll groups appearing in the United States and Canada. This new form of music is becoming more widely accepted by the youth of Britain with various people in the late teens and early twenties attending rock and roll concerts in high numbers. '''

''' With Peru poised to attack Chile, the Chilean government mobilizes its own forces on the border and withdraws from the Andean Concert cutting diplomatic ties with both Colombia and Peru labeling Peru's actions as "traitorous" and Colombia's handling the situation as less than adequate. This does in cause major protests in Chile against Colombia and Peru. The Chilean economy once again goes independent now attempting to overtake Argentina's place as the second largest economy in South America. (Peru has a lot of resentment towards Chile and it ruined their previously good foreign relations ... this event is perfectly plausible)  '''


 * What the hell? How is Colombia's handling the situation less than adequate? Peru moved its troops towards the border, and I told them I'd go to war against Peru if it went to war against Chile. Also, since their military is under Colombian HQ, it's a bad idea. This mod post is obviously biased, especially since it was the Brazil player who wrote it.
 * It was agreed upon between two mods one of which is the owner of the game ... Chile also has a larger economy that your attempting to replace and they would not like that in the slightest along with Peru on the border ... it's implausible for them to not feel like their getting hosed. 
 * If it isn't too much of a problem, can you explain which two mods are there? Also, Chile might have a larger economy, but Colombia has far larger growth, military establishment and a larger culture. Also, yes, it's implausible for them not to feel like they're getting hosed by PERU, but Colombia warned Peru war would occur. Explain to me how is that "less than adequate".
 * No mobilized troops and your very laid off persona in dealing with it, it has all been rhetoric. Also its myself and MP who is one of the co-owners. Also Chile is still extremely nationalistic.... they wouldnt ever cow down to anyone considering their previous successes.
 * It's still appropiate, since he had not invaded yet. That's like saying that when Venezuela moved troops to the Colombian border the US' appropiate response would have been to nuke Caracas. It makes absolutely no sense. Also, Chile is not "extremely nationalistic", and honestly, I believe that influencing a country with a larger economy than mine (only because of copper really) and a smaller population, military, industrial output and everything else is far more plausible that you keeping on peacefully vassalising nations after two offensive wars and one brutally crushed rebellion.
 * Peru and Chile have some of the worst relations on the continent right now.. Peru was absolutely wrecked by Chile and had occupied and absolutely ransacked Lima. You were bound to have issues at some point that was going to cause a war between the two. Chile only returned nearly 4000 books from the Peruvian library in 2007. in 1975 both countries were on the brink of war again ... You have done nothing to improve the relations between Peru and Chile previously, at least Brazil handled a lot of its disputes or repressed them ... Peru and Chile going to War and Chile feeling like this deal is not in its best interests is perfectly plausible. 
 * This makes no sense at ALL. Why the fuck would Chile leave?? Columbia would AID CHILE if the Peruvians left, and beacuse Columbia and Britain have a mutual-defense pact that means you'd get some aid from the Empire too. Whereas the opposite is getting sucked into Brazil's shit. NO.
 * MP SANCTION IT HE OUTRANKS YOU I'M GOING BY WHAT HE SAID WHEN I ASKED HIM ABOUT IT. Chile and Peru hate each other regardless and this would just be digging up deep seated issues once again that don't get resolved through diplomacy less than 50 years after it happened. 
 * Firstly, who are you? Secondly, I have not seen MP post much. Thirdly, despite what appears to be your opinion, MP is not God, just the nearest thing to it. Scraw outranks him. Lastly, they may hate each other but I don't see how that affects relations with Columbia who are siding with Chile. They are offering to help Chile in case of war. SO NATURALLY, the Chileans would say no! May I enquire exactly who posted this mod event, and what they were snorting?
 * lolz. This is hilarious. But not the part of Scraw outranking me. Whoever says that again gets banned.
 *  Yeah, Feud. Not funny. Own up! Scraw like clearly *pshh* doesn't outrank MP. Who would even say that? God ...
 *  The South African camps secretly killing off Africans remains a largely kept secret. However, body disposal and attempts to hide the camps becomes a harder task as more resources than calculated are needed to be diverted to help keep the camps running at top efficiency. 
 * Have you actually not been reading posts? South Africa is no longer killing Africans; they are now deporting them to Ireland.
 * Never mind. Despite our agreement Dean is killing them anyway.

''' An issue between two rich and powerful Somalis erupts into a private conflict which is quickly quelled by local police. '''

''' Columbia pulls off its first successful nuclear test thanks to massive amounts of aid from Britain. '''


 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built. The vassal of Laos also builds up its military and improves infrastructure.
 * Japan: In response to the continued Korean unreasonability the Japanese military is authorized to use full forces to end resistence. Any signs of resistence are brutally suppressed while thousands of Koreans are processed and put either in tightly controlled areas of the country or into internment camps. A provisional government will be set up in 1950 if resistence ceases the military promises, and the Korean peninsula will move towards full independence in a orderly fashion by 1960. De-industrialization is nearly completed in the peninsula stripped of almost anything piece of machinery that could be used to produce weaponry or automobiles. The rail lines are all that remain and they will be stripped upon Japan's withdrawal from the peninsula. The planned independent Korea is drawn up by the High Command and will be the peninsula without Cheju, or the other islands to the south of Korea, and will be without the border with the Soviet Union which will be given to Manchukuo. all projects continue and the rocket program nears completion while the computer will be completed by 1948. All civil liberties are returned to the Japanese homeislands and normalcy returns. Elections will be held in 1948. Tank Busters (rocket lanchers) are produced in large qualities now and sent to all fronts (remember, I designed them a while back) as are the Arisaka 46 and all armored vehicles. If things get to much out of control the government begins contemplating to authorize the dropping of a nuclear weapon to end all resistence. Naval expansion and modernization begins with the phasing out of old ships and construction of newer ones. Japan requests that the United Kingdom begins preparing to cede Malasia to Indonesia as per previous agreements. Industrial expansion continues.
 * Manchukuo: Troops are deployed into Northern China and Northern Korea once more to keep the regions solidly under control and to help the Japanese. Economic growth continues and oil exploitation continues.
 * Indonesia: Economic and industrial growth continues. The military is expanded. A Conservative coalition holds power in the Parliament displacing Sukarno and Hatta as the main influences within the Indonesian government.
 * Vietnam: troops are trained and continue to hold down the jungles of Vietnam while economic growth continues slowly.
 * Occupied China: The Chinese unrest continues to grow and the worst fears of the High Command happen when a civil war breaks out in the RoC with anti-Japanese assasinating Wang Jingwei and several other major Japanese backed politicians sparking large fighting between Japanese imperial and loyalist Chinese against anti-Japanese groups. The fighting quickly spreads to the rest of the country. Japanese ultra-nationalists form the Sun Legion as a paramilitary group aimed at preserving Japanese dominance in East Asia and promoting the complete Japanization of the land. This group is quickly denounced by the Japanese government who have now been forced to set a rovisional government in nanjing controlled by the Japanese military directly. The border with Free China is quickly resecured and troops begin anti-guerrilla movements at once making great use of the APCs which prove an invaluable asset at protecting Japanese troops while providing armor for them. Our control over Free China quickly begins and the Japanese warn against the Free Chinese thinking of intervening.
 * Mexican Federation: With the death of Trotsky, Mexican Communists lay down their arms, and are taken to prisions across the country. Mexico begins rebuilding, and has begun building new factories across the country. More companies begin buying Cuban companies and expanding into Haiti's economy. Some Communists begin guerilla movements, and military sweeps are made to find them. Trade is opened with the USA and Brazil.
 * Switzerland: We purchase another 48 EFW N-20R jet aircraft, two EFW N-20 fighter jets, and 36 new FFA P-16 ground attack/interceptor jet aircraft that had secretly been funded from extra money for the hanger project. Tourism booms in our nation bringing in millions of dollars in revenue. Banking picks up with people hiding money in Swiss accounts to avoid their government taxes. SwissAir reopens, purchasing ten Lockheed Constellations, and 12 Douglas DC-6 aircraft. We continue to improve our infrastructure. Many citizens are happy with Switzerland's current position of reactive neutrality. Many hope that in coming years Switzerland can declare armed neutrality once again. We retire our bomber fleet.
 * Liechtenstein: We add ten more men to our defense force. We buy two trucks for them as well. We continue to have a large banking industry with many people using banks to hide money from their governments.
 * Peru: With the Chileans mobilizing, we decide to continue our buildup and let us remind Colombia we are trying to assist in expanding Colombia's sphere. We also decide to modernize our forces and begin to research ways to make it into space. SECRET: We ask Germany for the helicopters needed and some troops as well as an Alliance.
 * You're an ally not a vassal, and it's pretty obvious you're doing this to get a chance to go after someone else on the continent. 
 * How is THAT obvious????
 * Jap Diplomacy: Japan condemns Peru's aggressive stance and offers full diplomatic support for Chile. (diplomatic not military)
 * American D: The United States will support diplomatically and with supplies, but will not get involved directly.
 * Saudi Arabia: We continue to expand our military with the help of the US. We ask for an alliance with Colombia, Great Britain and Thailand. The oil industry continues to grow, and we hope new alliances will expand it further. We ask the US for perrmission to build jets based on the F-86. Influence on North Yemen continues. We also wish to give haven to any Yt? Muslims living under violence in India.
 * American D: We agree to give Saudi Arabia permission to construct its own F-86, under the condition that Saudi Arabia will not sell such aircraft to any enemy of the United States or its allies, Japan and Great Britain.
 * Saudi Arabia will not sell the jets to any enemy of the US, Japan or Great Britain.
 * All right, to be honest, I am going to save you some trouble here. North Yemen was already heavily influenced by Saudi Arabia, so it could be considered a vassal soon. 
 * I was planning on trying to vassalize it next turn anyway.
 * Union of South Africa: The black population continues to plummet as the slaughter continues, and the population, thanks to the killings, is now 41% black. New technology continues to lower their numbers even more quickly, and the segregation of the blacks and non-blacks makes it easier, with poisonings of wells in the black areas helping kill even more of them, although due to the possibility of it hurting non-blacks, this is stopped quite quickly. The non-black baby boom continues hugely. Mass burnings of the bodies begins, with several dozen crematoriums being built, and instead of being sent in dead, it is decided to simply kill them in the crematorium, and throw them onto the flames after there dead. Nuclear research continues in secret co-operation with the British. The borders with Portugese Africa are fortified, and we begin testing new ways to elimate the African infestation. We ask the Japanese to send their unwanted peoples to South Africa, as it would allow for South Africa to gain more people, and Japan to get rid of dissenters. We also withdraw all assets from Switzerland.
 * Wait WTF??? Britain agreed with you that you would be deporting them to Ireland! What is this? 
 * We are ending the murders next turn, and sendingg them all your way
 * ​American Diplomacy: The United States demands that South Africa end its racial purge against African-Americans, now!
 * Dude, no one knows about the purge, sides, its ending next turn
 * Brazil: The Brazilian armed forces, now armed with multitudes of advanced German weaponry, begin to take a few of them apart carefully (so they can be re-assembled for use later) and their equipment and systems can be reverse engineered. The anti-air rockets bought from Germany in large numbers are deployed around sensitive cities and the border in an attempt to prevent any unwarranted aircraft crossings. Along with this, the Brazilian government authorizes the EH-2 Serpente MKII with upgraded fire control systems, new over-pressure systems and with the chassis modified to take a new 105 mm tank gun for increased success. The Serpente Mk II is rumoured to be one of the most powerful heavy tanks in the world from its tests and considering the MkI's success the Brazilian government is confident in this assumption. Along with this, the Brazilian jet fighter named the I-26 Ibrahm previously in mass production reaches numbers in which it begins replacing various other prop aircraft of the Air force and with variants available for carrier deployment they begin to help replace aircraft on the fleet carriers which have been in port. The Brazilian jet bombers are also updated after looking at German designs and they come out with the B-35 Mk II bomber in which about 100 more are built. Along with this, the Brazilian government continues other production on a newer assault rifle in order to stay on the forefront of the technology. Along with this, the Brazilian government going off of previous design and more modern material, and modern thinking integrate body armour into their soldiers equipment regimen in which various plates can be inserted into various parts of the combat web gear. The Navy continues to operate as normal with only minor radar updates being done to keep radar technology updated. The First Elections take place in which Getulio Vargas says he will not take part. Nereu Ramos is elected as Brazil's new President. Brazil continues to invest into both Cuba and Bolivia with Bolivia getting large investments into its resource and agricultural base, and Brazilian companies buying major stock in various sugar and other agricultural companies. The investment into Bolivia continues heavily as well and influence due to co-opting business ventures, and the raising of the workers wages to more liveable standards has led to the civilian population becoming much more inclined and happy with moving toward Brazil's economy and military bloc. Brazil secretly finances the Bolivian Federalist Party which is made up of some of Bolivia's most important politicians, as well as various members of all classes of their society. Bolivian ambassadors in their embassy in Rio de Janeiro are taken to Brazilian sporting events and are given numbers for new Brazilian private investment into their agriculture of which 60% is no strings attached. The men walk away satisfied and agree to talk to their government about the increased investments. The Brazilian economy continues its expansion as well with the growth beginning to help Brazil's various development as a nation with the working wage increasing as well with the Governments new policies being much more worker and business friendly. The infrastructure continues to be upgraded with the major highways being paved, and centralized into Brazil's allies. The Brazilian nuclear program builds another two bombs with nuclear power now being looked at more heavily. Brazilian graduates from various academies have now been injected into the various research programs with rocketry, understanding of guidance systems and the reworking of stealth technology are thrown into the mix as well with stealth technology being analyzed on how to reduce a plane's radar cross section. Brazil is able to reverse engineer the German anti-aircraft rockets and they are tested under heavy stress to great effect. A Larger scaled guided missile is also developed. Brazil begins major research on Submarines looking to create efficient subs that can last for years. Other designs for larger subs are also considered but not labeled practical for current technology. Brazilian naval forces officially leave Mexico and the area bringing refugees back to Brazil. Brazil now not using funding to expand its navy any more continues to keep the navy at modern standards but really begins more focus on the Rebuilding of the huge swaths of abandoned favelas, which now are nearly 82% empty from a population migration to other parts of the country. These favelas are bulldozed and replaced (only the empty sectors) with higher quality housing making some of these areas highly prized real estate once again with middle class and high class citizens alike building homes along the hills of Rio de Janeiro, and the City of Sao Paulo able to build nicer middle class apartments in former favela areas. The cities in Central Brazil continue to expand thanks to the exodus from favelas with their populations growing modestly. The Brazilian President Nereu Ramos begins considering the formation of oil producing and exporting countries organization and begins looking for suitable candidates to ask for this organization. The Brazilian metro rail networks in the metropolitan areas after subleasing the work to private contracts years ago and is fully complete and fully comprehensive easing daytime traffic throughout all of Brazil's most heavily populated cities. The success of this begins to spawn the want of the same kinds of networks in interior cities which are becoming increasingly more populated due to easy and well paying work. Brazil begins to activate Troops on its border with Peru remanning and modernizing fortifications previously made. This ends up with nearly 150,000 Regulars and 50,000 Reservists as well on the Border ready to act just in case. Some of the Anti-Air rockets from German now with the ability to be self produced are deployed into the area as are many of Brazils highly advanced fighters. Brazils research and development into a more modern Assault rifle has brought out a new rifle known as the ENG-14 with a switching firing mode between single and automatic as well as the ability to mount a bipod with a large magazine as an LMG. The ENG-14 is also developed to be cut down as well for special forces purposes. Brazil also actively condemns Peru's actions on the border with Chile and secretly offers to support Chile in the case of a real Peruvian invasion.
 * Argentina:  Argentina continues its close and intensive work on its economy and Infrastructure using one to help expand the other in an expanding game. Argentina's population grows to about 17.3 million and growing rapidly. Railways and highways between Argentina continue to connect more thoroughly with Brazilian infrastructure through Uruguay which has begun expansion of its own infrastructure. However, the Argentinians abstaining from huge detrimental expenditures and the end of the infamous changing of powers just years before has begun to gather large amounts of popular support from the regime looking to increase the public support more than it already is. With Argentina's invasion mostly complete around 150,000 troops remain in the country to allow for a peaceful transition to a more friendly government. Surprised by Paraguay's quick and relatively low casualty capitulation, Argentina calculates the deaths to be only about 50,000 and the Argentinian government agrees to pay reparations to the families of the dead and help in rebuilding the Paraguayan capital of Asuncion and the damaged countryside. Argentina begins to invest heavily in Cuban agriculture and cash crops specifically offering to pay preferential prices for Cuban goods. Argentina also begins investments into Bolivian media, and political causes attempting to gain access to Influential Bolivian politicians, media outlets and markets. Argentina invites various Bolivian politicians to Argentina to view soccer matches and begin talking about increased military and economic cooperation. Argentina begins to work on poverty and the income inequality in the country bringing some notable economists and businessmen into a congressional meeting to talk about how Income for poorer people can be raised a normal amount to account for inflation and other changes. The meeting is largely successful as the world seeing less poverty will show the true successes of its nation and its business relations with Brazil
 * Venezuela: Venezuelan army continues to guard the oil industry and its platforms with heavy arms declaring them off limits except for working personnel. The oil industry now being much more powerful and well expanded throughout the country begins to show a positive economic growth with the oil money flooding back to the country being used to help build up and centralize Infrastructure with Brazil. The economic growth reaches a moderate 4.3% growth with growth expected to expand even more the next year. With trade being opened up with the US through Brazil, the Venezuelan oil companies getting high profits are able to push through and begin expanding oil infrastructure for a much more international presence and market. The Venezuelan population grows to about 4.1 million with families opting to have more than two children. This does in fact begin a recovery from the previous civil war. Support for the government and the economic prosperity being achieved is more widely known and while just barely over 53% it is growing. The Venezuelan military begins to purchase small amounts of equipment from Brazil once again. Venezuela begins using some of its oil money to help repair more damage from the civil war and builds up its cities working on poverty.
 * Uruguay: Uruguay's economy continues to increase now by a larger amount as infrastructure increases international traffic through the country in which various men have seen business and more investment opportunity in the country which begins to show a noticeable increase in the economy, as well as a noticeable drop in unemployment. The Uruguayan argicultural, manufacturing and banking sectors all increase moderately with banking becoming more lucrative as Uruguay opens up new high rise banks and large department stores in its capital as a showcase to the rest of the country what's to come. Uruguay, not needing to focus on its military, (while still lightly built upon and upgraded) begins fighting poverty in the country beginning to buy up many of the poverty striken areas and beginning a program that helps find people in poor neighborhoods find work, and be moved into new apartment buildings that are much nicer than their previous dwellings.
 * Paraguay: Paraguayan infrastructure begins to be linked up with surrounding nations' infrastructure for centralization purposes allowing for a much easier time of working on agriculture and resources as well as trade. The Paraguayan government begins to encourage large families - even offering modest subsidies to families who agree to have more than three children. The Paraguayan economy begins its own modest expansion at a healthy growth rate of about 3.5% and growing thanks to increasing trade and now the access to ports among other things to get Paraguayan goods. The government begins seeing opportunities to bring Paraguay back to its former status begins using its inclusion into the Brazilian sphere to get large economic expansion rights as well as foreign (mostly Argentinian and Brazilian) technicians in helping expand the communications infrastructure as well economic infrastructure. Paraguay officially begins to repair relations with Bolivia looking to help include Bolivia more and have them be less of outsiders, Paraguayan envoys meet with various Bolivian politicians and attend sporting events with them attempting to establish a much more personal relationship with Bolivian politicians.
 * Guyanan Confederation: The Brazilian population in the Guyanas begins to grow lightly and the European populations remaining are treated relatively well. Brazil does manage to create large amounts of jobs in the area. The Confederation begins to expand its light industry and agriculture. Gold and diamond mining in the area begins to expand as well. A light police and military force is created at the discretion of Brazil. Natives of both Guyanas both agree that they will refuse outright to be annexed properly into Brazil, and if possible with the attempt to Include Suriname they well centralize the Guyanas into its only, "Little Europe" nation. The governments of both Guyanas do, however, agree that if offered equal status as part of a larger federation they would in fact join for the prosperity and opportunity it would provide. The Confederation begins to work on differences between themselves and begins to secure major inroads in the barriers between the two.
 * Norway: "The Blue Penguins" were founded by the police when they were seen coming out of the bank with stolen money. A major battle was taken that ended with the gangmembers being taken back to prison. Some police troops were injured and killed, others were still intact. For the police men that were killed, there will be a ceremony to honor the men for their service. We are improving our cities by uprgrading out technology. Political leaders are really taking an interest in Communism. Our military is evolving due to technology. Rock music is very popular in Norway with our youth.
 * The USSR expands military and industry. The Metro-2 continues construction. Beria barely misses an assassination attempt conducted by Zhukov but pinned on Krushchev. Krushchev is sent to prison in life. Stuff stuff stuff. Flow of money to Peru ceases. The fifth nuke is completed. Sergey Korolev takes control of Sovcosmos. Research into space stuff continues, with satellites being built as part of the Soyuz program. They are expected to be launch ready in 1954.
 * United States: The invasion of Mexico is coming to a close, with Mexico City surrounded by George S. Patton's Third Army, while General Omar Bradley and his First Army bypasses the capital city and begins the conquest of southern Mexico. The United States Marine Corp, with the support of the United States Navy, lands on the Yucatan Peninsula, swiftly capturing the city of Medina and establishing a foothold in southern Mexico for General Bradley to link up with. President Truman, after meeting with his cabinet in Washington, plans to have the Baja Peninsula and Sonora (If the Mods would let me) directly annexed into the United States, while the remainder of Mexico would become the American-backed puppet state. However, all of these statements are not known to the public and only President Truman, General Patton, General Bradley, Admiral McCain and Admiral Kimmel, know about the annexation plan of the two Mexican provinces. Meanwhile, a fifth nuke is constructed and research into nuclear energy, but nothing comes from it yet. Another rocket is tested in Nevada and it is a success, while the United States begins to developed flying bombs. Research continues into computers and stealth technology continues, while the first of the new helicopters role off the assembly line. Body armor is distributed to special forces, while more armored personnel carriers are manufactured. (I will add more, later. Cross out implausible items).
 * This will be allowed.
 * MF Dip: We gladly enjoy the aid you have given us, but President Francis Abad has requested that you leave immediately and acknowledge us as the new Mexican Government. However, could you help us get rid of the Communist guerrilla parties in the north.
 * Korea: Korea refuses, and demands independence by 1950 at the latest. They also tell the Japanese that they don't need their machinery and that they just need the Japanese out of Korea.
 * I don't understand why. You'll practically fall behind in everything. Trade and alliances can only take you so far.
 * Colombia once again warns Peru that if war breaks out with Chile, Colombia will invade. This brings Chile deeper into Colombian influence as joint military exercises begin. Panama is also influenced, as is Costa Rica. The infrastructure, economy and military are increased, and the population also begins to grow with the process. Bolivia's media is still hugely influenced against Brazilian development. The PNC also develops, with preparation for nuclear weapons developing.
 * Ecuador develops its military, economy and infrastructure. The population also begins to grow through Colombia's programmes, as do small businesses through the redistribution of wealth that had previously been a success in Colombia. Possible war with Peru is prepared, and the army is placed in vantage parts in the border.
 * ​ Britain: The nuclear arsenal is widely expanded. In the military, several new fighter jets come out - the Cyclone Mk. IV, the Tiger Mk. XII, as well as a new craft, a stealth plane, the Mk. III Heron. The guided missiles come out. The Navy is expanded, with the new Edward-class Cruisers coming out. The economy improves, after the government makes deals with companies to build hundreds of factories in Ireland. The Mexicans - both sides - are roundly condemned. The Falklands base is hyped up, as is the Singapore Fleet. Another 250 million pounds of aid goes to Columbia, as well as a nuclear weapon expert. The South African deal goes through, with thousands of blacks being sent up to Ireland to inhabit land there. The Koreans are condemned for not coming to the peace table. We condemn Peru and fully support our allies Colombia.
 * Greece:military and navy are built up while this the economy expands. more to come...
 * NPRC: As we normalize relations with Japan, we begin to approach Germany for military, economic and social aid, as well as hopefully, a military alliance. We begin to start trade along the Yangtze and Yellow Rivers and major deforestation operations begin in Shizhuang. The new increase in lumber led to the industrialization of Chengdu, Chongqing and other major cities. We begin construction of heavy machine guns and we also begin studying a combination of the machine gun and the rifle, making a primitive AK-47. Meanwhile, we also begin construction of heavy artillery and machinery, particularly giant logging machines. The third tank is built as Yantze-47 and we also begin to build airplanes. We begin construction of roads and the country is beginning to prosper. We send our soldiers back from the Tibetan border. We stop sending soldiers into Occupied China, however our trained rioters begin creating unrest in many parts of Occupied China. A young elite soldier begin influencing the rioters and became a minor general.
 * NPRC D: We would like to inquire what part of Germany's national interest lies in Tibet?
 * Germany Diplomacy: Because Tibet is an independent nation, and you have no legitimate reason to invade.
 * Germany: Germany continues to produce military goods and whatnot. Panzer V and VI tanks continue to roll out of the factories, and the first few Panzer VIIs are made. More Sturer Emils are produced. More Fa 223 helicopters are produced. Me jet fighters, Horten stealth fighters, and Arado bombers continue to be produced, as well as Flaraket anti-air missiles, flying bombs, and A4 rockets. Braun continues his work on the A5 rocket, and begins work on the A6. The Horten brothers continue to work on their stealth bombers, and the rate of production begins to increase. Germany continues to work on infrared vision for its troops, as well as air-to-air missiles. Germany's navy continues to expand, and more ships and U-boats are produced. More nuclear weapons are produced, and theoretical work on more efficient fusion weapons begins. Germany urges the NPRC not to act on Tibet, or face the consequences. Weapons and what not are sent to Peru for the lolz.
 * Denmark: Instruction in German continues. Production of war materiel continues. Some Danish officials begin to propose the idea of selling Iceland to Germany, as Denmark is largely unable to defend it and sees less and less economic gain from the island.
 * Sweden: Life under occupation continues. The iron and steel industries continue, and ships begin to be constructed to make the Baltic an Axis sea.
 * Hungary: Negotiations continue, and are nearing a breakthrough.
 * Netherlands: Economic and military buildup continue in Dutch Guiana. German becomes a language taught in school.

1947.5
''' Tensions between Peru and Chile continue to be high but many are doubting the likelihood of War. '''

''' Some of the First sitcoms in America are aired however they do not seem to have the right catch to them yet. '''

''' The Korean situation continues to deteriorate as Koreans are adament to be free of Japanese influence. '''

''' Many South African soldiers begin to threaten to release information on the death camps to the public if they are not stopped. '''

''' Calls for South African independence from Britain rise further, due to multiple reasons. One, the Irish, forcibly deported from their homeland, are now actively engaging the British anyway they can in their new refuge. Furthermore, the movement of Blacks to Ireland reduces a key element to British support in the area. '''

''' Similar calls are made in Canada from the Irish and the French there, but these are much smaller and less coordinated than calls in South America. '''

''' The Axis issues a unilateral statement condemning the exodus of the Irish and the movement en mass of Blacks into Ireland. '''
 * Point Number one: Despite accidental posts to the contrary, due to my misunderstanding of the deal, the exodus of blacks and the influx of Irish has not begun yet. It will begin next turn. Point two: Dean has told multiple people that the WHOLE story will be coming out this turn. THIS is what leads to the exodus of blacks to Britain, and it will be voluntary, BTW, in order for them to flee the govt. Point Three: We need to make a rule about biased mod events cos WTF. I'm not saying I'm totally blameless there but MP and Feud are now actually just posting totally pro-Axis mod events, and stupid ones at that, like the idiotic one last turn about Colombia.
 * Alright, well, this is was obviously before I knew that the respective population swaps was delayed. So this mod events will not occur this turn, but later. And I dispute how these mod events would be biased, as they are what would happen.

''' The Fifa world cup is finally restarted having been stopped due to the previous outbreaks of major conflict and tension. They are scheduled for 1950 and to be held in Brazil (The World cup being in Brazil in 1950 is an OTL event) '''

''' The 1948 Olympics (Summer and Winter) are Scheduled for London England for the summer and St Moritz Switzerland. '''

''' American colored telivisions as well as Black and white make their first major sales appearances overseas with their highest sales being in Canada, Brazil, and a close tie between various larger European countries. '''

''' A Communists Reveolution begins in Cuba. This is due to Trotsky's death. The man who killed Trotsky, Andie Murphy, states that had he known of the effect his death would have, he would have spared him. '''

You are not a mod.


 * Mexican Federation: Mexico begins training more troops, and acting independently of the USA. To help this further, a descion is made to invade Cuba due to pro-communists reveolution.
 * Thailand: Thailand continues to build up the military. Infrastructure is improved. More Buddhist temples are built. The vassal of Laos also builds up its military and improves infrastructure.
 * Japan: In response to the continued Korean unreasonability the Japanese military is authorized to use full forces to end resistence. Any signs of resistence are brutally suppressed while thousands of Koreans are processed and put either in tightly controlled areas of the country or into internment camps. A provisional government will be set up in 1950 if resistence ceases the military promises, and the Korean peninsula will move towards full independence in a orderly fashion by 1960. De-industrialization is nearly completed in the peninsula stripped of almost anything piece of machinery that could be used to produce weaponry or automobiles. The rail lines are all that remain and they will be stripped upon Japan's withdrawal from the peninsula. The planned independent Korea is drawn up by the High Command and will be the peninsula without Cheju, or the other islands to the south of Korea, and will be without the border with the Soviet Union which will be given to Manchukuo. all projects continue and the rocket program nears completion while the computer will be completed by 1948. All civil liberties are returned to the Japanese homeislands and normalcy returns. Elections will be held in 1948. Tank Busters (rocket lanchers) are produced in large qualities now and sent to all fronts (remember, I designed them a while back) as are the Arisaka 46 and all armored vehicles. If things get to much out of control the government begins contemplating to authorize the dropping of a nuclear weapon to end all resistence. Naval expansion and modernization begins with the phasing out of old ships and construction of newer ones. Japan requests that the United Kingdom begins preparing to cede Malasia to Indonesia as per previous agreements. Industrial expansion continues.
 * Manchukuo: Troops are deployed into Northern China and Northern Korea once more to keep the regions solidly under control and to help the Japanese. Economic growth continues and oil exploitation continues.
 * Indonesia: Economic and industrial growth continues. The military is expanded. A Conservative coalition holds power in the Parliament displacing Sukarno and Hatta as the main influences within the Indonesian government.
 * Vietnam: troops are trained and continue to hold down the jungles of Vietnam while economic growth continues slowly.
 * Occupied China: The Chinese unrest continues to grow and the worst fears of the High Command happen when a civil war breaks out in the RoC with anti-Japanese assasinating Wang Jingwei and several other major Japanese backed politicians sparking large fighting between Japanese imperial and loyalist Chinese against anti-Japanese groups. The fighting quickly spreads to the rest of the country. Japanese ultra-nationalists form the Sun Legion as a paramilitary group aimed at preserving Japanese dominance in East Asia and promoting the complete Japanization of the land. This group is quickly denounced by the Japanese government who have now been forced to set a rovisional government in nanjing controlled by the Japanese military directly. The border with Free China is quickly resecured and troops begin anti-guerrilla movements at once making great use of the APCs which prove an invaluable asset at protecting Japanese troops while providing armor for them. Our control over Free China quickly begins and the Japanese warn against the Free Chinese thinking of intervening.
 * (NK asked me to post for him)
 * Saudi Arabia: Military is expanding still, while the bombings in the region continue to create instablity.North Yemen will soon fall under total Saudi influence. Industry continues to improve. (Sorry for short post, I'll be travling so i may not be able to post tommorow. If someone could fix my spelling that would be nice.)
 * Switzerland: We continue to research Anti-Aircraft missiles with one planned for 1948. We work on infrastructure, repairing bridges, and completing several underground bunkers. We look into purchasing helicopters or manufacturing our own. We purchase another 24 FFA P-16 fighter jets. Any jets produced after this time will be for export. We begin to design a new machine gun to replace the MG-11. Expansion of airports is begun in preparation for the Olympic Games, and construction of infrastructure is started. We begin to build bobsledding courses, ski lifts, and other equipment.
 * Liechtenstein: We bring our troop numbers up to 50. We work on infrastructure.
 * Brazil: With the world cup officially comming to Brazil the nations officially moves away from the aggressive Rhetoric of Getulio Vargas and openly organizes the groups for the world cup inviting various teams to the cup. President Ramos after announcing the World cup comming to Brazil recieves a large jump in popularity. The work to be done on the various cities and stadiums begins as they are expanded to hold more people. The Brazilian military continues to expand lightly continueing other various research projects. The new Brazilian Assault Rifle continues to be distributed as well with its high accuracy being desired for various high level military units. The Brazilian Espadas engage in a large clandestine operation off the Brazilian coast taking out a group of Pirates that have been plagueing shipping from the Southern Cities.The Brazilian government expands its consulate in Bolivia using expanded trade and military relations between Brazils allies and Bolivia to engage in multiple working relations with various high level Bolivian officials. The Bolivian Federal Party grows in power through various politicians and citizens of the country. Brazils nuclear arsenal is moderately expanded with a currently indeterminate amount of weapons available for use. The Brazilian navy has now replaced the majority of its previously prop driven aircraft with Naval based Jet aircraft. the research into more guided missile technology continues as does anti-air rocket manufacturing increase. More B-35 bombers are manufactured as well. Investment into Cuba continues with many sugar plantation owners having a increasingly positive influence of Brazil. Brazilian colleges and universities continue to gain more attendees as many States have begun more investment into their schools. The Military academies continue to produce top notch officers for all branches of the Brazilian military. The Brazilian removal of the Favelas with more affordable and much nicer housing continues with the Favelas being nearly 82% empty with the ability to be replaced with much nicer housing. The Hills of Rio are nearly fully contracted out for high priced housing and apartments with even a few Resorts taking up residence on some of the highest priced lots. The Brazilian metro network throughout the interior continues to expand with Manus expanding into the smaller Surrounding towns turning Manaus into a rising Metro area. Various towns in Brazils have also grown to notable sizes with cheap but nice available housing and jobs trhoughout the area keeping major cities such as Sao Paulo and Rio De Janeiro from having to deal with huge problems with slums and the Favelas. While the Favelas are still scheduled to exist at some points their reduction over the years thanks to successful interior programs has led to a prospering and growing middle class that is able to find jobs in a timely fashion.
 * Argentina:   Argentina continues its close and intensive work on its economy and Infrastructure using one to help expand the other in an expanding game. Argentina's population grows to about 17.3 million and growing rapidly. Railways and highways between Argentina continue to connect more thoroughly with Brazilian infrastructure through Uruguay which has begun expansion of its own infrastructure. However, the Argentinians abstaining from huge detrimental expenditures and the end of the infamous changing of powers just years before has begun to gather large amounts of popular support from the regime looking to increase the public support more than it already is. With Argentina's invasion mostly complete around 150,000 troops remain in the country to allow for a peaceful transition to a more friendly government. Surprised by Paraguay's quick and relatively low casualty capitulation, Argentina calculates the deaths to be only about 50,000 and the Argentinian government agrees to pay reparations to the families of the dead and help in rebuilding the Paraguayan capital of Asuncion and the damaged countryside.  Argentina begins to invest heavily in Cuban agriculture and cash crops specifically offering to pay preferential prices for Cuban goods. Argentina also begins investments into Bolivian media, and political causes attempting to gain access to Influential Bolivian politicians, media outlets and markets. Argentina invites various Bolivian politicians to Argentina to view soccer matches and begin talking about increased military and economic cooperation.  Argentina begins to work on poverty and the income inequality in the country bringing some notable economists and businessmen into a congressional meeting to talk about how Income for poorer people can be raised a normal amount to account for inflation and other changes. The meeting is largely successful as the world seeing less poverty will show the true successes of its nation and its business relations with Brazil
 * Venezuela:  Venezuelan army continues to guard the oil industry and its platforms with heavy arms declaring them off limits except for working personnel. The oil industry now being much more powerful and well expanded throughout the country begins to show a positive economic growth with the oil money flooding back to the country being used to help build up and centralize Infrastructure with Brazil. The economic growth reaches a moderate 4.3% growth with growth expected to expand even more the next year. With trade being opened up with the US through Brazil, the Venezuelan oil companies getting high profits are able to push through and begin expanding oil infrastructure for a much more international presence and market. The Venezuelan population grows to about 4.1 million with families opting to have more than two children. This does in fact begin a recovery from the previous civil war. Support for the government and the economic prosperity being achieved is more widely known and while just barely over 53% it is growing. The Venezuelan military begins to purchase small amounts of equipment from Brazil once again. Venezuela begins using some of its oil money to help repair more damage from the civil war and builds up its cities working on poverty.
 * Uruguay:  Uruguay's economy continues to increase now by a larger amount as infrastructure increases international traffic through the country in which various men have seen business and more investment opportunity in the country which begins to show a noticeable increase in the economy, as well as a noticeable drop in unemployment. The Uruguayan argicultural, manufacturing and banking sectors all increase moderately with banking becoming more lucrative as Uruguay opens up new high rise banks and large department stores in its capital as a showcase to the rest of the country what's to come. Uruguay, not needing to focus on its military, (while still lightly built upon and upgraded) begins fighting poverty in the country beginning to buy up many of the poverty striken areas and beginning a program that helps find people in poor neighborhoods find work, and be moved into new apartment buildings that are much nicer than their previous dwellings.
 * Paraguay:  Paraguayan infrastructure begins to be linked up with surrounding nations' infrastructure for centralization purposes allowing for a much easier time of working on agriculture and resources as well as trade. The Paraguayan government begins to encourage large families - even offering modest subsidies to families who agree to have more than three children. The Paraguayan economy begins its own modest expansion at a healthy growth rate of about 3.5% and growing thanks to increasing trade and now the access to ports among other things to get Paraguayan goods. The government begins seeing opportunities to bring Paraguay back to its former status begins using its inclusion into the Brazilian sphere to get large economic expansion rights as well as foreign (mostly Argentinian and Brazilian) technicians in helping expand the communications infrastructure as well economic infrastructure.  Paraguay officially begins to repair relations with Bolivia looking to help include Bolivia more and have them be less of outsiders, Paraguayan envoys meet with various Bolivian politicians and attend sporting events with them attempting to establish a much more personal relationship with Bolivian politicians.
 * Guyanan Confederation:  The Brazilian population in the Guyanas begins to grow lightly and the European populations remaining are treated relatively well. Brazil does manage to create large amounts of jobs in the area. The Confederation begins to expand its light industry and agriculture. Gold and diamond mining in the area begins to expand as well. A light police and military force is created at the discretion of Brazil. Natives of both Guyanas both agree that they will refuse outright to be annexed properly into Brazil, and if possible with the attempt to Include Suriname they well centralize the Guyanas into its only, "Little Europe" nation. The governments of both Guyanas do, however, agree that if offered equal status as part of a larger federation they would in fact join for the prosperity and opportunity it would provide. The Confederation begins to work on differences between themselves and begins to secure major inroads in the barriers between the two.
 * Union of South Africa: A South African soldier, no longer wanting to partake in the killings of black Africans, leaks information of the genocide to the black community, to who it clicks, and a movement to escape South Africa is organized, broadcasting the murderous actions to the Germans in Namibia and Portugese in there Mozambique. Black rebels immediatley break out into a massive Revolution, and massive slaughter of all non blacks begins, killing literally hundreds of thousands within the first 5 months. The government is soon overthrown and murdered, and chaos breaks out in South Africa, before it is ended however, it spreads the rumor that Britain knew of the slaughter and let it happen, causing massive hatred for Britain. Nations begin to break off in the North, the Zulu reform among others.Tribal nations begin to break off, and slaughter ensues. However, the new nations begin fighting bitterly among themselves, vying for control of former South Africa.
 * African National Congress: In the midst of termoil we set up a transitional government under our banner in Cape Verde with 29 year old Nelson Mendela as president. Our policies are simple: Peace and protection in South Africa. We do this by stabalizing ourselves, providing aid to citizens, and setting up armed forces to protect civilizians and ensure peace in our nation. We call upon the UK and the UN for help.
 * How would Britain know? As you have stated, we had no control over your government. You did as much as you could to distance yourself. This is just you being spiteful, because you don't like being corrected when I told you you couldn't have nukes.
 * I SAID RUMOR, not truth or proven. 
 * A) Why would the government spread said rumor? B) Did the Jews blame Switzerland for the Holocaust?
 * I am, last I checked, a mod. I agree with Guns. Mafia CBA doing his signature. Don't judge Him. This Sig is inspired by Guns. 23:53, December 20, 2013 (UTC)
 * Colombia continues influencing Chile, Panama and Costa Rica; Chile's military continues growing ever more dependent on Colombia's, and Colombia's economy, rising rapidly, begins to threaten the Chilean one. The PNC continues, with plans for the nuclear testing of their first nuke, the Santander, next year. The military is expanded, as is the economy, which continues to rise quickly. The infrastructure programmes occurring throughout the nation speed up. The demographic programme begins to work nicely, with populations increasing. The Colombian senate begins secretly supporting anti-Brazilian officers and media, preparing to stage a coup. All of this is made in the utmost secrecy.
 * Ecuador develops its military and economy. Income redistribution continues, with the intent of making a more equal and developed society. Like in Colombia, this begins to increase the amount of small businesses in the nation. While war with Peru seems more unlikely than what it was before, the military is still in high alert.
 * Canada: With the upcoming Summer Olympics being held in London, Canadian atheletes beginning training in the hardest conditions and qualifiers are being held for the best of the best to represent Canada to beat the other nations, especially the British in their own capital. Confidence for winning the Winter Olympics are high for the Canadian teams and athletes as they are used to the winter events as a main stay, the National Canadian Hockey Team is training hard for the Winter Olympics Hockey Tournament. Bombardier Inc. has begiun pumping up snow mobiles and plows to help scout and tame the wild Northern territories to hopefully take full advantage of untapped oil and natural resources.
 * United States: The Second Mexican-American War comes to an end, with General Patton and his Third Army triumphantly enters Mexico City, while General Bradley begins the process of integrating the occupied border states into the United States under two territories: the Sonora Territory and the Rio Grande Territory (I had approval from Guns on chat). The victory in Mexico help increased the popularity of President Truman, who now has to deal with the burden of integrating the border states into the Union, deal with the expected racial tensions between the South and Mexico, and help establish a pro-American governments on both a federal and state level in the remainder of Mexico not annexed by the United States. The United States Air Force begins to develope a new fighter jet, labled the Phantom, to help replace the fleet of P-51 Mustang, particullary those on aircraft carriers. The H-1 helicopter continues to be manufactured by Bell, while developement of a new model of helicopters begin. In regards to the missile program, another rocket is successfully launched into the sky, while the military hopes to develope a missile that could strike targets from a certain distance (basically V2 rocket). The Department of War continues to research and develope computers, while they also sign a deal with DuPont, who would manufacture the new model of body armor in large numbers for American troops; meanwhile, another deal is struck with General Dynamics, who would produce the armored personnel carriers for the United States Army and Marine Corp. Both companies begin to produce the stated items in large numbers, with the body armor being distributed to the occupying forces of Mexico and the armored personnel carriers delivered to American troops in Cambodia. Domestically, colored television becomes a luxury for Americans in the upper class of society, while members of the middle and poor class continue to use black and white television. Hollywood, now dubbed the Entertainment Capital of the World, continues to produce movies for signs; most of which are B movies, but a few being awarded the Academy Awards. Meanwhile, people - particullary minorities - begin to protest the lawful segregation of races in the South, as well as calls to integrate society into one culture. President Truman passes the Mass Transportation Act, which provides funds for integrating the public transportation system of the country, especially between the major cities of the country. The improvement of the railroad and highway systems of the country continues, with the new lines of the country being able to withstand the pressure of new models of trains. The Department of Transportation begins looking into electric rail lines, with the trains recieving power to move by the electricity in the power lines, this would help reduce costs for train tickets and protect some of the natural environment, such as rivers and the air. Research into nuclear energy continues, while more nuclear weapons are manfactured and added to the arsenal. The United States Air Force begins to develope a jet bomber (seeing as how other countries have them), while the United States Navy begins to develope a new class of destroyers and submarines, both of which are more swift and just as deadly as battleships. The United States continues to influence Cuba, with more American corporations purchasing industrial factories and/or agricutlural plantations in the island nation. This helps employ the population of the island nation for Americans as well as influencing their view on America by improving the working coditions of factories and reduce the time to appropriate hours. The Central Intelligence Agency secretly begins to carry out black operations against the NPRC to protect Tibet from Chinese aggression. The first of the AR-1's are produced by Colt and Browning, with the AR-1's being vulnerable to jam, but is deadly in the hands of the right operator. Colt begins looking to the developement of the AR-2, which would not jam and be able to work in most conditions. (Cross out what is implausible. Also, if Mexico has fallen, should I post as a puppet nation this turn or wait for the next).
 * 'Britain': The nuclear arsenal is widely expanded. In the military, several new fighter jets come out - the Sword Mk. I, the Tiger Mk. XIII, as well as a new craft, a stealth plane, the Mk. IV Heron. The guided missiles come out. The Navy is expanded, with the new George-class Cruisers coming out. The economy improves, after the government makes deals with companies to build hundreds of factories in Ireland.  The Falklands base is hyped up, as is the Singapore Fleet. Another 250 million pounds of aid goes to Columbia, as well as a new team of testers to help them develop their arsenal. The Koreans are condemned for not coming to the peace table. We condemn Peru and fully support our allies Colombia. We put forth a resolution in the UN to stop the massacres in South Africa, offering to send troops and ships there to re-install peace to the nation, instituting trials for the genocidal maniacs who started this whole damn thing. Death to the racists! Meanwhile, we suggest to America, Colombia, and France a four-way Mutual Defense pact. What say ye?'